ee . ‘ me Aa OS LEY i yd Bok owt ee -< eats iy ‘ vats Ae SM ‘a aa SE) G tat hee ae 2 a ee i BS ts Bees ee S fees Ks cna t jit 4 sas Bae is ie a ta ae ee PE 4 he Hp Comey ty jel g Bai a's ti Yeeaty we Bale Lae oe (abe Fars “eh rah iN baa ay fos ee tes ees e a ied PHA ies : Toe } ¥ } 4 } vue ¥ Diana a Ar slay tae die { 4 t MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY, INCLUDING ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, ann GEOLOGY. (BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE ‘ ANNALS ’ COMBINED WITH LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH’ S ‘MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.’) CONDUCTED BY PRIDEAUX JOHN SELBY, Fse., F.1.8., CHARLES C. BABINGTON, Esqa., M.A., F.R.S., F.LS., F.G.8., JOHN EDWARD GRAY, Pb.D., F.R.S., F.LS., V.P.ZS. &e., AND erie, WILLIAM FRANCIS, Ph.D., F.LS. VOL. X.—THIRD SERIES. LONDON: PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS. SOLD BY LONGMAN, GREEN, LONGMANS, AND ROBERTS; SIMPKIN, MARSHALL, AND CO.; PIPER AND CO.; BAILLIERE, REGENT STREET, AND PARIS: LIZARS, AND MACLACHLAN AND STEWART, EDINBURGH: HODGES AND SMITH, DUBLIN: AND ASHER, BERLIN, aod 1862, **Omnes res create sunt divine sapientiz et potentie testes, divitie felicitatis humane :—ex harum usu bonitas Creatoris ; ex pulchritudine sapientia Domini; ex ceconomia in conservatione, proportione, renovatione, potentia majestatis elucet. Earum itaque indagatio ab hominibus sibirelictis semper estimata; a veré eruditis et sapientibus semper exculta; malé doctis et barbaris semper inimica fuit.”— LINNZvs. “ Quel que soit le principe de la vie animale, il ne faut qu’ouvrir les yeux pour voir qu’elle est le chef-d’ceuvre de la Toute-puissance, et le but auquel se rapportent toutes ses opérations.” BRUCKNER, Théorie du Systéme Animal, Leyden, 1767. é fe wee @) yee, we, en Oe BYlVan powers Obey our summons; from their deepest dells The Dryads come, and throw their garlands wild And odorous branches at our feet ; the Nymphs That press with nimble step the mountain thyme And purple heath-flower come not empty-handed, But scatter round ten thousand forms minute Of velvet moss or lichen, torn from rock Or rifted oak or cayern deep: the Naiads too Quit their loved native stream, from whose smooth face At.) They crop the lily, and each sedge and rush ; That drinks the rippling tide: the frozen poles, ‘ Where peril waits the bold adventurer’s tread, The burning sands of Borneo and Cayenne, All, all to us unlock their secret stores And pay their cheerful tribute. J. TayLor, Norwich, 1818. “FLAMMAM, ee se eee - « MA ea CONTENTS OF VOL. X. _ [THIRD SERIES.] NUMBER LV. ; Page I. Description of some new Species of Entomostracous Crustacea. Be eee ee er Oe CE UALCE,) sic cesecsncacecsgentenipecsaces. 000 1 II. On the Systematic Position of the Charybdeide. By Fritz MGLLEBR iccincoease EaHSsnentetereeccseenesssssscecee SLALveLuenoinemevianen Tchad 6 III. On the Occurrence of a Species of Regalecus among the Rocks at St. Andrews; with a few Notes on its Anatomy. By RosBert WaLkenr, Assistant-Curator of the St. Andrews Museum. ......secceeee 13 IV. Descriptions of new Species of Phytophagous Beetles. By JOSEPH S. BALY ......000 MMA Ka ne Ladekes bsg bkiayusanqesopetancensnsse 7 V. Revision of the Natural Order Bignoniacee. By BreRTHOLD Se BR is oes ceccnstonvecsesséchedsccacversdescnceseess 29 VI. On the Functions of the Nitrogenous Matter of Plants. By Bip A satis is hash ec snsnneryegscgncssarsesscesnasesasqedcerereges we 3d VII. On the Rhizocephala, a new Group of Parasitic Crustacea. By Dr. Frirz MUuuer, of Desterro. (Plate II.) ............seseeeeeeees 44 New Books :—Manual of British Botany, by Charles Cardale Babing- ton, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S., Professor of Botany in the University of Cambridge. — British Conchology; or, an Account of the Mollusca which now inhabit the British Isles and the surrounding Seas, by John Gwyn Jeffreys, F.R.S., F.G.S. &e. ...sceceeseeees 50—57 Proceedings of the Royal Society; Zoological Society ......++64. 57—76 On the Animal of Zonites excavatus, &c., by J. Gwyn Jeffreys; On the Occurrence of Gyrodactylus elegans in Shropshire, by the Rev. W. Houghton; Experiments on the Migrations of the Ento- zoa, by MM, Pouchet and Verrier ; On the Early Stages of Mi- iv CONTENTS. Page crodom mutabilis, by M. Elditt; On a new Species of Bird of the Genus Lipaugus of Boié, by P. L. Sclater, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S. 76—80 NUMBER LVI. VIII. On the Age of the New South Wales Coal-fields. By the Rev. W. B. CLARKE, M.A., F.G.S.:G2@scasosooccssss 2) sancecesesaueeneeian 81 TX. On Entoniscus Porcellane, a new Parasitic Isopod Crustacean. By Dr. Frirz MUuuer, of Desterro. (Plate II. figs.8-16.) ......++ 87 X. Notice of the Discovery, by the Baréio do Castello de Paiva, of the Fossil Helix coronula recent, and other new Land-Mollusca, in Madeira. By R. T. LOWE, MLA, ccsccessssscccaskedoesssveccesccsousmns esseee GO XI. Notice of a new Species of the Carabideous Genus Mormolyce. By J.O. Westwoop, M.A. &c, ...+. copa cessonschtsnsdebudeaegyaie 96 XII. Notes on Cambridge Geology. By Harry SEE trey, F.G:S., Woodwardian Museum. I. Preliminary Notice of the Elsworth Rock and associated Strate 5.) .issc.s.0cessssdneseeoeuesseseuenenena Soo cacseesuanenaes 97 XIII. On the Functions of the Nitrogenous Matter of Plants. By MM. D, GARREAU cos scgeronscosestpcconssncagstacodednsersssseuenseaantemanna veoees 111 XIV. Notice of a second Species of Paragorgia discovered in Madeira by Mr. James Yate Johnson. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R,S. . 125. XV. A Revision of the History, Synonymy, and Geographical Distribution of the recent Cranie and Orbicule. By Lovet Reeve, FiLS5 FIGS. oo cckecccsccuvtascsvntevagedecsa00dsdneessa sa nas S20 XVI. On Ephedra. By Joun Miers, F.R.S., F.L.S. &e. ...... 133 New Books :—The British Ferns, by Sir W. J. Hooker; with Drawings by W. Fitch.—Catalogue of a Collection of American Birds be- longing to Philip Lutley Sclater, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Sec. Z.S., Editor of ‘The Ibis.’ Illustrated by 20 Plates ............ 140—143 Proceedings of the Royal Society; Zoological Society ......... 144—157 Notice of a new Species of Cyclemys from the Lao Mountains, by Dr. J. E. Gray; On the Transformation of Entozoa, by P. J. Van Beneden; Description of a new Genus of Tree-frogs, from Ecuador, by W. Peters ; Discovery of Microscopic Organisms in the Siliceous Nodules of the Paleozoic Rocks of New York 157—160 NUMBER LVII. XVII. Notes on rare and little-known Fishes taken at Madeira. By James YATE JOHNSON, Cor, Mem. Z.S........000000 eroveesaes eebede 161 ‘CONTENTS. Vv . Page XVIII. On the Mexican Species of Hydropori. By the Rev. Hamner Cea, M1 -A., FUR rariiendces ss isccccprossvcciveccccees PA ee} 173 XIX. Descriptions of Indian and Burmese Species of the Genus Unio, Retz. By W. H. BENSON, Esq. «+.-.sceceeeees ESS be Rani Bupa s 8 184 XX. Notes on some Chinese Condiments obtained from the Xan- thorylacee. By W. F. Dante, M.D., F.L.S., Staff-Surgeon, Army, Blouten Saat CE iate Von. ence ccenteccecnggseegs ovensezs sae danaieve 195 XXI. On some additional Species that are common to Carboniferous and Permian Strata; with Remarks on the Recurrency of Carboni- ferous Species. By James W. Kirxsy. (Plate IV.) .........eeeeee 202 XXII. On Synapta digitata and its supposed Parasite. By A. BAU Wiiciccie dein i Sed edakons veins. MEWS che kak esn cis aleddtads vdivigndassecese 216 XXIII. On the Discovery of Ancient Remains of Emys lutaria in Norfolk. By Aurrep Newron, M.A., F.L.S. (Plates VI. & VII.) 224 Proceedings of the Zoological Society ........sssccesceseeeeeceesees 228-239 On the Hyracotherian Character of the Lower Molars of the supposed Macacus from the Eocene Sand of Kyson, Suffolk, by Prof. Owen ; Ne RII 155, cas occ cade caus iaivcceossvertesverccscvenstene 240 NUMBER LVIII. XXIV. Contributions to the Natural History of the Infusoria. By T. W. ENGELMANN. (Plate III.) .............006 enideseosradanneaited coves 24] XXV. Descriptions of a new Genus and some new Species of Naked Mollusca. By JosHua ALDER and ALBANy Hancock, F.L.S. ... 261 XXVI. A Synopsis of the Species of Crocodiles. By Dr. J. E. Rt acl ices sn dedes cvecdesteceeete pea eC end et TR AS 265 XXVII. Notes on rare and little-known Fishes taken at Madeira. By JAmEs YATE JOHNSON, Cor. Mem. Z.S. ........scsseceseesseceescones 274 XXVIII. On Additions to the Madeiran Coleoptera. By T. Ver- BUN rE I Bi tS Son cckcbsieewbdaceticcovcdsvenceccdccdcacecscee 287 XXIX. On the Animal and Affinities of the Genus Alaba 3; with a Review of the known Species, and Descriptions of some new Species. BOG II GEL 5.05 oo bes cali décsccnvccnccdeecobséedsavecs 293 XXX. On an apparently undescribed Spider from Cochin China. By Dr. ALBERT GintTuer. (Plate VIII. fig. A.) ..cccccsssccccsreeceeees 299 XXXI. Some Remarks on the Genus Trachinus. By Dr. ALBERT Gtwrner. (Plate VIII. figs. B, C.D.) ..cccsccccccsssccccccsccesvoenss 301 - F.G.S. &e. vi CONTENTS. Page XXXII. Note on the Discovery of an extremely minute Vertebrate Lower Jaw in Mud dredged at St. Helena. By Dr. Wauuicu, F.L.S. 304 New Book :—The Natural History of the Tineina, by H. T. Stainton, assisted by Prof. Zeller, J. W. Douglas,and Prof. Frey. Vols. IV. £O VIN. oi. .cscnccecscaccscosesesee hasnseahe nes ce sesececseteee esessonveseans 305 Proceedings of the Zoological Society ....c.cceseseseressoceeecs w.. 308—319 Notice of a New Leopard from Japan, and Description of a New ‘Wild Goat”? (Capricornus Swinhoet) from the Island of Formosa, by Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &c.; Death of Fishes in the Sea during the Monsoon ...... ooncecadbascenccescesseneaseos see cus eu sens thanethei NUMBER LIX. XXXIII. On the Pro-Embryos of the Chare. By M. PRINGSHEIM 321 XXXIV. Description of a new Species of Hydroporus, Clairv. By the Rev. HAMLET CLARK, M.A., F.L.S. -. ..cccccccccsessccovsees sesaac ORO XXXV. A Synopsis of the Species of Alligators. By Dr. J. E. GRAY, F.R.S. 806) oc: c.caseevcechcsonecnes duss ip ede sqsessneeer ain sie ed XXXVI. On Additions to the Madeiran Coleoptera. By T. Ver- NON WOLLASTON, M.A., F.L.S. — ...ecceceeseoes beceeuses’sensseku ean 331 XXXVII. On a Species of Limopsis now living in the British Seas; with Remarks on the Genus. By J. Gwyn Jerrreys, F.RS., _ silessppeanpoos ips veberrpso nde yraieiet a aaa ae Wereetreyyy XXXVIII. On some new Species of Scissurellide from the Seas of China and Japan. By ARTHUR ADAMS, FULS.,: Sie weve “ais 346 XXXIX. Descriptions of newly discovered Spiders captured in Rio Janeiro by John Gray, Esq., and the Rev. Hamlet Clark. By Joun BLACK WALL, CilsBs countencosventoun anaiedpedeavedeseueoees sascha . 348 XL. A Catalogue of the Zoophytes of South Devon and South Cornwall. By the Rev. Tuomas Hincxs, BA. ...... oes sv gusta eosnue OO XLI. Onthe Unicorn of the Ancients. By the Rev. W. HoucutTon, DEA PLS. oicaecctcves pas anvesse-sceomsecghseiansssedecleen aun emcee BOB New Books :—Naturhistorisk Tidsskrift (Journal of Natural History), founded by Dr. H. Kroyer; edited by Prof. T. C. Schjodte at Copenhagen. Third Series, 1861. [Krdyer, “ Contributions to the History of Myside;” Meimert, “ Anatomy of the Larva of Gastrus Equi;”’ Didrichsen, ‘ Botanical Observations ;” Schjédte, * Danish Harpalini” and “ Larvee of Coleoptera,”’ &c. ] —The North-Atlantic Sea-bed ; comprising a Diary of the Voyage CONTENTS. _ Vil Page on board H.M.S. Bulldog in 1860, and Observations on the Pre- sence of Animal Life, and the Formation and Nature of Organic Deposits, at great Depths in the Ocean, by G. C. Wallich, M.D., F.L.S., F.G.S. &c. (Part I.)—On the various Contrivances by which British and Foreign Orchids are Fertilized by Insects, and on the good effects of Intercrossing, by Charles Darwin, M.A., WMD oye Cdpasas weaves eevee PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES. ROYAL SOCIETY. June 19, 1862.—Major-General Sabine, President, in the Chair. — « Anatomy and Physiology of the Spongiade.” Part III. By J. Scott Bowerbank, LL.D., F.R.S. This paper is the third part of the Anatomy and Physiology of the Spongiade. The author, after pointing out the inefficiency, or rather the non-existence of a definite arrangement of species of sponges, proposes to establish a series of orders, suborders, and genera, the distinguishing characters of which are to be founded on the structural peculiarities of the various organs of the animals which have been described in detail and named in the first and second parts of the ‘paper. The term Amorphozoa, proposed by De Blainville as a designation of the class, is rejected, as all sponges cannot be considered as shapeless, many genera and species exhibiting much constancy in their forms, while that of Porifera, proposed by Dr. Grant, is adopted, as the porous mode of imbibition of nutriment is universal in this class of animals. The author also agrees with Dr. Grant in dividing the class into three great orders, dependent on the nature of the substances of which the skeletons are constructed. These three great divisions are designated by Dr. Grant in the following order :— Ist, Keratosa, having skeletons of horny structure, with few or no siliceous spicula; 2nd, Leuconida, the skeletons composed of cal- careous spicula; and 3rd, Chalinida, the skeletons constructed of siliceous spicula. The author, for reasons stated in detail in the paper, proposes to change the order of this arrangement, placing the cal- careous sponges first, under the designation of Calcarea. The siliceous sponges are placed second, and designated Silicea, while the.first order of Dr. Grant, Keratosa, is placed last. With these exceptions of arrangement and designation, the orders are essentially those established by Prof. Grant in his ‘‘ Tabular View of the primary divisions of the Animal Kingdom.” The first of these orders (Calcarida) has hitherto been repre- sented by the genus Grantia only; but as the genus as established by Fleming contains sponges having very differently constructed skeletons, the author has divided the whole of the species of calcareous sponges that have been named and described into the four following genera, Grantia, Leucolenia, Leuconia, and Leucogypsia, in accord- ance with four distinct types of skeleton-structure which are found to exist among the sponges originally arranged under the genus Grantia of Fleming. The second order, Silicea, is very much more extensive than that of Calcarea, and, from the striking varieties it affords in the con- struction of the skeletons, it allows of a subdivision into seven sub- orders. The first of these consists of sponges having spiculo-radiate skeletons, and contains thirteen genera, as follows :—Geodia, Pachy- Dr. J. E. Bowerbank on the Spongiade. 145 matisma, LEcionemia, Alcyoncellum, Polymastia, Halyphysema, Tethea, Halicnemia, Dictyocylindrus, Phakellia, Microciona, Hy- meraphia, and Hymedesmia. The second suborder consists of spiculo-membranous sponges ; it consists of one genus, Hymeniacidon. The third has spiculo-reticulate skeletons; it contains four genera, Halichondria, Hyalonema, Iso- dictya, and Spongilla. The fourth suborder has spiculo-fibrous skeletons ; it contains two genera, Desmacidon and Raphyrus. The fifth suborder has compound reticulate skeletons; it has but one genus, Diplodemia. The sixth suborder has solid siliceo-fibrous skeletons; it contains one genus, Dactylocalyx. The seventh sub- order has canaliculated siliceo-fibrous skeletons, and contains one genus, Farrea. The third order, Keratosa, is also divided into seven suborders. The first, consisting of solid non-spiculate kerato-fibrous skeletons, is represented by one genus, Spongia; the legitimate type of the genus being the cup-shaped and finest Turkey sponges of commerce. The second suborder has solid semi-spiculate kerato-fibrous skele- tons; it contains at present but one genus, Halispongia; the types of which are the coarse massive sponges of commerce from the West Indian Islands. The third suborder has solid, entirely spiculated kerato-fibrous skeletons; it has one genus, Chalina: the type of this genus is one of the commonest of the British sponges, Halichon- dria oculata of Johnston. The fourth suborder is characterized by having simple fistulo-fibrous skeletons; it contains one genus, Verongia. The fifth suborder contains sponges which have com- pound fistulo-fibrous skeletons, and is represented by the genus Auleskia. The sixth suborder consists of sponges having regular semi-areno-fibrous skeletons, and is represented by the genus Stema- tumenia. The seventh suborder has irregular and entirely areno- fibrous skeletons ; it is represented by the genus Dysidea. The whole of these genera (those previously established as well as the new ones proposed by the author) have been characterized in accordance with their anatomical structures. The author concludes his paper with a dissertation on the discri- mination of species, and a general review of those portions of the organization that may be applied with advantage to their scientific description,—the principal sources for this purpose being :—Ist. The spicula. 2nd. The oscula. 3rd. The pores. 4th. The dermal membrane. 5th. The skeleton. 6th. The interstitial membranes. 7th. The intermarginal cavities. 8th. The interstitial canals and cavities. 9th. The cloacal cavities. 10th. The sarcode; and 11th. The ovaria and gemmules. And, finally, directions for the examina- tion and preservation are given, with a few examples of the mode of specific description proposed by the author. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 3. Vol. x. 11 146 Zoological Society :— ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY. February 11, 1862.—Dr. J. E. Gray, V.P., in the Chair. Note on THE Gicantic EartTH-worm (MEGASCOLEX C4RU- LEUS) FROM CryLon. By Str JAmMes Emerson TENNENT, K.C.B., V.P.Z.8., ETc. [In 1853 the British Museum received, through Mr. Hugh Cuming, two specimens of a large Earth-worm from Ceylon, which is evi- dently the Megascoler ceruleus described by Dr. Templeton in the ‘Proceedings of the Zoological Society ’ for 1844, p. 89. A few days ago Sir James Emerson Tennent kindly procured from Ceylon, and sent to the British Museum, a specimen of the same worm, and, in reply to my inquiries respecting the habits and verna- cular name of the animal, sent to me the following letter, which, with his permission, I lay before the Society.—JouHn Epwarp Gray. British Museum, Feb. 11, 1862.] “‘ Board of Trade, Feb. 10th, 1862. *“ My pear S1r,—The large Annelid which I sent to the Mu- seum a few days ago was recently forwarded to me by the Principal Civil Officer in charge of the North-eastern Province of Ceylon; it was obtained by him from the vicinity of Trincomalie. “My attention had frequently been attracted, during my rides through the forests in the north of Ceylon, by the heaps of earth in the shape of ‘ castings’ thrown up and piled on the surface, often to the height of 12 or 18 inches. These occurred in low and moist ground, and chiefly in the beds of dried-up tanks shortly after they had been deserted by the subsidence of the waters. The natives assured me they were the products of huge earth-worms, which I was told often grew to the length of 2 or 3 feet, with a proportionate thickness. “IT made some efforts to obtain specimens, but, owing to the apathy of the Singhalese and their indifference to anything illustrative of animated nature, I could not succeed. One reason why I was my- self less likely to come on these creatures during my rides was that the traces I saw were fresh only at the early dawn, showing that the worm worked chiefly during the night. **Some months ago I wrote to Mr. Morris, the gentleman I allude to, at Trincomalie, and by him I have been supplied with the speci- men which I have sent to the Museum. It is cut into two parts, together about 22 inches long. «The vernacular name for them I do not know; nor is it probable that the Singhalese have given them any specific designation, other than the general term equivalent to vermin, which they apply to the whole tribe of minor reptiles and Annelids. *“The existence of these very large earth-worms appears to have been known to some of the French naturalists; for in D’Orbigny’s ‘ Dictionnaire d’ Histoire Naturelle’ I find he has noticed the Ceylon species in the following terms, under the designation of Mega- scolex :—‘ On sait qu'il en existe d’assez grandes, et l’on en a rap- Dr. J. E. Gray on two new Genera of Zoophytes. 147 porté des parties chaudes de l’Amérique qui n’ont pas moins d’un métre de longueur*. I] en existe de semblables dans I’ Inde ; et ila été trouvé dans Vile de Ceylan une grande espéce de Ver de terre dont on a proposé de faire un genre sous le nom de Megascolex.’— D Orbigny, Dict. Univ. d’ Hist. Nat. vol. vii. p. 431. ** Faithfully yours, — “ Dr. J. E. Gray, F.RS., &e. «J. EMERSON TENNENT. **T expect another and, I hope, a larger specimen from another district of Ceylon, which I shall be happy to submit to you on its arrival.” Bk Description oF Two New Genera or Zooruytes (SOLE- NOCAULON AND BELLONELLA) DISCOVERED ON THE NORTH Coast or Austratia BY Mr. Rayner. By Dr. Joun Epwarp Gray, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S., F.L.S., erc. Among the numerous interesting animals collected by Mr. Rayner during the voyage of H. M.S. ‘ Herald’ is a new form of coral, nearly allied to Gorgonia, and especially to the coral called Celogorgia by M. Milne-Edwards, but very distinct from it. I therefore send a description of it to the Society for publication in the ‘ Proceedings.’ SOLENOCAULON. The coral coriaceous, tubular, circular, and simple below, com- pressed, subquadrangular, tortuous, and more or less branched above, the branches being similar in size and form to the main stem. The main stem and branches furnished with more or less elongate, subsolid, slender branchlets, which are placed on the edge of the large holes in the main stem and branches which communicate with the main tube. These branchlets (and sometimes the branches at the base of them) are furnished with large cells for the polypes, which are placed in one (more fre- quently in two) series on each side of the branchlets, and sometimes the series are continued on the main stem or branches at the bottom of the branchlets. The polype-cells are rather large, circular, nearly superficial, and furnished with a cup divided into eight conical connivent lobes, each lobe being formed of some transverse spicules at the base and some obliquely- placed spi- cules diverging from each lateral edge towards the top above. 1. SOLENOCAULON TORTUOSUM. Hab. North Australia. This genus seems to form a particular group of the dleyonaires, which may be called after this genus Solenocaulonide, characterized by the tubular form of the axis, the tubes being formed of a thin coriaceous substance. The smaller branches are subsolid and cel- lular within, but they soon become hollow. It has been said that the tubular form arises from the abortion of the epithelial tissue of the centre of the axis. This may be true if we can regard the large * A metre is 39-43, inches. 11* 148 Zoological Society :— lax cells in the interior of the young branchlet as epithelial tissue ; but the inner surface: of the tube of the axis is quite smooth and simple, and the branchlets never become large like the main stem. This coral cannot be considered as a solid stem becoming hollow, as the last-formed (younger) parts at the end of the branches are in the form of a foliaceous expansion, which gradually folds up toge- ther on itself, coalesces, and forms a tube nearly of the same dia- meter as the main stem.. The large apertures which occur in the stem and base of the branches, and communicate with the central cavity, are the parts of the expanded lamina which have not been closed in when the other portions of the tube were formed. The specimen described evidently grew in a nearly horizontal po- sition ; for one side of the main stem and branches is entirely without any cells, and the branchlets on the-same side are fewer than on the other, showing that this part was beneath, and not exposed to the light. Ido not give this as the generic or specific character, as it may be only incidental to the specimen—a fact that can only be determined by the examination of a larger number of examples. Mr. Holdsworth has suggested that it may be the same as or allied to Gorgonia trichostemma of Dana (Zoophytes, 665, t. 59. f. 3); but Dana does not describe the main stem as tubular. But the coral is, like many others in his work, so badly figured and described that it is impossible to determine with any certainty what it is intended to represent. Milne-Edwards seems to have been equally doubtful (see Coralliaires, i. 154) as to its affinities. The genus Cclogorgia of Milne-Edwards (Coralliaires, vol. 2. p- 191) should be placed in the same family. It is described as arborescent, very branching, and with slender cylindrical branches with scattered, subcylindrical, elongate polype-cells. Only one spe- cies is known, viz. C. palmosa, from Zanzibar. Among the specimens preserved in spirits in the same collection there is also a new form of Aleyon, which seems to me to be a type of a new genus allied to Xenza, but quite distinct from it both in the form of the cells and in the polypes being completely retractile. It has some characters in common with my genus Nidalia, described in the ‘ Proceedings of the Zoological Society,’ 1835, p. 6, and figured, Radiata, Pl. III. fig. 2, but differs from it in the surface of the coral being minutely granular, and not spiculose. BELLONELLA. Coral cylindrical, formed of a number of subcylindrical tubes ag- glutinated together and forming at the top a hemispherical head of subcylindrical prominent cells, which are angular at the tip. The outer surface of the coral is minutely granular. The polypes are completely retractile; the base of their tubes is strengthened with very minute spicula, placed in a longitudinal series parallel to each other. : 1. BELLONELLA GRANULATA. (Woodcut, opposite page.) Hab. Bellona Reefs, 17 fathoms (7. M. Rayner, Esq.). 149 on Bellonella. Dr. J. E. Gray 4 “i, 150 Zoological Society :— March 11, 1862.—Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair. Mr. W. H. Flower, F.R.C.S., F.L.S., Conservator of the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons, read a memoir on the Brain of the Javan Loris (Stenops javanicus). The subject of this communication was an adult female, which died in the Zoological Society’s Gardens in January, 1862. In the exa- mination of the brain every care had been taken to preserve the natural configuration of the different portions of the organ; the drawing of the upper surface had been made before its removal from the cranial cavity, and the other drawings, descriptions, and measurements were checked by comparison with a cast of the interior of the skull. The value of the descriptions and figures of the brain of Stenops already published had been much diminished by inattention to such precau- tions ; and they had also had the disadvantage of being made before the researches of Gratiolet had thrown light upon the arrangement of the eonvolutions on the cerebral hemispheres of the higher Qua- drumana. A new description, which may serve as a standard of comparison in studying the cerebral anatomy of allied forms, seemed therefore to be called for. The following is an abstract of Mr. Flower’s remarks :— ** When seen zn situ, the two hemispheres present together an oval figure, 1°3 inch in length, and 1°05 inch across the broadest part, which is situated at the junction of the middle and posterior third of the long axis. From this point the oval gradually narrows to rather a sharp apex in front. ‘There is no appearance of that want of symmetry, both of size and form, in the two hemispheres, described and figured by Vrolik. Projecting anteriorly to the extent of + inch beyond the cerebral hemispheres are the olfactory lobes, of consider- able vertical depth, but compressed laterally, and pointed in front. Projecting posteriorly is a very narrow edge of the cerebellum, most visible in the middle line, both on account of its own greater promi- nence at this part, and because the widening out of the termination of the great longitudinal fissure of the cerebrum allows more of its upper surface to be seen. When seen from one side, the upper con- tour of the brain forms a low, flattened arch, the greatest point of elevation being a little way behind the centre. The anterior or frontal lobe is much depressed, and excavated below to make room for the orbital plates of the frontal bone. The temporal lobes, di- stinctly marked off from the last by the Sylvian fissure, are full, and make a considerable projection downwards and forwards. The occi- pital lobes are short and of little vertical depth, being hollowed below for the cerebellum, the greater part of which body they cover. The sulci of the cerebral hemispheres, though few, are well marked and tolerably symmetrical. A particular description of their arrange- ment is given in the paper. The principal sulci correspond with those which in the higher Quadrumana have been named Sylvian, antero-temporal, calloso-marginal, calcarine, and dentate. ‘On the inferior surface of the brain, the olfactory lobes in their anterior half are seen to be compressed, and of equal width almost to their termination ; posteriorly they become flat, and widen out to Mr. W. H. Flower on the Brain of the Javan Loris, 151 their attachment to the under surface of the anterior lobe. The fissure of Sylvius divides them from the temporal lobe. The orbital surface of the hemisphere, as seen on each side of the olfactory lobes, is hollowed out, and presents a simple longitudinal sulcus. The optic nerves are small for the size of the brain; behind them is a prominent, round, whitish mass filling up the greater part of the interpeduncular space, in which the corpora albicantia are not clearly distinguished from the tuber cinereum. The crura cerebri are of moderate size. The pons Varolii is not much elevated ; it is distinctly marked off in front, but very indefinitely separated from the medulla behind. The last-named body is broad and flat anteriorly, the median groove distinct, its other divisions but faintly indicated. The nerves appear all to rise in the situations usual in this group of animals. “The corpus callosum is 0°65 inch long, and covers half of the anterior pair of the corpora quadrigemina. Of these bodies the an- terior are the largest, they are flat and rounded in outline; the pos- terior are small, but very prominent. The posterior part of the fornix is very broad, covering the optic thalami, and forming a wide lamina (corpus fimbriatum) descending into the middle corner of the ventricle. The hippocampus major is of moderate size. With all the care taken, it was not possible to ascertain satisfactorily the extent to which the ventricular cavity passed into the posterior lobe; but this is a circumstance of very little importance, and varies greatly even in the same species of Quadrumana. On the other hand, it is of considerable anatomical and physiological consequence that the portion of grey matter homologous to that forming the so-termed ‘ hippocampus minor’ of the human subject, only of proportions corre- sponding to the greater relative depth of the calcarine sulcus, exists in this brain, as in that of Lemur and Galago and all the true Apes. «The brain of Stenops conforms closely with that of Lemur, both in its general form and the disposition of its surface-markings. The principal differences that were observed between them are described in the paper; and then follows a comparison of the brains of these two animals with those of the higher Quadrumana. As has been so well shown by M. Gratiolet, in his beautifully illustrated memoir upon this subject) a certain type both of general configuration and of surface-markings pervades the brain of all the Primates, from Man to the Marmoset. From this type M. Gratiolet excludes the Strepsirrhine Quadrumana, placing them, with the Insectivora, in a group of Mammalia whose cerebral organization he considers to be quite distinct from that of the two first families of Quadrumana. The author of the present paper finds reason to dissent from this proposition, and upon cerebral characters alone would retain the Lemurs in the position assigned to them by the majority of systematic ‘zoologists—admitting, however, that, while possessing certain very important points of structure peculiar to the Primates, they are in many respects, especially in the shortness of the posterior lobes, an aberrant group, forming a transition towards the Cheiroptera, Car- -nivora, and other inferior Mammalia.”’ This paper will be published at full length in the Society’s ‘Transactions,’ and appropriately illustrated. 152 Zoological Society :— March 25, 1862.—Dr. J. E. Gray, V.P., in the Chair. NOTES ON THE Form orf THE CoB (PECTEN) IN DIFFERENT ANDRENIDZ AND APID&, AND ON THE ALAR HOOKS OF THE Species oF SpHECODES AND Hatictrus. By Miss E. F. STAVELEY*. I have made a few notes in the hope of saving your time and eyes; but I fear they are of very little value ; and, as you are aware, I know so little of what has been already written on the subject, that my notes, even if correct, may not be new. Besides this, my examina- tion of the parts of the mouth has as yet been confined to about twenty-six Bees of various species and the three sexes. There are some peculiarities in the maxillze of the Bees which I think might serve as generic or specific characters, and which I believe have not yet been used for that purpose. One is the presence of a row of strong, flat hairs or teeth, forming a sort of comb, varying much in form and situation. In all the Andrenide where I have found it, it forms a wavy line, commencing near the base of the upper joint of the maxilla about midway between the two margins, as in Andrena cingulata, 9 (figs. 1, 2). ai * Communicated by Dr. J. E. Gray with the following letter :— ‘“‘T beg of you to lay the following observations, which Miss Staveley has sent to me, before the Society. They indicate some characters which appear to have hitherto been overlooked. “ Dr. Sclater, F.R.S., &e.” “J. E. Gray.” Miss Staveley on the Form of the Pecten in Bees. 158 In some, as Andrena nitida, 2 (figs. 3, 4), the direction of the teeth is reversed in the course of the row. The row of hairs is 3 figured by Kirby in his work on ‘ British Bees,’ at t. 1. f. 4 e, and called by him, in the explanation of the plates at page 226, “sete rigidiuscule ;”’ but I do not find any mention of them in any other part of the work. In the Apide it is invariably at the upper part of the lower joint 154 Zoological Society :— of the maxilla (fig. 5), and, with one exception, is marginal. In Panurgus (fig. 6, P. Banksianus, 2), the first genus of the Apide Sk = — ae WR Ss (and of which Mr. Smith remarks that in habit it is precisely similar to Andrena), the comb resembles that of the Andrenide in not being marginal, while it agrees with that of the other Apide in being near the top of the second joint. This series of spines is also figured in Kirby, at t. 10. f. le, t. 11. f. 2, t. 12. f. 6 ¢, and t. 13. f. 3a; and in the chapter headed ‘Termini,’ at p. 94, is called the ** necten ;”’ but, though several forms of it are figured as above, I do not find it mentioned in the description of the species. I subjoin a list of the insects in which I have looked for it :— Miss Staveley on the Form of the Pecten in Bees. 155 ANDRENID. Colletes Daviesana, $ (teeth much the longest at the lower end). ) Corid-Het Andrena cingulata, 9, figs. 1, 2. marginal nitida, 9, figs. 3, 4 (comb reversed near the top). Pica e —— Clarkella, 2 (comb reversed near the base). pee the it — » ¢ (comb reversed). of upper joint Cilissa leporina, 2 (comb of four teeth). of maxilla —, ¢ (comb of three teeth). Site Sphecodes subquadratus, 2. Halictus leucozonius, 3. morio, 9. Dasypoda hirtipes. Comb not present. APIDZ. Panurgus Banksianus, 9, fig. 6. Comb not marginal. Eucera longicornis, ? (fig. 5). a Bombus terrestris, 2. lucorum, ?. »d- +e Latreilliellus, 3. Apathus campestris, 9 . Apis mellifica, 3. Euglossa cordata. ) ) Nomada furva, 9 x. Epeolus variegatus, ¢ x. Ccelioxys vectis, 2 x. a not present. \, Comb on upper part of second joint of maxilla. + Comb marginal. Osmia rufa, 2. Chelostoma florisomne, ¢. There is also an appendage to most of the maxillee (and when ab- sent it may possibly have been torn off in dissection), which seems too delicate to assist in the mechanical work for which the combs are probably used. It is a small membranous lobe, covered more or less thickly with long hairs, and situated on the lower joint of the maxilla, on the opposite side to that of the palpus (see figs. 1, 3, 6). In many of the maxille there are several projections or small tubes (as 1 shall for convenience call them, having little doubt of their tubular construction) generally tipped by a hair, and in ap- pearance strongly resembling the small tubes which exude the mate- rial of the web from the spinneret of a spider. They are in various situations: sometimes at the apex of the maxilla; forming some- times an irregular line nearly the whole length of the upper joint ; sometimes in a cluster close above or below the maxillary palpus ; sometimes in two clusters, one above and one below the palpus. I would call your attention particularly to the straight tubes near the apex of the maxilla of Hpeolus variegatus ¢ (fig. 7), and the flask- shaped tubes near the palpus in Osmia rufa 9 (fig. 8)+. * Parasites. I have as yet found no parasitic Bee with the comb. +. After writing the above paragraph, it occurred to me that Dr. J. Braxton Hicks, in a paper read before the Linnean Society (and printed in their Trans. vol. xxiii. part 1, p. 139), had preceded me in the observation of these organs, and I hesitated to send the notes for printing ; but, on examination of his paper, I am inclined to think that the tubes which | have described in the maxille of the Bees are not necessarily of the same nature as the organs observed by him in 156 Zoological Society :— Is it possible that these tubes, which, as I have observed, are re- markably similar in appearance to those in the spider’s spinneret, are \ f may be of the nature of salivary glands? It is easy to imagine the use of such a provision in the management of the materials of the nests and the storing of food, even if not also in the assistance of digestion ; while it appears to me that there is analogy in favour of such a supposition, the House-fly exuding from its mouth a drop of moisture when feeding on sugar or other hard substance, while the Gnat, with still another form of mouth, is supposed to inject a poison into the wound inflicted by its proboscis. I believe that somewhat similar tubes exist in the mandibles of some of the Bees and Wasps. The mandibles of some of the Apide have a transverse ridge of strong hooked hairs (besides other hairs in various parts). In the mandible of Apis mellifica %, they are very visible. With the above objects I send specimens of the hind wings of various Hymenopterous Insects, the observation of which has con- firmed me in my former opinion as to their usefulness as distinctions ; but as I have arrived at no new results, not having had the means as yet of representing more than a very limited number of genera, I will only remark on one variation from the usual arrangement of the distal hooks, which occurs in the genera Sphecodes and Halictus. The distal hooks of the Bees are usually at regular or at regularly diminishing intervals; but in these two genera, one or two of those various parts of insects, with the exception of those which he figures Tab. 18. R. a, and which I have mentioned above as tubes “ in a cluster close above the maxil- lary palpus.” Miscellaneous. 157 in the middle of the row are separated from the rest by a space double the size of that which is between the other hooks (figs. 9, a. ae Obes. mmeepammma aaa aR il 10, 11); and if this is found to be the case in all the species, it is a ‘distinction easy to observe. MISCELLANEOUS. Notice of a new Species of Cyclemys from the Lao Mountains, in Siam. By Dr. J. E. Gray. Cyclemys Mouhotii. Shell oblong, pale yellow; back flattened above, with a dark- edged keel on each side; the vertebral plates continuously keeled, and rather tubercular in front ; the margin strongly dentated ; nu- chal shield distinct. Lao Mountains. This species is most like Cyclemys platynota from Singapore, but the back is much more decidedly flattened, the flattened part is strongly keeled on each side, and the edge of the shell is strongly toothed both before and behind. This is not merely an individual variety ; for M. Mouhot has sent a considerable series, of different ages, and they all agree in this respect, the younger animals being more decidedly dentated on the margin and more acutely keeled on the back. I have named this species after the late M. Mouhot, who has dis- covered and sent to England many new and most interesting animals of different orders. | On the Transformation of Entozoa. By P. J. Van BENEDEN. The remarks of MM. Pouchet and Verrier, of which a short abstract appeared in our last Number, have called forth from Professor Van Beneden a letter, the chief points of which are as follow :— He first states that MM. Pouchet and Verrier are in error in sup- posing that he regarded Cenurus cerebralis as the scolex of Tenia serrata; he has described the Tape-worm produced by Cenurus as a distinct species, under the name of 7’. ceenurus, and that produced by the Cysticercus pisiformis of the Rabbit as Tenia serrata. He ascribes the doubts of MM. Pouchet and Verrier to their having failed to distinguish these two species of Tape-worms. He does not, however, attempt to explain the main point dwelt upon by the French 158 Miscellaneous. authors, namely, the presence in the intestines of the dogs of a much larger number of Tape-worms than that of the heads of Conurus, but expresses a hope that, by the continuation of their experiments, those gentlemen themselves will be able to clear up the mystery. Referring to the failure of MM. Pouchet and Verrier in producing staggers in sheep by the administration of mature ova of Tenia ser- rata, he shows that in experiments made simultaneously at Louvain, Giessen, and Copenhagen, with ova obtained from a single dog which had been fed with Cenuri, precisely the same phenomena were pro- duced nearly after the same lapse of time. In all these cases the young sheep were attacked by staggers about the fifteenth day,—the only difference being that, at Copenhagen, only two out of three” sheep were affected. The failure of the French experimentalists is ascribed by M. Van Beneden to their having administered ova of Tenia serrata instead of those of 7’. cenurus. M. Van Beneden also communicates to the Academy the results of an experiment just completed by M. Leuckart. For some years a second species of Tenia, the T’. mediocanellata, has been indicated in the human subject, but its mode of introduc- tion and the characters of its Cysticercus were unknown. M. Leuc- kart has administered ova of Tenia mediocanellata to calves, and in a short time found a development of Cysticerci, especially in the muscles, so abundant as to cause a sort of leprosy. The Cysticercus, while still in the cysts of the calf, presents all the distinctive charac- ters of the adult Tenia. Thus Tape-worm is developed by the use of veal and beef; but it is a distinct species, which has always been confounded with Tenia solium. In the present state of science, it may be asserted that Tenia solium is introduced into the human body by pork ; 7’. mediocanellata by veal and beef; and the Bothrio- _ cephalus, or Broad Tape-worm of the older writers (in Switzerland, Poland, and Russia), by water*. At the Meeting of the Academy of Sciences on the 16th of June, MM. Pouchet and Verrier replied to Prof. Van Beneden’s remarks, asserting that. they have not committed the error ascribed to them by him, as, if his Tenia cenurus be really a distinct species, of which they express great doubts, it was this that they administered to their young sheep. They add that in a recent experiment, in which each of two dogs received a hundred heads of Canurus cerebralis, the examination of the intestines two months after the administration showed in one dog two specimens of Tenia cucumerina, 50 centi- metres in length, and filled with ova, and in the other, two of 7’. ser- rata, one 12 millimetres and the other 20 centimetres in length.— Comptes Rendus, June 2 and 16, pp. 1157 and 1207. * Dr. Koch, of St. Petersburg, has lately stated that the embryos of Bothriocephalus latus are covered with vibratile cilia, and that, in the form of Infusoria, they live free in the water. He adds this interesting remark, that at Moscow, where spring-water is drunk, the Bothriocephalus is rare ; whilst at St. Petersburg, Riga, and Dorpat, where river-water is used, it is very common. . Miscellaneous. 159 Description of a new Genus of Tree-frogs, from Ecuador. By W. Peters. PLECTROMANTIS, nov. gen. Tongue elongated, posteriorly slightly emarginated and free. Palatal teeth. Tympanum distinct. Orifices of the Eustachian tubes nearly twice as large as the choanee. A large elongated gland between the angle of the mouth and the shoulder, and over the latter a larger triangular one, less distinctly bounded above and behind. Fingers free, rounded at the tip, without adhesive disks; the metacarpus of the thumb and of the first finger armed each with a conical, pointed, hard spine. ‘Toes free, thin, with narrow membranous borders, and with distinct, but small, broad adhesive disks at the apex; a flattened elongated knob at the base of the metatarsus of the first toe, and a smaller roundish one at that of the fifth. Transverse processes of the sacral vertebra narrow. This genus is therefore very nearly allied to Hylodes, and is di- stinguished therefrom by the presence of parotids and the two re- markable spines on the inner side of the hand. Plectromantis Wagneri, nov. spec. The present species has at the first glance exactly the form of a Rana temporaria with rather thin toes. ‘The head is as broad as long, with a somewhat prominent rounded snout. The nostrils are trans- versely oval, and are rather more distant from each other than from the apex of the snout, whilst their distance from the eyes is distinctly greater. The diameter of the very distinct tympanum is equal to the distance of the nostrils from each other, and amounts only to four- sevenths of the largest diameter of the eyes. The eyes are very pro- minent, and the inner transparent fold of the lower eyelid (the so- called nictitating membrane) is greatly developed. The intermaxillary and maxillary teeth are closely approximated, and have their points directed a little inwards and backwards. ‘The palatal teeth stand at some distance behind the widely separated choanze, upon two curved processes the convexity of which is anterior ; they occupy about half the width of the palate. The skin of the body appears smooth, with the exception of the somewhat wrinkled sides. The anterior ex- tremity exceeds the muzzle by the entire hand. The first finger extends beyond the second, which is a little shorter than the last, but considerably shorter than the last but one. The spines on the inside of the metacarpus are 14 millim. in length, and have the appearance of pointed warts ; they are very hard, and appear to con- sist of a bony process, covered with a horny coat. The toes increase very considerably in length from the first to the fourth. The fourth toe is nearly twice as long as the third (19 : 11) ; whilst the fifth is intermediate between the second and third. The colour of the upper surface of the body and extremities is dark brown, and exhibits a few indistinct darker spots. The lower part of the sides of the body, the belly, the inner and outer surfaces of the thighs, and also the inside 160 Miscellaneous. of the leg, appear of a dingy white, with a more or less extended black marbling. Total length 0:058 m.; length of the head 0°023; length of the anterior extremity to the tip of the last finger but one 0-033 ; length of the hinder extremity to the tip of the fourth toe 0:095. The single specimen of this species was discovered by Dr. Moritz Wagner on the west side of the Andes in Ecuador, and is now in the Zoological Museum of Munich.—Monatsber. der Akad. der Wiss. zu Berlin, April 1862, p. 232. Discovery of Microscopic Organisms in the Siliceous Nodules of the Paleozoic Rocks of New York. At Prof. Dana’s suggestion, Dr. M. C. White, well known for his devotion to the microscope, has examined various specimens of the hornstone nodules found in the Devonian and Silurian rocks of this country, with a view to determine the presence of organisms analo- gous to those well known to exist in the flints of the chalk. This research has been rewarded by the discovery of abundant organisms referable to the Desmidiee, besides a few Diatomacese, numerous spi- cula of sponges, and also fragments of the dental apparatus of Gaste- ropods. Among the Desmids, there is a large variety of forms of Xanthidia supposed to be the sporangia of Desmids, besides an oc- casional duplicated Desmid ; also, lines of cells, some of which appear to be sparingly branched. The researches have been mostly confined to the hornstone of the corniferous limestone ; though extended also to the hornstone from the Black-River limestone and that of the sub-carboniferous limestone of Illinois, both of which contain some organisms. The hornstone-nodules from the Black-River limestone (as well as the corniferous) have been since examined also by Mr. F. H. Bradley with similar results. These observations will be regarded with much interest by geolo- gists as well as by microscopists. They carry back to a very early epoch forms of life which have hitherto been looked upon as belong- ing only to a much more recent era in the life of our planet. The analogy of these hornstone-nodules to the flints of the Chalk is obvious ; and the discoveries here announced may be regarded as establishing their similarity in origin. The organisms figured so closely resemble those of the flint that they might be taken for them ; it is difficult in all cases to make out a difference of species. The extreme abundance of the hornstone-nodules in our paleeozoic limestones will render it easy to multiply observations in this new field of research, which presents an interesting addition to the labours of the microscopist. It will be remembered by those who undertake such examinations that the use of turpentine renders the chips of chert almost as transparent as glass.—Si/liman’s Journal, May 1862, p- 385. Shortly will be Published, illustrated with Highly-finished Wood- Engravings, and Fine Steel-engraved Portrait, Price 10s. 6d., MANUAL OF THE LAND AND FRESHWATER MOLLUSKS INHABITING THE BRITISH ISLES. BY LOVELL REEVE, F.L.S., F.G.S.,, CORRESPONDING MEMBER OF THE NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF WURTEMBERG, OF THE LYCEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY OF NEW YORK, AND OF THE ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. Asovut three years ago I was fortunate enough to become the possessor of one of the most perfect collections of British Shells (many with the animal in spirits) in this country. It consists of the collections of William Metcalfe, Esq., and of the late Dr. Gaskoin, of London, and of the late Dr. Knapp, of Edinburgh, arranged in one. Mr. Metcalfe and Dr. Knapp had been zealous scientific collectors; and both had worked assiducusly with the dredge. My thoughts being turned by this event, more particularly than hitherto, to British Conchology, I began to reflect on its present state as advanced by Forbes and Hanley, and to consider whether it might be possible to contribute in any way to its further advancement. Having worked for twenty years on Mr. Cuming’s collection of Foreign Shells, and critically examined, described, and figured during that period probably not fewer than fifteen thousand species and varieties (Conch. Iconica, Pl. 1768 just published), it occurred to me that it might be useful to bring the results of this experience to bear on our knowledge of British forms. 2 British Conchology has never been studied in this country except with limited views as to its bearings with the conchology of other parts of the globe. I had, moreover, two other reasons for endeavouring to turn my collection of British Conchology and experience of Foreign Conchology to ac- count ;—there has been an urgent want for some years past of an inexpensive manual, that might be generally available to students, and illustrations of the living mollusk are also wanted of more definition than mere outline sketches. With these three points in view, namely; cheapness, good illustrative figures, details of foreign distribution, I have commenced with the land and freshwater species, making it a book complete in itself, in order that the marine species may remain open for future consideration. Thanks to the Rey. M. J. Berkeley, and to the painstaking research of my artist, Mr. O. Jewitt, [ have been fortunate in obtaining figures from the life of most of the genera. ‘To complete the series, I have availed myself of some of the animal figures of Moquin-Tandon. The shells of all the species, from two to four views of each, have been drawn by Mr. Sowerby. It may be thought by some, that I have been unnecessarily long in the preparation of so small a work, but, though limited to only a hundred and twenty species, I could not have accomplished it to my satisfaction in less time. Three seasons have been devoted to the collecting of as many living specimens as possible; and I have worked out and published extensive mono- graphs of foreign species, for the sake of showing the bearings of each on its representatives in Britain. In some cases, Vitrina for example, as many as eighty foreign species have been separately examined in order to arrive at a knowledge of the representatives in other parts of the world of a single British one. Specimens of the Engravings. ALSO BY THE SAME AUTHOR. Elements of Conchology ; An Introduetion to the Natural History of Shells, and of the Animals which form them, With 62 Plates of Shells and of the Living Animals by G. B. Sowersy and R. M1nuEr. In 2 vols., price £2. 6s. coloured. PP DPS ARADO Conchologia Systematica. A Complete System of Conchology; in which the Lepades and Conchiferous Mollusca are described and classified according to their Natural Organization and Habits. With 300 Plates of Shells by J. D. C. and G. B. Sowrrsy. Two vols. 4to, price £10 coloured. Conchologia Iconica ; Or, Figures and Descriptions of the Shells of the Mollusca, with Remarks on their Affinities Synonymy, and Geographical Distribution. The Drawings by G. B. Sowrrsy, F.L.S. Published Monthly in Parts, demy 4to, each containing eight plates, price 10s. coloured. Part CCXXI. just published. . CONCHOLOGIA ICONICA IN MONOGRAPHS. a, ee Genera. | POHABINA Nervccecdschice sce 23 ACHATINELLA 6 ....c.cccccces AMPHIDESMA AMPULLARIA .........00000. 28 ANATINA ANCULOTUS.., etetiastasces 10 Senne eee eee nee See ewe ee Reet en eeee ROO e ete e a reeeraee ETA CT h ui chtabin son sa tnaile od BRIGGS viaces Mets iseassces Buccinum BULIMUS i.02i 5. Seeavaiese ee} BUL DUA: .. bi Asdinsies cboceedss Peeee TUSSI Tees POR e eee e eee e eee aneensene ODDIE 5. icdsicseaccpeasstet ORBOTGUE sicechscdescndessonse Peete ewe eeeeeesereeerees Cee ween eeeetes CUB O Be euiinciccdvie cakes av’ CHITONELLUS .... CoLUMBELLA Tene ee eee eeneeeessees Fe eeeseeteesere CRASSATELLA ...cccccccecece CRENATULA ....cccccsscsceces ORB PID VEE: dcaciasnesoastnsss CRUCIBULUM , CYCLOPHORUS...ccrececssees CrcLOsSTOMA CYPRICARDIA DELPHINULA MONG RS ees acgs tacos ivi gse 1 FIsSURELLA Fusus —) HH OOH OH HARpPa HELiIx TAR MISINUS Scdsscorcees sees. HINNITES .... HAT ePOPUS: caasccsccctapnedss > PAMTHINA (org casi ccs Io LINGULA LirHoDOMUS LiTtoRINA WOOK sc dsertheccincsnessaares 11 LRG SS OEP MactTra MALLEUS. ee eoeeereereessssees Peter ereercsses Pee eereeeresessces _ RON WwaworBRarHaroc Coeeeseeseeeeseses See ee eerereeserece Cormsoocorocoooooeooo a) a CAC COD COG OCODAORDOBDSARDABSADAMSOOSORVORSCOCARBSOSASCAARSCASGHROARBSCOSROARBOARSSOS? Genera. Plates. a. ds MANGELIA ; SS cuscssestecraae 010 6 MELANIA BD rs cesbicsetonae 3814 6 MELANOPSIS 3 0 4 0 MREMTOMA! (acJi.ckseteecters 1 ealiacareipbinita Bro 0 4 0 Mesauia & E@uistia...... UP cscs ae OT .6 DERSODESMA.....ccccsecterses’ Mt ndescacanse eames Oo S16 Meta .> 6 PATP RAS i aap ateneatesbade 0 MODIOLA ......... 0 Monocrros 6 MAT IES: 5c, cen cgioos chase ornare 6 MYADORA..... 6 MyocHaMa 6 MUVPIGUS sss cowstesiscosverrs 0 WN ASSRey, se; Sewescina das Sadeste 0 TW REDOR cycss sencseieis cumcteres 0 BUMOCIRUS LA abvecsetesdeees 0 NAavICELLA 6 MORITA 2. x cccsdssesveveneet 6 TNR IDIITD 0 oss halasocsecsncne 0 PRIYA there eeu es thedessues 0 MONISOIM—*%., ccicsevitAs setae 0 6 PAT GUOMUBs..is0ccocsssaaebe S slivdecsstbhaaenes 040 PARE nn oscccccepccenveeceed 4 iuivesthusn tunes 0 5 6 PATELLA 0 PEROEBRN 2 askesecascnssssglcel 35 0 PECTUNCULUS 6 PRDUMG, «5. ccacedeidveseveaue y wren pT? © 18 PRRWA ...icofuuiicscessancecs © .. ianceenanaeees 0 8 O PHASIANWELEA '..g0sss hie G... Seagal G36 PHORUS. i. .cscpetesssoonensaee SO csacseeeeanenei 04 0 Panwa oA il ceaiee 845 eee 23 0 PIRENA...osicveccsackeasaees DS cewcscteeeeaee 0 8 .0 PLACUNANOMIA ... ...cceee D cade hbecean eae 04 0 PLEUROTOMA.....cccsccsccees 40... Abed SD 6 PSAMMOBIA .....0c0cccccccses 8 i cccoecanannamaes 010 6 PSAMMOTELLA ..,..0.c0ccs00e 0 PYEROCERA iievesii. es. sties’ 0 PURPURA ; 0 PYRULA....... 9 6 RaNELLA 8 6 RICINULA....2-+. 6 0-8 O ROSTELLARIA .......000. 3 0 4.6 SANGUINOLARIA .......00008 1 2. ee 01 6: ScARABUS... 3 0 4 0 SIMPULOPSIS ...........s000 IIE en 0 Bi8 SIPHONARIA,......+. ibssches ee (i Fag $ Spe Oo 936 SOLETELLINA 3.......ccccceee Aeosietde tbe menane Se e738 SPONDYLUS °........ccccccees Ly cakaunceeetacoins er Se MEBOMBUS. .....0..000<.sbbebes AQ... capeecivarouees 1 4 6 STRUTHIOLARIA .........006 E Rotea cn “phere 2 CG: 228 RAI RA. isccscoctsessssecebes QT. cenedcedeneateas 114 0 TEREBRATULA ........se0eee Al ss centouat sosortee O 14, 0 THRACIA ...... 3 04 0 TRIDACNA 8 010 6 TRIGONIA if O eG TRITON .....sc0cces 20 ee TROCHTPAL AA. ae SPAT ISA 0 4 6 TROOBUAL IU, seb adchnes Fier! MG i219. cet, lL O36 TURBINELLA 13 017 0 TURBO 13 017 0 TURRITELLA 11 014 6 UMBRBUGA. \isodeudetecsicoves 1. dateapeeeee 2G Vouuvura..... 22 i: ae Wanita: 3cvccpgacteescocies 10. ctbcsuze ees 013 0 VULSELLA Oe abies A eee 0 3 0 “‘ This great work is intended to embrace a complete description and illustration of the Shells of Mol- luscous Animals; and so far as we have seen, it is not such as to disappoint the large expectations that have been formed respecting it. The figures of the Shells are all of full size: in the descriptions a careful analysis is given of the labours of others; and the author has apparently spared no p work a standard authority on the subject of which it treats.” - LOVELL REEVE & CO., 5, HENRIETTA STREET, COVENT GARDEN. ains to make the ATHEN ZUM. THE ANNALS AND MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. [THIRD SERIES. ] No. 57. SEPTEMBER 1862. > Bis oetie Total length ioe i ae a OR Height under commencement of 2nd dorsal.... 52 )| 8 Az Thickness, same place .................... 3F 3 aerate Of head)... 825. lian Js hocks tabs 53 4 | 9S¢ Payee, diameter sf oct) nda a pales ene ees 1 12 _ _ 5, distance from one to the other.......... 14] 14% Mouth, upper jaw, length.................. 23 », Width from side to side when open .. 22 PUI RM Se once ie aka ete 14; 13 Ist dorsal fin; distance from snout .......... 6 83 ‘is length of Ist ray ............ | 84 | 108 | 72 > rf POG ERY io ie sen te | 19 Fishes taken at Madeira. 169 iw on -€ Interval between the two dorsals ............ 3 3 2nd dorsal fin, length of base .............. 13% | 21 | ie height in front .......-...-.. 1? 2,3, Pectorals, distance from snout .............. 6 8 SP eR scierane: 3t | 438] 2g 55 width of base he RE Be ik Ventrals, length of Ist ray ............... . 4 ; » length of 2nd (longest) ray ........ 52 4} 5 Bir ara iis Sa ens & 13 3 Wemerren deme: OE. Pee os 33 Vent, distance from snout......... Rs SOS I - dl Anal, distance from snout.................. 114 | 153 spolength OF Das seis is ol. wes Qo )] ABR bb JUROR: SORIA SING 605 2 de sels se bapa 1g}. 2 Caudal, length at middle .................. 1} Tail, height behind 2nd dorsal.............. | 1 Fam. Macrouride. Macrovurvws, Bloch. Of this curious genus Mr. Lowe has given short diagnoses of three species taken at Madeira, viz. M. atianticus, M. levis, and M. serratus. Specimens of only the first two have fallen in my way ; and I will now describe them from my notes. Both are of rare occurrence, but the first is taken more frequently than the second. It appears to be the fish which is figured in the ‘ Fauna Italica’ under the name of M. Mysticetus, and described in the text under the name of M. celorynchus, although there are con- siderable differences between the numbers of the rays in the dorsal and anal fins as stated by Bonaparte (Ist D.9; 2nd D. 68; A. 83) and those given below. Macrourus ceelorynchus, Risso, Ichth. Nice, p. 200; Hist. Nat. i. 244. M. atlanticus, Lowe, Trans. Zool. Soc. iu. p. 15. Ist D. 10. 2ndD.98. A.110. P.15-20. V. 7. M.B. 6*. The head is thick and subcubical, the body compressed and much attenuated behind, so that the tail with its fin terminates in a point. The body is dark grey above, the belly paler grey ; the anal, pectoral, and ventral fins black. It is clothed with small scales that have a tessellated arrangement, and are rough with numerous minute spines, but are without a keel. The head compared with the total length is as 1 to 4; the height of the * Risso assigns seven, Bonaparte five branchiostegal rays to M. ce- lorynchus. 170 Mr. J. Y. Johnson on rare and litile-known body to the length as 1 to 73. The head, between the eyes, is concave; two crests with numerous small spines commence over the middle of the eyes, and run backwards. The postero-supe- rior orbit of the eye is spinous, and a spinous crest runs back- wards from it. The rest of the head is covered with minute villiform spines, except the space around each pair of nostrils, which is naked. The large eye is contained about three times its longer diameter in the head, about twelve times in the total length, and is distant about one diameter from the tip of the snout. The eyes are separated from each other by a space about equal to their own shorter diameter. The projecting snout is subcarinate both above and below, and it is sub- trilobate at the tip. There runs backwards from it between the eye and the mouth, almost to the posterior angle of the subopercle, a keel or broad crest (bearing a band of small spines), that gives a remarkable appearance to the head. The mouth is on the under side of the head, as in the case of the Shark tribe. The upper border of the mouth is formed partly by the premaxillary and partly by the maxillary; but only the former is set with teeth. There is a villiform band of teeth in each jaw, but none on the palate, vomer, or tongue. The upper jaw is very protractile. The pharynx and the inside of the gill- covers are black. The chin carries a short barbel. The first dorsal fin has ten rays, and is a little posterior to the vertical passing through the roots of the pectoral and ven- tral fins. Its longest rays, when pressed to the back, reach to the commencement of the second dorsal. It begins at a distance from the snout equal to about one-fourth of the total length of the fish, and its height is rather less than the height of the body under it, but much greater than that of the second dorsal. The first ray is not serrated; it is slightly longer, but not stronger, than the next three rays. The last ray is about one-third of the length of the first. The second dorsal fin commences behind the commencement of the anal fin, and is much lower than that fin. Both of them unite with the caudal without a break. The space separating the two dorsal fins is about one-third the length of the head. - The pointed pectoral fins are inserted near the border of the opercle, and their length is about equal to half the length of the head ; they reach backwards to the commencement of the anal fin, but not quite so far as the commencement of the second dorsal fin. The ventral fins are placed under the roots of the pectoral fins. The first ray is produced, and reaches back as far as the vent, which is situated at a distance from the tip of the snout equal to one-third of the total length of the fish. Between the Fishes taken at Madeira. 171 ventral fins there is a depression, the middle part of which is scaleless. The anal fin commences under the space separating the two dorsal fins, and is higher and more distinct than the second dorsal ; it is highest at the middle. There are about 82 rays in it, counting all to the tip of the tail. The /ateral line, in the anterior part of its course, is nearly parallel with the outline of the back; it descends a little under the anterior part of the second dorsal, and is then straight along the middle of the tail. The following are the dimensions in inches of the two longest specimens that have occurred :— BOP Sess Se ee OR 10 134 Height under first dorsal............ 14, | 1¢ Thickness at pectorals.............. fo | le PRONG epee as 226% Sc eve. 24, | 353 », thickness behind eyes 1,45 13 Eye, longer diameter... 1.00.6... ty 12 >» Snorter diameter ....... 265. 25.% vs 6 First dorsal, height . eyed oh la 1,4, » + distance from snout...... 22 Second dorsal, distance from snout . 34 55 UI a se. es ots oe. ly | 145 e distance from snout ........ 2;4 | 355 Ventrals, length of first ray.......... 155 1545 Vent, distance from tip of mandible 1,8, | 33 Anal, distance from vent ............ 45 » height at middle. Mepitode ie 15 RPOROONe MORE Gel) Posi sash as Ales 4 Macrourus levis, Lowe, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. i. vol. xiii. p. 400. lst D. 9. - 2nd D. A. & C..00. P.15...V.8. M.B..7. The body is coloured a light grey, and has a sleek appearance, from the smallness of the scales; those on the head and cheeks are rougher. The head is rather less than one-sixth of the total length of the body, the height of which (under the first dorsal) is contained rather more than seven times in the length. The body attenuates rapidly behind the first dorsal fin. The head is subcubical, the snout short and blunt. On the vertex is a ridge rising from depressions between the eyes, which are oval. The cheeks are flat; the mouth is on the under side of the snout, which projects one-fifth the length of the head beyond the mouth. The upper border of the mouth is formed entirely of the premaxillary. The ¢eeth are small and acute, forming two rows in the upper jaw, those of the outer row being conical, curved, and larger, but fewer and more irregularly disposed than 172 Mr. J. Y. Johnson on Fishes from Madeira. those of the inner row. In the lower jaw there is but a single row of teeth, and these are similar in form to the teeth in the outer row above. The palatines, vomer, and tongue are un- armed. The mouth is white within, and the tongue is only free near the tip. The chin carries a small barbel. The first dorsal fin is much higher than the second; it com- mences at a distance from the snout equal to a little more than the length of the head. It is highest in front, where its height. is about three-fourths of that of the body under it; but its longest rays, when pressed to the body, do not nearly reach back to the commencement of the second dorsal. The first spine is not serrated. The second dorsal fin unites, like the anal, with the caudal. The pointed pectoral fins are inserted under the first dorsal fin, and are about half as long as the head. The short ventral fins have their roots under the roots of the pectoral fins. The vent is distant from the snout about one-fifth of the total length, and the anal fin commences shortly behind it under the root of the pectorals. The lateral line in the anterior part of the body follows the curve of the back ; it descends rather rapidly behind the tip of the pectoral fin, and is straight along the middle of the body and tail. Differences in the dentition, the scales, the configuration of the sides of the head, the position of the vent, and the structure of the ventral fins, distinguish this species from the preceding one; whilst both may be discriminated from M. serratus by the simple, not serrated, first spine of the first dorsal fin. The following measurements were taken from the single spe- cimen that has occurred, now in the British Museum :— "Total emg the ss. 00.2’ ¢.s0 ged #8 6 steis ae peth ei 143 Height under first dorsal ............ bit aie Thickness of body near pectoral ...... ..... fs ELCAG, TONG a0 's «eps 3.5 ae 58 ack oo 8a 24 », thickness behind eyes. 20°. 03.00. 299. 4 «1S Snout, distance from tip to mouth .......... 3 Eye, longer'exis: j.0 220. Of DDR a Bee Upper jaw, length «3:52: Jind 1iGia sche ee 1545 First dorsal, distance from snout ............ 235 bs height: (i. -as'oj jsGRhh wel See 1545 Second dorsal, distance from snout .......... 43; Pectorale, jength ....:... «+: dcsceiaiwlesh aictkiehe Serta Vent, distance from tip of under jaw ........ 245 Ventrals, distance from vent ................ L SURE E Shs sdunis cad Bae tage “8 | S Rev. H. Clark on the Mexican Species of Hydropori. 173 XVIII.—On the Mexican Species of Hydropori. By the Rev. Hamuer Crark, M.A., F.L.S. A very interesting and valuable collection of Coleoptera, made by M. Truqui during his residence of several years in Mexico, has recently passed into the hands of my friend Mr. Alexander Fry. The Dytiscide of this collection I have, by Mr. Fry’s kindness, carefully examined. Some of the species of the group are well known; but many others (and these especially the smaller species) appear to be new to science. The genus Hydro- porus especially (represented by sixteen species) presents no form that I am able to recognize as already described by Say, Melsheimer, or Leconte. Say’s descriptions are somewhat im- perfect, and, in the absence of typical specimens, often insuffi- cient ; and I have been unable to examine the fifth volume of the ‘Annals of the Lyceum of Natural History of New York,’ in which many of Leconte’s species are described. With the aid, however, of the admirable analysis of the Hydropori of the States, drawn up by Dr. Leconte, and published in the ‘ Pro- ceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences,’ April 1855, and especially (in some cases) of type-specimens of interesting spe- cies described by him, which that gentleman has added to my cabinet, I have been able to satisfy myself of this, at least, that, whatever may be the characterized species of Mexican Hydro- pori, none of them are to be found among the species which | have been recently examining. I propose therefore in this paper briefly to describe the new species from Mr. Fry’s cabinet and my own, having first enumerated those Mexican species of this genus that (so far as I know) are already determined. With the aid of Dr. Leconte (by his interesting set of types from his cabi- net, and also copies of valuable papers by him on North-American Coleoptera), and by the kindness of M. Bonvouloir of Paris (who has entrusted to me for comparison type-specimens of North- American species named by M. Aubé), I believe that the list is tolerably accurate. The prefix to each species of a letter and figure indicates the subsection of the genus, as adopted in the following paper, to which the species may be referred. Species already described by authors :— (A. 1.) H. punctatus, Say, Long’s Second Exped. Philad. 1824, i. 271. ——, Aubé, Species Général, 1838, 471. (A. cy 7. cuspidatus, Germ. Faun. Ins. Eur. v. t. 4. Hyphydrus notatus, Say (?). (B. 2.) H. lacustris, Melsh.; Say, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soe, 1823, ui. 103. H. pulicarius, Aubé, Species Général, 1838, 495. 174 Rev. H. Clark on the Mexican Species of Hydropori. (A. 3.) H. striatellus, Lec. Proe. Ac. N. Se. 1855, 295. (A.3a.) H. mizxtus, Lec. Proc. Ac. N. Se. vii. 296. (A. 3a.) H. semirufus, Lec. Proc. Ac. N. Sc. vii. 296. (A.3a.) H. vittatus, Lec. Proc. Ac. N. Se. vii. 296. ) H. catascopium, Say, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. 11. 103. H. interruptus, Say, Trans. Am. Phil. Soe. iv. 445, H. parallelus, Say, Acad, Nat. Scien. Phil. iii. 153. (A.3a.) H. vilis, Lec. An. Lyc. N. Hist. v. (A. 3.) H. concinnus, Lec. Proc. Acad. N. Se. vi. 297. (A. 30.) H. patruelis, Lec. ibid. vii. 298. (A. 30.) H. nubilus, Lec. ibid. vii. 298. (A.3 0.) H. discoideus, Lec. ibid. vii. 298. (A.3?) H. bifidus, Say, Trans. Am. Philos. Soe. iv. 444. (A. 3.) Hl. nudatus, Say, 1b. iv. 444. (A. 3.) H. sericatus, Say, ib. iv. 445. Hyproporus, Clairv. A. Thorace haud striolato. 1. RorunDATI. 1. H. Portmanni, u. sp. H. subcircularis, latus, depressus, leviter punctatus; thorace pene triangulari, flavo-ferrugineo; elytris flavis, ad suturam nigris ; antennis pedibusque flavis. Long. corp. 14 lin., lat. 4-1 lin. Broad and depressed, glabrous, under a high power very finely. punctate, in colour ferruginous or flavo-ferruginous : head broad, impunctate, black: thorax broadly transverse, much narrower laterally than medially, the sides being very short; the surface is anteriorly finely punctate, more distinctly so towards the base; in colour flavo-ferruginous, the anterior margin being more pale than the base; the form of the thorax is remarkable—it is subtriangular, by reason of its deep scutel- lary angle and its narrow sides: elytra broad, depressed, finely punctate, more distinctly so than in H. Bryanstonii ; in colour flavous, faintly clouded with fusco-flavous, the sutural line being distinctly black : abdomen and underside black : legs and antenne pale flavous. Nearly related to H. Bryanstonii; in several distinct parti- culars, however, it differs from it: it is larger in size; it is less brightly glabrous, the coloration is more distinctly pale, and the punctations on the elytra are more distinct. Allied to H. pus- tulatus, Melsh., which is found in North America; it is a trifle broader, not so convex, and more glabrous. - | Mexico. In the cabinets of Mr. Fry and the Rev. Hamlet Clark. Rev. H. Clark on the Mewican Species of Hydropori. 175 2. H. Leconteti, n. sp. H. subovatus, rotundatus, punctatus, nigro-ferrugineus; capite nigro ; thorace rufo-ferrugineo, antice et postice nigro marginato ; elytris rufo-ferrugineis, obscure nigro-fuscatis ; antennis pedibus- que rufo-flavis. Long. corp. 1+ lin., lat. 3-4 lin. Perceptibly narrower than H. Portmanni, and somewhat more convex ; in the single example before me the surface is very dull and opake: it is a question whether this is sexual, as in many other species. The surface of the elytra, when viewed under a high power, is sparingly and distinctly punctate ; other very minute and frequent punctures give to the surface the appearance of delicate granulation. H, Leconte closely resembles a species (I believe unde- scribed) which I have received from Florida, and which must apparently be placed near H. farctus, Lec. I name this species after Dr. Leconte of Philadelphia, who has carefully studied the Hydrocantharide of North America, and to whose excellent papers in the ‘ Proc. Acad. Nat. Sciences’ and in the ‘ Annals of the Lyceum of Nat. Hist. of New York’ we are indebted for nearly all that is known of the many inter- esting species of this vast continent. Mexico; the exact locality unrecorded. A single specimen, taken by the late M. Truqui. 3. H. Bryanstonii, n. sp. H. latus, subcircularis, depressus, subtiliter punctatus, glaber, rufo- ferrugineus; thorace rufo-fusco; elytris utrinque ad suturam breviter et tenuiter striatis. Long. corp. | lin., lat. 4 lin. Broad, subcireular, depressed, glabrous, finely punctate, rufo- ferruginous: head broadly transverse: thorax broad, the sides somewhat rounded and much constricted in front; the sur- face is very finely punctate, in colour rufo-fuscous, the medial disk being always darker than the sides: elytra broad, sub- depressed, finely punctate, glabrous ; near the suture is, on either side, a short and indistinctly punctured stria; the surface is ferruginous or rufo-ferruginous in colour: abdomen and under- side black, the mesothorax being rufous: legs rufous: antenne pale rufous. This species varies but little in coloration, and apparently is not rare. I have specimens before me, from Mr. Fry’s cabinet, received from M.'Truqui, and also from my own, which I ob- tained through Mr Stevens: all the examples manifest the same ferruginous colour. It may be distinguished by its almost cir- cular depressed form, its glabrous surface, and the short and almost 176 Rey. H. Clark on the Mexican Species of Hydropori. obsolete stria at the base of the elytra. At first sight the species might be taken for large and dark specimens of H. convexus, Aubé (found in the States) ; it is, however, an entirely separate species. In the collections of the British Museum, Mr. Fry, and the Rey. H. Clark. 2. BREVITER OVATI. 4. H. Roffii, a. sp. H. \atus, robustus, impubescens, punctato-striatus, niger ; elytris ad basin rufo notatis, ad apicem juxta marginem rufo maculatis, pedi- bus fuscis. Long. corp. 2 lin., lat. 1 lin. Ovate, broad, robust, impubescent, punctate-striate, black, the base and apex of the elytra being frequently rufo-maculate : head broadly transverse ; when seen from the front, two distinct depressions are apparent on either side near the inner surface of the eyes; under a high power the surface is finely punctate, the apex and line of the base being more or less distinctly marked with rufous : thorax broadly transverse, the sides slightly rounded and much constricted towards the front; the surface is subglobose ; parallel to the anterior and also the posterior mar- gin is a depressed line of punctures, those at the base being more distinctly apparent: elytra broad, attenuate towards the apex, subglobose, with three distinctly impressed rows of striz, and a few single deep punctures near the line of the base be- tween the first and second strive; the surface (when seen under a high power) is very finely granulated, in colour black, the line of the -base being marked with rufous (in some examples this basal marking is almost obsolete); towards the apex, near the margins, are two or three well-defined red spots; the apex itself also is distinctly marked with red : abdomen and underside black : legs fuscous: antenne rufous, the apical joints being rufo- fuscous. Var. A. The elytra in colour entirely black; in all examples, however, there is an indication, however faint, of rufous colouring at the apex. Several examples before me of this species from M. Truqui’s collection exhibit every shade of coloration, from the typical pattern to the almost black variety. In the cabinets of the British Museum, Mr. Fry, and the Rev. Hamlet Clark. 5. H. decemsignatus, n. sp. H. ovatus, ad apicem attenuatus, punctato-striatus, niger; elytris flavo decemnotatis; antennis testaceis; pedibys fuscis. © Long. corp. 2 lin., lat. 1 lin. Broadly ovate, compressed and attenuated towards the apex, Rey. H. Clark on the Mexican Species of Hydropori. 177 punctate-striate, of a dull black colour: head broad, im- punctate, with two insulated depressions, one on either side of - the inner margin of the eyes, in colour black, the basal line and also the apex being obscurely tinged with rufous: thorax broad, the lateral margin being much constricted towards the front, and in a continuous line with the lateral margin of the head; the surface (under a high power) is obsoletely rugose ; parallel with the anterior margin is a line of faintly impressed punctures; in colour black, with a medial circular spot of suf- fused rufous (in a second example there is a distinct trace of a similar suffused rufous marking near the margin): elytra broad, attenuated towards the apex, with three lines of faintly impressed punctures—one near the suture, another medial, and a third at some distance from the lateral margin; the surface is of a dull black colour, with five markings of flavous on each elytron—one at the base, transverse and parallel to the margin (sometimes con- tinued at the shoulders in a line parallel to the lateral margin) ; the four others are smaller, of equal size, in form either sub- circular or somewhat quadrate ; of these, two are near the lateral margin, one is situate at the apex, and a fourth medially near the suture: abdomen and underside fusco-rufous, sometimes almost black : antenne testaceous: legs, the anterior rufo-testa- ceous, the posterior fusco-rufous. This species may be separated at once from all others by the very distinct flavous markings on its elytra. } I know of only two examples of the species, both taken by M. Truqui in Mexico: one in the collection of Mr. Fry; the other, by that gentleman’s kindness, in my own. 3. OBLONGI. 6. H. Wardii, n. sp. H, ovatus, elongatus, subdepressus, punctulatus; thorace flavo, ad medium fusco; elytris leviter striatis, rufo-ferrugineis, ad basin et suturam flavis; pedibus rufo-flavis ; antennis flavis. Long. corp. 2 lin., lat. 1 lin. Ovate, depressed, subelongate, finely punctate, rufo-fuscous : head broad ; when viewed from above, a slight depression may be traced near the inner margins of the eyes; the surface is _ glabrous, finely punctate, and flavous, the line of the base and of the inner margins of the eyes being black : thorax broadly transverse, narrow, the anterior margin straight ; the sides are somewhat constricted in front; the basal margin (medially) broadly punctate; the surface, obsoletely punctate and with a distinct line of deeper punctures parallel to the anterior margin, is in colour flayous, with a medial suffused spot of fuscous, the Ann, & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.3. Vol. x. 13 178 Rev. H. Clark on the Mexican Species of Hydropori. basal line being also medially and broadly black : elytra attenuate towards the apex, finely and thickly punctate, throughout gla- brous; near the anterior margin, traces may be discerned of three obsolete striz, which become evanescent before the middle; in colour rufo-ferruginous, the line of suture, the anterior mar- gin, and the lateral margins being more or less flavous; this flavous coloration is most apparent near the shoulders, but varies somewhat in degree: abdomen and underside black: legs rufo- flavous : antenna flavous, the apical joints being medially suffused with fuscous. H. Wardit resembles in general appearance H. nubilus, Le- conte, a species found in Kansas: it is more glabrous, less deeply punctate; and in H. nubilus, Lec., there is no trace of punctate striz on the elytra. / Mexico. In the collection of the Rev. Hamlet Clark. 7. H. Kingit, n. sp. H. ovatus, subdepressus, punctulatus; thorace nigro, marginibus flavis; elytris rufo-fuscis ; pedibus antennisque rufo-testaceis. Long. corp. 1} lin., lat. 2 lin. Ovate, broad, subdepressed ; when seen under a high power, finely and sparingly punctate; glabrous, darkly castaneous : head broadly transverse, impunctate, black: thorax broadly transverse, the sides rounded in form, the marginal line being continuous with that of the sides of the elytra and also of the head; the anterior margin is straight, the anterior angles being subprominent; parallel to the anterior margin is a row of minute punctures; the surface generally is impunc- tate and glabrous, with faint traces near the base of obsolete punctures; in colour black, the sides being suffused more or less broadly with flavous: elytra sufficiently robust, towards the apex subacuminated (but not so distinctly as in H. Wardit); the surface is finely and somewhat sparingly punctate throughout, with a single medial stria of closely-arranged. minute punctures on each elytron: abdomen and underside black : legs and antenne rufo-testaceous. A much smaller insect than H. Wardii, though similar to it in form; not unlike H. suturalis, Leconte, but more parallel and a trifle narrower. Taken by M. Truqui in Mexico. 8. H. equinoctialis, n. sp. H. oblongo-ovatus, subdepressus, confertissime subpunctatus, fusco- “niger; capite levi, ad basin obsolete punctato, nigro, ad medium suffuse rufo; thorace sat lato, subtiliter rugoso, lateribus haud “marginatis, cum elytrorum humeris angulum valde obtusum for- mantibus, rufis, ad medium baseos nigro binotatis ; elytris 4-striatis, Rey. H. Clark on the Mexican Species of Hydropori. 179 confertissime punctatis, nigris vel fusco-nigris, ad humeros et marginem testaceo notatis; pedibus rufo-fuscis. Long. corp. 2 lin., lat. 1 lin. Oblong-oval, subattenuated towards the apex, subdepressed ; when viewed under a high power, the surface is very thickly and minutely punctate; elytra punctate-striate, in colour black or fuscous black marked with rufous: head finely and thickly punc- tate, black, the medial anterior disk being suffused with rufous : thorax broadly transverse, in front distinctly excavated; the sides are subconstricted and very narrowly marginate; the basal line is broadly and distinctly angulated in the place of the scutellum ; when viewed obliquely, a row of fine punctures is discernible parallel te the anterior and also to the basal margins (these lines of punctures in different examples vary somewhat in breadth) ; in colour rufo-flavous, the anterior margin and also two medial basal circular markings being black ; the margina- tion is also narrowly black: elytra sufficiently robust, subde- pressed, and slightly acuminate; the shoulders are somewhat rounded, thus forming a distinct angle with the line of the margination of the thorax; towards the apex the surface is very finely and thickly punctate, with four rows of deeper and more distinctly punctate striz (that near the line of margination being sometimes more obsolete) ; the colour is dark fuscous, with an irregular, short, longitudinal rufous marking at the base between each stria, and other irregular longitudinal markings distributed throughout the surface, more distinctly near the line of margina- tion ; in different examples these markings vary considerably in number and degree of coloration: abdomen and underside black : legs flavo-rufous; antenne rufous, the apex being more or less fuscous. The three examples before me of this species present some variation in the form and extent of the markings on the elytra. It is a very distinct and handsome species. San Angel and Cuernavaca, Mexico. In the collections of Mr. Fry and the Rev. Hamlet Clark. 9. H. infaustus, un. sp. H. oblongo-ovalis, subparallelus, antice sat obtusus, confertissime et obsolete punctatus, punctato-striatus, niger ; capite brevi, inter _ oculos undique late et obsolete depresso, punctatissimo, nigro, ad medium prope basin transverse rufo notato; thorace transverso, lato, ad latera tenuiter marginato, prope basin irregulariter trans- verse depresso, punctatissimo, nigro, ad medium rufo notato ; ely- tris sat productis, ad apicem subacuminatis, subtiliter punctatissi- mis, punctato-striatis, nigris, ad latera obsolete ri vel fusco i 180 Rev. H. Clark on the Mexican Species of Hydropori. notatis ; pedibus rufo-testaceis, femoribus posticis nigro suffusis ; abdomine nigro. : Long. corp. 2 lin., lat. 1 lin. Oval, somewhat produced, punctate-striate, black : head broad, on either side in front is an obsolete depression; the surface (under a high power) is very finely and thickly punctate, in co- lour black ; near the line of the base a narrow transverse band of flavous is well defined : thorax broadly transverse, the ante- rior margin excavated; the sides subparallel and rounded in front, very narrowly and evenly marginate; the line of the base is broadly angulated at the region of the scutellum ; the surface is finely and thickly punctate and medially somewhat rugose, with a row of minute punctures parallel to the anterior mar- gin; near the base it is medially transversely depressed, in colour fuscous black, with a post-medial marking (sometimes almost obsolete, sometimes subcircular and suffused) of flavous : elytra somewhat acuminated at the apex; the shoulders are sufficiently prominent, thus forming an angle with the line of the margination of the thorax; the surface is very finely punc- tate, with six deep punctate striz (more obsolete near the mar- gins and apex) of a dull black colour, three or four obsolete markings of flavous being more or less distinct near the line of margination : abdomen and underside black: legs flavous, the apical joints being fuscous. More deeply striated, narrower, and darker than H. @equi- noctialis, and unmarked on the elytra by longitudinal flavous lines. A single specimen, taken between Nopaluca and Vera Cruz by M. Truqui. 10. H. infacetus, n. sp. H. parallelus, punctatus, rufo-ferrugineus ; capite flavo, ad medium rufo-fusco ; thorace rufo-flavo; elytris rufo-ferrugineis, ad basin flavo lineatis, sutura fusca; pedibus antennisque rufo-flavis. Long. corp. 14 lin., lat. 4 lin. Parallel, subovate, thickly punctate, rufo-ferruginous: head finely punctate, flavo-testaceous ; near the imner margin of the eyes is a longitudinal suffused marking of rufo-fuscous: thorax transverse, finely punctate, rufo-flavous: elytra subparallel, suf- ficiently robust, the sides near the anterior angles forming an obtuse angle with the sides of the thorax ; the surface is thickly punctate and rufo-ferruginous, the anterior margin and also the longitudinal medial lines being flavous; these lines, three. or four in number, are more or less obsolete; the extreme apex is Rev. H. Clark on the Mexican Species of Uydropori. 181 also flavous, and the sutural line narrowly fuscous : abdomen and underside black : legs and antenne rufo-flavous. H. infacetus approaches in general appearance and colour H. Wardu: it differs, however, materially in form; it is broader and more parallel, the punctures also are coarser, and its elytra are marked with distinct flavous medial longitudinal lines. It is smaller than H. Kingii. From other species it differs by its parallel form and distinct punctures on the surface of the elytra. A single specimen, taken by M. Truqui in Mexico, has no distinct locality affixed to it. In the collection of Mr. Fry. B. Thorax striola utrinque basali. a. In elytris continuata. 1. BREVITER OVATUS, SAT CONVEXUS. ll. A. Fryii, n. sp. H. breviter ovatus, ad apicem subattenuatus, punctatus, niger vel * ferrugineo-niger; thorace fortiter punctato, undique ad latera antice transverse flavo notato, linea basali attenuata, constricta, elongata; elytris maculis quatuor magnis, his ad humeros sub- circularibus, illis apicem versus elongatulis. Long. corp. 1 lin., lat. 3 lin. A very pretty species, quite distinct in pattern from any de- scribed as North-American species: it would probably range under Section C. of Leconte’s Analytical Table of Hydropori of the States (Proceedings of Academy of Natural Sciences, April 1855) ; in general pattern it resembles at first sight H. deco- ratus, Gyll., and H. cuspidatus, Kunz., Aubé ; in form, size, and also in pattern, it approaches H. pumilio, Dj., Aubé, but is much less coarsely punctate; it is remarkable for the fine thread-like character of its thoracic longitudinal striz, which are not short and broadly defined, but elongated and narrow, as if formed by the scratch of a pin; there are no traces of striz on its elytra, except in the scutellary region, where there is an abbreviated row of indistinct punctures near the suture: the surface of the elytra is sparingly covered with minute punctures: legs and an- tenne fuscous. My friend Mr. Alexander Fry has kindly placed at my dis- posal the whole of the collection of Hydrocantharide made by M. Truqui, for the purpose of examination and description. I have pleasure in dedicating to him this very distinct and pretty species. Taken by M. Truqui in Mexico (locality unrecorded). In the cabinets of Mr. Fry and the Rey. H. Clark. 182 Rev. H. Clark on the Mexican Species of Hydropori. 2. OBLONGI. 12. H. Magensis, un. sp. H. sat robustus, subpubescens ; thorace ad basin transverse depresso, nigro, antice flavo; elytris punctato-striatis. Long. corp. 1} lin., lat. 3 lin. Ovate, broad,. sufficiently robust, very finely and sparingly pubescent: head transverse, impunctate, glabrous; below the inner margin of the eyes on either side is a minute fovea, and parallel to the line of the base is a minute longitudinal depres- sion; in colour black : thorax somewhat narrow, transverse; on either side is a distinct, longitudinal, somewhat oblique fovea, extending from the middle to the line of the base ; the surface is thickly punctate ; when viewed obliquely, a transverse shallow depression may be discerned near the middle, and also a minute punctured fovea near to the anterior margin; in colour black, the anterior margin and sides being distinctly suffused with flavous: elytra broad, robust, very finely pubescent ; beneath this pubescence are distinct punctures, and also a faintly pune tate stria; at the anterior margin, halfway between the suture and the lateral angles, is a short depressed fovea, corresponding in position with the fovea on the thorax; in colour a deep brown black : abdomen and underside black : legs rufous: antenne rufo- fuscous. A single example of this species is in my collection, received some years ago through Mr. S. Stevens. Locality “ Mexico.” 13. H. Charlotta, n. sp. H. ovatus, subelongatus, punctatus, flavo-ferrugineus ; elytris rufo- flavis, lineis obscuris tribus aut quatuor fuscis; antennis rufo- testaceis. Long. corp. 1 lin., lat. 3 lin. Ovate, subparallel, punctate, glabrous, of a flavo-ferruginous colour: head broad, in colour rufo-flavous: thorax broad; the sides are somewhat rounded in form and constricted towards the front; the anterior margin is straight; the surface is thickly and obsoletely punctate; on either side of the middle, near the line of the base, are two short and distinct fovee extending halfway to the anterior margin ; the surface is glabrous, and in colour flavo-ferruginous: elytra sufficiently broad, slightly con- stricted in front, the margins near the base forming an oblique angle with the line of the thorax; the surface is thickly and obsoletely punctate; near the basal line, immediately opposite the thoracic fovea, is a short longitudinal depression, broader and less distinctly defined than the fovea of the thorax ; in colour rufo- Rey. H. Clark on the Mexican Species of Hydropori, 1838 flavous, with three or four obscure fuscous lines extending from the base nearly to the apex: abdomen and underside rufo-flavous : legs and antenne rufo-testaceous. H. Charlottii approaches in character to H. Magensis ; it is broader, the apex of the elytra is somewhat less attenuated, and its coloration is entirely different. The species very closely resembles a pale variety of H. nanus, Aubé (=H. affinis of Say), examples of which I have received from Dr. Leconte. The species before us is larger, a trifle more parallel in form, the longitudinal markings on the elytra are less distinctly defined, and the punctures on the elytra are less distinct. Taken by M. Truqui in Mexico. 14, H. Emilianus, n. sp. H. ovatus, impubescens, punctatus, rufo-ferrugineus ; capite flavo, ad medium fusco suffuso; thoracis lateribus flavo suffusis ; elytris punctatis ; antennis rufo-flavis. Long. corp. # lin., lat. 2 lin. * Ovate, impubescent, thickly and finely punctate, rufo-ferrugi- nous: head transverse, impunctate, glabrous, in colour flavous, the inner margins of the eyes near the base being suffused with fuscous : thorax transverse, the sides subparallel and constricted in front; the surface is glabrous and finely punctate, more di- stinctly near the base; on either side of the middle, connected with the line of the base, is a short, well-defined, longitudinal fovea: elytra parallel, subattenuate near the apex, thickly but obsoletely punctate; at the anterior margin (halfway between the humeral angles and the suture) is a short longitudinal fovea, corresponding in position to the thoracic fovea; the surface in colour is rufo-ferruginous or fuscous, the sides being more or Jess distinctly suffused with flavous: abdomen and underside dark fuscous ; legs flavous ; antenne rufo-flavous. Closely allied to H. Magensis, from which, however, it may be separated by its smaller size and its glabrous and impubescent elytra, as well as by its coloration : it is somewhat smaller, more ovate, and less parallel than H. nanus, Aubé, more nearly related still to H. erythrostomus, Man., a northern species, found in Russian America. I have three examples of H. Emilianus before me, from Mr. Fry’s and my own collections, all from Mexico, though doubt- Jess taken in different localities. I can trace no tendency to variation in the species. 15. H. adumbratus, n. sp. H. oblongo-ovalis, punctatus, pubescens ; capite fusco, interdum antice rufo-fusco; thorace flavo, ad basin plus minus fusco; ely- 184. Mr. WH. Benson on Indian and Burmese tris subtiliter punctatis, subpubescentibus, fuscis ; antennis pedi- busque rufo-flavis. Long. corp. + lin., lat. 2 lin. . This minute species varies somewhat in size and also in colour : one example before me is of a deep-black colour, the thorax being somewhat fuscous; this same example is perceptibly smaller in size. In the absence of any series of specimens, I can detect no necessarily permanent difference which would constitute it a distinct species. H. adumbratus is less distinctly punctured than H. Emilianus ; it is, moreover, easily recognized by its manifest pubescence. Three examples were taken by M. Truqui in Mexico. In the cabinets of Mr. Fry and the Rev. Hamlet Clark. b. Thoracis striola in elytris haud continuata. 16. H. apicatus, nu. sp. H. breviter ovatus, apice attenuatus, subrotundatus, modice depressus, glaber, punctatus; capite flavo; thorace ad basin subtilissime punctato, rufo-flavo aut flavo; elytris crebre punctatis, rufo- ferrugineis ; pedibus antennisque flavis. Long. 2-4 lin., lat. 2 lin. This pretty minute species resembles in size and coloration H. convexus, Aubé (= Desmopachria nitida, Bab., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. iii. p. 16), of Brazil: it is, however, an entirely different species; the basal striz of the thorax place it in a different sec- tion of the genus ; it is more acuminated at the apex, and not so globose; the punctation of the elytra is much more distinct than in H. convexus. In form it approaches H. granarius of Aubé. A single example has been kindly communicated to me by M. Deyrolle of Paris, received by him from “ Teapa,” Mexico. XIX.—Descriptions of Indian and Burmese Species of the Genus Unio, Retz. By W. H. Benson, Esq. Havine collected specimens of the genus Unio in Bengal, Bahar, the Doab, Oude, Rohilkhund, Bundelkhund, and other parts of the Gangetic region, from Calcutta to Delhi and the base of the Himalayan range, and having received others from correspondents who have kindly transmitted the productions of tracts which I had no opportunity of visiting during the years of my residence in India, I have procured a series of the species, inhabiting the waters of that country, which no other collector is likely to have had opportunities for obtaining. | Considering the mode in which the species of this difficult genus approach each other in their variations, I undertake the Species of the Genus Unio. 185 task of describing the following shells with diffidence, although confident that my observations will help to increase our know- ledge of the genus, even if one or two forms should eventually be decided to be varieties. I have not quite exhausted my store of novelties, and am, moreover, inclined to believe that some of the shells which I still regard as varieties would be pronounced to be distinct species by some writers who have studied the genus more extensively. The remarks published by Lamarck on the subject are worthy of note. He says: “Ce qui se montre dans tous les genres ou nos collections se sont bien enrichies, savoir, que les espéces se nuancent et se fondent les unes dans les autres, dans le cours de leurs variations, se fait ici encore plus fortement remarquer quailleurs, et confirme ce que j’ai dit de l’espéce dans ma ‘ Philo- sophie Zoologique’ et autres ouvrages; aussi la détermination des espéces du genre Mulette est-elle trés-difficile.” I add some notes on species already published, and which have fallen under my observation. 1. Unio Jenkinsianus, B., n. sp. U.testa transverse elongata, subacuminato-ovata, valde inzequilaterali, tumida, crassa, antice brevi rotundata, postice elongata, minime alata, superne sensim descendente, demum angusta, obtusa; mar- gine basali antice convexiusculo, postice subrecto ; ligamento brevi ; disco valde tumido, transverse plicato; epidermide picea, versus marginem ventralem olivacea ; umbonibus leviter convexis, decor- ticatis, apicibus obtusis; dentibus arcuatim sitis, crassiusculis, © erosis, cardinalibus elongatiusculis, valvee sinistree subsimplicibus, dextree duplicibus laminatis, lateralibus remotis subelongatis, valvze sinistree duplicibus, lamina interna demum incrassata: margarita violaceo-albida, iridescente. Long. 52, lat. 94, diam. 38 mill. Habitat in fluvio Assamensi Berhampooter dicto. The anterior cicatrices are widely separated, the posterior confluent, and in the right valve a distinct cicatrix is placed in the angle formed by the confluent portions. The dorsal cicatrices are situated between the shallow cavity of the beaks and the cardinal tooth. The subapical lobe of the cardinal tooth in the right valve is obsolete, the other somewhat thickened, oblique, and erect. In the left valve the cardinal tooth is double and oblique, the internal portion being thickened. The lateral teeth are oblique, erose, and rather short, especially the double one in the left valve, in which the lower lamina is very thick, especially towards the extremity. The ligamental slope is flattened, not alate as in U. marginalis, and the ligament is very short when compared with that of the different varieties of the latter species. The very tumid form, the sloping posterior end, the absence 186 Mr. W. H. Benson on Indian and Burmese of a wing, the short ligament, and the nature and position of the teeth, all concur in warranting the separation of this shell from U. marginalis, a small variety of which was sent to me from the Berhampooter River by Major Rowlatt. I am indebted to Colonel Jenkins for the species here de- scribed, as well as for the types of the Assamese forms U. invo- lutus, U. Corbis, U. Radula, and U. Scobina, figured in Sylvanus Hanley’s Supplement to Wood’s Index. U. Scobina was sub- sequently published by Lea as U. fluctiger, without pas 4 of its habitat. 2. Unio pachysoma, B., n. sp. U. testa transverse ovato-elongata, inzequilaterali, tenuiuscula, valde tumida, antice brevi rotundata, postice breviter alata, demum modice acuminata, margine ventrali subrecto, postice ascendente ; disco leeviusculo, polito, transverse striatulo, postice dense striato ; epidermide viridi, fasciis nonnullis luteis radiisque obscuris ornata, postice czerulescenti-viridi ; umbonibus prominentibus versus apices contiguos minute radiato-costatis, carina umbonali prominente ob- tusa, linea secunda radiata interjacente; dentibus cardinalibus duplicibus, laminatis, lateralibus modice elongatis, valvee sinistree solum duplicibus: margarita pallide purpurea, interdum salmonis colore tincta. Long. 23, lat. 44, diam. 21 mill. Habitat in fluvio Berhampooter Assamensi. Anterior cicatrices distinct, posterior confluent, dorsal ones under the cardinal teeth. The inner lamina of the latter in the left valve sometimes obsolete. This is an inflated form of the c@ruleus type, quite devoid of radiate ruge on the slopes, and with an excavated posterior slope. The colour of the nacre is peculiar. I am indebted for the type to Colonel Jenkins. A shell taken at Calcutta by Mr. W. Theobald, with a more elongate-cylindrical form, an olive-green epidermis, and a salmon- coloured nacre, and which I was at first disposed to consider to be a variety of U. ceruleus, seems to be a distorted variety of this species. A shallow shell, allied to the ordinary type of U. caruleus, was sent to me from Assam by Major Rowlatt in abundance. 3. Unio Theca, B., un. sp. U. testa transverse oblongo-ovata, valde ineequilaterali, tenui, com- pressa, antice et postice rotundata, superne subtusque convexius- cula, margine ventrali medio recto ; disco subplanato, leeviusculo, lineis transversalibus subrugosis versus margines notato ; epider- mide pallide stramineo-lutea ; umbonibus planatis, decorticatis;, versus apices tenues prominulos concentrice sulcatis, postice lineis duabus radiantibus tenuibus subelevatis munitis ; ligamento lon- Species of the Genus Unio. 187 giorie; dentibus cardinalibus laminatis, tenuibus, brevibus, utriusque valvee duplicibus, valvee dextree prope marginem anteriorem sitis, obliquis ; sinistree lobo subapicali transverso, anteriore obliquo, la- teralibus elongatis, vix curvatis, valvee dextree simplicibus, sinistree duplicibus: margarita lutea, versus marginem ventralem albida. Long. 20, lat. 40, diam. 10 mill. Habitat in fluvio Cane, prope Banda, Bundelkhund. Interior of shell transversely subplicate ; cavity of beaks shal- low. Anterior cicatrices separate, posterior confluent, apical ones in the cavity of the beaks. Some slight ruge are visible on the posterior slope at right angles to the strie of growth. This shell, of which I found a single specimen, belongs to the Corrianus type of Unio marginalis, and is remarkable for its elongate-ovate non-rhomboidal form. Unio marginalis, although so abundant in other parts of the north-west, and occurring also in the upper part of the river Jumna, near Delhi, never was captured by me, in the branch of that river where I discovered this species, before 1830, and it has not appeared in any other collection made in the Gangetic region. The shell is somewhat wider posteriorly than anteriorly. The pale opake straw-colour of the unpolished epidermis is also a peculiar feature, not ob- servable in any other Northern Indian species. As in U. bilineatus, Lea, which occurs everywhere with U. marginalis, and which appears to me to be the young of that species, varying according to its varieties, the double umbonal line, apparent occasionally in adult specimens of U. marginalis, is conspicuous. 4. Unio macilentus, B., nu. sp. U. testa transverse rhomboideo-subovata, valde inzequilaterali, tenui- uscula, compressiuscula, antice rotundata, postice alata, recta, tum descendente, demum obtusa, margine ventrali convexiusculo ; disco striato, medio radiato-rugoso, versus marginem transverse plicato; epidermide fuscata, versus marginem ventralem viridescente ; um- bonibus convexiusculis undato-sulcatis, decorticatis, ferrugineis, apice prominulo; ligamento elongato; linea umbonali couvexius- cula; ala planiuscula, radiato-sulcata; dentibus cardinalibus bre- vibus, subverticalibus, duplicibus, erosis, lateralibus longiusculis rectis, valvee sinistree duplicibus: margarita versus marginem iri- descente, versus apicem colore salmonis tincta. Long. 24, lat. 42, diam. 15 mill. . Habitat in rivulo Choia Nuddy dicto, non procul a Bijnore, provincize Rohilkhund. Anterior cicatrices separate, posterior confluent, apical in a row in the angle at the base of the cardinal tooth, the inner lobe of which in the right and the outer in the left valve are erect. I took a single specimen of this shell in a hurried search at 188 Mr. W. H. Benson on Indian and Burmese the locality indicated. Although belonging to the favidens type with reference to its teeth, it approaches that of ceruleus in other respects. A delicate specimen which I got in the Gungun River, near Moradabad, appears to be a younger variety. Its next nearest Indian relation is a similarly radiate-sulcate compressed shell, taken by Dr. Bacon in Purneah and the Mahanuddy River, far to the eastward; but that form is narrower, has a shorter wing, is truncate posteriorly, and has the cardinal teeth (when not obsolete) more oblique, and the lateral teeth curved, ap- proaching the Borneo species Unio plicatulus, Lea. 5. Unio favidens, B. U. testa transverse ovata, ineequilaterali, crassa, subtumida, antice rotundata, postice subalata, declivi, angulata, demum obtusa, mar- gine ventrali convexiusculo ; disco inzequaliter sulcato; epidermide olivaceo-fusca, versus marginem ventralem luteo-olivacea, postice viridi parce fasciata ; umbonibus tumidis, prominentibus, decorti- catis, sulcis radiatis angulato-flexuosis indutis; lunula impressa, elliptica, decorticata ; ligamento elongato ; carina umbonali levi- uscula, linea unica vix elevata notata; dentibus cardinalibus crassis, fortiter radiato-rugosis, lateralibus obliquis, elongatiusculis, valvee dextrze duplicibus, sinistree subtriplicibus : margarita pallide lutea, iridescente. Long. 45, lat. 66, diam. 30 mill. Habitat in fluvio Gange superiore. The anterior and posterior cicatrices are distinct, the apical ones disposed on the under side of the cardinal tooth. This fine shell, the type of the species, was taken by me in the Ganges at Bhitoura, between Cawnpore and Allahabad, in 1824, and the outline of it was figured in plate 7. fig. 1 of the Ist volume of ‘Gleanings in Science’ for 1829, from a private lithographic copy made in 1826, by Mr. Wood, from my rough sketch. The Bhitoura specimens were the largest which I cap- tured during many years’ residence in the country. The following are the chief varieties of U. favidens. Some of them may possibly be regarded as separate species. 1. var. marcens. Banded with olive and green; nacre salmon- coloured; beaks nearly smooth, eroded; sulci obsolete, lunule narrow. Long. 44, lat. 66, diam. 27 mill. From the Berhampooter River, Assam. Colonel Jenkins. 2. var. trigona. Shell with a piceous epidermis, more oblique ; beaks and nacre as in type; lunule broad. It shows an in- clination to verge towards U. triembolus. Long. 44, lat. 67, diam. 27 mill. From Nujeebabad, in the north-west of Rohilkhund. Species of the Genus Unio. 189 3. var. Delte. Epidermis olive-green and yellow, rayed; nacre salmon-coloured ; rugee on umbones very distinct, some also on the upper part of the umbonal hinder slope; lunule somewhat broader than in the type ; cardinal teeth narrower. Long. 34, lat. 47, diam. 24 mill. I took a single specimen in the River Jellinghy, in 1831, in the upper part of the Gangetic Delta, Bengal. 4. var. Chrysis. Longer and less broad in proportion ; epidermis a beautiful green, banded more or less with yellow ; umbonal rugee very strong and extended; cardinal teeth mostly nar- rower than in the type; nacre salmon-tinted. Long. 27, lat. 85, diam. 16 mill. River Dojora at Kareily Ghat, near Bareilly. Single valves are long. 33, lat. 43 mill. 5. var. viridula. Form of type, but more compressed; colour as in the last; cardinal teeth broad; nacre bluish white ; umbonal rugze as in 4, Long. 27; lat. 40, diam. 17 mill. Standing water, or “ jheel,”” between Humeerpore and Someer- pore, Bundelkhund. 6. var. densa. More solid and tumid; epidermis yellow-brown, eroded ; lunule as in type; shell more oblique. Long. 33, lat. 47, diam. 24 mill. Ganges River, above Chunar, between Allahabad and Benares. Great confusion appears to exist with reference to the true Unio corrugatus. Lamarck describes it, imcluding U. rugosa, Gm., as ‘ ovato-rhombea, tenui,” and the full-grown shell as “rounded rhomboid.” Lea, in the third edition of his Synopsis, includes U. corrugata, ruyosa, and spuria, Lk., as synonyms, and nodosa, with a mark of doubt. He also adds the solid U. favidens, Bens., with the very distinct and thick Tenasserim species U. Tavoyensis, Gould ; but in vol. vii., in his remarks on U. Nagporensis, he alludes to U. favidens as a distinct species. A form allied to my var. Delte was supposed by Mr. Hanley to be the real type; and a Ceylon shell is also referred to it in Sir E. Tennent’s List. The winged young of U. favidens, 17 mill. in breadth, is thin and ovate-rhomboid ; and the very young shell, which is more transverse, is angularly corrugate over the whole surface. The former approaches the figure of Mya spuria as copied by Wood. A thin, compressed, rhomboid-ovate Unio, with radiate-sulcate beaks, found by Dr. Day on the Malabar coast, comes near La- marck’s description of his var. rugosa. It may possibly be the 190 Mr. W. H. Benson on Indian and Burmese Malabar Mya radiata, Ch. (not the American shell described by Lamarck and others), as there are traces of obsolete radiate striz over the whole disk. It is 21 mill. long, 30 broad, and 12 mill. in diameter, and in form approaches the figure of Mya radiata in Wood’s Index. 6. Unio Smaragdites, B., n. sp. U. testa transverse ovato-rhomboidea, inzequilaterali, crassiuscula, tumida, antice rotundata, postice alata, recta, tum valde declivi, demum subangulata, margine ventrali convexo ; disco leevigato, polito, vix striatulo, sub epidermide pulchre viridi tenuissima ob- scure radiata albo, margine lutescente ; umbonibus prominentibus, apicibus approximatis, subdecorticatis, margaritaceis, breviter et minute radiato-sulcatis; lunula angusta, elongata, transverse ru- gata; ligamento subelongato; carina umbonali prominente obtusi- uscula, areola versus apicem depressiuscula, viridi obscure radiata ; dentibus cardinalibus duplicibus, subangustis, rugosis, lateralibus curvatis elongatiusculis, valvee dextree simplicibus, sinistree dupli- cibus, nonnunquam subtriplicibus: margarita albida, nonnunquam luteo tincta. Long 31, lat. 42, diam. 20 mill. . Habitat in fluvio Berhampooter, regionis Assamensis. Remarkable for the smoothness of the beautiful green epi- dermis, which is very thin, and, when rubbed off, exhibits a plain white colour, not nacreous, underneath. The anterior cicatrices are confluent, the posterior nearly distinct, the apical ones situated under the cardinal teeth. Cavity of beaks very deep ;.a few ruge cross the strie on the posterior slope. In general characters it approaches most nearly to the Jellinghy variety (Delta) of U. favidens, which has a more tumid ovate form, a regular, sulcate, olivaceous surface, longer and distinctly angu- late-flexuous umbonal furrows, and a broad lunule, | _ I received this shell from Colonel Jenkins. 7. Unio triembolus, B., n. sp. U. testa oblique rhomboidali, subtrigona, transversa, ineequilaterali, crassa, antice brevi rotundata, postice subalata, descendente, de- mum angulata, obtusa, margine ventrali convexo ; disco transverse plicato et striato, piceo-nigrescente; umbone tumido, gibboso, versus apices remotos obtusos decorticatos iridescentes radiato- sulcato, carina umbonali obtusa ; dentibus cardinalibus crassissimis, corrugatis, lateralibus obliquis, valva dextree duplicibus, sinistree triplicibus : margarita albida vel colore salmonis tincta. Long. 47, lat. 57, diam. 27 mill. 9 45, ” 62, ” 27 23 ” 44, ” 63, 9 30 5B) Habitat in flumine Ramgunga, prope Moradabad. Smaller varieties of the more trigonal as well as of the oblique Species of the Genus Unio. | 191 elongated form were taken by me in the River Goomty. I got a handsome variety of the first, with a green and olive epidermis, in the River Dojora, near Bareilly ; and from the Gungut River, near Monghyr, in Bahar, a shell which may possibly be a gib- bous variety of the second. The anterior and posterior cicatrices are distinct, the latter particularly so; the apical cicatrices are indistinct on the inner side of the cardinal tooth ; cavity of the beaks very deep and angular. In affinity the species appears to be connected on one side with the variety trigona of U. favidens, and, on the other, with U. Rajahensis, Lea. The green Dojora variety is remarkable for the great develop- ment of the teeth. The lateral ones are disposed to be treble in the right as well as in the left valve; and several parallel plice intervene between them and the exaggerated cardinal teeth in a perfect specimen with the following dimensions :— Lat. 50, long. 37, diam. 23 mill. 8. Unio plagiosoma, B., un. sp. U. testa transverse trigono-ovata, ineequilaterali, crassiuscula, tumidi- uscula, antice rotundata, postice subconvexe declivi, demum obtusa, margine ventrali convexiusculo ; disco obsolete plicato, epidermide luteo-olivacea vel olivaceo-fusca ; umbonibus convexis, prominenti- bus, decorticatis, angulatim flexuoso-sulcatis, apicibus prominenti- bus subremotis ; ligamento brevi; carina umbonali obtusa ; lunula elliptica ; dentibus cardinalibus crassiusculis, radiatim eroso- sulcatis, lateralibus subelevatis, modice elongatis, obliquis, valvee sinistree duplicibus, dextree simplicibus : margarita colore salmonis tincta. Long. 26, lat. 39, diam. 18 mill. oe 22, 3 32, 23 15 ” Habitat in flumine Cane, prope Banda, Bundelkhund. The anterior cicatrices, as well as the posterior, are subcon- fluent, the apical ones situated on the under side of the cardinal teeth. The nacre is very iridescent posteriorly. A dark raised line borders the inner side of the umbonal slope, which exhibits a few rugee at the upper part. 9. Unio levirostris, B., n. sp. U. testa transverse oblonga, subovata, valde inzequilaterali, crassi- uscula, medio subtumida, antice superne breviter angulata, deinde rotundata, postice superne sensim convexe descendente, demum rotundata, margine ventrali convexiusculo ; disco leeviusculo, con- centrice leviter striato ; epidermide olivaceo-viridi, fusco fasciata ; umbonibus convexis, decorticatis, obsolete radiato-sulcatis, apicibus prominentibus, approximatis; lunula impressa, elliptica ; ligamento elongato ; dentibus cardinalibus brevibus, crassiusculis, eroso- 192 Mr. W. H. Benson on Indian and Burmese sulcatis, lateralibus subobliquis, elongatiusculis, rectis, utriusque valvee duplicibus: margarita colore salmonis vix tincta. Long. 28, lat. 50, diam. 20 mill. Habitat in rivulis et stagnis prope Chunar. This species was found by Capt. T. Hutton in tanks and streams near the Fort of Chunar, above Benares, and was noted as Unio No.19, without name or description, in a paper contained in the fourth volume of the ‘Journal of the Asiatic Society of Calcutta.’ It has two indistinctly raised dark rays on the posterior slope. The gradually compressed form of the hinder edge of the shell contrasts strongly with the inflated form of the central portion. Anterior and posterior cicatrices confluent, apical ones under the cardinal tooth. It belongs to the favidens type of Indian species, and is connected with the more oblique forms by the following species, U. Pinax, which is its representative in the more northerly and westerly tracts of the Gangetic region. 10. Unio Pinaz, B., n. sp. U. testa transverse oblonga, suboblique ovata, valde inzequilaterali, crassa, subinflata, antice rotundata, postice superne sensim de- scendente, demum obtusa, margine ventrali convexiusculo, postice vix emarginato; disco leeviusculo, concentrice leviter striatulo, antice obsolete radiato-striato, versus marginem ventralem et pos- teriorem plicato ; epidermide olivaceo-fusca ; umbonibus convexis, decorticatis, obsolete radiato-sulcatis, apicibus prominentibus ob- tusis, remotiusculis ; lunula elongato-elliptica; ligamento brevi ; dentibus cardinalibus crassioribus, radiatim eroso-sulcatis, laterali- bus obliquis, utriusque valve duplicibus, subflexuosis : margarita albida, iridescente. Long. 30, lat. 48, diam. 21 mill. Habitat in rivulo Gungun, prope Moradabad, Rohilkhund. Anterior cicatrices subconfluent, posterior entirely so, apical ones under the cardinal tooth ; cavity of the beaks very deep. 11. Unio Leioma, B., n. sp. U. testa transverse oblonga, valde ineequilaterali, tenuiuscula, tumidi- uscula, antice angustiore, rotundata, postice superne elevatiore convexiuscula, demum subverticaliter truncata, margine ventrali recto ; disco transverse multisulcato; epidermide cinerascenti- olivacea; umbonibus convexiusculis, decorticatis, erosis, apicibus remotis; dentibus cardinalibus brevibus, laminatis, duplicibus, lateralibus rectis breviusculis, valyze sinistree solum duplicibus : margarita lactea, vix aurantiaco tincta. Long. 23, lat. 50, diam. 17 mill. Habitat in regione Dekhan? prope Bombay. The subapical tooth of the left valve is lengthened and in- Species of the Genus Unio. 193 clined to be obsolete, the outer one is short, thin, and promi- nent ; those of the right valve are divaricate, the outer one thin, and the inner thicker, erose, and prominent at the end. The anterior cicatrices are distinct, the posterior confluent, the apical ones run under the inner cardinal tooth. The cavity of the beaks is shallow. There are slight indications of rugz on the posterior slope. The valves are open posteriorly. The elevated portion of the posterior slope is broad and flattened. It has considerable resemblance in form to U. navigioliformis, Lea, but is more perpendicularly truncate posteriorly, has very different teeth, and the lateral ones are shorter in comparison. It differs altogether from U. Shurtleffianus, Lea, from the Dekhan, in its very transverse form, the position of the beaks, and the colour of the epidermis. This pod-shaped species is very distinct from all the shells of the ceruleus type, both in form and surface. I mislaid my note of its habitat; but, from various circumstances, I have reason to believe that it was sent to me by Dr. Jerdon from the Dekhan. 12. Unio crispisulcatus, B., n. sp. U. testa transverse subovata, subineequilaterali, antice rotundata, postice superne descendente, leviter angulata, demum obtuse an- gulata, crassiuscula, compressiuscula ; disco convexiusculo, minu- tissime radiatim rugoso-costulato, costulis nonnullis acute divari- catis, posterioribus latioribus; umbonibus prominentibus, con- tiguis, apicibus acutiusculis; epidermide luteo-olivacea, postice fuscata, hic illic nonnunquam viridescente ; dentibus cardinalibus utriusque valvz duplicibus, lamellatis, lateralibus obliquis, modice elongatis, valvee sinistree duplicibus: margarita ceruleo-albida, iridescente. Long. 28, lat. 45, diam. 16 mill. Habitat in rivulo Bangong, prope Thyet-Myo, regionis Burmanice. Collegit W. Theobald. The anterior cicatrices are distinct, the posterior confluent, the apical ones above the moderate angular cavity, and running under the cardinal tooth. The delicate sculpture over the whole disk of this shell is peculiar. In form it does not approach any Gangetic type. 13. Unio Pugio, B., n. sp. U. testa transverse elongato-triangulari, lingueeformi, valde ineequi- laterali, compressiuscula, crassa, antice brevissima, subito descen- dente rotundata, postice sensim angustiore, cuneiformi, demum acuminata, margine dorsali recto, ventrali convexiuscnlo, postice ascendente; umbonibus late planatis, levibus, prominentibus, carina umbonali subito obtuse angulata, area interjacente versus cardinem descendente ; disco subplanulato, leeviusculo, substriato ; Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.3. Vol. x. 14 194 Mr.W.H.Benson on Indian and Burmese Species of Unio. dente cardinali (valvee dextree) brevi, crassa, prominente, radiato- sulcata, laterali elongata, subduplicata, intus crenulata: margarita albida, iridescente. Long. 21, lat. 42, diam. 16 mill. Habitat in regione Ava. The anterior cicatrices are distinct, the larger deeply excavated under the cardiaal tooth, the smaller punctiform, posterior ones confluent. Cavity of the beaks very shallow. Dorsal cicatrix under the cardinal tooth. The cardinal ligament is lengthened. The single right valve sent for examination by Mr. Theobald is decorticate and worn. The Chinese lengthened lanceolate Unio Grayanus, Lea, and the Siamese U. sagittarius, Lea, are allies of this shell in regard to form; but the thick prominent cardinal tooth, and the ex- ceedingly short anterior portion of the shell suddenly deflected from the beak, are sufficient characters for the recognition of the species, independently of other differences. It is also more narrow at the posterior end than U. sagittarius. The angle of the umbonal slope, with the area intermediate between the slope and the hinge, and descending to the latter, are also peculiar features. The only allied species which exhibits a similarly short ante- rior portion of the shell is U. truncatus, Swains., in which, how- ever, it forms an intermediate sinus, instead of descending sud- denly and directly as in U. Pugio. There is also something in the general form connecting the two shells; but Swainson’s species is tumid, not flattened, has a more prominent umbo, and is not so narrow posteriorly, while the peculiar angle and cardinal descent of the umbonal slope afford additional characters for separating U. Pugio from the rare shell, of unknown locality, in Mrs. Mawe’s cabinet. - The habitat of Unio Nuttalhanus, Lea, is merely announced as Indian by the author. I received specimens from Major Rowlatt from Assam, where, with the thin, tumid, and peculiarly formed U. involutus, nobis, it represents the thin and compressed Gangetic species, U. olivarius, Lea, some specimens of which, from the rivers Jumna and Dojora, approach it in the more angular form of the posterior end. The epidermis varies from a fine green to olive, and the salmon-colour of the nacre is occasionally very rich. The beaks exhibit slight nodules in rayed lines; and coloured rays are also visible on the epidermis. It attains the following dimensions :—long. 25, lat. 40, diam. 18 mill. My largest specimens of a variety of Unio olivarius, Lea, taken in the River Ramgunga, above Moradabad, are 50 mill. in breadth by 28 in length, and 16 in diameter. It is widely distributed in the Gangetic region, and is most abundant in the Dr. W. F. Daniell on some Chinese Condiments: 195 Rohilkhund streams,—the Ramgunga, Dojora, and Gurrah. It prefers sand-banks to mud, and is frequent in pools left by the falling waters. I have taken it also in the Jumna, Ganges, Bhaghiratty, and Goomty. It varies in colour from pale green to bluish green and olive. The Assam species Unio Corbis, nobis, attaims the size here recorded. With the exception of one small specimen, my exam- ples are odd valves. Long. 21, lat. 32, diam. 18 mill. Another distinct species, of which I have a single valve, re- ceived from Major Rowlatt, inhabits Assam. Unio bilineatus, Lea, I consider, as stated above, to be the very young of U. marginalis, Lk. Wherever the numerous varieties of the latter shell are found, from Delhi and Rohilkhund to Calcutta, the dzlineatus form accompanies it, gradually altering, as the shell increases in size, into the regular type. The most beautiful variety of Unio marginalis, with a thicker shell and teeth, and with a fine salmon-coloured nacre, occurs in the Ramgunga, near Moradabad. At Calcutta, the species varies considerably in form, even in the same water. A salmon-nacred shell, sent by Dr. Day from Cochin, on the Malabar coast, appa- rently identical with the Chinese U. consobrinus, Lea, has the same form of young. In fact, the young of several species of Unio, of the favidens and ceruleus types, are disposed to be straight-hinged, as well as that of Gould’s U. Tavoyensis, which closely approaches the young Siamese shell described by Lea as U. Nucleus. P.S. U. crispisulcatus—The sculpture is very like that of Mya rugosa, as figured by Chemnitz, t. 170. f. 1649; but the form of the posterior portion of the shell differs from that of the Coromandel species. The cardinal teeth are altogether different from those of the figure of “rugosa” in the ‘ Encyclopédie,’ pl. 248. f. 6. Cheltenham, Aug. 7, 1862. XX.—WNotes on some Chinese Condiments obtained from the Xan- thoxylacee. By W.I'.Danie.t, M.D., F.L.S., Staff-Surgeon, Army Medical Staff, &c. [Plate V.] I. Chinese or Japanese Pepper (Xanthoxylum piperitum, DC.). Among other articles of food vended in the grocers’ shops of the various provinces of the Chinese empire, may be enumerated collections of small dried fruits, consisting of dehiscent capsules 14 196 -Dr. W. F. Daniell on some Chinese Condiments or carpels of a plant belonging to the natural order Xanthoxy- lace. These fruits are employed as a condiment not only by the inhabitants of the Japan islands, but also by those of China. In consequence of their exportation from the sea-ports of the former, they have received the designation of Japan pepper; but, so far as their predominant. use extends, they may with equal propriety merit the corresponding term of Chinese pepper. The name by which it is known throughout the latter country is that of Hwa-Tseaou. With reference to the source of this product, we have hitherto possessed but scanty mforma- tion. Mr. D. Hanbury has recently stated that the supply of the Chinese shops was exclusively derived from the Xanthoxylum alatum, Roxb.* This statement, however, does not appear to be correct ; on the contrary, so far as my researches reach, it is the produce of quite a different species, viz. X. piperitum, DC. (Fagara piperita, Linn.). During the recent war in Northern China, this plant was frequently observed under cultivation along the line of march from the mouth of the Peiho to Hang-chow. Isolated trees might be noticed growing on the native farms or clearances on the banks of the river, from Taku to Tien-tsin. It was also found under culture in several of the gardens in the villages of Sinho, Taku, &c., in the vicinity and in the court- yards of a few of the yamuns in Tien-tsin, and in one or two of those in the town of Peitang. The general habit of this species is that of a bushy tree of moderate growth, about 15-20 feet in height, with compact, flexuose, prickly branches, flowering in June and July, and densely covered, when the fruit ripens in October, with numerous corymbose expansions of deep-red ber- ries. In this latter condition it presents a very ornate aspect, and can readily be distinguished in this respect from the cir- cumjacent shrubs, bearing in the distance a close resemblance to the Crategus oxyacantha, or Hawthorn-tree of Europe. In October and November, the people in the suburbs of Tien-tsin were engaged in gathering the ripe capsules for winter use ; and with the view, therefore, of ascertaining whether they were iden- tical with the dried article exhibited for sale in the local markets, I was induced to take the fruit-bearing branches to different shopkeepers of the towns, who without hesitation pronounced them to be the same. Upon comparison, no difference could be detected either in quality or flavour. That this species is known in other parts of China may be inferred from the circumstance of several of the Coolie corps from the southern provinces, at- tached to the expeditionary force, collecting the fruit for their daily meals, whenever an opportunity offered. From its wide distribution, it is probable that several varieties of this product * Pharmaceutical Journal, ser. 2. vol. ii. p. 553. obtained from the Xanthoxylacez. 197 may exist, one of which (marked by broader leaflets, a panicled inflorescence, and few, if any, spines) was sometimes brought for sale to the markets of the southern Taku Fort. I was informed that the inhabitants in the maritime and other districts of Petchili often plucked the immature fruit both for use and com- merce. Although the Xanthoxylacee are to be met with more or less abundant throughout the tract of country that embraced the seat of war, I nevertheless failed to discover the X. alatum, which, if it had constituted the ordinary source of the condiment of the population of Northern China, would have been placed under cultivation: such, apparently, is not the fact. This pepper, in- dependently of its consumption as a spice, has been supposed to possess certain medicinal properties, and to act as an antidote against poisons. It is, however, never retailed in the drug-shops as a medicine, but only in those depdts where various kinds of food are submitted for purchase. Taking into consideration the preceding data, I can only arrive at the conclusion that the mercantile article denominated Chinese pepper, exported from various provincial sea-ports, is in a great proportion procured from the X. piperitum, DC. II. Anise Pepper (Xanthoxylum Mantchuricum, Benn.). Scattered among the oak (Quercus Mongolica, Fisch.; Q. obovata, Bge.), mulberry (Broussonetia papyrifera), and other trees that fringed the outskirts of the Tuns, or native hamlets, in the neighbourhood of Taku-shan (a small village on the eastern side of Talie-whan, in Mantchuria) were a number of arborescent shrubs or young trees, whose corymbose inflores- cence, imparipinnate foliage, and widely-spreading branches rendered them somewhat conspicuous objects in the botanical features of the locality. They afforded the usual characteristics of the Xanthoxylacez, and, from dried specimens of the plants submitted to the consideration of Mr. Bennett, have been deter- mined by him to be a new species, which will be subsequently described in this paper under the name of X. Mantchuricum. This production may be distinguished from the preceding spe- cies by the more erect and tapering trunk (10-20 feet in height), divergent branches, expanded leaves, narrow and smaller pinne with fewer spines, the peculiar deep-pink hue of the pedicels and entire peduncle, but more especially by the remark- able anise-like flavour of the capsules. The plant flowers in May and June; and the fruits, which crown the summit in ter- minal corymbs, are at first green, but gradually change into'a deep-red colour towards the end of September, when they attain maturity. The carpels, as they ripen, dehisce and display a 198 Dr. W. F. Daniell on some Chinese Condiments solitary, black, shining and slightly compressed seed, the sin- gular appearance of a large number of which, when exposed at the same period, soon attracts the attention of the botanist. When dried, the carpels are one-third less in size, round or oval, wrinkled, pellucido-punctulate, and not roughly tuber- culated as are those of the X. piperitum. The pericarp, however, in its unripe state, is studded with minute tubercular promi- nences, filled with an oleaginous secretion, that exudes on the slightest pressure, and to such a degree as to saturate the folds of paper in which the specimens were kept for preservation. The fruit, when eaten in its mature condition, is endowed with a pleasant sweetish taste and anise-like aromatic flavour, which, however, is dissipated to a great extent either by the process of - exsiccation or by transmission to a colder climate. In aroma and other analogous qualities, it is much inferior to the seed- follicles of the Pa-kioh, or Star Anise tree (I/licium anisatum). By the inhabitants of the districts to which it is indigenous the fruit is apparently valued for its carminative and stomachic vir- tues ; and although it enters into the composition of several of their dishes, it is also frequently administered as a remedial agent, under the form of a tea or infusion, for the relief of various visceral diseases. III, Star or Bitter Pepper (Xanthoxylum (Oxyactis) Danielli, Benn.). This species was discovered on a small promontory to the northward of the village of Taku-shan, adjoining a small joss- house or temple near its extremity. It in general assumed the character of a moderate-sized bushy tree, from 10-20 feet in height, except on the verge of the cliffs, where it became of more stunted growth, dwindling into low brush-like shrubs. The majority of the larger plants flourished on the borders of a field of Sesamum (S. orientale), where they had evidently been reared for some specific purpose. An essential difference in the peculiar disposition of the fruit, and the more luxuriant deyelop- ment of the foliage, was observed when placed in comparison with the preceding species. The imparipinnate leaves were also of larger growth, being from 1-14 inch in breadth, and 2-3 inches in length, ovate, obtusely acuminate, and almost smooth. The branches were destitute of spines and less tortuous. The flowering occurred in June and July, in numerous corymbose panicles. The fruit consisted of a variable number of oblong or elongated capsules, arranged in stellate groups on a series of terminal panicles, which were at first of a deep green, but im- perceptibly altermg into a dusky-red colour as they advanced towards maturity, in September and October. The carpels are obtained from the Xanthoxylacez. 199 8-10 lines long, and about 1-2 broad, dehiscing longitudinally into separate portions, and exposing to view two small, black, shining seeds. The epicarp was completely dotted over with tubercular receptacles or vesicles, containing a straw-coloured oil, or oleo-resin, which copiously oozed forth on any abrasion of its surface. The capsules have a peculiar aromatic odour, with a pungent bitter flavour and warm burning taste, that sub- sequently imparts to the palate a sensation of coolness when the air has been drawn into the mouth. Although informed by the natives that these carpels were em- ployed as a condiment, and also for certain medicinal and other economic uses, I was unable to obtain any precise statement illustrating their mode of appliance. That this and the anise- pepper are of some utility, may be mferred from the care taken in the preservation of the trees; for, owing to the great dearth of fuel, no brushwood of any kind is permitted to grow through- out the country, the inhabitants being reduced to the necessity of burning dried grass and the stalks of Zea, Panicum, and other Cerealia, to cook their food. I am indebted for the specific distinctions and following botanical details to Mr. Bennett of the British Museum, who, with unvarying kindness, has embodied the whole in a concise descriptive account contained in the appended letter. He re- marks, with reference to the application of the term Xanthozxy- lum to these Chinese species, that he so spells “the name in conformity with its etymology and with the practice of Smith, Sprengel, Martius, and Bentham, and in spite of the authority of Linnzus, Kunth, and DeCandolle, in favour of Zanthoxylon. “ Your specimen from Tien-tsin agrees perfectly with Fagara piperita of Linnzus, which is entirely founded upon the ‘Teo and Tansjo’ of Kempfer, to whose figure your specimen bears the most striking resemblance. This figure and the description which accompanies it, together with the very accurate character and description given by Siebold and Zuccarini in the ‘ Abhand- lungen der Mathem.-Physikalischer Classe der K. Bayerischen Akademie,’ iv. p. 137, leave no room for any addition. We have in the herbarium of the British Museum a miserable spe- cimen from Kempfer himself, and a tolerable one from Thun- berg, which entirely confirm the identification. I have some doubt with respect to your specimen from the Taku Fort, on account of the total want of prickles, the larger size of the leaf- lets, and the more ample and almost panicled inflorescence ; but as it agrees in all other points, I am disposed to consider it only as a variety. “You ask me whether this plant is the true source of the Japanese pepper ; and of this I imagine there can be no doubt, 200 Dr. W. F. Daniell on some Chinese Condiments the authority of Kempfer, Thunberg, and Siebold being deci- sive on this point. But you mention Xanthoxylum alatum as having been so regarded. I know of no Asiatic species so called, with the exception of Roxburgh’s (Flor. Ind. iii. p. 768), which appears in DeCandolle’s ‘ Prodromus’ under the name of X. acanthopodium, and differs very widely indeed from the Chinese and Japanese species by its strongly winged and strongly armed petioles, and by its very short and sessile axillary cymes. Its seeds (or, more probably, its capsules), as we learn from Rox- burgh, are used medicinally ; but this is doubtless the case with many of the species, on account of their peculiar taste and odour. The true Japanese pepper, however, must be that which is found in Japan, and which was originally described by Kempfer, and adopted from him by Linnzeus*. “Your Mantchurian specimen from Talie-whan is certainly distinct, and differs, I think, from all the species hitherto known. I characterize it as follows :— . “ Xanthoxylum Mantchuricum, «« ¥. aculeis sparsis v. infrapetiolaribus rectis conicis armatum, foliis sparsis imparipinnatis 5—9-foliolatis, foliolo terminali sessili, om- nibus oblongo-lanceolatis utrinque attenuatis subsessilibus crenato- dentatis superne punctulis elevatis piliferis scaberulis ceeterum glaberrimis, in crenarum axillis nec alibi in lamina pellucido-punc- tatis, corymbis terminalibus, coccis 1-3 punctulato-rugosis. “The differences between this species and X. piperitum are obvious from the character : they mainly consist in the narrower form of the leaflets, the slight scabrities of their upper surface, which I have not noticed in any other species, the entire ab- sence of pellucid glands, except in the axils of the marginal crenatures, and the surface of the cocci, which, instead of being rudely glanduloso-tubercular, as in X. piperitum, are merel pellucido-punctulate and wrinkled. The common petioles, which are angular, are from 2 to 4 inches in length, and the leaflets from 8 to 10 lines long by 3 or 4 wide. This species I had at . * “Since I wrote to you on this subject, I have looked over Mr. Hanbury’s paper in the ‘ Pharmaceutical Journal’ for the present year (1861), and find that he speaks of the fruits of two species of Xanthoxylum as sold in the Chinese markets, the one the produce of X. piperitum, L., the other X. alatum, Roxb. The fruits of both species are remarkably similar in cha- racter; but I have not seen any specimens of the plant from China which can be positively identified as X.alatum. I have little or rather no doubt, however, of the identity of X. alatum, Roxb., and X. acanthopodium, DC. The specimens distributed by Dr. Wallich under the name of X. alatum, Roxb., agree in every particular with DeCandolle’s character of X. acanthopodium; and the fragment preserved in the Indian herbarium of the Linnean Society, from Dr. Roxburgh’s own collection, cannot be distin- guished from them.” — obtained from the Xanthoxylacee. 201 first, as you are aware, considered as identical with Fagara Avi- cenne, Lam.; and, as far as the description of that plant goes, I see little to distinguish them, except the generally smaller number of leaflets and the little asperities of their surface; but as Mr. Bentham has, in his ‘Flora of Hongkong,’ identified Lamarck’s plant with a totally different species, to which La- marck’s description is at least equally applicable, I adopt his determination without hesitation, and describe your plant as new. I may add to the synonyms of X. Avicenne, DC. and Benth., the X. clava Hercults, Lour. nec Linn., as proved by Loureiro’s specimen in the herbarium of the British Museum. “ Your other Xanthoxylum from Talie-whan is one of the finest and most remarkable species of the genus. Many botanists, I doubt not, would regard it as constituting a new and very distinct genus; but, taking into account the numerous transitional mo- difications of structure and the consequent phalanx of merely conventional genera that have already been formed at the ex- pense of this extensive and polymorphous group, I cannot but agree with those who prefer to unite them all, or nearly all, under one generic name. I regard your plant, however, as offermg sufficient characters to constitute a well-marked sub- genus, and I am disposed to consider in the same light Euodia and Boymia (whether kept separate or combined), inasmuch as approximations to a valvate zstivation of the petals and super- posed ovules are to be found in species having alternate as well as opposite leaves. If opposite leaves and superposed ovules were alone to be regarded, your plant would belong to the same division with Euodia (Boymia included); but as far as I am acquainted with the fruit of the other species, it differs from them remarkably in the form and arrangement of the cocci. I proceed, therefore, to give its characters as a subgenus, premising that I have seen only specimens with ripe fruit :— “Gen. XANTHOXYLUM. * Subgen. Ozyactis, Benn. “‘Cocci 5 (rarius 4), stellatim dispositi, in valvulas 2 apice acumi- natas dehiscentes, ideoque eequaliter 10-(8-) radiati. Semina 2, perfecta, superposita. « X. (Oxyactis) Damelli. Pl. V. fig. 1. « X. inerme, foliis oppositis imparipinnatis 5-9-foliolatis, foliolo terminali longius- reliquis brevipetiolulatis, omnibus basi rotun- datis ovatis obtuse acuminatis superne glabris inferne in nervis margineque puberulis obscure crenulatis nisi in crenularum axillis impunctatis, corymbis (fructiferis) folio brevioribus terminalibus divaricatim ramosis. “The common petioles are from 3 to 6 inches long, rounded, 202 Mr. J. W. Kirkby on some additional Species and perfectly smooth ; the leaflets from 2 to 3 inches long, and an inch or more in breadth, rounded or slightly cordate at the base, the lower ones in pairs supported on petiolules of 2 to 3 lines long, while the terminal one has a petiolule of an inch in length ; and the terminal corymb expands almost into a panicle. The combined fruit, after dehiscence, measures fully half an inch across. In some respects the plant appears to approach Kuodia meliefolia, Benth.= Megabotrya meliefolia, Hance = Boymia gla- brifolia, Champ., but differs widely in the character of the fruit, in the crenulate margin of the leaflets, and in the pubescence of their nerves, none of which characters are indicated in the several descriptions of the plant of Southern China. A northern plant, Phellodendron Amurense, Rupr. in ‘ Bull. Acad. St. Petersb.’ and in ‘Maxim. Prim. Flor. Amur.’ p. 73, t. 4, also bears consider- able resemblance in its habit, in the size and composition of the leaves, and in the form of the leaflets, but, if the fruit be cor- rectly figured, is very different indeed.” EXPLANATION OF PLATE V. Fig. 1. Xanthoxylum (Ozyactis) Danielli; leaf and inflorescence, two- thirds of the natural size. Fig. 2. Separate carpella, of the natural size. Fig. 3. Seeds, of the natural size. XXI.—On some additional Species that are common to Carboni- ferous and Permian Strata; with Remarks on the Recurrency of Carboniferous Species. By James W. Kirxsy. [Plate IV.] In a former paper, where I noticed the occurrence of a Permian Lingula in the Durham Coal-measures, a list was given of such species as were then known to be common to the Carboniferous and Permian life-groups*. Since the publication of that paper, Mr. Davidson has shown that some additional Brachiopods may be placed on the list of Carboniferous recurrents+; and the present communication is chiefly made for the sake of identify- ing three forms of Entomostraca and Polyzoa belonging to the Carboniferous series with species that have hitherto been con- sidered exclusively Permian, and thus to still further increase the list of these recurrent forms. The Carboniferous fossils were sent to me, along with others, by Messrs. H. W. Crosskey and J. Young, of Glasgow, from the * Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xvi. p. 415. | Tt Mon. Brit. Carbon. Brach. (Paleont. Soc.), pp. 265-268, pl. 54. common. to Carboniferous and Permian Strata. 203 marine shales and limestones of that district. The Permian fossils with which they have been compared are from the Mag- nesian Limestone of Durham. Two of the species are Ento- mostraca of the subgenus Bairdia; the other is a Polyzoan of the genus Fenestella. 1. Cythere (Bairdia) plebeia, Reuss, 1854. Permian specimens, PI]. IV. figs. 7,8, 10; Carboniferous speci- mens, Pl. IV. figs. 5, 6, 9. | Type-specimens of B. plebeia are moderately inflated, have a subdeltoid carapace, a lenticular lateral contour, and smooth surface. The posterior extremity is more or less acute and ros- trated ; the anterior extremity is much deeper and rounded. It is a species, however, that possesses considerable latitude of form, nine varieties having already been described by Mr. T. R. Jones and myself *. The Carboniferous Entomostraca which are identified with this species agree in all the above characters, as well as in others of minor importance. This, I think, will be evident from the figures given of specimens from both formations. The Carboniferous specimens, which do not seem to have been hitherto noticed, occur in dark-grey shale at Craigenglen, Campsie. 2. Cythere (Bairdia) Schaurothiana, Kirkby, 1858. Permian specimens, Pl. IV. figs. 3, 4, 12; Carboniferous speci- mens, Pl. IV. figs. 1, 2, 11. B. Schaurothiana is a larger Entomostracan than the pre- ceding species. It is somewhat elongate and almost subhexa- gonal in outline; the posterior extremity is angulate, and not much produced, its upper half being formed by an abrupt de- scent of the dorsal margin; the anterior extremity is broad, rounded, and at times subangulate above ; the lateral contour is more or less lenticular, and the surface is smooth. The Carboniferous specimens which I place with this species are generally of larger size and more robust than Permian ex- amples ; and in some specimens the ventral margin anteriorly becomes more prominent than I have ever seen it in Schauro- thiana, but this is probably concomitant with an increase of development. In all essential particulars they agree with the characters of the species to which they are referred, there being, so far as I can observe, no point of specific difference between * Trans. Tynes. Nat. Field Club. vol. iv. pp. 141-146 and 161, 162. 204: Mr. J. W. Kirkby on some additional Species them. And it should be mentioned that this is not my opinion only, but that of Mr. T. Rupert Jones, to whom I submitted for examination specimens of both the present species and the preceding, each of which he referred to the Permian species named. 3. Fenestella retiformis, Schlotheim, 1816-17. Syn. Fenestella plebeia, M‘Coy, 1844. Permian specimens, Pl. [V. figs. 18, 16, 17; Carboniferous specimens, Pl. IV. figs. 14, 15, 18. Among other Polyzoa that I have received from my Glasgow friends are numerous specimens of a Fenestella, labelled F. ple- beia, which so closely resembles F. retiformis of the Permian rocks that I have no doubt as to both being the same species. The specimens are from Beith, and occur, in a more or less frag- mentary state, on the weathered surfaces of a hard dark-grey limestone. Generally speaking, they are less robust than well- developed Permian examples; and many of them have scarcely so many cells to the fenestrule as have normal specimens of the latter. But some specimens have precisely the same number of cells, which is about three to the fenestrule, or, rather, eleven to the four fenestrules. Prof. M‘Coy having described the species from specimens possessing “ four or five cells to the fenestrule,” this would seem to be a variable character, and one that cannot be subjected to very exact comparison. In both Permian and Carboniferous specimens the ribs or interstices have the same relative strength compared with the dissepiments, and they branch in the same way, and are connected by similar dissepi- ments, which thus give to the fenestrules identity of form. Both have the reverse or uncelluliferous face covered with mo- derately coarse longitudinal strie ; and the cellule-apertures are more or less circular in each. All the Carboniferous specimens I have seen are somewhat worn, and do not show the raised margins of the cellule-apertures, which well-preserved Permian examples often retain, as represented in fig. 17: when worn specimens of both are compared, no difference is to be observed in this feature. , It is Just possible that the Beith specimens may be erroneously identified with Fenestella plebeia of M‘Coy; for the figures of that species in his ‘Syn. Char. Carboniferous Fossils of Ireland’ certainly do not agree so closely with specimens of F. retiformis as they. But, however this may be, there would scarcely seem any doubt of F. retiformis being specifically undistinguishable from the Beith specimens. common to Carboniferous and Permian Strata. 205 List of Species occurring in Carboniferous and Permian Strata in Britain. Carboniferous Name. 1. Gyracanthus formosus, Agassiz. 2. Terebratula sacculus, Martin, 1809. Figured in Davidson’s Mo- nograph of Carboniferous Brachio- poda, pl. 54. 3. Spirifera Urii, Fleming, 1828. Figured in Dav. Mon. Carb. Brach. pl. 54. 4. Spiriferina octiplicata, J. de C. Sow. 1827. Figured in Mon. Carb. Brach. pl. 54. 5. Camarophoria crumena, Martin, 1809. Figured in Mon. Carb. Brach. ae ‘ 6. Camarophoria rhomboidea, Phillips, 1836. Figured in Mon. Carb. Brach. pl. 54. 7. Athyris Royssii, L’Eveillé, 1835. Figured in Mon. Carb. Brach. pl. 54. 8. Discina nitida, Phillips, 1836. Figured in Mon. Carb. Brach. pl. 54. 9. Lingula mytiloides, Sow. 1812. Figured in Mon. Carb. Brach. pl. 54. 10. Fenestella plebeia, M‘Coy, 1844. Figured in plate accompany- ng present paper. 1. Cythere elongata, Miinster, 1830. Jahrbuch f. Min. p. 65. 12. Cythere inornata, M‘Coy, 1844. Figured in Syn. Char. Carb. Foss. pl. 23. 13. Cythere (Bairdia) gracilis, M‘Coy, 1844. Figured in Syn. Char. Carb. Foss. pl. 23. | 14. Cythere (Bairdia) plebeia, Reuss (Kirkby). Figured in the plate accompanying present paper. 15. Cythere (Bairdia) Schauro- thiana, Kirkby. Figured in the plate accompanying present paper. 16. Pinites Brandlingi, Lindley. 17. Trigonocarpum Neggerathi, Brong. 18. Sigillaria reniformis, Brong. 19. Calamites inequalis(?), Lindl. 20. approximatus, Brong. Permian Name. G. formosus, Ag., King, in Mon. Perm. Foss. England, p. 221; Howse, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 2. vol. xix. p. 33; T. elongata, var. suffiata, Schloth. 1816. Figured in Davidson’s Mono- graph of Carboniferous Brachiopoda, 1. 54. : S. Clannyana, King, 1848. Fi- gured in Mon. Carb. Brach. pl. 54. S. cristata, Schloth. 1816. Fi- gured in Mon. Carb. Brach. pl. 54. C. Schlotheimi, Von Buch, 1834. Figured in Mon. Carb. Brach. pl. 54. C. globulina, Phillips, 1834. Fi- gured in Mon. Carb. Brach. pl. 54. | A. pectinifera, J. de C. Sowerby, 1840. Figured in Mon. Carb. Brach. pl. 54. ’ D. Konincki, Geinitz, 1848. Fi- gured in Mon. Carb. Brach. pl. 54. ' L. Credneri, Geinitz, 1848. Fi- gured in Mon. Carb. Brach. pl. 54. L. retiformis, Schloth. 1816-17. Figured in the plate accompanying present paper. ; C. elongata, Miinster (Jones). Fi- gured in Mon, Perm. Foss. pl. 18; and Trans. Tyne. Field Club, vol. iv. a tb Z C. inornata, M‘Coy (Jones). Fi- ured in Mon. Perm. Foss. pl. 18; rans. Tyne. Field Club, vol. iv. pl. 11. C. (Bairdia) gracilis, M‘Coy (Jones). Figured in Mon. Perm. Foss. pl. 18; and Trans. Tyne. Field Club, vol. iv. pl. 11. C. (Bairdia) plebeia, Reuss. Fi- gured in the plate accompanying present paper. C. (Bairdia) Schaurothiana, Kirk- by. Figured in the plate accompa- nying present paper. For the occurrence of these spe cies in the Rothliegende, see Howse on the Permian Fossils of North- umberland and Durham, in Annals Nat. Hist. ser. 2. vol. xix. p. 38. 206 Mr. J. W. Kirkby on some additional Species Though paleontologists have long been aware of strong re- semblances existing between Carboniferous and Permian fossils, it is only of late years that the extent and value of such resem- blances have been made the subject of careful inquiry. Among those who have wrought at this subject, there is perhaps no one who has produced greater results than Mr. Thomas Davidson. Most of the Brachiopods of the preceding list have been shown to be both Carboniferous and Permian by his investigation. And this authority is of the greatest value on the subject, and will be held conclusive by most paleontologists. I have, how- ever, been able to examine and compare specimens of most of the species myself, and thus in some degree to corroborate the conclusions of this distinguished investigator. For an account of Mr. Davidson’s researches, I must refer the reader to his valuable ‘ Monograph of Carboniferous Brachiopoda, and to a paper on “Scottish Carboniferous Brachiopoda” in the ‘ Geo- logist.? But I would more particularly direct attention to plate 54 of the Monograph, in which Carboniferous and Per- mian individuals of each of the Brachiopods identified are figured side by side, for the sake of comparison. The other species of the list have been determined by Mr. T. Rupert Jones, Mr. R. Howse, Prof. King, and myself. And it should not be forgotten that this list is the result of a very partial investigation of Per- mian and Carboniferous species. The Brachiopoda have cer- tainly been pretty well examined, but this is the only class that has. In other classes much remains to be done ; so it is possible that future research may still further increase the number of Carboniferous recurrent species, even in Britain. Had those species which foreign authors consider to be common to Car- boniferous and Permian strata been included, the list would have received important additions. Dr. Geinitz, for example, states that some of the plants of the Saxon Rothliegende are identical with Coal-measure species*, as might, indeed, have been suspected from the intimate relation that exists between the flora of these rocks in Britain. M.Gceppert even asserts that there are fourteen Permian plants referable to Carboniferous speciest. The interblending of Carboniferous and Permian forms in North America would also seem to be considerable ; and American paleontologists have already pointed out cases of recurrency among the species of these formations. Accord- ing to Dr. F. B. Shumard, Producta semireticulata, Martin, and Spirifera camerata, Morton, so well known as Carboniferous fossils, occur in the Permian rocks of the Gaudalupe Mountains * See Dr. Geinitz on the Coal Formation of Saxony, as noticed in Jour. Geol. Soe. vol. xiii. p. exxviil. + Schlesische Gesellsch., Naturwiss. Sektion, 1858. common to Carboniferous and Permian Strata. 207 of Texas and New Mexico*. And it has lately been shown by Dr. Prout that the Permian Polyzoan, Polypora biarmica, Key- serling, is a Carboniferous species in the western states of the same continent}. And there is little doubt, when the Permian and Carboniferous species of this region become better known, that other examples of recurrency will come to light. The ge- neric relations of these life-groups are certainly more intimate in America than in Europe, as is evident from the occurrence there of Orthecerus, Bellerophon, and Phillipsiat as Permian types; and it will be somewhat remarkable if their specific rela- tions are not found to be as close. It is by such inquiries as the present that paleontologists will ultimately be able to speak with more precision than they can now on the amount of relationship that exists between the life- groups of formations, and to arrive at juster estimates of the relative value they possess as expressions of periods of geological time. And though there is no reason to assume that we are in a. position to speak precisely in the present instance, it must yet be evident that the relations that exist between the Carboniferous and Permian fossils are most intimate—more so, apparently, than usually obtain in the fossils of distinct systems of strata; for this intercommunity of species is accompanied, as paleonto- logists are well aware, by a more than usual intercommunity of genera, most of the common types of Permian strata being Car- boniferous genera as well as Permian. This close alliance of life-groups, viewed in conjunction with other evidence, caused me, in a former paper, to question the propriety of our consider- ing the Permian series of rocks a distinct system. It was there pointed out that its importance as a stratigraphical group is much less than that of other paleozoic systems of strata; and that its life-phenomena, viewed either numerically in respect to species, or generically in regard to the introduction of new types, were of less consequence than those of systems, whether paleo- zoic or of later age§. Recent investigations have strengthened this opinion. To use the term ‘‘ system” in speaking of the Permian group of rocks would seem to imply similarity of value with other groups, such as the Silurian and Carboniferous, to which the term more appropriately applies. It would apparently indicate that it was of about equal importance in geological classification, in the history of past life, and as the expression of an interval of time, as either of the later groups, which I think few geologists will be inclined to grant. It therefore seems * Trans. Acad. Science of St. Louis, vol. i. pp. 389, 391. + Ibid. p. 440. { Ibid. pp. 388, 399, 400. } Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xvi. pp. 417, 419. 208 Mr. J. W. Kirkby on the Recurrency more in harmony with sound classification to employ a term indicative of less magnitude than “system ” in speaking of the Permian strata. This some geologists already do, and, among others, Sir Roderick Murchison, who, in his later contributions to science, refers to the Permian strata as a group rather than a system*. But I would further observe that, in adopting a divi- sional term less likely to lead to wrong impressions in respect to the importance of the Permian group of rocks, it does not follow that the group should lose its distinctive appellation by being considered but a formation or subformation of the Car- boniferous system. I do not advocate this in the least, being satisfied that it would tend to confuse rather than improve geological classification ; for, notwithstanding its close paleonto- logical relations with the last-named system, it would be useless denying that its fossils are sufficiently peculiar to warrant the employment of the special designation of Permian. In a paper on Carboniferous recurrent species lately published in the ‘ Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal’ (vol. xiv. pp. 37— 45, & vol. xv. pp. 251-253), Professor William King objects to some of the identifications of the Brachiopods of the preceding list. Huis objections are chiefly confined to the identification of Spirifera Uru with Sp. Clannyana, King, though other species are made the subject of remarks. Considering the position that Prof. King holds as an authority on species, it will perhaps be well to notice the grounds of his objections, though I shall do so somewhat briefly. Spirifera Urii and Sp. Clannyana.—In respect to these shells, Prof. King maintains that they are distinct species, and that neither the one nor the other was common to Carboniferous and Permian faune. In support of these opinions, he says that * Uru differs from Clannyana in being a wider shell; it has an umbone more incurved ; the area of the small valve not so deep ; the small valve flatter, and more excavated, as it were, towards the posterio-lateral angles; the spines decidedly less numerous, and the median sulcus more pronounced in both valves.” With- out disputing the existence of these peculiarities in some exam- ples of Sp. Urii, I must still remark that in others, which I have examined myself, there are no such differences to be observed. In these specimens there exist an agreement of general form, relative length and width, convexity and sulcation of valves, size and shape of area, incurvation of umbone, and spinosity of surface, with well-preserved individuals of Sp. Clannyana, that could scarcely have occurred had they been distinct species. In fact, there is no character, that I can see, on which to separate * Siluria, 3rd ed., and “On the Inapplicability of the Term Dyas,” &c. Philosophical Magazine, S. 4. vol. xxi. p. 65. of Carboniferous Species. 209 them; and if they are to be kept apart, it will certainly be upon other than paleontological grounds. But figures form better evidence than assertions either way; and I would refer to Mr. Davidson’s representations of both Carboniferous and Permian specimens, given in his Monograph of Carboniferous Brachio- poda, pl. 54, and ask if it is possible to do otherwise than agree with that gentleman in identifying these two forms as one species. It must be acknowledged that it is not difficult to procure specimens of Sp. Urii that show considerable differences when compared with others of Clannyana; for this species is no ex- ception to others in possessing considerable individual differen- tiation. And it would seem to be with some of the most aber- rant of these that Prof. King has instituted his comparison. The existence of such differences, however, can scarcely be of much value, when they are wanting in other individuals allowed to belong to the same species. At least, if the contrary is held, in the face of a knowledge of their exceptional character, it would certainly be more in harmony with the evidence to divide the Carboniferous specimens into two species than to separate them from those occurring in the Permian rocks. One difficulty which, until a recent period, had to be con- tended with in comparing Carboniferous with Permian examples of this shell was the imperfect condition in which most of the latter occurred, nearly all being in the state of casts. Under such circumstances it was not, perhaps, surprising that some doubt should exist among paleontologists on the propriety of identifying the two forms; but this difficulty is now removed by the acquisition of testiferous Permian examples, one of which Mr. Davidson has figured in the plate previously mentioned. It may also be observed that there is generally a difference in the size of the Permian and Carboniferous examples—those of Clannyana being almost invariably smaller than specimens of Uru. And though few paleontologists will be inclined to at- tach much value to this as a specific character, it should yet be pointed out that it is a peculiarity shared by many other Per- mian shells when they are compared with those of Carboniferous rocks.. Permian Mollusca, as a rule, never attain the propor- tions of Carboniferous, so far, at least, as those of British strata are concerned. Camarophoria crumena and C. Schlotheimi.—Though Prof. King disputes the identity of these shells, he admits the Per- mian species to be recurrent from the Carboniferous Limestone. The point of difference, therefore, between him and Mr. David- son is merely whether the Carboniferous shell, which the latter has compared with C. Schlotheimi, is correctly identified with Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 3. Vol. x. 15 210 Mr. J. W. Kirkby on the Recurrency Martin’s figures of his Anomites crumena in ‘ Petrif. Derbiensia,’ Mr. Davidson appears, in my opinion, to be right in the identi- fication and, hence, in proposing that the name Schlotheimi should be abandoned for the older one crumena; for there is no character of importance in Martin’s figures to distinguish them from the shell compared, nor is there, moreover, any other Car- boniferous shell which can be considered to represent Martin’s species. 7 : Camarophoria globulina and C. rhomboidea.— Prof. King agrees, ‘with some reservation,” in considering these shells to belong to one species. And the existence of Lingula Credneri* in the Coal-measures of Durham is also allowed, with “some slight reservation.” As to Spiriferina cristata being the same as Sp. octiplicata, no definite opinion is expressed by the Professor. The tendency of his remarks seems to indicate a belief in their identity. 3 Terebratula elongata, var. sufflata, and T. sacculus.—After a careful study of Prof. King’s remarks on the first of these shells in regard to its existence durmg the Carboniferous epoch, I must confess myself still in some doubt as to what opinion he actually holds on the question. For instance, in the commence- ment of his remarks, he restates au opinion, expressed in the Monograph of Permian Fossils (Palzont. Soc.), to the following effect, that “ sufflata appears to be identical with a shell found im the Mountain Limestone of Bolland.” A little further on, it is said, quoting from the same work, that 7. sufflata “ undoubt- edly lived in the Carboniferous epoch ;” but towards the conclu- sion of the paper it is stated, in a foot-note, that “I am more inclined to regard the ‘ Bolland shell’ noticed in a previous page * The supposed occurrence of this shell in the Lower Red Sandstone at Ferry Hill has led Prof. King to name that deposit “ Lingula Sandstone ” (Synoptical Table of British Rock Groups, 2nd edit.). Without inquiring whether there is the least oecasion to alter a well-established subdivisional name, I would object to the adoption of the term “ Lingula Sandstone ” for a deposit in which the occurrence of Lingule is extremely doubtful. The only ground that exists for proposing this name at all is the fact of Prof. Johnson of Durham having told Prof. King that he had met with a Lingula in the above-named locality. But neither Prof. King nor any other paleontologist has ever seen a single example of this shell from the Lower Red Sandstone. And, with all deference to Prof. Johnson’s scien- tific reputation, I see no improbability of his observation being at fault on a subject he had not investigated, when it is entirely opposed to the expe- rience of all palzeontologists who have pursued researches in the same dis- trict. But, granting that in one isolated instance this shell has occurred at Ferry Hill, is the sandstone to be specialized by the name of “ Lingula” in consequence? A Lingula-Sandstone with no Lingule in it, nor even with a specimen to show that can be said to have been found in it! Such a misnomer should never be adopted. Nor is it any credit to geological nomenclature that it should ever have been proposed. . of Carboniferous Species. 211 as a variety of Dielasma (Terebratula) sacculus, and simulating D. suffiata, than as belonging to that species.” Now, what is Prof. King’s opinion on this question? Is it that 7. sufflata is identical with the Bolland shell, and so recurrent from Carboni- ferous strata? or that it is a distinct species, and merely simu- lated in form by the Bolland shell? Both these opinions are given in the same paper; it is therefore impossible to see which expresses the views of its author. The former is, of course, that which I feel satisfied to be the correct one. - It would thus appear, in respect to the identification of the Permian and Carboniferous Brachiopods just noticed, that Prof. King in three cases is of the same opinion as Mr. Davidson and myself, or, at least, that he allows three of the species to have had a Carboniferous and Permian existence, and that in two eases he has no decided opinion, while in one he disputes the identification. But notwithstanding that he only in one instance clearly differs from us in respect to the recurrency of the spe- cies, he occupies the conclusion of his paper in arguing against the method or “ plan” of determining species that has been fol- lowed in identifying these Carboniferous and Permian fossils, Prof. King seems to consider that our views of species are too comprehensive, and that in some instances we include two or more distinct. forms in one specific group. And in support of this opinion, he refers to the evidence to be derived from the study of recent shells, many of which, he asserts, would have had their specific identity ignored had they been determined on this plan as paleozoie fossils. I am not aware myself of there being anything novel about the method on which these species have been determined, it having long been used by naturalists; and it, moreover, seems to be the only one that it is possible to use, on the commonly received opinion of the individuality of species. For the sake of precision, however, I will briefly state what our method of determining species is; and in doing so I speak for Mr. David- son as well as myself, our views on this subject being the same. By species we understand groups of individuals characterized in common by peculiar features. These features or characters are considered to be persistent, and special to the groups they distinguish. Characters which are not persistent, but which are subject to essential modification, are looked upon as only of in- dividual value. The great difficulty of paleontologists, as well as of other naturalists, is to distinguish in all cases between these two kinds of features or characters; for the latter kind often approach the former in apparent value; and it must be allowed that it is not always an easy matter to decide whether a 15* 212 Mr. J. W. Kirkby on the Recurrency character is of specific or individual worth. The principle, how- ever, which we follow, in common with most naturalists, is to consider all features of individual value that graduate into other features, and all features of specific value that are not subject to such modification, but which stand out as marked characters in all comparisons with other forms. On this method the identi- fications of the preceding list have been made. Whenever a comparison of a Carboniferous with a Permian form showed that the supposed special characters of one passed, by gradual modi- fication, into those of the other, and that there were no charac- ters of the persistent type but such as were common to both forms, we have thought ourselves warranted in referring them to one species, | Further, we do not consider want of contemporaneity in fossils compared to be of any importance in determinations of species. ‘Time is not, in our opinion, a circumstance that has anything to do with such decisions. And should two indivi- duals present resemblances which we would consider specific in individuals of the same formation, we attach to them the same value, though they belong to separate formations. In both cases we grant equal importance to similar resemblances and differences. We are aware that this is not the principle that all paleontologists follow,—at least, that there are still a few who argue that want of contemporaneity is an element in determining species: and Prof. King, I suppose, adopts this method ; for he refers to it in support of his opinion of Spzrifera Clannyana being distinct from Sp. Urii. But we hold, with most paleontologists, that fossil species must be determined on natural-history merits alone, and not in any degree upon differences in their strati- graphical occurrence or geological age. The fact of specimens belonging to different formations ought to be put aside, and the decision arrived at on the same grounds as it is when the speci- mens are from a single stratum. Palzontologists who rely on this circumstance in distinguishing species rather remind me of those students of entomology who must first know the country of an insect before they venture to say what it is. The former would, moreover, appear to forget that systems and formations of strata are determined to be such by their species being gene- rally distinct from those of other groups. No geologist would consider a series of strata a system or formation, if its fossils were not in the main peculiar. To contend, therefore, that fos- sils are different because they occur in different formations is to argue in a circle. The formation is first proved to be a forma- tion because its species are principally distinct; and then the species are proved to be distinct because they occur in a different formation ! of Carboniferous Species. 213 Such is our method of determining species. And we are not inclined to allow Prof. King’s charge of it being too dogmatic, nor yet that it is unsuggestive of philosophical conclusions. If naturalists and paleontologists carry out this method in their determinations of species, we shall perhaps ultimately know what is true and what is false philosophy in respect to them ; for it will evidently tend to establish one of two things,—either that species with persistent characters do really exist, according to the old and more generally received opinion ; or that there is, literally speaking, no such thing as persistent character, and hence no species except in the Darwinian or Lamarckian sense. And it is, perhaps, just as much in harmony with the spirit of true philosophy to search after truth thus inductively as it is to adopt hasty assumptions as to what truth is when the means of proving it are wanting. It is further objected that our method involves a cumbrous nomenclature, and that it is wanting in “‘geologico-chronological”’ precision. It is asked if “ Spirifera Urii, var. Clannyana, is not a cumbrous name?” I might ask, in return, what nomenclature has to do with the question. It is not concerned in the deter- mination of species; at least, it should not be. I believe the general custom is for naturalists to make names for the species rather than species for the names, though there may be occa- sional exceptions; and the use of the varietal term Clannyana in addition to the specific name is optional, though the Permian specimens of this species scarcely seem to require so much im- portance. In respect to the want of “ geologico-chronological ”’ precision, I would also inquire if it is the object of nomenclature to express the chronological history of a species? When a shell occurs in two formations, it must of necessity be named alike in both. To signify, by the use of one term, that the shell is essentially the same on each horizon, is the first thing to be considered. Other considerations are of secondary importance. In concluding his remarks, Prof. King draws the attention of palzontologists to the defective state of their knowledge of spe- cies compared with that which naturalists acquire of the recent forms. This, I think, no one will dispute. The acquaintance which the palzontologist can attain of species is at the best im- perfect. He can have no direct knowledge of the softer parts of the animal: all anatomical details are lost to him; and, as Prof. King remarks, there are other characters which are generally beyond the pale of his investigation. But, without denying this in the least, there would still appear to be no reason for sup- posing that paleontologists have not materials enough left for the discrimination of species. It rarely happens that all the characters of a species are required in order to determine it ; and 214 Mr. J. W. Kirkby on the Recurrency differentiation of essential anatomical details, and of the more fragile characters, is usually accompanied by differences in those characters which survive fossilization. It is very rarely indeed that a shell is only known to be distinct on account of some anatomical peculiarity. I am therefore not disposed to think, as Prof. King seems to fear, that palzeontologists will often arrive at erroneous conclusions in respect to species from their inability to employ all the means that are at the disposal of naturalists. And this opinion is borne out by what we know of such species as occur both fossil and recent. Take those of the Crag, for instance, or of any later Tertiary deposit, and it will be found that absence of colour, epidermis, opalescence, and of all anato- mical details has not seriously interfered with their being pro- perly discriminated. There seems, in my opinion, more reason to fear the creation of too many species by paleontologists than that any considerable number will be overlooked by them ; for it should be remembered that there is a tendency in fossilization to produce differences where none exist, as well as to obliterate others that really characterize species. Fossils of one species preserved as casts, or in a semi-testiferous state, or with the shell in good condition, present very different appearances, and repeatedly lead to false determinations. And the fragmentary state in which some fossils occur, their being viewed in different aspects, and the various alterations effected by pressure and other causes, all tend to the adoption of species that have no real existence, However, Prof. King, to illustrate his own views in respect to’ the influence that fossilization would have on recent shells, re- marks that “nearly every British species of Mactra and Lito- rina, if occurring as fossils in palzozoic rocks, would have had their independent creation ignored, and have been respectively named Mactra multiformis and Litorina variabilis” on our me- thod of determining species. Now, though these genera contain certain British species which could never have been confounded even as palzeozoic fossils, Prof. King is assuredly aware that they are two of the most difficult groups of British shells, and that several of their reputed species are acknowledged to be mere varieties by most naturalists. Had they, therefore, occurred in palzozoic or any other rocks, the careful paleontologist would certainly have put many of their forms together, just, in fact, as the judicious conchologist does now. Thus the argument which Prof. King wishes to derive from these examples is rendered in- valid by this fact; for it is certainly not to be expected that paleontologists would be able to see specific differences after fossililization, where naturalists for the most part denied their existence before that process. of Carboniferous Species. 215 And the difficulty with which paleontologists have to contend from what Prof, King calls simulating forms is, I think, over- stated. It is said by this authority that many existing shells have a tendency to simulate the distinctive features of other allied species; and, in support of this assertion, twelve British shells are mentioned, which Prof. King is satisfied would have been reduced to half the number had they occurred as paleozoic fossils. It may be observed, in the first place, that such shells as simulate the distinctive characters of others can be but ques- tionable species at the best; and the conchologist would not, perhaps, be far wrong were he to anticipate the paleontologist by putting them together. This, in fact, has already been done in respect to some of the shells that Prof. King quotes, by most British naturalists. Astarte Danmoniensis and A. Scotica, for instance, are usually considered to be identical; and there are few conchologists who admit Mya Uddevallensis to be distinct from M. truncata—an opinion which Prof. King himself held some time ago, as appears by his paper published in ‘Ann. Nat. Hist.’ ser. 1. vol. xix. It is not to be denied, however, that several of the shells mentioned are good species; but, as most of them occur as Tertiary fossils, and have already been identified as distinct species*, they would not appear to run much risk of being confounded with others, even should they ultimately attain an age as great in comparison as paleozoic fossils at present. EXPLANATION OF PLATE IV. Fig. 1. Cythere (Bairdia) Schaurothiana, Kirkby. Carboniferous speci- men, left valve. Craigenglen, Campsie. Fig. 2. The same. Carboniferous specimen. Right valve. Craigenglen. Fig. 11. The same. Carboniferous specimen. Lateral contour of left valve. Craigenglen. Figs. 3,4, 12. The same. Permian specimens, showing same aspects as before. Tunstall Hill. Figs. 5, 6, 9. Cythere (Bairdia) plebeia, Reuss. Carboniferous specimens, showing left valve and lateral contour of same. Craigenglen, Campsie. Figs. 7,8, 10. The same. Permian specimens, showing same aspects as last. Tunstall Hill. [ All the Entomostraca magnified 25 times. | Fig. 13. Fenestella retiformis, Schloth. Permian. Non-celluliferous face ; magnified 6 times. Tunstall Hill. . * Lutraria oblonga and L. elliptica, for mstance, occur together as fossils in the newer Tertiary beds of Sussex (Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xiii. p.51). In the same deposit Solen siliqua has been detected (ibid. p. 53); and in another Tertiary bed Solen ensis occurs (tb. vol. xiv. p. 328). Mya truncata and M. Uddevallensis also both occur in a fossil state (Woodward’s ‘ Mollusca,’ p. 357, and Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe. vol. xiii. p- 53). : 216 M. A. Baur on Synapta digitata Fig. 16. The same. Permian. Celluliferous face, worn; magnified 12 times. Tunstall Hill. Fig. 17. The same. Permian. Celluliferous face, unabraded; magnified 12 times. Tunstall Hill. Fig. 15. The same (Fenestella plebeia, M‘Coy). Carboniferous. Non-cellu- liferous face; magnified 6 times. Beith. Figs. 14, 18. The same. Carboniferous. ~Celluliferous face, worn; mag- nified 12 times. Beith. [Carboniferous specimens marked C ; Permian specimens marked P.] XXII.—On Synapta digitata and its supposed Parasite. By A. Baur*. I. The attachment of the Molluskigerous Sac to the head of the Synapta. Tue point the elucidation of which is of most importance with regard to the relation of the sac-producing Mollusca to the Holothurid is the case, once seen by J. Miiller, in which three molluskigerous sacs were attached within the head of the Synapta. J. Miiller remained in doubt as to the meaning of this attach- ment, the mode of adhesion, and the nature of the outer extremity of the sac; he considered further observations upon the con- stancy or inconstancy of the attachment to the head to be necessaryT. | Captures of Synapta digitata, continued during three months, furnished me repeatedly with molluskigerous sacs thus attached. It was also possible to examine more closely the mode of attach- ment, and to settle by observation the question whether it was constant or inconstant, whether it was accidental or connected with the origin of the molluskigerous sac, or perhaps with the immigration of the molluskigerous parasite. While among 100-200 individuals of Synapta digitata it is not easy to find more than one infested by a molluskigerous sac, or now and then by several, there were three out of 120-130 Synapte containing molluskigerous sacs, in which the sac, besides being attached as usual to the intestinal vessel, at. the same time turned its ordinarily free and posteriorly directed end towards the head of the Synapta, and was attached there like- wise. In all the three cases the sac attached to the head was of the same nature ; it differed, also, in no essential point from the others, which in other individuals extended freely backward into the body-cavity of the Synapta. None of the three mollus- * Translated by W. S. Dallas, F.L.S., from the Monatsbericht der Akad. der Wiss. zu Berlin, April 1862, p. 187. + J. Miiller, “‘ Ueber Synapta digitata und iiber die Erzeugung von Schnecken in Holothurien,” p. 15. (See ‘ Annals,’ February 1852, p. 106.) and its supposed Parasite. 217 kigerous sacs were smaller, but they were rather amongst the largest observed ; they were all sexually mature, and contained either ready-formed mollusks or ova in course of development into mollusks. None of the three cases furnished any support for the supposed possibility that the sacs attached to the head of the Synapta might be an earlier stage. The connexion of the extremity of the sac with the head of the Synapta, when it exists, is very intimate. The terminal portion of the molluskigerous sac, when forcibly pulled, is torn before the adhesion will yield. This firmness is not due to any coalescence ; its cause is mechanical, and depends upon an inter- lockmg. The terminal portion of the molluskigerous tube was in all three cases wrapped together into the form of a coil—as it were, stuffed into a space enlarged by stretching, and held firmly there by a narrow constricting portion. After the careful separation of the constricting parts in the head of the Synapta, the end of the sac could. be completely unfolded and prepared in an uninjured state, with the exception of the loss by stripping off of the outermost layer of cells. The point of attachment always corresponds externally to a spot of the circumference of the oral or cephalic disk, where it borders on the base of the tentacles. The point of attachment is not constant upon this circumference; it is sometimes on one side and sometimes on the other of the median line indicated by the mesentery and sexual orifice. In two of the observed cases a yellow swelling, caused by the more intensely coloured molluskigerous sac shining through it, could be detected even from the outside in the still uninjured and living head of the Synapta within the circle of tentacles. The body-wall of the Synapta was, however, not perforated ; the end of the sac was not bare, but was always distinctly covered, at least, by the outermost reddish layer of the body-wall (epidermis and dermis of Quatrefages). In one case the most careful examination showed that internally the coil- like end of the molluskigerous sac had filled and considerably distended the base of two neighbouring tentacular cavities. These remained distinctly enlarged even after the separation and removal of the coil. In the two other cases the end of the sac had not occupied the cavity of the water-vascular system at its entrance into the tentacles, but the space close by, between the buccal disk, calcareous ring, and cesophagus, and therefore between the canals passing from the annular canal to the tentacles. The condition described, especially in the first case, in which the entrance into two tentacles was evidently forcibly dilated, admits only of one explanation. The adhesion of the sac to the head can be effected only in the following way :—whilst it usually 218 M. A. Baur on Synapta digitata extends backward in the body-cavity of the Synapta, in this case it turns forward towards the head, its extremity is forced, at any spot offering the least resistance, between the parts there existing, and under certain circumstances into the canals, where it is firmly held, like a portion of intestine wedged into a diver- - ticulum of the ventral cavity: such a spot is presented by the tentacular cavities, if we leave out of consideration the delicate and but slightly resistant walls of the aquiferous vessels, by which the tentacular cavities are separated from the body-cavity of the Synapta. When disquieted or irritated, the Synapta, or each fragment having a head, endeavours to break itself to pieces. Before this is effected at any definite spot, the worm-like body performs powerful alternate contractions and extensions. The pressure exerted by the muscular body-wall upon its contents is so strong that, at the moment when the wall bursts, the fluid of the body- cavity often spirts out in a stream. At the same time it frequently happens that with the first rupture of the body-wall the intestine, together with the genital tubes, is forcibly driven out laterally. In the same way the molluskigerous sac, with its free end turned towards the head, may be firmly held by a con- striction in the neighbourhood of the calcareous ring, where a rupture never takes place. The attenuation which, according to J. Miiller, the sac exhibits towards its extremity is explained by the dragging and stretching necessarily accompanying this process. As appears from the nature of the Synapta, as well as from that of the extremity of the sac, the mode of attachment is purely mechanical ; it does not consist in an organic connexion of the sac with the head of the Synapta. In the effectuation of the cephalic attachment the molluskigerous sac is purely passive : the effective cause is the pressure exerted by the contractile wall of the body of the Synapta upon its contents, and consequently also upon the molluskigerous sac. The cephalic adhesion is, finally, inconstant, and purely acci- dental, because it is to be ascribed to an accidental vital mani- festation, or perhaps more correctly to a phenomenon of the agony of the Synapta—a convulsive contraction of the body, perhaps produced only by capture or by violent injury. The notion that we are to regard the molluskigerous sac, when attached to the head of the Synapta, as not organically united, but perhaps as a parasite breaking through the body-wall of the Synapta either in immigration or emigration, and the adhesion itself as a transitory act of the molluskigerous sae which, for this reason, so rarely comes under observation, is got rid of by what has been said above. But still there is one cir- and tts supposed Parasite, 219 ecumstance to be considered, which has been referred to ‘this very point, In one case described by J. Miiller, which, among the rare eases of cephalic attachment of the molluskigerous sac, was itself a rare exceptional case, inasmuch as three sacs were present in one Synapta, and all three of them were attached to the head, one of the sacs, and this the smallest and shortest, although otherwise not different, and still uninjured, had the extremity. usually affixed to the intestinal vessel free in the cavity of the body. J. Miiller was inclined to attach much importance to this cireumstance in the interpretation of the sacs as parasitic creatures. The mode in which this might happen has been elucidated by the anonymous reporter in the ‘ Annals of Natural History,’ January and February 1852, by reference to the pene- tration of the Cercariz into the skins of the Mollusca. J. Miiller himself has left it uncertain whether this third sac, with a reversed attachment (that is to say, attached by the usually free ex- tremity, and free at that which is usually attached), was still very young and undeveloped, or whether its development and genera- tion were completed, and itself in course of retrograde metamor- phosis,— whether it would attain its position on the intestine only by further growth, or whether the union had previously occurred at the ordinary place, but been dissolved by the gradual reduction of the sac. The reporter in the ‘Annals of Natural History’ regarded it as an ascertained fact, from J. Miiller’s ob- servation, that the sac is at first attached only to the body-wall of the Synapta (at the head), and subsequently to the intestinal vessel, The behaviour of the molluskigerous sacs as they occur in the cavity of the body of the Synapta, especially when the cephalic attachment is left out of the question, forbids our connect- ing this circumstance with evolution, whether progressive or retrograde, or with the immigration of the molluskigerous sae It is quite an ordinary phenomenon to find in the cavity of the Synapta perfectly free, floating molluskigerous sacs, which have evidently been torn from the intestinal vessel only by the cap- ture and the violent movements of the Synapta accompanying it. But if a molluskigerous sac be completely attached to the head, the freedom of the other extremity is still less remarkable. As it may be proved from the cephalic attachment itself that in this case a force has been exerted upon it which pressed it against the head of the Synapta, and even wedged it into that part, it is not to be wondered at if the same pressure which, in the case of J. Miiller, drove these sacs towards the head, should have separated one of them from its position on the intestinal vessel. Nor is it surprising that this should apply to the 220 M.A. Baur on Synapta digitata smallest specimen—to that whose length is less than the distance of the ordinary point of attachment on the intestine from the head of the Synapta, as may be seen from the figure (tab.2. fig.3) given by J. Miiller. Therefore, as the abnormal attachment to the head is nothing but a mechanical and accidental engagement of one end of the sac, so the simultaneous absence of the normal adhesion in the one case observed by J. Miiller is merely a me- chanical separation of the other end from the intestinal vessel, referable to the same accidental cause. Neither the one nor the other stands in any nearer relation to the growth, development, or vital history of the molluskigerous sac. II. On the adhesion of the Molluskigerous Sac to the Intestine. In the natural state we are never to imagine the molluskigerous sac in the Synapta otherwise than as attached by one end, in the manner described and figured by J. Miiller, to the intestinal vessel opposite to the mesentery, with the other end extending freely backwards in the cavity of the body along the intestinal canal of the Synapta. If the sac be quite free, it has been acci- dentally separated ; if it be attached by the free end to the head, it has been accidentally engaged there. ia The natural adhesion of the molluskigerous sac is effected in this way : the button-like extremity, probably the buccal portion of the molluskigerous sac, projects into the lumen of the intes- tinal vessel through a slit in the wall of the latter, and is firmly held therein, exactly like a button in its button-hole. Behind the knob the wall of the vessel clasps the sac so closely, that a forcible separation is not possible without tearing away the button, or enlarging the slit, so that the sac may easily appear to have become organically united with the intestinal vessel. There is, however, no evidence of such a union; on the con- trary, the simple engagement of the button is perfectly sufficient to explain the firmness of the connexion between the sac and the intestinal vessel. The mode of attachment of the molluskigerous sac to the in- testinal vessel is, therefore, like its adhesion to the head, purely mechanical, and depends no more than the latter upon an orga- nic union. It is not, however, like this, accidental ; on the con- trary, this attachment is constant for the occurrence of every un- imjured sac in the uninjured Synapta, and, which is the most. remarkable, constant with regard to the spot on the intestinal vessel, although this extends, with the same diameter, and the same properties, and in the same position, along the whole intes- tine of the Synapta, from the stomach to the anus. 3 How this attachment is effected, that is to say, how the mol- luskigerous sac buttons itself into the intestinal vessel of the and tts supposed Parasite. | 221. Synapta, is the next question with which we have to deal. It cannot take place by the molluskigerous sac remaining passive, as in the cephalic attachment. The attachment to the intestinal vessel must, on the contrary, be an act in the life of the molluski- gerous sac, an act, however, which is still entirely withdrawn from our inspection. With regard to the development and early vital history of the molluskigerous sac, its occurrence in the full-grown Synapta furnishes no other information than is to be found in the obser- vations of J. Miiller. In the full-grown Synapta, the molluski- gerous sac is never found, at any period of the year, otherwise than in the sexually mature and molluskigerous state, and at- tached in the manner above described. III. The young forms of Synapta digitata, Mill. - Quatrefages, in his observations upon Synapta Duvernea (An- nales des Sciences Nat. 2 sér. 1842, p. 73), has pointed out that, much as these Holothurie might be observed on the shores of the Mediterranean and in the Atlantic, they are yet never met with otherwise than in a perfectly developed and sexually mature state, and not less than 6 inches in length. This ap- plies also to Synapta digitata. The non-appearance of smaller specimens is explained by Quatrefages upon the well-founded sup- position that these vermiform Echinoderms, in passing through a metamorphosis, will have a larval form, which, no doubt, will be quite different from that which they afterwards assume. Among the numerous forms of swimming larve of Echino- derms discovered by J. Miiller, are some whose metamorphosis could be traced into animals which, from their general anatomi- cal characters, are Holothuriz. These are the Auricularie re- markable for their singular form and compared to a rococo coat-of-arms (Abhandl. der Akad. der Wiss. 1848, p. 98; 1849, p- 35; and 1850, p. 37). Of these larve J. Miller has made known two different and apparently widely distributed forms ; both were first observed at Marseilles in spring, then at Nice in August and September, and lastly at Trieste, one only in the spring, and the other late in the summer. Their external distinc- tions are, that one bears in the middle of the posterior extremity of the body a calcareous gland running out into radiate teeth—in fact, a calcareous star, and also, in the lobes into which the body of the larva is prolonged all round, a garniture of clear, pale-red spherules, not composed of lime; the other larva is destitute of these spherules, and has in the two lobes of the posterior end of the body which contains the anus, besides an inconstant cal- careous sphere, a variable number of very regular calcareous wheels. The young Holothurie(still swimming by means of bands 222 M. A. Baur on Synapta digitata of cilia) into which these larve are transformed coincide most in their anatomical structure with the footless and abranchiate section to which the genera Chirodota and Synapta belong. They retain, in the skin at the posterior extremity of the body, the peculiar calcareous structures of the larva. For the more precise determination of one of these larval forms, and the corresponding young Holothurid, with the globules and the calcareous star, J. Miiller possessed no data (loc. cit. 1849, p. 55). In the other, the occurrence of the calcareous wheels still at the posterior extremity of the young Holothurid could not but lead to the supposition that it belonged to the genus Chirodota (ibid. p. 49), because this genus has calcareous wheels in the skin, whilst the nearly allied and anatomically accordant genus Synapta has little anchors inserted into a per- forated calcareous plate. Grube has described two Holothurids of the genus Chirodota from the Mediterranean — Chirodota Chiaji and C. pinnata (‘ Actinien, Echinodermen und Wiirmer des adriat. und Mittel- meers,’ 1840). It has, however, been found that these two, from their zoological characters, namely, the calcareous armature, are not Chirodote, but Synapte, and that Chirodota Chiaji, Gr. (Holo- thuria digitata, Mont.), and Chirodota pinnata, Gr. (Holothuria inherens, O. F. Miill.), must receive the generic name of Synapta (Miller, Archiv, 1850, pp. 115, 135, 1386). One of them is Miiller’s Synapta digitata, and the other Synapta inherens, the latter again being probably identical with Synapta Duvernea of Quatrefages. As no true Chirodota, no Holothurid with calcareous wheels, is yet known from the Mediterranean, there were two possibilities in regard to the origin of the Auricularia with calcareous wheels. Hither it belonged to a true Chirodota peculiar to the Mediter- ranean, but still unobserved ; or the calcareous wheels in the skin of the larva and young Holothurid could only be transitory structures, and other calcareous structures must subsequently make their appearance in them (Abh. der Akad. der Wiss. 1849, p- 50). The former was the less probable, because, from the abundance of the Auricularia with calcareous wheels, it could scarcely be supposed to belong toa still unknown and there- fore certainly rare Holothurid; but in the latter case the abun- dant and widely distributed Synapte must be taken into con- sideration. The decision of the question depended on tracing the young Holothurids produced from the larvee with calcareous wheels (which, in the latest stage seen by J. Miiller, still moved by swimming with their bands of cilia) in their further growth and changes, but especially with respect to the appearance of calcareous structures in other parts of the skin. and its supposed Parasite. 2238 Krohn has succeeded in keeping alive young Holothurids with calcareous wheels, taken in spring at Messina, until they lost the rows of cilia and crept in a perfectly worm-like manner, “like Synapte” (Muller’s Archiv, 1853, p. 319). In one individual, moreover, Krohn saw the number of the still simple tentacles, which is originally five, increase to eight by the simultaneous growth of three new ones. In the discovery of this later stage, Krohn also thought he found a support for the opinion of J. Miiller already referred to, namely, that the small Holothuria and Auricularia with calcareous wheels belong to the genus Chirodota | Synapta ?—Ep.]. Synapta digitata, as it occurs in the Bay of Muggia, near Trieste, reproduces in the spring (Leydig, in Miiller’s Archiv, 1852, pp- 507, 516), and, as I ascertained, only once in the year. I have observed that the appearance in great numbers of the Auri- cularia with calcareous wheels in the Bay of Muggia, where Synapta digitata lives in abundance on the sea-bottom, coincides exactly with the time at which the distended genital sacs of the Synapta contain mature ova with a germinal spot, and zoospermia, and that shortly afterwards they are all found empty. | I have also succeeded in tracing the development of the larve, pup, and young Holothurids (which are at first easily caught, but afterwards captured with gradually increasing difficulty) up to the point at which they live, in the form of small transparent worms of about 8 mill. in length, in the fine mud of the sea- bottom, and have gradually acquired all the anatomical and zoological characters of Synapta digitata. In the last observed and furthest advanced animals the number of tentacles, by a further pushing out of four new ones, had become twelve, the number occurring in the mature Synapta. The originally simple, conical tentacles had acquired the specific form of those of Synapta digitata; they terminated in five little feelers, arranged like fingers, of which the middle one was short and curved out- wards. They had the suckers on the inside of the base, and performed movements from without inwards, accompanied by alternate extension and retraction. The skin, which was at first unarmed, had become beset all over with peculiar calcareous structures ; these were little anchors, each attached moveably, by means of a knob, to a perforated calcareous plate. At the same time, however, the calcareous wheels present in the larva were still retained at the posterior extremity of the body; but their number had not increased. From this it appears that the Auricularia with calcareous wheels is the larva of Synapta digitata, Miill., and that the Synapta has a young stage in which it has already attained its definitive form, and possesses the anchors in tts skin, but still bears the wheels of the larva at its posterior extremity near the anus. 224 Mr. A. Newton on the Discovery of The methods by which I succeeded in rendering the young Synapte accessible to observation, the details of the develop- mental processes, so far as they have not already been observed by J. Miiller, and the anatomical characters of Synapta digitata (visible with remarkable facility in the little transparent creatures, which are perfect from mouth to anus) shall be described in detail. At the same time reasons will be given why the unveiling the vital history of the molluskigerous sac is rendered probable by the discovery of these young Synapte. The difficulties which set bounds to the further prosecution of this course lie in the fact that it was not possible to capture Synapta digitata in the young state described in the same quantity as the full-grown animals, which is the first condition for the observation of the molluski- gerous sac, on account of its great rarity. Together with Synapta digitata, the somewhat smaller Synapta inherens (probably S. Duvernea, Quatref.), distinguished by its more strongly adhesive skin and plumosely branched tentacles, occurs in smaller numbers near Trieste, in the Bay of Muggia: I had the opportunity of observing the brood of this species also, mixed with that of S. digitata, up to the point at which it likewise had the anchors in its skin and acquired the full number and specific form of its tentacles. The young Holo- thurids of this species are only distinguished by having no calcareous wheels or globules in the posterior extremity, but, instead of them, a group of irregularly angular calcareous pieces. From the Auricularia of Synapta digitata that of S. inherens pro- bably does not differ at all, except in this condition of the calea- reous structure. The latter would, therefore, not be recognized at the time when: only larvee, without any young Holothurids, occurred. XXIII.—On the Discovery of Ancient Remains of Emys lutaria in Norfolk. By Atrrep Newton, M.A., F.L.S. [Plates VI. & VII.] On the 31st of March last, in the course of a communication to the Philosophical Society of the University of Cambridge, I had the pleasure to announce a fact in British archzeontology, which, as far as Iam aware, is hitherto unrecorded ; and as that paper will not be published in a form likely to bring it under the especial notice of naturalists, I propose to give a short account here of what I venture to think may be regarded as a discovery not altogether unimportant. In the early part of this year, while examining a considerable collection of ancient remains in the possession of Mr. Birch, of Ancient Remains of Emys lutaria in Norfolk. 225 Wretham Hall, near Thetford, I recognized, to my surprise, some specimens far more interesting than any I had hoped to meet with; and these, by that gentleman’s kindness, I was enabled to exhibit at the meeting of the Society above named. They consist of a few bones of the limbs and a good part of the outer skeleton of two individuals of the European freshwater Tortoise Emys lutaria of Merrem (Testudo europea of Bojanus, Cistudo europea of Duméril and Bibron), a species whose existence at any time in the British Islands had never before been suspected *. They were found, as testified by a label attached to them in Mr. Birch’s handwriting, so long ago as June 1836, in a peat- bog by the side of a spring-pit at East Wretham, about 7 feet below the surface and beneath some fifteen hundred laminations of a species of Hypnum, which, I understand from Mr. Bireh, was pronounced by Sir William Hooker to be H. filicinumt+. I communicated these facts forthwith to Professor Owen and Professor Bell, as being respectively the highest authorities on fossil and recent British reptiles, and subsequently submitted the remains to the first-named gentleman, who kindly deter- mined the species for me, thereby confirming the view I had taken of it.’ In these days the geographical range of this little Tortoise is somewhat remarkable. I am not aware of any indi- cations of its existence in Holland, Belgium, or Northern France. In the North-west of Germany it is unknown; but it occurs in Baden, Wiirtemberg{, Bavaria, Austria, Hungary, Poland, and Silesia, whence it seems to extend in a north-western direction through Eastern Prussia, as far as Rostock. At the present time, it is not recognized as an inhabitant of either Denmark or Sweden ; but its remains have been found in both countries under circumstances similar to those of the Norfolk ones I have just recorded, as may be seen from the following abstract of the statements of Professors Dalman, Nilsson, and Steenstrup. In the Transactions of the Stockholm Academy (K. Vetensk. Acad, Handl. 1820, pp. 286-293, tabb. vi. and vu.) Professor Dalman gives an account of some Tortoise-bones found in digging the Gotha canal, near Norsholm, in the province of (Estergothland. They seem to have been about 15 feet below the surface, in peat-earth, over which a layer of gravel had been * I believe that as yet no trace of any of the Testudinata has been ob- tained in England from a formation later than that of the London Clay— certainly not from any post-Tertiary deposit. + Sir Charles i aa has been good enough to refer me to a commu- nication of his in the Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society of London for 1856 (vol. xii. p. 355), in which he describes a similar layer of moss found at West Wretham, and there identifies the species as H. fluitans. t See G. v. Jager, in Bull. Soc. Nat. Mosc. 1861, xxxiv. p. 190. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 3. Vol. x. 16 "226 Mr. A. Newton on the Discovery of superimposed, and to have been the remains of two individuals, which the writer declares to have belonged to Emys europea of Oken, as distinguished from E. lutaria, though, I believe, the best authorities now consider these two supposed species to be identical. He also adds, in a note, that a third and entire ske- leton, dug up a long time before in making a deep ditch near Regnaholm, in the same province, had been brought to his notice by Major Gyllenkrook since his communication to the Academy. In a later volume of the same Transactions (1839, pp. 194-211, tabb. iii. & iv.) Professor Nilsson notices a similar discovery made at two places in Skane, one specimen having been found in 1839 near Grafve, in the pastorate of Bragarp, at a depth of 8 feet, in peat, and another disinterred the following year, near Fuglie, in the pastorate of Hvallinge. He gives a minute description of the former example, detailing some points of difference observable between it and recent specimens of Emys lutaria, Bp., which differences he there considers sufficient to warrant his designating the fossil as E. lutaria, “var. borealis.” In 1842, this veteran naturalist, in his ‘ Skandinavisk Herpeto- logi’ (p. 11, note), mentions that, more than twenty years pre- viously, he had received from a student a living example of Z. lutaria, captured in the district of Falsterbo, the extreme south point of Sweden, which, at the time, he thought could only have been an imported animal, accidentally escaped, and so neglected to make further inquiries respecting it. He likewise states (p. 10, note) that, shortly before the publication of his work, he had obtained, from Medic. Candid. Fornander, fragments of a fossil Tortoise found in a moss in Ciland. This he identifies with the existing Hmys lutaria, and appears content to let his own “ borealis” sink into obscurity, as if doubtful of its validity even as a variety. Fourteen years ago, Professor Steenstrup announced to the Copenhagen Scientific Association (Overs. over det Vidensk. Selsk. Forhandl. 1848, p. 74) the discovery of the dorsal portion of the skeleton of a Water-Tortoise in a turf-moss at Overdraaby, near Jeegerspris, in Zealand (Sjoelland), and, in doing so, referred to Professor Nilsson’s statements just quoted. Some years later, he communicated to the same Association (1855, p. 1) the fact that the sternum and vertebre of another individual had been found in a similar formation at Egholm, not far from the locality last mentioned; and soon after, the same illustrious zoologist gave an account (1855, p. 384) of the remains of a third, but smaller and younger, example, which had since been obtained at that spot. I regret that it is beyond my power to furnish a full and de- tailed description of the specimens whose discovery I now record. Ancient Remains of Emys lutaria in Norfolk. 227 I can only make a few observations upon them; and these, I may add, have been chiefly brought to my notice by my kind friend Dr. Albert Giinther. _ Of the limbal remains of the two individuals*, I have now before me sixteen bones or fragments of bones, consisting, when fitted together, of one right humerus, one right and one left sca- pula, one right and part of one left clavicle, two right and two left femora, one entire pelvis, with two portions of another, and one right and two left tibie. From these bones it is plain that the two individuals differed slightly in size. Of the vertebral remains in the larger specimen, thirty-six out of the sixty-three bones, or more than half, remain. To specify them, I shall adopt the system of notation employed by Bojanus in his beautiful Monograph of this species}. The me- dian or vertebral row of the dorsal bones is the most deficient, only three out of the ten, namely, v, 1x, and x, being left. . It is very unfortunate that the sixth, seventh, and eighth are lost, as they appear to vary much in different individuals, and I cannot conjecture what shape they may have had here. Of the twenty-four marginal bones, nine are forthcoming; these luckily include xr and xx1i1, the nuchal and caudal scutes. The others which have been preserved are xv, XVI, XVII, XVIII, XXVIII, xxIx, and part of xxx1v. The costal bones on the nght side all remain, with the exception of the first false rib, xxxv; on the left side, four of the ten are missing, namely, XLV. xLVI, XLVII, and 11. The processes of the tenth false rib on either side, XLIV and Liv, remain attached to xu111 and LIII respectively. The sternal bones of this (the larger) specimen are in a singu- larly perfect state, the posterior process of the left hinge alone being somewhat damaged. Thus it will be seen that the por- tions present are such that the size of the specimen can be pretty correctly ascertained ; and accordingly I give the follow- ing dimensions, which, I am confident, approach the truth very nearly :—. | Entire length of carapace, in a straight line, 7 inches. Ditto, following the curve . pid ura SC bad" Entire breadth of carapace, in a straight line, 5:5 _,, Ditto, following the curve. . . . . . 86 ,, Greatest length of plastron . . .. . 75 ,, Greatest breadth of ditto . . . . . . 44 ,, * I ought to say that I was not aware that the bones were those of two individuals, until the fact was mentioned to me by Prof. Owen, though, in justice to myself, I may add that I despatched them to him immediately on their being entrusted to my care. + ‘ Anatome Testudinis Europee,’ &c. fol. Vilnz et Lipsiz, 1819-21. 16* 228 Zoological Society :— In the smaller specimen, nine dorsal bones only remain : these I believe to be xIv, XXVII, XXVIII, XXX, XXXVII, XXXVIII, XLIX, LI, and t11; but Iam not very certain that my identification of them is correct. Of the sternum, more than one-half has been preserved, the missing bones being Lv, Lv1, LvII, part of LvIII, and tix; but the cardinal processes are much less perfect than in the larger example. The greatest breadth of the sternum is 4°25 inches ; the length from the transverse articular suture to the posterior extremity is 4 inches, while in the larger example it is 4°25 inches. For the rest I must refer the student to the plates (Pls. VI. & VII.) accompanying this brief and incomplete notice, which will give a far better idea of the relics of these ancient Britons than anything I can say about them. Elveden, June 30, 1862. PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES. ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY. February 11, 1862.—Dr. J. E. Gray, V.P., in the Chair. CONTRIBUTION TO THE KNOWLEDGE OF THE BritisH CHARRS. By Dr. ALBERT GUNTHER. The production of the following paper has been induced by two specimens of the so-called Freshwater Herring of Lough Melvin in Ireland, which were procured by Joshua Walker, Esq., and sub- mitted to my examination. The differences from the allied Conti- nental species were so striking, that, from the first moment, I could scarcely doubt that I had a species before me which I had never seen before. In the first place it appeared necessary to compare it with specimens from other localities of Great Britain—with the true British Charr ; but, although the period of the year (November and Decem- ber) appeared to be the most favourable for the capture of those fishes, as they approach the shores to spawn, afterwards returning to the deepest parts of the lakes, I have been only partly successful in obtaining more specimens, and [ particularly regret not having been able to examine specimens from Scotland, either ina fresh state or preserved in spirits*. I have obtained, however, materials suffi- cient for the determination of the Charrs of three localities, by the kind assistance of the gentlemen who will be mentioned hereafter. Our knowledge of the representatives of the Charr on the Continent is chiefly due to Heckel, Nilsson, and Rapp, in whose descriptions due attention has been paid to those characters by which the species may be distinguished ; and for a comparison of the British Charrs with those of the Continent I have had to rely chiefly on them. My materials were the following :— * Dried and stuffed specimens of Charr are of little or no use. Dr. A. Giinther on the British Charrs. 229 a. Freshwater Herring of Lough Melvin. Two fresh specimens, mature males ; by the kindness of J. Walker, Esq. One specimen (dried skin) in the British Museum. b. Welsh Charr, or Torgoch. Nearly twenty specimens from Llanberris, all mature males ; re- ceived by the kindness of S. P. W. Ellis, Esq., Chief Constable of Carnarvonshire, and G. Ellis, Esq. Four young specimens from the lake Coss-y-gedawl, transferred with Mr. Yarrell’s collection to the British Museum (Salmo salve- linus, Jenyns). . c. Charr of the Lake of Windermere. Two mature males, procured by the kindness of Sir J. Richardson. For further comparison I had the “ Réthel”’ of the Lake of Con- stance, the ‘‘ Ombre chevalier”’ of the Lake of Geneva, four speci- mens of a Charr from Iceland, and twelve without known locality. - Before we enter into a historical account of our knowledge of the British Charrs, we must consider the question, what fishes have been originally intended by the Linnzan denominations of Salmo uméla, Salmo salvelinus, and Salmo alpinus—names by which the British Charrs have been designated by various authors. The original descriptions themselves are too short and too general to give anything like specific distinctions ; but fortunately we see that question settled, once and for ever, by the very names of the fishes and by the localities from which the typical specimens had been procured. J. Heckel has made inquiries into this subject with regard to the Salmo salvelinus of South Germany*, and the follow- ing is the result :— ri a. Salmo salvelinus, L. Linnezeus has founded this species on the tenth species of Sa/mo in Artedi’s ‘ Genera,’ or on the eleventh in his ‘Synonymy’ ; and Artedi had derived the whole of his knowledge of this fish from Willughby, who (p. 195) gives a description of the ** Salvelin”’ from a specimen captured near the Austrian town of Linz. Therefore there cannot be the slightest doubt that the Lin- nzean denomination is intended for the South-German fish, which, up to the present day, is called Sa/bling at various localities. The best account of the Salbling has been given by Heckel, who says that they are found in several lakes of South Germany, Tyrol, and Switzerland. First (/.c.) he distinguished three species accord- ing to the different arrangement of the small teeth on the vomer ; afterwardst, having convinced himself that this character is subject to some variation, he reunited those three forms, stating at the same time that those fishes from different localities of Central Europe considerably differ in their forms. And it is not at all improbable that there are really several species confounded by him, but differing * Reisebericht, p. 89, in Sitzungsber. Akad. Wiss. Wien, 1851, July. + Siisswasserf. Oestr. p. 280. 2380 Zoological Society :— and distinguishable by other, more constant, characters than by that of the arrangement of the vomerine teeth. Be this as it may, it suf- fices for our purpose that Heckel distinguishes those fishes of Central Europe by the considerable breadth of the interorbital space, which is twice the diameter of the eye. The figure*, also (which is rather indifferent), represents a remarkably small eye ; the pectoral fin oc- cupies only one-half of the distance of its root from that of the ven- trals; and when we compare the British specimens, we find that their head is much narrower, their eye much larger, and their pectoral fins much longer than in the fishes described by Heckel, and conse- quently that none of them can be identical with the South-German Salbling or with the Salmo salvelinus of Linneeus. ) b. Salmo umbla, L. Linneeus has founded this species on the ninth species of Salmo in Artedi’s ‘ Genera,’ or on the seventh in his ‘Synonymy,’ the latter ichthyologist following Rondelet, who de- scribed the ‘‘Salmo Lemani lacus, seu Umblat,” or the ‘‘Ombre (chevalier)” of the Lakes of Geneva and Neuchatel. Jurinet and Agassiz § have given figures of this fish. Far superior to them is that published by Rapp ||, who has identified the “‘ Réthel”’ of the Lake of Constance with the Salmo umbla, L. This species never assumes the red colours of the S. salvelinus, or of the Charrs of Windermere and of Wales. It could be compared in this respect only with the ‘Freshwater Herring” of Lough Melvin, from which it is readily distinguished by its much larger teeth, by its wide mouth, the maxillary extending to behind the orbit, by its much more elongate body, and by the proportions of its fins. Salmo umbla of Linneeus differs from the British Charrs (as far as we treat of them in this paper) in nearly every one of the external characters, and agrees with the Irish species only in its plainer coloration and in the size of its scales. c. Salmo alpinus, L. Linneeus, on his tour through Lapland, discovered in the mountain-lakes of that country a species of Charr, which he described in the ‘ Fauna Suecica,’ p. 117, no. 310, and which he named S. alpinus in the ‘Systema Nature.’ He adopts the opinion of Artedi in referring the British Charr (which he knew from Willughby’s description) as a synonym to this S. alpinus. Even the few details which are given in his and Nilsson’s descriptions do not admit of an identification of those species. Linneeus says that the length of the head of the typical specimen was 1} inch, and the distance from (the front margin of) the dorsal to the adipose fin 3 inches: in the British Charrs the head is much longer. He found the length of the head equal to that of the base of the dorsal fin: in British Charrs the base of that fin is much shorter. Nilsson de- scribes the S. alpinus, L., as a distinct variety of S. salvelinus, di- stinguished by short fins; but S. salvelinus, Nilss., has shorter fins than any of the British Charrs. * Susswasserf. fig. 155, + Rondel. ii. p. 160. t Poiss. du lac Léman, pl. 5. § Poiss. d’eau douce, pls. 10 & 11 (but not pl. 9). || Bodensee-Fische, p. 32. taf. 5. Dr. A. Giinther on the British Charrs. 28 We are, therefore, not justified in admitting one of those Linnean denominations for the British species which will be described in this paper. This view being in contradiction with that of all former writers, I think it necessary to give a historical review of what has been done on the subject. Not a love of starting novel views, much less an ill feeling towards any of the previous inquirers, but the plain necessity of supporting the truth of my opinion forces me to show where observations have been imperfect, or where they do not agree with nature. Conscious of the imperfectness of my own labour, I should not be wise to provoke just retribution by unfair severity towards others. 1685. WiiiveHsy is the first who with the practised eye of an ichthyologist examined the Charrs of England and Wales, devoting a separate article to their description*. He recognizes their affinity to the Salbling (S. salvelinus), and lets the descriptions of the Ger- man and British fishes follow one another ; but the “ Torgoch ”’ of Wales and the “‘ Red Charre of Winander-mere”’ appear to him to be the same species, with which he unites even the “‘ Reutele”’ or Rothel of South Germany—a fish which, however, appears to have been known to him rather by name or by recollection than by actual examination and by comparison with the British fish. At a time when naturalists were only beginning to advance be- yond the individual specimen to the conception of classification, and to form the ideas of species and genera, it was creditable enough to note the British Charrs on the whole as different from the Salbling, and, at the same time, to indicate their affinity. Willughby mentions the Gilt Charr besides the Red Charr, also from the lakes of Westmoreland, considering it identical with Sal- viani’s Carpione from the Lago di Gardat. In the description of the latter he says (p.197), “In palato quinque dentium areole,” whilst he expressly and correctly mentions that the middle of the palate is toothless in the Salbling as well as in the Red Charr. Therefore the Gilt Charr, as it is understood by Willughby, cannot be a true Charr without teeth along the middle of the vomer (Salmo sensu stricto) ; but it isa species of Salar or Fario, with five series of teeth along the roof of the mouth, viz. two along the maxillaries, two along the palatines, and one along the vomer. We shall see that Pennant and Yarrell mention the Gilt Charr (of which I have not seen an example) as a variety of the common Charr; but what Pennant says about its habits and propagation tends to show that Willughby was perfectly right in referring it to (or near to) a very different species. 1738. The confusion commences with ArrEep1 and Linnzvs, who, without knowing the British fish, refer Willughby’s Red Charre to the Salmo alpinus from Lapland. 1755. Farrinoron, ina letter printed in the ‘Philosophical Trans- actions’ of that year, gives some notes about the general appearance * Will. Hist. Pisce. p. 196. + See Heckel, Reisebericht, p. 98 (Salmo carpio, L.; Fario carpio, Heck.), 232 Zoological Society :-— and the habits of the Torgoch. He very truly remarks that the fish is ‘slimy, nearly allied to the eel and the tench.” From the speci- mens which I have examined I cannot confirm his observation that ‘the male is not adorned with the beautiful red hue of the female ;”” *‘ yet,” he continues, ‘‘ he is finely shaded and marbled upon the back and sides with black streaks.”’ ‘‘ The Turgoch makes its appearance at the shores of the Llanberris lakes about the winter solstice; the whole number annually taken in the two pools of Lianberris does not amount to a hundred dozen.” | 1776. PENNANT knows that the Charr occurs not only in England and Wales, but also in Scotland, whilst he had not received any eyvi- dence of its existence in Ireland. He first mentions the fact, which is repeated in all other works, that the Charrs of the Lake of Llanber- ris were entirely destroyed by noxious waters flowing from copper- mines in the neighbourhood*. He has examined the Red or Case- Charr and the Gilt Charr, but considers both as the same species, although the former spawns about Michaelmas, ascending the river Brathay, whilst the spawning-season of the latter extends from the month of January to that of March, the fishes remaining in the sandy parts of the lake. If this Gilt Charr (Pennant’s) is identical with that of Willughby, and if the observations of both these natu- ralists really refer to the Gilt Charr of the present day, it is clear that it is not a variety of the common Charr, but a species widely different from it. 1802. The knowledge of those fishes is considerably advanced b Donovan, who well perceives the differences between the Teameh and Charr, but is unable to fix the distinctive characters in specific terms, resorting for the purpose of diagnosis to the differences in colour, which in his figures are much exaggerated and untrue. In his description, he is quite right in directing particular attention to the slender form of the Torgoch ; and he might have added another important character which is indicated in the figures, namely, that whilst in the Charr the root of the pectoral is quite free, and not overlapped by a prolonged suboperculum, the latter is produced backwards and downwards in the Torgoch. The physiognomy of the fishes has lost much by representing the eye too small; whilst the differences in the structure of the nostrils apparently have been noticed by him. He employs for the Charr the Linnzean name of S. alpinus (pl. 61), and for the Torgoch that of S. salvelinus (pl. 112). * This fact is doubted by Mr. S. P. W. Ellis, who writes, in answer to my inquiry on this subject, ‘ Llanberris Lake is three and a quarter or four miles long; the width varies, the greatest width being about three-fourths of a mile; the greatest depth is said to be 40 fathoms. The quantity of water coming from copper-works is not more than one-tenth part of the whole volume, and this portion flows about five miles before falling into the lake, and, besides, passes through a mountain lake after having left the mine. Below this mountain-pool the water is not poi- sonous to fish. The quantity of water from copper-mines has decreased in this valley, owing to the stoppage of works. I cannot think there ever were mines worked to any such extent as seriously to injure fishes. The chief works are slate-quarries.” J. Petherick, Esq., who has a thorough knowledge of these mines, a part of which are worked by himself, is also of the same opinion. Dr. A. Giinther on the British Charrs. 233 1807. Turron follows Donovan, and evidently has examined the Torgoch, as he gives the correct number of the dorsal rays, viz. thirteen. The statements of the different authors, especially of the earlier, with regard to the fin-rays, can be used only with great cau- tion,—first, because they had only partly recognized the value of that character ; and secondly, because they counted them in different ways, frequently omitting the small rays in front of the fins. 1812. The first definite notice of the occurrence of a Charr-like fish in Ireland appears to be due to Dusourp1£v, who, in his ‘ History of the County of Antrim’ (vol. i. p. 119), in a list of the fishes of Lough Neagh, enumerates the Whiting, which by a friend of the author, Mr. Templeton, is declared to be the S. alpinus. A rough drawing is added. As the description does not give any specific characters, we are left in doubt about the correctness of the determi- nation. It is probable that the Whiting of Lough Neagh is now extinct. Thompson* says that, when visiting Lough Neagh in 1834, he was assured by the fishermen that they had not known of any of those Whitings being taken in that lake for at least ten years previously. This is confirmed by R. Patterson, Esq., of Belfast, in a letter ad- dressed to me, in which he states that the Charr ‘has been believed to be extinct in that lake for more than thirty years.” Therefore the question whether the Whiting of Lough Neagh was identical with one of the other species, or whether it was a distinct species, will re- main unsolved. Surely, if any group of fishes requires particular care in collecting and preserving its representatives at different localities, it is that of the Charrs, which, confined to very limited localities, and extremely susceptible to the changes of their element, are exposed to the danger of easy destruction : the Torgoch of Llanberris disappears for a series of years, (as it is said) in consequence of the poisonous fluids carried down from the copper-mines of the neighbourhood ; the Charr of Lough Neagh becomes extinct, from reasons unknown. We are afraid there are other similar instances, but unrecorded in natural history. 1834. AcGassiz, engaged in the examination of some of the Conti- nental Salmonide, and having compared them with those in Great. Britain, declared, at the meeting of the British Association of that year, that the Charrs of England and Ireland, the Ombre chevalier of the Lake of Geneva, and all the different Charr-like fishes of Sweden, Switzerland, and all the southern parts of Germany were one and the same species—or that S. wmbla, L., S. salvelinus, L., S. alpinus, L., and S. salmarinus, L., were merely synonymousf. Heckel already has shown, with regard to the Swiss representatives of Agassiz’s S. umblat, that two very different species are comprised in it, different in the size of the scales, in the shape of the body, in the coloration, and, according to Rapp’s researches, in the number of * Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1841, vi. p. 448. + Report of the Fourth Meeting of the British Association, at Edinburgh, p. 622. t Reisebericht, p. 91. 234 Zoological Society :— the vertebree—or that the S. wmdla, figured by Agassiz, ‘ Poiss. d’eau douce,’ pls. 10 & 11, is the true S. umbla of Linneeus, from the Lake of Neuchatel, but that the S. wmbla, Agassiz, pl. 9, is identical with S. salvelinus, L., from the Lake of Zurich. Nor can I arrive.at the same conclusion as M. Agassiz with regard to the British Charrs known to.me. It is much to be re- gretted that in that paper neither the localities are mentioned whence the specimens examined were obtained, nor that the opinion started was supported by a comparative description ; and we cannot assume that M. Agassiz’s opinion referred to Scotch specimens only (which I had no opportunity of examining), as he speaks of the Charr of England and Ireland. M. Agassiz opposes those naturalists who, for distinction of the species, have especially attached themselves to the form of the head and to the arrangement of the colours, and says that the characters ought to be found in the structure of the head, in the opercular bones, in the surface of the cranium, and in its pro- | portions relative to the whole body, and that the shape of the body also is important for the distinction of the species. When we add the size of the teeth and of the scales, characters as constant and excellent as any of those named, every one who peruses the descrip- tions terminating this paper will satisfy himself that our three Bri- tish species have been distinguished from one another and from those of the Continent by those very characters which have been recom- mended by M. Agassiz. Ichthyology has been so much advanced within the last thirty years that it would be hardly fair to take the same view of a paper written in 1834 as if it were of a recent date ; and I make these lengthened remarks only because there may still be some who, having adopted M. Agassiz’s former views, will be in- clined to adhere to them. When M. Agassiz denounces the form of the head and the arrange- ment of the colours as too variable to supply precise characters, I can only partly agree with him. With regard to the former, it is only the snout which varies in its form according to age, sex, and season ; but, according to my experience, this variation is subject to certain laws: if a male of a certain age has a hooked prominent lower jaw at a certain time of the year, all the males of that species, of the same age and at the same season, are provided with a hooked man- dible; and this character may be well used as a specific distinction from another species without such a hook. Differences in the shade of colours are of no value for distinction of species. Sharply defined markings, as cross-bands or large spots, may be dependent on age, and peculiar to the young state of all the species of a whole group (dark eross-bands in the genus Salmo equivalent to the white streaks in the genus Sus, to the white spots in the genus Cervus, to the dark spots in the young Lion, to the light dots in Muscicapa, Rubecula, &c.) ; yet two species may differ, and really differ, in the develop- ment of those colours, and then they become a precise and valuable character, which is nearly always joined with another. By the co- lours alone, fresh specimens of 8. salvelinus and S. umbla, of S. Grayi and S. Willughbii, may be always distinguished. Dr. A. Giinther on the British Charrs. 235 Agassiz’s view was adopted by Sir W. Jarpine*, who, however, prefers to adopt another Linnean name, S. alpinus. He ascertained its occurrence in most of the lochs of the north-west of Sutherland- shire. 1835. Jenynstfadopts only a part of the view advocated by Agassiz, distinguishing a S. umb/a and a S. salvelinus. With regard to the former it is not stated whence the specimens had been obtained which served as types for the description. ‘‘The elongated form, the gill- cover produced behind into a rounded lobe, the axillary scale nearly half as long as the ventrals, the fourteen dorsal rays,” are characters which tend to show that a species was examined different from that of the Lake of Windermere, and closely approaching the Llanberris Torgoch, although I should not venture to identify it with the latter. Mr. Jenyns describes his second species as the Torgoch, and calls it 8. salvelinus. If unfortunately the specimens from which this. se- cond description was taken had been lost, everybody, like Parnell, would have been at a loss to reconcile it with any of the Charrs known. **The dorsal fin is exactly in the middle of the entire length; the body is not so much elongated in proportion to its depth ; posterior portion of the dorsal very little less elevated than the anterior,” &c. Such are the characters attributed to the Torgoch; but they are not in accordance with the typical specimens, which are still preserved and now in the British Museum. They, indeed, are identical with the Llanberris species, the proper characters of which may be found in the detailed description subjoined to this paper. 1838. If PAaRNELL’s descriptiont has been taken from a Scotch specimen, it is the only one which has been drawn up of the so- called Northern Charr ; but much is detracted from its value when we consider that the author preserved his specimens as flat skins ; therefore his statement, that the height of the body of a specimen 154 inches long was equal to the length of the head, and one-sixth of the total, does not express a peculiarity of the Northern Charr, but this elongate form of the body was probably caused by the mode of preservation. Parnell’s other observations on the Charr are bor- rowed from other authors, who had made their observations chiefly on English and Welsh specimens. 1840. The view of Agassiz was essentially supported by the late W.Tuompson of Belfast, who, having had opportunity of examining the Charrs of Windermere, Loch Grannoch, Lough Melvin, and of nine other lakes in Scotland and Ireland, came to the conclusion that they are but one species—one, however, that is subject to extra- ordinary variety §. But Mr. Thompson has not brought forward any other proof for this assertion than the other assertion, that the differences presented by the Charr from various localities are very manifold. The following appeared to him the most striking differences :— * Report of the Fourth Meeting of the British Association, at Edinburgh, p. 614. + Man. Hist. Vertebr. pp. 427, 428. t Fishes of the Firth of Forth, p. 148 (S. umdla). § Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1840, vi. p. 439. 236 Zoological Society :— 1. Inspecimens from Loch Grannoch the male fish has the colours of S. salvelinus, Donov.; the female those of S. alpinus, Donoy. The male has a much larger head and larger fins than the female. Number of ova, 500. 2. In specimens from Lough Melvin both sexes are coloured alike ; nor can they be distinguished from each other by the size of the fins. Number of ova, 959. Y . The differences observed in the Charrs from the other localities are not pointed out. Certainly, if Mr. Thompson had really seen those in the size of the scales and of the teeth, he would have men- tioned them, and probably arrived at a different conclusion ; but having found that some authors before him distinguished the species by the coloration as the chief character, and having satisfied him- self that there is a great difference in this respect between the two sexes in the Loch-Grannoch fish, he did not make any further di- stinction between the other differences he was aware of, between ac- cidental differences of individuals, between those of the two sexes, and, finally, between those of the fishes from various localities, but, considering all of them as equivalent, he was lost in a maze, out of which there was no other escape than to cut the Gordian knot by declaring those fishes to be varieties of one and the same species. We will not enter into a fruitless investigation as to the possibility of the differences which we observe in those fishes being induced by the physical peculiarities of the localities indicated by Mr. Thompson, We will take and examine them as they are, and as they will be, as long as zoologists of the present species of man exist, provided that human interference does not put a premature termi- nation to the whole tribe. We find, then, that there are other con- stant differences in the Charrs from various localities, besides those of individuals, age, or sex—which, derived from different parts, form an assemblage of characters affording easy specific distinctions*. If the difference were confined to a single character, to a slight mo- dification of one organ only, I should not consider it sufficient to establish a separate species on it ; if the difference consisted merely in the presence or absence of white margins of some of the fins, or if the fishes of one locality had only one fin-ray more, or one of the fins rather more elongate, than their representatives in another locality, one might call this a local variety. But if such a character is found always combined with a second, or with more, so that from the one an inference may be drawn as to the presence of the other, we are certainly obliged to make a specific distinction. Thus, although we cannot agree with Mr. Thompson that the Windermere, the Welsh, and the Lough- Melvin Charts are identical, we nevertheless consider his paper as highly important to our knowledge of the geographical distribution of the Charrs in Great Britain. 1. A Charr is found in Loch Grannoch, Kirkcudbrightshire, which makes its appearance only during ten days, never before * Haller, in ‘ Correspondence of Linnzus,’ ed. by Sir J. E. Smith, ii. p. 267. Dr. A. Giinther on the British Charrs. 237 about the 13th of October*. The sexes are distinct from each other in colour, and in the size of the head and of the fins (in the number of the vertebree, the male having 60, the female 62-63?) ; number of ova, 482. Beside a detailed description of the colours, the account does not contain anything from which we could determine the species. 2. Of other localities in Scotland, Loch Inch and Loch Corr are mentioned. They appear to be inhabited by a species identical with, or similar to, S. Willughbii; at all events by one very different from the ‘‘ Haddy” of Loch Killin in Invernesshire. The latter is very interesting, inasmuch it appears to be closely allied to the Freshwater Herring of Lough Melvin. They are only caught when spawning, about the 26th of September. 3. The freshwater Herring of Lough Melvin appears to be con- fined to that locality. ; 4. Lough Dan (county Wicklow, Ireland) is inhabited by a Charr * presenting some of the characters both of the northern and Welsh Charr.” Specimens were caught in summer with the fly. 5. Other localities in Ireland are—L. Kindun, L. Gartan, L. Derg, Lake of Luggela, Loughnabrak, and L. Corrib. The Charrs from those localities have a deep-red belly, and appear to approach S. Willughbii or S. cambricus. 6. The following localities in Ireland are named on the authority of other writers:—L. Esk (co. Donegal); Cummeloughs, in the mountains of Cummeragh; Lake of Inchigeelagh (co. Cork), and one or two other small lakes in this neighbourhood; L. Neaght ; a lake near Dunfanaghy (co. Donegal); L. Eaghish (co. Monaghan). 1841. YARRELL, in the first edition of his work, distinguished, according to the view of Donovan, a S. umbla and a S. salvelinus, adopting afterwards the opinion of Agassiz and Thompson. His account is composed of the observations of the different writers men- tioned. As new localities, are mentioned Keswick, Crummock Water, Coniston Water, Loch of Moy, Loch Inch, &c. The Gilt Charr is mentioned as a variety of the Red Charr. I conclude this paper with the descriptions t of three species, which certainly are not the only ones by which Great Britain and Ireland are inhabited. I look forward with great hopes for the assistance kindly promised by various friends of natural history, trusting that with their help I shall finally be enabled to make up a complete series of specimens from all the localities which are inhabited by * Objections have been made to my occasionally calling the Charr “in season during some of the winter months.” The different species of Charrs appear to be “in season” at very different parts of the year—the freshwater Herring in November, the Torgoch towards the end of the year, the Charr of Windermere in May and August. Considering that those fishes are nearly secure from the per- secutions of man during the rest of the year, they ought to be allowed to be taken when, once a year, they approach the shores in large shoals to spawn, at least in those localities where such a control might be kept over their capture that all danger of their becoming scarce would be avoided. Carnivorous fishes inhabit - ing a certain confined locality, like the Charrs, increase in number only to a cer- tain degree; when their food becomes scarcer, they feed on their own progeny. t See p. 233. , t We insert here merely an abstract of the more detailed descriptions which are given in the Proceedings of the Zoological Society. 238 Zoological Society. this obscure and therefore so interesting group of Salmonide, and to give a more satisfactory account of them after having compared them with their congeners of the Continent. SALMO WILLUGHBII. (The Charr of Windermere.) Body compressed, slightly elevated, its greatest depth being one- fourth of the distance of the snout from the end of the middle caudal rays; the length of the head is a little more than one-half of the distance of the snout and of the vertical from the origin of the dorsal. Head compressed ; interorbital space convex, its width being less than twice the diameter of the eye. Jaws of the male of equal length anteriorly ; teeth of moderate strength, four in each intermaxillary, twenty in the maxillary. Length of the pectoral less than that of the head, much more than one-half of the distance between its root and that of the ventral. Dorsal rays twelve. 165 transverse series of scales above the lateral line. Sides with red dots; belly red; ectoral, ventral, and anal with white margins. Through the kindness of F. T. Buckland, Esq., I have received four specimens of a closely allied species from Iceland. They are from 19 to 15 inches long, and were imported -in large quantity by Mr. Hogarth : having been prepared like smoked Salmon, they are not in a state fit for an accurate examination, although in their external characters (even in the colours) they are pretty well preserved. The vertebral column, gills, and intestines had been removed from the fishes before they were smoked. Now those fishes agree exter- nally very well with the Charr of Windermere; and I should not hesitate to consider them as one species, but for a statement made by Valenciennes, according to which the vertebral column of that northern species is composed of sixty-seven vertebree*. Having laid bare the spine on one side of the Windermere specimen, which I have described and figured, I have found only fifty-nine vertebree —a number stated also by Yarrell. A difference of eight vertebree will not be found within the limits of one species of Salmo; but it is a question whether the skeleton in the Paris Museum really is that of an Iceland Charr+, Valenciennes having comprised under the name of Salmo alpinus “ plusieurs Truites rapportées de Norvége par Noél de la Moriniére, ou de Suéde et d’Islande par M. Gaimard,” without adding whether the skeleton referred to belongs to a Scan- dinavian or Iceland specimen. Faber (‘ Fische Islands,’ p. 168) also mentions the Iceland Charr under the name of Salmo alpinus, a name which cannot be applied to the specimens brought by Mr. Hogarth, for the same reasons as stated above. The description given by him is valueless with regard to specific distinction; and as he unites a true (freshwater) Charr with another fish regularly entering the sea, it is probable that he © has confounded two species. * Cuy. et Val. xxi. p. 250. ‘ + Salmo umbla (Lake of Constance) has sixty-five vertebrae (Rapp, Bodensee- fische, p. 33). Dr. A. Giinther on the British Charrs. 239 SALMO CAMBRICUS. (The Torgoch of Llanberris.) Body slightly compressed and elongate, its greatest depth being one-fifth, or two-ninths, of the distance of the snout from the root _ of the caudal fin; the length of the head is considerably more than one-half of the distance of the snout from the vertical from the origin of the dorsal. Head rather depressed, interorbital space flat, its width being less than twice the diameter of the eye. Male with the lower jaw longest ; teeth of moderate strength,—six in each in- termaxillary, twenty in each maxillary. Length of the pectoral less than that of the head, much more than one-half of the distance between its root and that of the ventral. Dorsal rays thirteen (fourteen). 170 transverse series of -scales above the lateral line, Sides with numerous red dots, belly red; pectoral, ventral, and anal with white margins. SaLtmo GrRavyl. (The Freshwater Herring of Lough Melvin.) Body compressed, slightly elevated, its greatest depth being one- fourth of the distance of the snout from the end of the middle caudal rays; the length of the head is scarcely more than one-half of the distance of the snout from the vertical from the origin of the dorsal. Head compressed; interorbital space convex, its width being less than twice the diameter of the eye. Jaws of the male of equal length anteriorly ; teeth very small, four in each intermaxillary, sixteen in the maxillary. Length of the pectoral equal to, or rather more than, that of the head, terminating at no great distance from the ventral. Dorsal rays thirteen or fourteen. 125 transverse series of scales above the lateral line. Sides with scattered light-orange-coloured dots ; belly uniform silvery whitish, or with a light-reddish shade ; fins blackish. The typical specimens were taken in the beginning of November, evidently with a net; the state of their sexual organs shows that the spawning commences at that time of the year. It must be very difficult to catch the fishes after the middle of November, partly be- cause they retire into the deeper parts of the lake, and partly because the attempts to set nets are frustrated by the stormy weather of the season. Repeated endeavours to obtain more specimens, made by the Earl of Enniskillen, proved to be unsuccessful. In a letter from Mr. J. Walker, this gentleman mentions that he saw one taken with a fly in the month of August. , 3 The Earl of Enniskillen mentions, in a letter directed to Mr. Thompson, that the ‘* Freshwater Herring”’ is plentiful in the middle of November. ‘‘The people are now taking them in cartloads. The flesh of such as I send is white and soft, and different from what that of Charr is in any other lough.”” Mr. Thompson* saw the female ; and, according to him, it is externally not different from the male. The ovaria contained 959 ova in a specimen 11 inches in length, each being two lines in diameter. Number of vertebrze sixty, as ascertained by Thompson in a male and a female fish, and by myself in two males. * Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1841, vi. p. 443. 240 MISCELLANEOUS. On the Hyracotherian Character of the Lower Molars of the sup- posed Macacus from the Eocene Sand of Kyson, Suffolk. To the Editors of the Annals and Magazine of Natural History. GENTLEMEN,—The fossil teeth from the Eocene sand at Kyson, referred by me to a species of Macacus*, are most probably the lower molars of a species of Hyracotherium (H. cuniculus). The great difference of shape between the upper and lower molars of Pliolophus, and the pattern according to which the lower molars are differentiated in that Hyracotherioid animal, led me to suspect that the degree of difference between the upper molars of Pliolophus and those of Hyracotherium might be attended with a corresponding de- gree of difference in the lower molars of the two genera, and that such degree might render the lower molars of Hyracotherium as much like the lower molars of Macacus as the detached two molars are which were first discovered by Mr. Colchester, and described by me. In the collection of the late Mr. Acton were a series of both upper and lower molars from the Kyson deposits, the upper ones of the Hyracotherium type, and the lower ones analogous in their modifi- cations to those in Pliolophus, but more resembling the type of Ma- cacus, and the same in character as the original molars which I referred, in the volume of the ‘Annals’ before cited, to Macacus. I am, Gentlemen, yours faithfully, RicHarD OwEN. A New British Mygale. To the Editor of the ‘ Brighton Gazette.’ Sir,—May I record in your columns the discovery of a Mygale new to the British fauna? The Atypus Sulzeri, recorded by Dr. Leach, has hitherto been the only representative of the Mygalide in the British fauna; and the new species is the Dysdera erythrina of Latreille. I took it, on the 19th of July last, from a steep, sunny clay-bank, ill-famed for adders, near Brighton. It is a male, and is still alive and active. I took it in a lump of crumbling clay containing the tube and an egg-bag, the mouth of which is stopped with the corslet of a spider of the same species. The falces act horizontally; the eyes are six, placed upon a tubercle, and arranged horse-shoe fashion, with the opening in front. This Mygale climbs up the side of the bottle when he pleases, and rests, back downwards, for hours, on the linen rag covering the mouth of it; and Dysdera erythrina is evi- dently a Mygale built for crawling and struggling through the small cracks and crevices of loose and dry clay-banks, and for seizing and killing his prey with fangs acting horizontally—_Joun Rosertson. “On Thursday evening,’’ says the ‘ Brighton Herald’ of August 16, 1862, ‘Mr. Robertson exhibited to the members of this Society [the Brighton and Sussex Natural History Society] a living male specimen of Dysdera erythrina, a new species of Mygale.” * Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 1. vol. iv. p. 191 (1840). THE ANNALS AND MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. [THIRD SERIES. } No. 58. OCTOBER 1862. XXIV.—Contributions to the Natural History of the Infusoria. By T. W. Encetmann*. [Plate III.] Tue author commences by noticing the rapid progress made, during the last ten years, in respect of our acquaintance with the structure of the Infusoria, and, in particular, the establish- ment of the fact of sexual reproduction among them. He had the advantage of pursuing his researches under the eye of Prof. Stein, and procured the subjects for them in the neighbourhood of Leipzig. Stein and Balbiani have both shown that among the Infusoria there is an act of conjugation, and a sexual reproduction con- sequent thereupon. For instance, they proved that during the conjugation of two individuals, spermatozoa were developed in the substance of the nucleolus, and that in all probability these organisms penetrated the nucleus and gave rise to the formation of germinal corpuscles and embryos. These observations were made on the Paramecium aurelia and P. Bursaria; and Engel- mann is able to confirm their general accuracy. In two conju- gated individuals of Paramecium Bursaria he observed the nu- cleolus to be much enlarged, and to constitute two capsules, each filled with rod-like corpuscles ; but, though he followed up his examination of such conjugated forms until their separation, and even subsequently, he failed to remark the development of em- bryonic corpuscles. In one instance, conjugation was extended to three individuals of Paramecium Bursaria, in two of which the nucleus was much extended and band-like, whilst in the third it retained its usual oval form. This triple conjugation he wit- _* Abstract, by Dr. Arlidge, from the ‘ Zeitschrift fiir wissenschaftliche Zoologie,’ vol. xi. part 4 (1861). | Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 3. Vol. x. 17 242 T. W. Engelmann on the Infusoria. nessed in only one other animalcule, viz. in Vorticella convallaria. Claparéde records the fact in V. microstoma. Engelmann confirms John Miiller’s discovery of spermatozoa in Paramecium aurelia, the nucleus bemg more or less enlarged and filled with them. When pressed out, they exhibit no in- dependent power of motion. They are not, as usually repre- sented, thin rods equally pointed at both extremities, but have a more bulky anterior and a thinner posterior extremity of greater transparency. Their maximum length is 0-008 of a millimétre. Among specimens of conjugated Paramecia, some, evidently only recently united, possessed a nucleus of the usual oval form; in others it was more or less spherical, and presented constrictions at different portions of its surface; whilst in others, again, it consisted of a coil of longer or shorter band-like segments. Among such examples of conjugated forms, he also met with single beings which contained, instead of a nucleus, from two to four larger oval or round bodies, and a number of similar but smaller ones. What had become of the nucleolus in these beings, Engelmann was unable to surmise, nor could he, notwith- standing his best efforts, discover the large seminal capsules recently described by Balbiani. Lastly, individuals were met with having embryonic globules, mostly lying in the posterior half of the animals; and frequently acinetiform embryos were seen to detach themselves from these globules and make their way to the surface through a special wide canal in the parent animalcule. Engelmann observed conjugation, besides, in Paramecium ambiguum, a new species, found in the lake at Kisleben, having the figure of P. Bursaria, but colourless like P. aurelia, and having a longer bundle of cilia at the posterior extremity: Instances of conjugation were also encountered in Paramecium Colpoda ( Colpidium, Stein), in several species of Trichoda, Cycli- dium glaucoma, Cinetochilum margaritaceum, Coleps hirtus, in a small Prorodon, in Nassula aurea, Lacrymaria elegans (new spe- cies), and in Amphileptus fasciola. With the exception of the conjugated individuals of the species last named, the union took place at the fore part of the body; so that where the mouth oc- cupied that position, as in Coleps, Prorudon, and Lacrymaria, the oral apertures were in apposition. In the case of Amphileptus, the animals were united through- out their length, with the exception of the distal ends of their long necks and the contracted posterior extremities. No more advanced phases of development were met with among the con- jugated individuals ; but, in company with those of Amphileptus fasciola, unusually broad specimens were encountered at times, which possessed four nuclear bodies instead of the usual two T. W. Engelmann on the Infusoria. 243 spherical nuclei. In such instances Engelmann surmises that the act of conjugation has occurred; and he also finds parallel examples in Oxytrichina. The process of conjugation he further noticed partially on one occasion in Vorticella Convallaria, in V. microstoma, and in Urecentrum Turbo. Stein has figured Chilodon cucullulus in conjugation, and En- gelmann has witnessed several stages of the process. Among specimens of this animalcule, he met with some having the dor- sum of one individual united with the ventral surface of another, and, again, other specimens with the ventral surfaces in apposi- tion and the oral openings closely conjoined. He confirms the existence of rod-like corpuscles in the nucleus of this species, and remarks on some examples where the nucleus had become spherical and contained such corpuscles scattered irregularly within it, and resembling in figure those of Paramecium aurelia, but only one-half their length. Stein observed conjugation in Aspidisca lynceus and A. cos- tata ; to these Engelmann adds A. turrita, and states that he has met with examples where the right border of the ventral aspect of one animaleule has overlain the left border of the dorsum of the other. He questions whether this position represents a later stage of development, since, at the first, the left side of the right animalcule is opposed to the right border of the dorsum of the left animalcule, as is seen likewise in Oxytrichina (PI. III. figs.4—6). - The nucleolus of Aspidiscina, previously overlooked by observers, is stated by Engelmann to be of comparatively large size, and al- ways placed, as in Euplotes, more or less close to the middle of the left side of the body, and in intimate contiguity with the horse- shoe-shaped nucleus. This last sometimes presents, at no great distance from each of its two extremities, a transverse fissure-like cavity, such as Stein has figured in Huplotes and Oxytrichina. Conjugation was noticed by Ehrenberg in Euplotes, but mis- taken by him for longitudinal fission. Stein and Balbiani have since studied the process in this genus, arriving at the conclusion that it is an act of sexual reproduction. Commonly the two in- dividuals are united along the left of their ventral aspect (fig. 1) ; the nucleus is horseshoe-shaped, the nucleolus distinct from it, and eventually divided into two progressively receding segments. The conjugation is limited to the portion of the body anterior to the peristome. Among such conjugated ordinary specimens are others which present a newly-formed adoral fringe of cilia on the posterior half of the ventral surface, and an entirely new system of ventral cilia (fig. 2). These new cilia progressively enlarge in length and width, and become closely set, whilst the old cilia so far disappear that, when conjugation is at an end, only 3-4 of the anterior and a few of the posterior are extant. At the : 17* 244 T. W. Engelmann on the Infusoria. same time two curved longitudinal folds make their appearance, extending backwards or inwards from the newly formed wreath of adoral cilia, constituting the boundary of a new peristome, which proceeds to develope as the old one progressively vanishes along with its surrounding cilia (Pl. III. figs. 2,3). Even after the separation of two of these peculiarly conjugated animalcules, many of the characteristics of the usual forms of Euplotes Charon are deficient, one of the most remarkable of which is the absence of a mouth; for the adoral cilia end at the middle of the area of the peristome, and the two folds indicating this structure coalesce so as to constitute a rib-like elevation ending at the base of the fifth posterior cilium. Moreover the ventral surface is traversed by a distinct fold, not seen or very slightly developed in animals of the ordinary type. The most striking variation, however, in the new being is witnessed in the nucleus, which divides imto- two portions either before or simultaneously with the commence- ment of the formation of the new ciliary appendages in the con- jugated animals. One segment is anterior, and much larger than the other, and occupies ‘the whole anterior third of the ventral cavity, whilst the other; ‘globular in figure, is thrust backwards and to the left side. The nucleolus undergoes fission yet earlier, and one section of it continues in apposition with each portion of the nucleus. After the separation of the animals a pale discoid body is noticed near the posterior extremity and on the left side, which gradually advances more forward and to - the centre, and acquires an increased diameter and transparency, until at length it forms a perfectly clear, somewhat compressed spherical body, filling ofttimes two-thirds of the whole mterior of the animalcule, and occupied by an extremely fine, granular, homogeneous substance (fig. 3). Beside or behind this body, a considerable portion of the original nucleus is noticeable, toge- ther with a constantly fluctuating number of larger and smaller, strongly refracting (fat?) corpuscles. Two or three days, or thereabouts, after the separation of the two individuals, they are found to have re-assumed the customary form and structure of the species, including the peristome, mouth, and the original horseshoe-shaped nucleus. _ The question suggests itself, What is the origin of the large transparent globule in the interior, and what purpose does it serve? To this question Engelmann is at present unable to give a decisive answer. He is in doubt whether this corpuscle origi- nates from the posterior half of the nucleus after its fission, or whether it takes its rise prior to the detachment of the conju- gated animals, as an independent formation from the nucleus. The latter assumption derives support from the circumstance that, in two conjugated mdividuals on the point of separating, T. W. Engelmann on the Infusoria. 245 there existed, besides the two detached halves of the nucleus, a clear, delicate, and sharply defined globular body in the posterior half of each animal. Nevertheless Engelmann did not see this structure in a large number of other specimens at the same stage of conjugation. In the course of the further development of the bodies in question, they break up, after attaining their maximum disten- tion, into several (mostly from two to three) spherical segments of nearly equal or of different dimensions. The further history of these corpuscles is unknown, though the idea may be hazarded that they are concerned in the formation of germinal corpuscles. But whether these last, when formed, are further developed into embryos within the parent beings is questionable ; on the other hand, Engelmann traced the re-assumption by a conjugated pair of the ordinary characters of Huplotes Charon without seeing any embryonic development take place. But, further, it is possible that the germinal corpuscles of Huplotes may not, as in Vorti- . cellina, attain their maturity within the parent, but may do so externally to it. In this opinion Balbiani seems to concur. Engelmann has observed two entirely different forms of con- jugation in Stylonychia pustulata and in S. histrio. In one variety, two originally independent individuals so completely coalesce that in the end the resultant being is undistinguishable from any ordinary example of the species. In the other form, the conjugation is limited in its results to the formation of a new ciliary apparatus on the anterior portions of the conjoined ani- mals, which gradually replaces the old one; after this is accom- plished, separation takes place. This latter form has been already noticed in the case of Euplotes. The act of conjugation in Stylonychia pustulata (Pl. III. fig. 4) commences by the adhesion of the two animals by their adoral wreaths and strong frontal uncini, so that the left anterior ex- tremity of one is overlapped by the right of the other. Soon a band of union, composed of the substance of the body, unites the two, and gradually increases in width, the bristles and uncini, together with the adoral cilia, disappearing in the meantime in the case of the left individual. Within a short time, the bodies of the two beings have so coalesced that they have an anterior extremity in common, and a divided body posteriorly ; but even this latter indication of their original duality gradually vanishes, until at length the two have become as one being, undistinguish- able from an ordinary species of Stylonychia pustulata, except perhaps that it is commonly broader. In this process the four nuclei have also coalesced into two. This act of complete coalescence is accomplished in from twelve to fourteen hours. . On watching the subsequent history of the compound being, it 246 T. W. Engelmann on the Infusoria. is found to commence division after from six to ten hours’ union ; and this unloosing is at length completed, the resultant individuals differing in no perceptible features from the ordinary specimens of the species; and, as far as Engelmann could make out, all this marvellous process stood in no relation whatever with sexual reproduction. The second variety of conjugation has already been described by Stein in Stylonychia pustulata and S. histrio. In a not un- common form of this partial conjugation, the two individuals are found united only by their anterior extremities, and a repro- duction of the ciliary apparatus of the ventral surface is seen to proceed (Pl. III. fig.5). This continues to extend itself, and the adoral wreath of cilia especially stretches forward, whilst the old adoral and frontal cilia become absorbed (fig. 6). The act of fission extends from behind forwards, until the separation is com- plete (fig. 7): All this is effected in such a way that the indivi- dual on the right side retains the residue of the old frontal region with its three largest bristles and the remnants of the old adoral ciliary wreath; but these original parts themselves vanish in another fifteen minutes. The nucleus has in the meantime un- dergone various changes, and generally appears broken up into several spherical segments. The beings resulting from these metamorphoses resemble those of Euplotes Charon in being de- stitute of a mouth and peristome, and in giving origin to those peculiar corpuscles, having a large transparent central body, which are always found in company with the conjugated forms of Stylonychia pustulata. Engelmann followed up the observa- tion of some such specimens, and found that, after a while, they resumed the characters of the species, and proceeded to undergo fission, or else, as in the case of some, they underwent the pecu- liar process of encysting. Stylonychia histrio exhibits, im all essential particulars, the same two forms of conjugation. Once, among various examples of Stylonychia histrio in conju- gation, Engelmann met with an animalcule of the same species, which exhibited, in the place of the nucleus, three large, clear, discoid bodies, of which one possessed a central granular and circular nucleus (Pl. III. fig. 8). After rather more than an hour, two of these bodies began to coalesce, so that, three hours afterwards, the interior of the animal presented one much larger discoid body, and behind this a smaller one; but, twenty minutes later, this last also first adhered and then ultimately united with the other, so that in the end the individual presented a single large spherical body having a granular central nucleus. The further history of this animalcule could not be traced, as it was lost to observation by death. T. W. Engelmann on the Infusoria. 247 To Stein’s account of the conjugation of Stylonychia Mytilus Engelmann adds that in one instance two individuals were co- herent by their posterior extremities, and that the two varieties of conjugation noticed in the other species above described occur likewise in this one. The embryonic development observed by Stein also fell under the notice of Engelmann. In 1859 he found specimens con- taining embryonic corpuscles; but it was not until the autuinn of 1861 that he met with examples which illustrated a further phase in their history. These latter were individuals of medium size, and mostly contained but one large embryonic globule, placed between the two nuclei, close behind the angle of the oral aperture. Placed over it, on the ventral aspect of the animal, there always existed an elliptic or rounded opening, of variable size, which was the outlet for the escape of the mature ovum. On one occasion only was an elongated and rounded dorsal aperture found, in addition to the abdominal foramen just named, and serving, like it, for the escape of the embryos. The act of birth was several times witnessed: sometimes the embryonic globules escaped as such, at others they developed tentacles and assumed the acinetiform figure as usually described. The sub- sequent history of the embryos is unknown to Engelmann; however, he does not believe in their immediate transition to the ordinary form of Stylonychia; for the smallest examples of the species are more than ten times the length of the largest embryos, and he is therefore disposed to accede to Stein’s view, that an “alternation of generation ” takes place. Engelmann protests strongly against the doctrine recently promulgated by Balbiani, that the acinetiform beings seen to emerge from the interior of various Infusoria, and generally held to be their embryos, are nothing less than parasitic Acinetz (Spherophrya of Claparéde), which have previously made their way intothem. If this were the case, it would be difficult to explain why the Acineta should always penetrate Stylonychia Mytilus, for example, at the same spot; for the oviduct is con- stant in position, and the integument of the animalcule of con- siderable firmness, particularly at the part perforated. Balbiani indeed figures a Stylonychia Mytilus with three dorsal apertures ; but such a specimen Engelmann has never encountered, in more than a hundred individuals examined by him containing em- bryonic corpuscles. Is it likely that a parasite should always penetrate at one spot in Stylonychia Mytilus, whilst in other Infusoria, as, for example, in Paramecium aurelia and Urostyla grandis, which have several oviducts, it should pierce at several points? Why, again, should the supposed parasite bore its way into some species, whilst in others, even those closely allied (as 248 T. W. Engelmann on the Infusoria. Stylonychia histrio), it should never be known to enter? It is moreover very doubtful if such beings as the acinetiform em- bryos of Stylonychia or of Paramecium are so organized as to be able to penetrate their bodies from without. Their structure, indeed, teaches to the contrary; for their soft, weak tentacula are not calculated to penetrate the resistant cuticle of Stylonychia or the thick wall of Paramecium with its contained acicular bodies (trichocysts or thread-cells of Allman), and to hollow out a wide canal such as we meet with in those Infusoria. On the other hand, there are direct observations opposed to this hypo- thesis. Thus, Engelmann recounts several instances in which small Acinete have affixed themselves to Infusoria and with- drawn their contents by the agency of their tentacula, but have in no degree bored through their integuments. Again, the uniformity always met with in the structure and contents of the embryonic globules is remarkable. In these particulars they exactly resemble those of Vorticellina, the non-parasitie character of which is unquestioned. On the contrary, the substance of the smallest Acinete is dissimilar; for this, instead of bemg clear, homogeneous, and destitute of granules, is highly granular, cloudy, and occupied or discoloured with absorbed nutritive material. Lastly, the cireumstance is to be noted that the animalecules with which such acinetiform beings are connected, are actuaily at the time concerned in the development of germs ; and the rule is, as Stein poimted out, that acinetiform embryos are found in most or in all the examples of a species existing in the same fluid—a fact which also holds good with respect to the phenomenon of conjugation. If due weight be allowed to these various considerations, the opinion that the acinetiform beings in question are really extraneous parasitic Acinetz cannot with propriety be maintained. Stein was the first to collect facts relative to the development of the embryonic corpuscles of Stylonychia Mytilus, by showing the conditions and changes of the nuclei and of the nucleoli. Among numerous examples of individual animalcules containing several embryonic corpuscles, only a few presented the two nor- mal nuclei, with either no nucleolus at all, or a single one. In by far the greater number, the nuclei were replaced by three or four, rarely six, oval or sometimes round bodies, and from two to four nucleoli of larger size than in the ordinary specimens of the species (PI. III. fig.9). Sometimes three or four nuclear bodies were present but no nucleolus. The nature of two of these . spherical or oval bodies having the widest dimensions is in all probability that of nuclei, whilst the rest may be considered embryonic corpuscles. These last do not seem always to origi- nate in the same fashion: thus, in some cases, the nucleus is . T. W. Engelmann on the Infusoria. 249 seen to break up into several segments, of which two retain the nuclear character, whilst the rest become perfectly homogeneous and exhibit no nuclei in their interior. In other examples a few nuclear-looking structures take their rise within the substance of the nucleus, at the enlarged end of the elongated and some- times ramified nucleus. According:to Engelmann’s observations, the germinal corpuscle arises by a constriction of a portion of the enlarged nucleus, which proceeds to complete separation, and contains within itself a nuclear particle ; for he has never been able to discover such a body lying within a special cavity of the nucleus. Moreover those spherical corpuscles which differ from germinal bodies only by the absence of nuclei within them, and which appear to originate by repeated fission of the original nucleus, eventually become germinal and embryonic corpuscles. Lastly, these embryonic bodies undergo repeated fission, and are ultimately transformed into embryos. A very remarkable phenomenon was noted by Engelmann in very manyspecimens of Stylonychia Mytilus containing embryonic corpuscles, viz, that, in addition to these bodies, there were also present in them several (often as many as four) examples of the beautiful cysts of Podophrya fixa, which have been described by Weisse under the name of Orcula. Among other specimens of the same animalcule the same observer also met with some which, instead of two nuclei, possessed two large clear spherical bodies. In one of these animals, each globule presented a nucleus with an irregular outline, giving off from its periphery several delicate processes like those of Amebe and other Rhizopods. Three hours later, these nuclei had acquired a clustered outline, and had evidently broken up into a multitude of sharply defined, - rounded particles, still retained in relation with the periphery of the enclosing corpuscle by fine filiform processes. Seven hours afterwards this specimen was unfortunately destroyed by the evaporation of the water around it. In some other Oxytrichina, Engelmann finds similar condi- tions of conjugation as in the Stylonychie quoted, and among others in Pleurotricha lanceolata. Another phenomenon noticed by him in the animaleule just named is that of encysting. The resulting cysts are precisely like those of Stylonychia Mytilus in appearance, but of much greater size. Conjugation was also investigated by him in Oxytricha pellionella, in O. ferruginea, and in O. parallela—the last-named a new species. To sum up the foregoing observations :—Two forms of con- jugation occur in the class of Infusoria, but only one of these appears to be connected with the process of reproduction. The first form consists in the complete coalescence of two previously distinct individuals into one being. Though hitherto noticed 250 T. W. Engelmann on the Infusoria. only in some of the Oxytrichina, its occurrence is rendered pro- bable, by Claparede’s researches, in Vorticella microstoma, Car- chesium polypinum, Epistylis brevipes, and in several Acinetina. All that can be predicated with certainty respecting this variety of conjugation is, that it has no direct relation to the process of reproduction, but appears analogous to the coalescence observed between individuals of the class of Rhizopods, particularly those of the genus Actinophrys. The second form of conjugation proceeds by means of a union of a portion of the bodies only of two individuals, as a rule, of their anterior parts, in the region of the mouth; it persists several days, and then the animalcules once more separate. When separation has occurred, the two beings are found changed in various ways, both externally and internally, from their ori- ginal characters, although, after the lapse of some days more, those primitive features are resumed. This statement holds good, at least, with respect to the Oxytrichina and Euplotina. But in the case of the Paramecia and Colpidia, and other holo- trichous Infusoria, whose organization differs widely from that of the other two families named, the recently conjugated indi- viduals differ very little or scarcely in any perceptible degree in external characters from the normal form. The purpose served by this second mode of conjugation, as particularly illustrated in the Paramecia, stands in immediate relation with the process of sexual reproduction. Another conclusion arrived at from the study of the conjugation process is, that in no species of Infu- soria do longitudinal and transverse fission occur together, but every species multiplies either by one form or by the other alone. It will not be uninteresting to append some observations re- specting the nucleolus. Siebold seems to have been the first to notice this organ, in Paramecium Bursaria. The researches of Stein and Balbiani, however, have so added to the number of instances of its occurrence, that from thirty to forty may be enumerated. To these Engelmann is able to add a dozen other examples in other species. In Glaucoma scintillans the nucleolus occurs as a small round corpuscle lodged in a hemispherical cavity in the round nucleus. In Frontaria leucas three nucleoli of tolerable size may be brought into view, particularly after the application of water or acetic acid, adherent to the oval elongated nucleus. In Trachelophyllum apiculatum two comparatively large nucleoli are lodged, one in a hollow at each extremity of each of the two oval nuclei. Conchophthirus anodonte(P1.III. fig.15) and C. curtus have one or two nucleoli lying close to or upon their oval nucleus. A nucleolus also occurs in Aspidisca lynceus, A. turrita, and A. costata. Vorticella Convallaria and Epistylis flavicans T. W. Engelmann on the Infusoria. 251 likewise possess a tolerably large nucleolus, usually situated on the concave side of their elongated nucleus. In several new forms described by Engelmann this same organ is found, viz., in Drepanostoma striatum, Chasmatostoma reniforme, Lacrymaria elegans ; some new Oxytrichina, as Pleurotrocha setifera, Gastro- styla Stemti, Uroleptus fragilis, Oxytricha strenua, and O. paral- lela. With less certainty he refers to a nucleolus im Opercularia coarctata, Zoothamnium Aselli, Urocentrum Turbo, and im some other well-known Infusoria. On the other hand, he has con- © vinced himself of its presence in all the Oxytrichina known to him, in Euplotes, in Chilodon cucullulus, Nassula aurea, Prorodon teres, Lacrymaria olor, Panophrys flava (= Bursaria flava, Ehr.), Colpidium, Stein (= Paramecium colpoda), Balantidium entozoon, Paramecium Bursaria, and P. aurelia, Entodinium bursa and E. caudatum, Carchesium polypinum and Epistylis di- gitalis. All Engelmann’s attempts to find a nucleolus in Epi- stylis plicatilis have failed; and he is unable to confirm the existence of one in Blepharisma lateritia, although Balbiani has described it. Nevertheless in one specimen of the species last named he noticed a large sac, placed in front of the nucleus, filled with rigid, motionless, acicular bodies resembling, both before and after the addition of acetic acid, the spermatozoa of Paramecium aurelia. He found also other specimens of the same animalcule in which the nucleus was broken up into five or six spherical segments, of homogeneous consistence—an ap- pearance Stein has also noted and figured. In one and the same species, among several of the Infusoria, the nucleoli vary in number. A remarkable instance of this fact occurs in Stylonychia Mytilus, in which from two to four nucleoli are present. In Urostyla Weissei from two to eight occur; and Stylonychia histrio has at one time two, at another four nucleoli. The purpose of the slit-lke openings in the nucleus, as ob- served by Stein in Oxytrichina and in Aspidisca, is not determined. One supposition is, that they may serve an important end in sexual reproduction by giving passage to the spermatozoa. They are usually arranged quite symmetrically, and are approximated towards each other, or placed at opposite extremities of the nu- cleus. Anomalies, however, occur at times. Engelmann remarks on a slit-like aperture in the area of the peristome of Onychodromus, lying obliquely across the direction of the anterior nucleus, and recalls, in connexion with this ob- servation, the presence of a crescentic line described by Stein and Balbiani as dividing the peristome of Stylonychia Mytilus into an anterior and a posterior segment. Balbiani has further remarked the like structure in Trachelius ovum, and imagines that these slits may be structurally connected with the repro- 252 T. W. Engelmann on the Infusoria. ductive organs—an opinion Engelmann considers not improba- ble, although he is unable to adduce any facts in confirmation of it. Engelmann, moreover, has been able to follow out the re- searches of Stein, Claparéde, and Lachmann relative to the his- tory of development in various hypotrichous and _ peritrichous Infusoria. In Epistylis plicatilis he met with those buds from the base, noticed by Stein, and called by Claparéde Urnule (Pl. ILI. fig. 10), remarkable for their acinetiform development. They spring from the Epistylis at its junction with the pedicle, exhibit a rigid and more dwarfed outline than do the ordinary gemmez, which, on the contrary, elongate themselves, and take on the ordinary characters of their parent. Engelmann witnessed the transverse division of these Urnulz, but was unable to detect their further development in this species of Epistylis. The same kind of organism is produced from the Epistylis crassicollis. The rounded, sharply defined body of the Urnula is enclosed in an oval, firm, and colourless sheath (PI. III. fig. 10) having a tapering posterior extremity, and terminated anteriorly by a triangular aperture of moderate dimensions, through which the animalcule protrudes a single moveable tentacle, or, rarely, two such organs. In the interior of the animal a granular nu- cleus and one or more contractile vesicles are discernible. A transverse constriction followed by fission proceeds, and the an- terior uniformly ciliated segment quits the sheath. The Urnula has a very close resemblance to Acineta mystacina, differing from it in no other respect than in the figure’ of its sheath and in its primitive position. ‘ Claparéde assumed it to be a member of the family Rhizopoda, especially as he observed its tentacles ramify. This circumstance is not deemed by Engelmann of sufficient moment to induce its transfer to such a wholly different class of animals from that with which in all other respects it seems related. For, he asks, what Rhizopod has a sheath like Urnula, or what Rhizopods can employ their pseudopodia as sucking-tubules ? or which of them, again, can multiply them- selves by means of ciliated fission-products, as the Urnula can do? But in all these peculiarities the Urnula coincides with the true Acinetz ; whereas, if it were considered one of the Rhizo- poda, it would be difficult to determine the boundary-line be- tween this class and that of the Infusoria (Ciliata). The amphi- leptoid cysts, first described by Claparéde and afterwards by Stein and Udekem in various Vorticellina, were seen by Engel- mann also in Epistylis plicatilis. The Amphileptus underwent fission within the cyst before leaving it. Similar Urnulz and amphileptoid cysts were encountered in Epistylis crassicollis. In E. flavicans, which has a distinct oval T. W. Engelmann on the Infusoria. 253 nucleus, the preliminary stage in the formation of germinal cor- puscles was observed taking place in the nucleus, and ending in the production either of a very large number of small ones closely packed and having a central vesicle, or else of a smaller number imbedded within the substance of the nucleus. At the same time, one, or, seldom, several elongated sharply outlined bodies, having clear vesicles internally, were visible in the nu- cleus; and these after a while broke up into many smaller seg- ments. Within other nuclei one or more extended, sharply defined, homogeneous masses, of firmer consistence than the nuclei themselves, were detected, but no spherical corpuscles. The somewhat reniform corpuscles remarked by Claparéde scattered in pairs through the parenchyma of Epistylis flavicans appear to be peculiar to this animalcule. They strongly refract light, and vary much in number, sometimes are absent alto- gether. Their purpose is obscure. In Carchesium polypinum Engelmann observed the origin of: germs and embryonic corpuscles several times in May and Oc- tober 1860. Usually only one globular germ appeared at a time, close under the integument of the anterior portion of the body, distinguishable by its clear homogeneous substance and its very large central nucleus. At one point in_its periphery a hollow space, slowly changeable in its dimensiows (a contractile vesicle), was also perceptible. The nucleus of the parent animal was always present unchanged in appearance. In June 1860, Engelmann met with a specimen of Carchesium polypinum having a thick bud-like outgrowth from near its stem, gently tapering in front, with a circular opening at its apex. In its interior were several rather large, strongly refracting corpus- cles, of an oval figure, not dissimilar to germinal corpuscles. In course of time this process collapsed, and hung like a flabby sac from the Carchestum. Stein has recorded a similar formation in Vorticella nebulifera. But it was in the Carchesium Aselli, a new species discovered by himself, that Engelmann was enabled more fully to explore _ the phenomena of embryonic development. On the Ist of April, 1860, he met with a full-grown dead specimen of this species, containing a large spherical homogeneous body, 0:042 milli- métre in diameter, possessing a round nucleus of considerable magnitude. Contiguous to it lay the smaller, curved, horse- shoe-shaped nucleus of the animalcule. On the following day, he saw eight examples, each containing one such embryonic globule, which lay close beneath the peristome. A slowly con- tractile vesicle existed on the surface of each; and, by the addi- _ tion of acetic acid, an opake distinctly defined nucleus was brought into view. The nucleus of the parent being could not in all 254 T. W. Engelmann on the Infusoria. cases be distinguished. In company with these forms were others, belonging evidently to a later phase of development. Thus the large circular nucleus of the embryonic body was sub- divided into two oval segments, which, on the addition of acetic acid, were seen to be enclosed within the common transparent capsule of the embryonic corpuscle (Pl. III. fig. 12). One or two similar oval bodies are sometimes found in addition within the parenchyma of the animalcule ; and occasionally the nucleus of the Carchesium is not discoverable. It also at times happens that an outgrowth or protuberance appears on the surface of the animalcule, either about its middle or at its anterior part; but these conical tapering swellings exhibit no distinct aperture, though possibly one may eventually make its appearance, In these prominences an embryonic corpuscle was several times seen ; nevertheless it is doubtful whether the embryos make their exit through them, for Engelmann observed their escape - through a fissure near the peristome (fig. 11). The escaped embryo is oval, very small, and furnished with two zones of long cilia in front, by means of which it swims about in an impetuous manner. Internally it presents a contractile space and a rounded nucleus (fig. 11a). From these observations Engelmann concludes. it to be probable that one or several embryos are derived from the nucleus of the original embryonic corpuscle, which advance in growth at the expense of the matter contained within the cor-. puscle, and after a time effect their escape through its surround- ing wall, and lastly through the coats of the parent animal by means of a special foramen. This interpretation coincides with the observations recorded by Claparéde respecting the formation of embryos in the Epistylis plicatilis. Engelmann has met with but few examples to illustrate the development of embryonic corpuscles from the nucleus of the parent animal. In one instance where there was a large em- bryonic body, the reduced nucleus presented several nuclear structures. In another animal which had no such large cor- puscle, the nucleus was likewise reduced in size, and in contact with it were six small spherical corpuscles having a central vesicle. In a third example, along with a large embryonic body there were five rounded corpuscles, each with a central vesicle, apparently derived from a breaking-up of the nucleus, but dif- fering materially in size among themselves. These were probably produced after the first embryonic corpuscle had developed its embryo, and a series of such corpuscles were prepared for suc- cessive elaboration into embryos. In the production of embryonic corpuscles another pheno- menon is presented in the case of Carchesium Aselli, correspond- ing with that seen by Stein in Vorticella nebulifera. This con- T. W. Engelmann on the Infusoria. 255 sists in the outgrowth of more or fewer large convex processes from the body of animals found in company with others bearing the embryonic corpuscles. These protuberances are mostly situated on the posterior half of the body, and contain a con- siderable number of small spherical refracting corpuscles, similar, indeed, to others collected in large numbers within the paren- chyma of the parent animalcule. They are evidently the pro- ducts of a fission-process in the nucleus, some very slight rem- nants of which are only now and then perceptible. In one instance these same corpuscles were noticed, though no out- growths existed. The purpose of such products is still a ques- tion. Stein has supposed them to be connected with the origin of the fertilizing elements. | In Carchesitum Aselli Engelmann further observed that pecu- liar condition in which the disk of the peristome assumes a spherical figure and projects from the strongly contracted ani- malcule (Pl. III. fig. 13) very much like a yet adherent embryo, but from which it is distinguished by its want of a nucleus and its absence of independent locomotion. If torn from the animal, it does not lose its cilia for some time, though it never swims far with them, but settles down to the bottom of the water, and soon lies motionless there. The small corpuscles derived from a breaking-up of the nu- cleus have been seen also in Zoothamnium affine. The processes containing them are of very large size, and either of an elliptic elongated figure or conical and thick, surrounded by a short tubular-looking process, having a distinct aperture at its summit (fig. 14). The corpuscles themselves varied in size, but never exceeded 0-005 mill. The extrusion of embryonic corpuscles was noticed in Vorti- cella Convallaria. Usually, as in Carchesium polypinum, only one such corpuscle, of considerable size, having an opake nucleus, was present. The development of germinal corpuscles in Didinium nasutum (Stein) is interesting. This remarkable animalcule ordinarily presents a horseshoe-shaped nucleus, but no nucleolus; but in October 1860, Engelmann encountered very many specimens in which the nucleus enclosed numerous small spherical corpuscles having a central vesicle in their interior. Among these were several (four to six) considerably larger globular bodies, contain- ing each a distinct nucleus. In other individuals the nucleus was seen divided into several more or less globular segments, lying close together, furnished severally with a nucleus, though still enclosed within the membrane of the parent nucleus, These structures assuredly represent the early phases in the formation of germinal and embryonic bodies. During the trans- 256 T. W. Engelmann on the Infusoria. verse fission of Didinium, the nucleus becomes much elongated, and then appears striped longitudinally ; but on the completion of fission the longitudinal striz disappear. In the group of Acinetina, development by internally produced embryos has been demonstrated by Stein and Claparéde in almost all the species known. Engelmann remarks that he has seen the embryos of Acineta opercularie, A. quadripartita, A. Astaci, and A. infusionum. In the last-named species and in A. quadripartita, Engelmann further observed the reverting of the ciliated embryos to Acinete ; and he remarks that the em- bryos of Acinetz known to him are distinguished from those of ciliated Infusoria (e. g. Stylonychia Mytilus, Paramecium aurelia, Epistylis plicatilis, &c.) by the remarkable circumstance that their entire body is not, as in those of the latter animalcules, devoid of i and transparent, but filled with the same nutritive materials as occur in the parent beings. For example, the embryos of Acineta quadripartita and of A. infusionum are so filled with the fat-globules and other nutritive matters derived from the parent animals, that it is difficult to discover their nucleus and contractile sac. Indeed, this single circumstance renders it highly improbable that the entire Acineta-embryo can be derived solely from the substance of the parent nucleus. This last is certainly frequently seen broken up into numerous coarse granules, but only a small portion at most of the fre- quently extremely large and opake embryo can be derived from them; on the contrary, it is much more probable that only their nuclear portion arises from the nucleus of their parent, the rest of their large body being derived directly from the con- tents of the parent Acineta. Stein, in fact, has heretofore inti- mated the same. Thus in Acineta infusionum he describes the nucleus as giving off from its middle, at right angles to itself, a process, of a bud-like form, which presently becomes surrounded by a clearer ring of tissue derived from the substance of the parent being. Engelmann observed precisely the same thing take place in a large specimen of Acineta quadripartita. The origin of the offspring of Acinetina by sexual reproduc- tion is highly improbable, and has no support from observation. It is probably an act of internal gemmation. It is only in Acineta mystacina, Urnula epistylidis, and Podophrya fixa that the production of these internal germs has been unnoticed ; and as far as our knowledge at present extends, these three species multiply only by simple fission. But even in other Acinetina the internal production of germs is not an act of embryonic repro- duction, but simply one of fission. A second variety of reproduction, however, does occur among the Acinetina, as first noticed by Claparéde in Acineta quadripartita T. W. Engelmann on the Infusoria. 257 and A. cucullulus. .This consists in the breaking-up of the nu- cleus into several spheroidal segments, from which a still larger number of small ciliated germs derive their origin, distinguish- able in no respect from the embryos of Epistylis. plicatilis. Claparéde represents this offspring so derived as similar to the usual form of Acineta-germs: but with this view Engelmann cannot agree; for he maintains that both the mode of origin and the nature of the mature germs so derived differ altogether from those of the usual offspring of Acinete. Thus it is a cir- cumstance of much weight that these little Acineta-embryos derive their substance entirely from the nucleus, and receive no addition from the parenchyma of the parent animalcule. Again, they exhibit this peculiarity in their formation in common with the embryos of ciliated Infusoria, as, for instance, with those of Vorticellina; and if their external resemblance to these latter be also considered, we must admit the existence of a remarkable similarity between the embryonic development of Ciliata and that form of the reproduction of Acinete by these remarkable little germs. This being granted, it has an import- ant bearing upon Stein’s celebrated hypothesis of Acinetiform development of Infusoria. To show, for example, that the little Acineta-products in question are true embryos developed by a sexual reproductive act, is to overturn the Acineta-theory. On the other hand, if, as is possible, and as the completely similar organization of the little offspring of Acineta quadripartita to the embryos of Epistylis plicatilis intimates, this method of develop- ment has a special character, and is concerned in a transforma- tion of the Acinete back again into ciliated Infusoria, then the Acineta-theory becomes established. Future researches must decide this difficult problem. _ As an appendix to his general remarks on the organization and reproduction of Infusoria, Engelmann appends a systematic history of several new genera and species he has discovered. The new genera named and described are Chasmatostoma, Micro- thorax, Drepanostoma, Gastrostyla, and Astylozoon; and the new species of previously described genera are Lacrymaria elegans, Conchophihirus (P\. 111. fig.15) eurtus, Pleurotricha setifera, Uro- leptus mobilis, U.agilis, Oxytricha strenua, O. parallela, Carchestum Aselli, and Epistylis nympharum. The new genera are thus severally characterized :— Cuasmatostoma. PI. III. fig. 16. Figure constant, reniform, somewhat compressed, uniformly ciliated. A small oval oral aperture, having an undulating membrane affixed within it, occupies the middle of the flat ventral surface. Ann. & Mag. N, Hist, Ser. 3, Vol. x. 18 258: T.W. Engelmann on the Infusoria. . Chasmatostoma reniforme (Pl. II]. fig. 16) ~~ 7 > has probably been often confounded with Colpoda cucullulus and similar Ciliata. Anteriorly the reniform body rather tapers; but posteriorly it is obtusely rounded-off. A short cesophagus: extends inwards and to the right side from the oval mouth, which is further furnished along its right side within its margin with an actively undulating fine membrane. Sometimes a second smaller membrane of the same kind is imperfectly seen on the’ left side. The nucleus is circular, placed in the median line in the posterior half of the body, and having a clearly defined round nucleolus occupying a hollow on its surface. The con- tractile vesicle is situated at the posterior extremity, and in its contraction acquires a stellate figure. It swims actively, mostly in a circuitous direction, by means of its uniform cilia, ajo | with its ventral surface downwards. Fission not observed. Size 0:06 millimétre. | Microruorax. PI. III. figs. 17,18, 19. - Body loricated, compressed, oval, widely rounded posteriorly, uniformly ciliated. Mouth placed within the concavity of a rounded peristome situated in the left half of the body, and. close to the posterior extremity. Nucleus and contractile sac single, | ? M. pusillus. Pl. III. fig. 17. ~ One of the smallest holotrichous Infusoria. It often o¢eurs in- large numbers together and in company with small Chilodons, with Cyclidium glaucoma, Cinetochilum margaritaceum, and Pleu- rochilidium strigilatum, and it is most closely allied to the two last-named animalcules. The left border of the rigid body is. straight, whilst the right is convex. The peristome-depression is on the right side, and has an active valvular membrane within it. The right margin of the body is much thickened ; and along the ventral aspect are two furrows, commencing from the ante- tior extremity, on the left side, and traceable to the middle of the body. The dorsal surface is not striated, but bears cilia. The round nucleus is central ; the contractile vesicle near to and above the peristome, on its right side. Individuals colourless, their largest dimensions only 0:032 mill. Movements active; swims on the ventral aspect. : M. sulcatus. PI. III. figs. 18, 19. _ Much larger than the preceding, but of the same form. Along the dorsum are three deep longitudinal furrows ; and the ventral sulci extend to the hinder border. The contractile vesicle is on the left side, and immediately above the peristome. Swiius actively, on its ventral aspect. Size 0°057 mill. . T. W. Engélmann on the Infusoria. 259 DREPANOSTOMA. ~ | - Figure of body constant, but flexible, elongated, tapering gently in front and behind; ventral aspect flat, dorsal convex ; the whole undersurface traversed by longitudinal strie, with cilia of uniform length. The dorsum is smooth, but bears along each margin a row of bristly cilia. Mouth placed beneath a erescentic horny band not far from the anterior extremity, and close to the left margin of the body. Nuclei two, each with a nucleolus; no sharply circumscribed contractile space. D. striatum, the only species yet determined, is allied on the one side with hypotrichous Ciliata, such as Chilodon, and, on the other, with holotrichous Amphilepti. On account of. the cilia being limited to the ventral surface, it must be placed among the hypotrichous Infusoria. The anal outlet is on the dorsal surface, not far from the posterior extremity. The body is from 4 to 5 times as long as broad, and somewhat pointed at its two ends. Fission not observed. Size from 0°185 to 0°25 mill. | GASTROSTYLA. Figure constant ; body loricated, elliptic, contracted anteriorly; and more or less obtusely rounded posteriorly. Five or six strong unciform sete are situated on the anterior extremity, and. a row of bristly cilia stretches obliquely across the ventral sur- face as far as the four or five strong cilia about the anal orifice, beyond which only a few extend to the posterior border. The two rows of marginal cilia increase in dimensions posteriorly, and overlap no sete at the posterior extremity. Nuclei four. G. Steinit was noticed in January 1860, and belongs to the larger forms of Oxytrichina. It is two and a half times as long as broad. The frontal region-is surmounted by a semilunar labium. The peristome is small in diameter; on its inner margin a strong undulating membrane is attached. The oblique row of sete, stretching from the first adoral cilia in a gently curved line to the five or six strong cilia about the anal outlet, is a charac- teristic feature of the genus. Three stout uncinate sete are inserted on the frontal region, and anteriorly to the oblique row of cilia are two other such sete, and behind the angle of thé mouth from one to three powerful cilia. A remarkable feature im this species, as in Onychodromus, is the existence of four nuclei, each with its nucleolus, situated in a line one behind the other. Movements rapid, not long in one direction. Fission proceeds as in Stylonychia Mytilus. The four nuclei, coalesce 18* 260 -‘T. W. Engelmann on the Infusoria. into one large body, which by and by breaks up into eight seg- ments, frofn each of which four germs proceed. ‘The segments so subdividing generally present about their centre a fissure-like fold, recalling what happens in the nucleus of Aspidisca, Eu- plotes, and Oxytrichina under like circumstances. On the water around the Gastrostyla drying up, the animal readily encysts itself, the cysts resembling those of Stylonychia Mytilus, but rather more indented on their surface. In company with Gastrostyla and Cyclidium glaucoma, some small circular Acinete were sometimes met with, resembling the embryos of Stylonychia Mytilus, and not improbably embryos of the Gastrostyle itself. ‘This, however, is uncertain, as specimens of this animalcule were discovered with embryonic corpuscles. Size 0°15 to 0°32 mill. Astytozoon. PI. III. fig..20. Body contractile, unstalked, campanulate, with an acutely pointed posterior extremity having a curve backwards. Surface smooth. Rotary organ extrusile, furnished with a spiral ciliary wreath. Peristome swollen, thickened. Posterior extremity terminated by one or two long locomotive sete. Nucleus short, reniform. A. fallaw. PI, II. fig. 20. _ The only species known. At first sight, it looks like a de- tached Vorticella microstoma, but differs from it by its curved posterior pointed extremity, its rotary organ becoming wider behind obliquely, its small reniform nucleus, and its terminal locomotive sete, whereby it can execute movements not effected by any detached Vorticelle. It is frequently encysted. Size O-l mill. Size of cysts 0:038 to 0°05 mill. EXPLANATION OF PLATE III. Fig. 1. Euplotes Charon, in process of conjugation. ig.2. The same animalcule at a later stage of conjugation: the new . system of cilia is further developed, and the two beings are in course of separation. Fig. 3. The globular vesicle developed internally has attained about its maximum growth. | Fig. 4. Stylonychia pustulata, in conjugation. The anterior extremities of | the two animals connected by an intermediate band. Fig. 5. The same, in conjugation according to a second variety of that process. The two beings, united most of their length, have begun the development of a new series of cilia, ‘ig. 6. The same animalcules two hours later. Fig. 7. One of the animalcules after the termination of conjugation and separation, twenty minutes after the stage shown in fig. 6, Messrs; Alder and Hancock on new Mollusca. 261 Fig. 8. Stylonychia histrio, a peculiar phase of; the three globular ve si~ cles subsequently couleseed into one large one, containing nu- merous granules. Fig. 9. Stylonychia Mytilus, showing the formation of embryos and the development of germinal globules. Fig. 10. Urnula Epistylidis, growing on the stem of Epistylis plicatilis. Fig. 11. Carchesium Aselli, with a large embryonic vesicle: a, a detached embryo. Fig. 12. Development of embryos within embryonic vesicles in the same enimalcule. Fig. 13. Carchesium Aselli strongly contracted, and with its ciliary disk elongated and circumscribed by a constriction, making it resemble an independent germ in course of growth. Fig. 14. Zoothamnium affine. The nucleus has broken up into numerous minute globular corpuscles, collected within an outgrowth from its side, terminated by an aperture. Fig. 15. Conchophthirus Anodonte (Stein). Fig. 16. Chasmatostoma rentforme. Fig. 17. Microthoraz pusillus, ventral aspect. Fig. 18..Microthorax sulcatus, ventral aspect. Fig. 19. The same, dorsal aspect. Fig. 20. Astylozoon fallax. XXV.— Descriptions of a new Genus and some new Species of Naked Mollusca. By Josuva AupER and ArBany Hancock, F.LS. Tue following species of Nudibranchiate Mollusca have recently come under our notice, mostly through the kindness of our friends, to whom our thanks are due for the liberal manner in which they have communicated to us all specimens met with in this department of natural history that were likely to prove new or interesting. Family Doridide. Doris testudinaria, Risso. Doris testudinaria, Risso, Hist. Nat. de id Mérid. vol. iv. p. 33, f.15 5 Philippi, Enum. Moll. Sic. vol. i. p. 78. Body ovate or broadly elliptical, convex. Cloak large, of a chestnut-colour, with indistinct pale-yellowish blotches towards the sides, covered with smallish unequal tubercles, interspersed with a few larger ones, with minute pale lines radiating from them. Dorsal tentacles stout, yellowish, with fifteen to seven- teen lamine, divided in front by a groove: oral tentacles linear. Branchial plumes eight, tripinnate, forming an incomplete circle, open behind, retractile within a large cavity. Underside of the cloak orange- or lemon-coloured, spotted with reddish brown : 262 Messrs. J, Alder and A. Hancock on anew Genus the foot orange, grooved in front, with the upper lamina notched ‘in the centre. | Length 14 to 2 inches, A specimen of this fine Doris was got by Messrs. R. 8. Brady and G. Hodge, under a stone between tide-marks, on the Island of Herm, in June last. It is known as a Mediterranean species, but its range further north had not been before ascertained. ' The resemblance between D. testudinaria and our D. planata suggests the question whether the latter may not be the young of the present. species. The very depressed form, however, of D. planata, its much smaller branchial plumes, their conspicuous dark-brown markings, and the presence of a central plume, which is not the case in D, festudinaria, induce us to consider them distinct. The character of the tongue is similar in each, Doris Loveni, ef Doris muricata, Lovén, Index Moll. Scand. p. 5. no. 18. Body ovate, rather convex, yellowish white. Cloak with very large, rather distant, clavate tubercles, larger and more numerous towards the sides, interspersed with smaller ones. Tentacles robust, yellowish, placed considerably apart. Branchial plumes eleven, pinnate, set in a small incomplete circle or ellipse, Veil Jarge, undulated. Foot broad and ample. | Length half an inch; breadth 0°35 inch. oe A single specimen of this species was found by the Rey.A.M. Norman among stones between tide-marks, on the south side of Bantry Bay, in the autumn of 1858, It is remarkable for the enormous size of its tubercles, which, though soft and having a puffed appearance, contain each a bundle of spicula. That this is the Doris muricata, a, of Professor Lovén we are able to state with confidence, that distinguished naturalist having kindly sent us a specimen. We think, however, that the D. muricata of our Monograph is probably the true D. muricata of Miller, as the tubercles come nearer in character to those represented in his figure; and the former may perhaps be the var. 8 of Lovén, though it does not in all respects correspond with his deserip- tion. The two varieties described by Professor Lovén are clearly distinet species, differing not only in the size of the tubercles as well as of the animal, but also in the character of the tongue, which, in the present species (the typical form of Lovén) has numerous small lateral plates or spines, similar to those of D, proxima, in addition to a large and rather slender falcate spine on each side. In D. muricata, var. B. Lov., there is a very broad-based falcate spine and an obtuse small one only on each side, the large spine having very minute lateral denticulations. There is also a rectangular central plate. Hiblg . and some new Syiecies of Naked Mollusca. ~ 263 Family Polyceride. CrIMORA, nov. gen. Body \imaciform. Cloak nearly obsolete, forming a veil with branched appendages over the head, and a papillated ridge on the sides of the back. Dorsal tentacles laminated, retractile within sheaths: oral tentacles tubercular, Branchie plumose, non-retractile, placed about two-thirds down the centre of the back. ‘Tail short, without a fin-like crest. Tongue.—Lateral spines twenty-six or twenty-seven on each side, of three kinds: the first next the centre large, hooked, bi- cuspid; the next five or six short, obtuse, and supported. on subquadrilateral plates ; the remainder very long, slender, curved and minutely denticulated on the inner margin. No central spine. | this genus comes very near to Plocamophorus of Riippell, agreeing with it in having a branched veil in front, but differing in the absence of the large fin-like tail, and somewhat in the character of the lateral appendages, which in Plocamophorus are fewer, larger, and a little branched or papillated. It has also considerable relationship with Thecacera, in which genus, how- ever, the veil is either absent or very imperfectly developed, and there are no oral tentacles. The members of this family, though ‘bearing great general resemblance, are so variable in details that it is difficult to avoid raising each species to the rank of a genus. We have been rather reluctant, in the present instance, to add another to the number ; but the species above described will not come into any of the known genera as at present under- stood; and the peculiar character of the tongue strengthens its title to generic rank. This organ differs from that of any of the allied genera in having very numerous, slender, denticulated, lateral spines, as in the Trochide. ; Crimora papillata, nu. sp. Body ovate-oblong, swelling a little in the centre and tapering to a blunt point posteriorly ; white, with the processes tipped with yellow. Dorsal tentacles subclavate, pale yellow, retractile within short sheaths: oral tentacles short, tubercular. Veil bi- lobed, each lobe furnished with five more or less branched ap- pendages, leaving a small vacant space in the centre, A slight allial ridge runs along each side of the back, bearing numerous small filamentous papillz tipped with yellow, terminating behind in a bifid process of no great size: an indistinct ridge runs down the centre of the tail, also bearing yellow-tipped papilla, the anterior one of which is larger than the rest, and bifid; similar small papille are disposed over the body, forming a line 264: Messrs. Alder and Hancock on new Mollusca. on the centre of the back, and one or two imperfect rows at the sides. Branchial plumes three, tripinnate, tipped with yellow. Foot narrow, produced a little at the sides in front. Length (in spirit) 56, inch. | This interesting addition to our fauna was dredged among Zostera, in a few fathoms water, in Moulin Huet Bay, Guernsey, by Mr. Norman, in July 1859. Family Eolidide. Doto cuspidata, n. sp. Body nearly linear, slender, smooth, white or yellowish, spotted on the back with pink or purple, the spots forming two lines of curves between the branchial processes, bending towards each, and extending from the tentacles to near the tail. Tentacles filiform, slender, tapering a little upwards ; the sheaths trumpet- shaped, with scalloped margins, extending into a point in front. Veil entire, arched in front, and produced into obtuse recurved points at the sides. There is a raised portion of the surface in front of each tentacle, as in D. fragilis. Branchie six pairs, rather distant ; the first pair placed not far behind the tentacles, the last pair very small. They are ovate-conical, with four whorls of strongly pointed conical tubercles, and a terminal one at the apex; apices without spots. oot narrow, a little ex- panded in front, and tapering to a point at the tail. Length (in spirit) a quarter of an inch. Dredged in deep water on the outer Haaf, Shetland, by J. Gwyn Jeffreys, Esq., and Edward Waller, Esq., in the summer of 1861, ? This new species of Doto is somewhat intermediate in character between D. fragilis and D. coronata, but approaching more nearly to the latter, from which it differs in the conical form of the branchial processes and their more pointed tubercles, as well as in the absence of the dark spots at their apices. The tenta- cular sheaths, too, have scalloped margins, and the veil is more arched than in D. coronata. Family Limapontiade. Limapontia depressa, n. sp. Body oblong-ovate, depressed, swelling behind the centre and terminating in a blunt point posteriorly, but’ varying much according to the degree of expansion or contraction ; black, with minute yellowish-white spots or freckles, not always present, and very inconspicuous. Head rounded in front, and slightly angu- lated at the sides ; the lateral crests less elevated than in L. nigra, with the eyes situated near the centre of a white oblong area at Dr. J. E. Gray on the Species of Crocodiles. 265 the side of each. Anus placed in a depression at the posterior extremity of the body. Foot yellowish white, linear, and squared in front. Length upwards of a quarter of an inch. A few individuals of this species were obtained, last October, in brackish-water pools at the mouth of Hylton Dene, near Sunderland, associated with Alderia modesta, on a Conferva (Vaucheria submarina’). . The same animal, apparently, was taken by Mr. Muggridge and Mr. C. Spence Bate, in Loughor Marsh, South Wales, in 1849, similarly associated, and was figured by the latter gentle- man in the Report of the Swansea Literary and Scientific Society for 1850, where it-is named Limapontia nigra. . It is, however, readily distinguished from that species by its greater size, more depressed form, and wider lateral expansion, by the backward position of the anus, and the more branched hepatic organ, be- sides other minor characters. Mr. Spence Bate’s specimens seem to have been nearly twice the length of ours. This species comes very near to the Fasciola capitata of Miiller, perhaps more so than the Limapontia nigra, which has been referred to that species by Professor Lovén; but as Miiller had not observed the characters by which these two species are more especially distinguished from each other (namely, the position of the anus and the branching of the liver), we think it better to consider our animal as new than to revive an old name that may prove to be erroneous. XXVI.—A Synopsis of the Species of Crocodiles. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S, &c. TuE distinction of the species of Crocodiles has hitherto been one of the difficult problems in systematic zoology; and there- fore I believe that it may be of some slight use to lay before the readers of the ‘Annals’ the result of my examination of the very large collection of Crocodiles, of all ages and from various locali- ties, which are contained in the British Museum. Knowing the difficulty that surrounds the subject, I have made great exertions to obtain specimens from different countries ; and the examina- tion of these specimens has shown that the characters of the species, when allowance is made for the changes that take place in the growth of the animal, are quite as permanent as in any other group of Reptiles. One of the difficulties in distinguishing the species of Croco- diles arises from the changes that take place in the form of the head during growth. When the Crocodile is just hatched, the 266 Dr. J. E. Gray on the Species of Crocodiles. face is very short; it elongates as the animal grows, at first very gradually, and, at length, assumes the typical form of the species when the animal has reached about one-fourth or one- third of its natural size. The head continues to increase in firmness and strength ; and when the animal has attained nearly its adult size, the bones of the head become thickened, the face becomes broader and higher, and the general form of the head is considerably altered. Thus the half-grown specimens give the most characteristic form of the species, . I have noticed that there is considerable variation in the width of the face in specimens from different localities, but which appear in other respects to belong to the same species, Some naturalists might be inclined to regard them as distinct species ; but in our series, large as it is, we have not sufficient materials to decide the question with any confidence. Perhaps, if the skulls of specimens from each locality could be compared, other cha- racters might be found; but this must be left for my successors in this field of research. | - I may remark that the observation of MM. Duméril and Bibron (Erp. Gén. 25 & 47), that Crocodiles are not found in Australia, and that the American Crocodiles are confined to the islands of that continent, is no longer consistent with fact; in- deed, long before the publication of their work, various travellers had recorded the occurrence of Crocodiles on the north coast of Australia; and we have received specimens of the skull of Oopholis porosus from thence. 7 _ The genera here proposed have the following geographical. distribution :— Asia and Northern Australia: Oopholis and Bombifrons. Africa: Crocodilus, Halcrosia, and Mecistops. - Tropical America: Palinia, Molinia. ~ The skulls of Crocodiles may be arranged thus :— 1, Nasal bone produced, and separating the nostril into two parts. Halerosia. 2. Nasal bone produced, and dividing the edges of the nostril, Oopholis, Crocodilus, Molinia (americana), Bombifrons, Palinia, _ 8. Nasal bone not reaching the nostril. Molinia (intermedia), Mecistops. | The large front teeth of the Gavials fit into a notch in the front of the upper jaw, and the canines into a notch also. In the Crocodiles the canines fit into a notch, as in the Gavials, but the large front teeth fit into a pit or perforation in the front of the upper jaw; and in the Al/igators both the canines and large front teeth fit into pits or perforations in the edge of the upper jaw. . Dr. J. E. Gray on the Species of Crocodiles. 267 _ The intermaxillary bone in Bombifrons and Palinia is short and truneated behind. In Halerosia it is rather produced be- hind, the straight sides converging to a point. In all the other genera it is produced behind, with the hinder edge con- verging on the sides and truncated at.the ends. The palatal bone in all the genera is truncated or rounded in front, except in Mecistops, where it is narrow, short, and acute in front, - The dorsal scales present considerable variations in different specimens from the same locality; but, allowing for such var'ia- tions, the genera may be arranged thus :— ~ 1, The dorsal scales nearly uniformly keeled, in four or six longitudinal series ; the outer series ovate-elongate, Oopholis. © 2. The dorsal scales nearly uniformly keeled, quadrilateral, as broad as long. Crocodilus, Palinia, Molinia, and Mecistops, 3. The dorsal scales quadrilateral, as broad as long; the ver- tebral series scarcely keeled, the lateral series irregular and keeled. Halcrosia and Molinia. ' The eyelid of the genus Halcrosia is thickened, with three hard bony plates, as in some of the Alligators, with which it also agrees in the external form of the head and the disposition of the nuchal shield. In all the other genera they are thin and mem- branaceous. The Crocodiles (Crocodilide) may be thus divided :— I, The nape with a rhombic disk formed of sia plates, which is well separated from the dorsal shields. Normal Crocodiles. A. Nuchal scutella none. Dorsal scales in four or six longitudinal series ; _ the outer series ovate-clongate, Toes webbed. Legs fringed, The intermaxillary bone produced, truncated, and converging on the sides. Estuarine or brackish-water Crocodiles, 1. OorHo.ts. Face oblong; orbits with an elongated, longitudinal, more or less sinuous ridge in front. Nuchal shields 1 none, or rudimentary. Cervical disk rhombic, of six shields, Dorsal shields uniformly keeled, in four or six longitudinal series; the vertebral series with straight internal edges, the outer ovate-elongate, Legs acutely fringed. Toes broadly webbed. Intermaxillary bone produced and truncated behind the suture, sloping backwards aud converging, and then transverse or sinuous. a. The dorsal scales % in , sia longitudinal series ; the vertebral ones dongoted like the others. Ay 44] 1, Oopholis porosus. Crocodilus porosus, Schn. ns a 159; Gray, Cat, Brit, Mus. 58. C. oopholis, Schn, Amph, 268 Dr. J. E. Gray on the Species of Crocodiles. Crocodilus biporcatus, Cuvier, Oss. Foss.v.65,t. 1.f.4, 18, 19 (young skulls), t.2.f.8; Miiller and Schlegel, Verh. t. 3. f. 6 (middle-aged skull). Champse fissipes, Wagler, Amph. t. 17. a biporcatus raninus, Miller and Schlegel, Verh. t. 3. f. 7 (aged Skull). Hab. Asia and Australia. India, Bengal and Pinang (Hard- wicke); China (Lindsay) ; Trincomalee ; Borneo (Belcher); North Australia (Ince, Elsey) ; Tenasserim coast (Packman). The Museum specimens vary in length from 18 to 52 inches; but the skull shows that it grows to a very large size. We have one skull 29 inches long; another, which is 26 inches long, is said, by the gentleman who sent it from India, to have been taken from an animal 33 feet long. Cuvier figures the skulls of young and half-grown specimens. S. Miller and Schlegel figure two skulls, one under the name of | C. biporcatus (f. 6), and the other C. biporcatus raninus (f. 7) : the latter seems to be from an adult or aged animal; the former (f. 6) from a full-grown one, before the skull is thickened and spread out.. Another specimen figured, as C. biporcatus rani- nus (f. 8) appears to be from a specimen of Crocodilus Siamensis. It certainly is not an Oopholis, from the form of the dorsal scales and the presence of the nuchal ones. b. The dorsal scales in four series; the vertebral series broader than long, the outer series elongate-ovate. 2. Oopholis Pondicherianus. Hab. Pondichery, 1851. | The specimen of this species in the British Museum is small, and only just hatched, but it is quite distinct from all the others. The vertebral series of shields are nearly twice as broad as the vertebral shields in O. porosus; the others are also rather wider in comparison ; all the dorsal scales are more keeled, and the keels on the scales on the side of the base of. the tail are higher and more prominent. ‘The black spots are larger and further apart. | The specimen was purchased of M. Parzudaki of Paris, it having formed part of a collection which he received from the French Museum, B. Nuchal plates four, or rarely two or five, in a cross series. The dorsal plates as broad as long, in four or six series. Fluviatile or River Croco diles. a. The intermaxillary bones truncated behind, with a nearly straight pre- maxillary suture. Face broad, oblong. To discover the form of the premaxillary suture in the preserved specimens, it is only necessary to eleyate the skin of the fron of the palate, and lay the bones bare. Sea Se Dr.J.E. Gray on the Species of Crocodiles. 269 * Toes webbed. Legs distinctly fringed. Asiatic Crocodiles, 2. BoMBIFRONS, The premaxillary suture straight, or rather convex forwards. The face oblong; forehead with nodules in front of the orbits. The cervical disk formed. of six shields. Nuchal plates four, in a curved line. Dorsal shields oblong, rather elongate, all keeled, in six longitudinal series, and with two short lateral series of keeled scales. The legs fringed with a series of triangular elongated scales. Toes webbed. 1. Bombifrons trigonops. Crocodilus bombifrons, Gray, Cat. B.M. 59, 1844 (adult). C. biporcatus, Cautley, Asiat. Research. xix. t. 3. f. 1 & 3 (not Cuvier), C. trigonops, Gray, Cat. B.M. 62, 1844 (young). C. palustris, Gray, Cat. B.M. (young). C. palustris (part.), Dum. & Bib. Erp. Gén. ii. C. biporcatus raninus, Miller & Schlegel, Verhand. t. 3. f. 7 ?2 C. marginatus, Falconer, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1846, xviii. 361, t. 7 (skuil). | The intermaxillary short, nearly semicircular. Hab. India, Ganges (Dr. Sayer); Madras (Jerdon) ; Ceylon (Kelaart). : The smallest specimen in the British Museum is 19 inches, and the largest nearly 10 feet long; but we have skulls showing that it grows to a much larger size. There may be two species included in the above, as in one of the heads (that from Ceylon) the intermaxillaries appear to be longer and narrower than in the others. I have not sufficient materials to satisfy myself as to the distinction of this species and the permanence of the forms. Ps. This species has been generally confounded with Oopholis biporcatus and C. palustris. The face of the younger specimen is rugulose and depressed, with a deep pit on the sides over the eighth and ninth teeth ; there are two arched ridges on each side behind the nostril, and some rugosities in front of the orbits. In the older skull the face is very convex and rounded, rugose, with some more or less distinct rugosities in front of the orbits, but not the distinct longitudinal ridge so characteristic of Oopholis porosus. 2. Bombifrons Siamensis. Crocodilus Siamensis, Schn. Amph. 157; Gray, Syn. 60, & Cat. B.M. 63 (monstrosity). C. galeatus, Cuvier, Oss. Foss. y. 52, t. 1. f.1; Dum, & Bib. Erp. Gén, ii. - 113 (monstrosity). C. palustris, Lesson, Bélanger, Voy. 305? 270 Dr. J.B. Gray on the Species of Crocodiles, Crocodilus vulgaris (part.), Gray, Syn. 58; Dum, & Bib. Erp. Gén. ii. 108 ; Miiller & Schlegel, Verh. t. 3. f. 9 (head ?). The face depressed, elongate, nearly smooth, with a slight nodule it front of the orbits. Intermaxillaries rather elongate, half-oblong. Hab. Siam, Cambogia (M. Mouhot). _ We have a well-preserved half-grown specimen of this species in the British Museum. It differs from all the specimens of Bombifrons trigonops in the Collection in the face being much longer, and not so tubercular and pitted. As the head agrees with the figure of the head from which Schneider named his speciés, I have retained it ; and I have little doubt that the two keels which are present in that specimen are either an individual peculiarity, or perhaps a character that deve- loped itself as the animal approached old age. ** The a fey with an indented fringe of short narrow scales. Toes short, a | nearly free. American Crocodiles. 3. PALINIA. The premaxillary suture straight (see Cuvier, Oss. Foss. iii, 72, t.8.f.1,5).. The face oblong ; forehead very convex, with a ridge in front of each orbit, converging in front and forming a lozenge-shaped space. Nuchal plates two or four, unequal. Cervical disk rhombic, of six large shields. Dorsal shields large,. broad, in six. series ; ‘the vertebral series nearly smooth, the lateral one strongly keeled. | 1. Palinia rhombifer. Crocodilus rhombifer, Cuv. Oss. Foss. v. t. 3, f. 1-5 (skull); Sagra, Cuba, t.4; Dum. & Bib. Erp. Gén. iii. 97. C. (Palinia) thombifer, Gray, Cat. B.M. . The upper surface of the fore-arms and thighs covered with convex keeled scales; the outer edge of the leps and feet with a series of very elongated scales, forming only a slight fringe; the toes short, scarcely webbed. ‘In the British Museum there is a nearly adult stuffed specimen, received from M. Ramon de la Sagra, and two young specimens sent from Cuba by Mr. W.8. Macleay. The young specimens (in spirit) are pale brown, with small dots on the head, and a dark spot on the middle of many of the dorsal scales. Tail sub- tessellated, with square brown spots. oC. planiréstris, Graves (C. Gravesii, Bory), is only described from an old specimen, in a very bad state, in the Museum of Bordeaux. The description and figure agree with those of P. rhombifer in almost every respect, except that the hind toes are Dr. J. E. Gray on the Species of Crocodiles. 271. said to be webbed. It was supposed to come from Congo; but that is very doubtful. ars 2. Palinia? Moreletii. ; Crocodilus Moreletii, Dum. Arch. du Mus. vi. 955, t.20; Cat. Rept.28.n.5*. “Dorsal scales keeled, nearly square; scales of the sides and limbs smooth, without tubercles. _-Hab. Yucatan, Lac Flores (M. Morelet). . This species is from a specimen in the Museum of Paris, which is very badly figured and indistinctly described in the memoir above cited. There are two young specimens of Crocodiles, in spilt, with« out habitats, in the British Museum, which are peculiar in the large size of the nuchal shield, the strength of the keels of the dorsal shields, and the large keeled scales of the fore-arms aid thighs, in which they agree with Palinia rhombifer ; but there is so much difference between the two, and between them both and the specimens of that species from Cuba, that I think they must be left in doubt, for further. elucidation. There are also two small stuffed specimens in the Collection (purchased in shops, and without any locality attached), which are peculiar in having six series of uniform, squarish, very strongly keeled dorsa scales: they are very unlike any other specimen in the Collec- tion, and may be new; but I do not like to describe them in the present imperfect state of our knowledge. b. The intermaxillary bone elongate, produced and truncated behind; the suture sloping backwards and penveraen as and then transverse or sinuous, Toes webbed. Legs with a se of elongated triangular scales. . CrocopiLvs. Face oblong, ha without any ridge in front of the orbits. Nuchal shields four, in an arched series. Cervical disk rhombic, of six shields. Dorsal shields quadrilateral, as broad as long; the vertebral series rather the widest and most keeled, Crocodilus vulgaris. Le Crocodile de Nile, Daud. Rept. ii. 267. Crocodilus vulgaris, Cuvier, Oss. Foss. v. 42, t. 1.f. 5.& Bia Ot ay p C. Chamses, Bory, Dict. Class. H. N. v. 105. C. lacunosus, Geoff. Croc. d’ Egypte, 167. C. suchus, Geoff. Ann. Mus. x. 82, t. 5. f. 2, 3, 4. C. marginatus, Geoff. Croc. d’ Egypte, 165; Gray, Cat. Rept. B.M. 61. Hab. Africa. North Africa, Egypt; West Africa, Senegal, Gaboon ; South Africa, Cape of Good Hope; Central Africa (Batkie). Our largest specimen is nearly 15 feet long. F The specimens from Egypt, West Africa, and the Cape show 272 Dr. J. E. Gray on the Species of Crocodiles. some slight differences; and perhaps a complete series of the perfect specimens and skulls, of different ages, from each locality might prove them to be distinct; but, unfortunately, I have not such a series at my command, all the specimens from the Cape and West Africa being either in the adult or very young state. 5. Morini. Face elongate ; forehead swollen, convex, especially in the adult; orbits without any anterior ridge. Nuchal shields two or four, small, Cervical disk rhombic, of six shields. The legs fringed with a series of triangular elongate scales. Toes webbed. Scales of the fore-arm and thigh thin, smooth. * Face slender. Dorsal shields irregular ; the central series small, keeled ; lateral scattered, strongly keeled. Nasal bones produced to the nostris. Molinia. 1. Molinia americana. Crocodilus americanus (Plumieri), Schn. Amph. 167; Gray, Cat. B. M. 60. C. acutus, Geoff. Aun. Mus. ii. 53, t.57.f.1; Cuvier, Oss. Foss. v.t. 1. £.3 & 14,t.2.f.5; Gray, Syn. 60; Dum. & Bib. Erp. Gén. iii. 120. ' Hab. Tropical America. Cuba (W. S. Macleay) ; West Ecua- dor (Fraser) ; Nicaragua (Richardson) ; West coast of America (Belcher) ; St. Domingo (Cuvier). - Our specimens vary in length from 19 to 103 inches; and the skulls show that they grow to a larger size. Var. with two additional small cervical scutella behind the others. C. umericanus, var. c, Gray, Cat. Rept. B.M. C. acutus, var., A. Dum. Cat. Rept. 28; Arch. du Mus. vi. 256. Hab. West coast of America (Belcher) ; Mexico (Warwick). ** Face very slender. Dorsal shields nearly uniform. Nasal bones not produced quite to the nostrils. ‘Temsacus. 2. M, intermedia. Crocodilus intermedius, Graves, Aun. Sci. Phys. ii. 248; Gray, Syn. 59. C. Journei, Bory, Dict. C.H.N.v.111; Dum. & Bib. E. G. ui. 129; Hux- ley, Proc. Linn. Soe. iii. 11. Croc. de Journie, A. Dum. Arch. du Mus. x. t. 14. f. 3 (head). Dorsal shields in six rows, all slightly and nearly equally elevated; the keels of the two vertebral series rather larger than the others, quadrilateral, rather broader than long; the lateral ones oval, with five or six large shields forming an interrupted line on the sides. Hab. America. | We have a young specimen, in spirits, sent by Mr. Brandt of Hamburg, as Crocodilus acutus, and an adult skull received from Paris, as Crocodile de ? Orénoque. : Dr. J. E. Gray on the Species of Crocodiles. 273 Ti. Nape with a broad ridge, strongly keeled on each side, and nearly con- tinuous with the dorsal shield, formed of two or three pairs of keeled shields. Legs fringed. Toes webbed. Abnormal Crocodiles. * Face broad ; nasal bone produced into the nostril. Alligatorian Crocodiles. 6, Haxcrosia. The premaxillary suture transverse, rather convex backwards. Nasal bones produced beyond the intermaxillary, and forming a bony septum between the nostrils. The face oblong, broad, without any ridge in front of the orbit. Eyelid with two bony plates. Nuchal plates four, in a cross row, strongly keeled. Cer- vical plates three or four pairs, forming a ridge on each side, the hinder one smaller. Dorsal scales in four series; the central broad, slightly keeled, the outer narrow, distinctly keeled: sides with large convex scales. Halcrosia frontata (Black African Crocodile). Krokodile noir de Niger, Adanson, MSS., Mus. Paris; see Cuvier, Oss. Foss. iii. 41. ' Crocodilus palpebrosus, var. 2, Cuvier, Oss. Foss. iii. 41, t. 2. f. 6 (part.). C. trigonatus, part., Cuvier, Oss. Foss. in. 65. 2C. biscutatus, Cuvier, Oss. Foss. ii1. 53, 65 (jun.). 2C. bisulcatus, Bory, Dict. Class. H. N. v. 108 (a misprint ?). C. frontatus, A. Murray, Proce. Zool. Soc. 1862. Hab. West Africa. Senegal (Adanson); Gaboon ; Old Calabar. The Crocodilus biscutatus (Cuvier, Oss. Foss. v. 53, 65, t. 2. f. 6, nuchal plates), from a young specimen labelled “Gavial de Sénégal” by Adanson, is probably a young specimen of this species ; but Adanson’s name would appear to apply to Mecistops. There is a specimen nearly 4 feet long in the Liverpool Mu- seum ; indeed, this seems to be the most common Crocodile of .the West-African rivers. | Cuvier evidently confounded this species with the Alligator _palpebrosus of South America; and it is still confounded with that species by the French naturalists, for we have a skeleton lately sent from the French Museum under that name. ** Face very long, slender ; nasal not reaching to the nostril. Gavialian Crocodiles. 7. MECISTOPS. Face subcylindrical, scarcely dilated in the middle; orbits simple. Nuchal shields numerous, small, in two cross series. Cervical disk narrow, containing two or three pairs of shields. Dorsal shields small, all keeled, in six longitudinal series, lateral one narrowest. Intermaxillary produced behind, and embracing the front end of the nasal. This genus has some resemblance to the Gavials; but the ‘Ana. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.3. Vol. x. 19 274 ~My. J. Y. Johrison on rare and little-known structure of the skull and the position of the teeth are those of a true Crocodile. Mecistops cataphractus. ‘Crocodilus cataphractus, Cuvier, Oss. Foss. v. t. 5. f. 1,2; Dum. & Bib. E. G. iii. 126 (younger) [copied A. Dum. Arch. du Mus. x. t. 14. f. 2]; Bennett, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1834, 110. C. leptorhynchus, Bennett, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1835, 129; A. Dum. Arch. du Mus. v. 252 & i. 171. t. 14. f. 1. M. cataphractus, Gray, Cat. B.M. 58, M. Bennettit, Gray, Cat. B.M. 57. Hab. West and Central Africa. Fernando Po (Bennett) ; Gaboon; Lagos; Central Africa (Baikie). I think there can be no doubt that the Crocodilus cataphractus, figured by Cuvier from a specimen in the College of Surgeons, and the C. leptorhynchus of Bennett are one species, the differ- ence in the length of the beak (in the figure) and in the form of the nuchal disk being derived from the state and age of the ‘specimen. | Ae. aes XXVII.—WNotes on rare and little-known Fishes taken at Madeira. By James Yate Jonnson, Cor. Mem. Z.8. No. II. Order ANACANTHINI, Mill. Suborder THoracicl. Fam. Gadide. Phyeis blennoides, Bl., Schn. _ Blennius gadoides, Risso. ‘Ist D.9. 2ndD.58. P.17. V.1. A. 53. C.1m.18.m : M.B. 7. Scales of lat. line about 100. Body elongate-oblong, much compressed behind, of a brown- ish-grey colour; the belly pale grey, marbled with dirty white. The head is depressed, unarmed, and, compared with the total length, is as 1 to 43. Gill-openings large; the gill-covers, which are black inside, are small, and leave much of the branchio- stegal membrane exposed. The scaly cheeks are slightly convex, and the skin covers and conceals the preopercle. The opercle is without a notch, and it terminates behind in a rounded pro- jection. The snout is short, rounded, and covered with small ‘scales; there are also scales on the mandible, but none on the thick cartilaginous lip. There is no’coloured skin on the maxil- lary, which fits under the skin behind, and forms no part of the border of the mouth. It reaches back to the verticai from the middle of the eye. The mouth, when open, is nearly circular. Fishes taken at Madeira. 275 The under jaw is shorter than, and closes inside the upper. The premaxillary and mandible are set with small ¢eeth in scobi- nate bands which have no larger teeth outside. The band in the upper jaw narrows backwards, but is much broader in front than the band of the lower jaw. There is a chevron-shaped patch of small teeth on the vomer, and also small teeth on the pharyn- geals, but none on the palatines. The tongue is white, like the whole interior of the mouth; it is broad, with a slight projec- tion in front. The chin carries a barbel of moderate length. There are no scales on the membrane between the mandible and the branchiostegal membrane. The eye is round and moderately large, being contained about five times in the head. It forms no part of the profile, and is distant from the tip of the snout about 13 of its diameter. There is a space equal to a diameter between the eyes. The nostrils are small, and the anterior one has a skinny appendage at its hinder border. The vertical fins are fleshy and scaly ; none of them have white edges. The first dorsal fin, which commences in the first third of the total length, is triangular, and has a short base. The elongate third ray is setiform above, and is nearly twice as long as the fourth, the next in length. The order of the length of the rays is 3, 4, 2=5, 6,1, 7, 8,9. The second dorsal fin is separated by a short space from the first, than which it is less high. It is long, being more than half the total length of the fish, and its middle portion is lower than the rest. It extends nearly to the caudal fin, and its posterior extremity is truncate. The pointed pectoral fins are inserted above the middle of the height, in the first fourth of the total length in front of the first dorsal. The fourth and fifth rays are nearly equal, and longer than the rest. The forking ventral ray is very long, reaching back much beyond the commencement of the anal fin, and being equal to about one-third of the total length of the fish. About the mid- dle there is a knot or dilatation forming a kind of elbow. | The vent, surrounded by a ring of black, is placed in the first half of the total length. The ana/ fin commences not far distant from it, under the eleventh or twelfth ray of the second dorsal fin. Its length is considerably more than one-third of the total length. It is not so high as the second dorsal fin, but has pre- cisely the same shape, with its truncate termination a little nearer the caudal fin, which is also truncate. The lateral line is a somewhat undulating groove aaah rises a little under the first dorsal fin; it then falls gently until there is a rapid descent over the commencement of the anal fin, which continues to the ninth or tenth ray of the anal fin; thenceforth it is straight,. The scales of this line are about 100 in number, 19% 276 Mr. J. Y. Johnson on rare and little-known In the height of the fish, at the anterior dorsal fin, 7 +28=85 scales were counted. Only a single specimen of this fish has been obtained by me at Madeira, where two other species have been taken, viz. P. mediterraneus and P. Yarrellii, as well as a specimen of the sub- genus Lemonema. M. Valenciennes has described and figured im his ‘Canarian Ichthyology’ (p. 78, pl. 14. fig. 2) another spe- cies of Phycis, under the name of P. lmbatus. From P. Yarrellit and P. limbatus it is distinguishable by the presence of teeth on the vomer, by the elongation of the third ray of the first dorsal fin, by the ventrals being much longer than the head, and by the uniform eoloration, of the vertical fins, whieh in the two fishes referred to have white edges. From P. mediterraneus (which has its first dorsal fin no higher than the second) it may be discriminated by the elongation of the third ray of the first dorsal fin, by the smaller eye (contained five times in place of three times in the head), and by the ventrals being much longer than the head. From Lemonema (Phyeis) robustum, recently de- scribed by mein a paper read before the Zoological Society, it is to be known by the chevron-shaped (not rounded) patch of vomerine teeth, by the elongation of the third in place of the first ray of the first dorsal fin, by the. larger number of rays in that fin (nine in place of five), and by the vertical fins being fleshy and scaly. From Phycis blennoides, Risso (Hist. Nat. de Eur. Mér. vol. itt. p. 222), E considered it distinct on account of the elonga- tion of the third (not the first) ray of the first dorsal, and by the larger number of rays in the second dorsal fin, Risso stating that the Mediterranean fish has but thirty-six rays m that fin. But Dr. Giinther assures me that there are mistakes in Risso’s descrip- tion, and that the present fish is really identical, not only with the Phycis blennoides of Schneider (Bl. Schn. p. 56) and of Risso, but with the Phycis furcatus of Fleming and Yarrell. - The specimen, which was taken in the month of April, and is now in the British Museum, has the following dimensions in inches :-— "Total Jeneth 9... sinbit fussels input clibeideimain een 292 Height under. lat dorsal). 2.0, ceienis m-mec 3 Thickness behind pectorals ................ 31 Wiea, Tenet . >... «ss + .s.sins age a ee 62 2 ,., MICKNEss DEIOW CYC... o nes be a eee 4i Rive, diameter S00 Bare AE Oe ee 1545 Mouth, width from side to side when open .... 32 » . width of band of teeth in front ...... vy Bute. ten io Cait CAS 14S Ist dorsal, distance from snout .....-......-. 82 2 na length ‘of-base! scitsoics healt. Fishes taken at Madeira. . © © 277 aN ke Ist dorsal, length of third ray .............. 10 9 is Gerh ray ip ese sie) QA, 2nd dorsal, distance from snout ............ 88 oe length Gameen 628... 25 4G. 5 154 “ height towards front ............ 1S Pectorals, distance from snout .............. Gt a eas a i) war ow aoe 04 0 kas QE 43 tN EE ne wea y nso ae caw om 5 Ventrals, length on right side .............. 103 A a tel SS SIM a Se Bl Bs 84 Vent, distance of its vertical from snout ...... 13 Anal, distance from vent .................. 4 Soe? Wena MBE. SC oct of Loe 11z Tail, height behind second dorsal ............ 154, Caudal, length at middle .................. 34 Pi Oe NE ios biesd dvqca wy ota la lasaieierels 4t4) Order MALACOPTERYGII. _ Suborder Apopes. Saccopharynx ampullaceus, Harwood, sp. _» hecurious fish which I am about to describe was taken in the month of March, off the coast of Madeira, but under what cir- cumstances I could not learn. The man from whom I obtained it stated that he had a fish with two heads, two mouths, four eyes, and a tail growing out of the middle of the back, which had astenished the whole market; and the fishermen one and all declared they had never met with anything like it before. At first sight it really did appear to be the monster described ; but a short examination brought to light the fact that one fish had been swallowed by another, and that the features of the former were seen through the thin extensible skin of the latter. On extracting the fish that had been swallowed, it proved to be a Gadoid*, and to have a diameter several times exceeding that of its enemy, whose stomach it had distended to an unnatural and painful degree. As to the fish whose voracity had brought it to an untimely end, it was immediately pointed out to me by Dr. Giinther, when I showed him a sketch of the head, that it is closely related to a fish described at some length by Dr. Harwood, in a memoir printed in the ‘ Philosophical Transactions, in the year 1827, under the name of Ophiognathus ampullaceus. That eminent ichthyologist also informed me that a member of the same genus had been previously described by Dr. S. L. Mitchill, in the Annals of the Lyceum of New York’ for 1824, under the name * This Gadoid is the type of a new genus, and has been described by Dr. Giinther under the name of Halargyreus Johnsonii. 278 Mr. J. Y, Johnson on rare and little-known of Saccopharynz. flagellum. On referring to these descriptions, I am led to think that, although the three fishes fall into the same genus; the Madeiran fish is specifically distinct from that forming the subject of Dr. Mitchill’s memoir, but is perhaps specifically identical with Dr. Harwood’s fish. I will first de- scribe the specimen obtained at Madeira (which now forms part of the rich collection in the British Museum), and then make some remarks on the relationship of the three. The Madeiran fish is 32 inches in length. It has a thin, soft, scaleless skin, which is jet-black. From its narrow elongated form, and from the absence of ventral fins, it would be referred, at the first glance, to the Eels; but from that tribe it is distinctly separated by the.structure of its singular jaws. The upper jaw is apparently composed of the maxillary or premaxillary—bones which are invariably wanting in the tribe of true Hels. The bones of both jaws are slender and curved ; those of the under jaw meet at an acute angle in front, and they are armed with a single row of small, sharp, delicate teeth, similar to those of the upper jaw, but rather more numerous. There are no teeth on the palatine bones or elsewhere in the mouth. ~ The gape is of enormous extent ; and the animal had the power of throwing down the lower jaw until it was almost in a line with the upper, the two being subequal, and 22 inches in length. There is no tongue in the mouth, nor are there any branchio- stegal rays. A conical snout projects nearly four-tenths of an inch beyond the upper lip; and the small oval eye, which is co- vered with skin, is placed on the head not far from the base of the snout. In front of each eye is a single small nostril, which does not issue in a tube. The gill-openings are small slits, seven-tenths of an inch in length, on the underside of the body, placed only one-sixth of an inch apart, and at a distance of about 32 inches from the tip of the snout. What is very remarkable about these apertures is that, within the lips of each, the opposite sides are connected by three narrow cutaneous bands—two near the anterior end of the aperture, and one near the posterior end. The minute pectoral fins are placed immediately behind the gill-openings, but a little above them. Each is about one-fifth of an inch in length, and has about thirty-two delicate rays. In reference to the pectoral fins of the fish described by Dr. Har- wood, he mentions that they were principally composed of an adipose disk terminated and nearly surrounded by the rayed portion of the fin. In my fish I do not see anything of this kind; but that may be owing to the specimen being young. A low dorsal fin, having extremely slender rays, commences in front of the vent, and at a distance of about 74 inches from ’ | Fishes taken at Madeira. . © ~ 279 the tip of the snout. There is no trace of ventrals. .The vent is about 8} inches distant from the snout; and behind it begins a low anal, which, though it may be traced for a considerable distance, stops, like the dorsal, short of the end of the tail. The hinder part of the body tapers off gradually ; and the fin- Jess tail is characterized by extreme tenuity, being reduced to the thinness of a thread. Two bluish-white, parallel, closely approximated lines begin at the distance of rather more than an inch from the tip of the snout, and are traceable for a consider- able space along the back, one at each side of the dorsal fin. Dr. Mitchill speaks not only of a whitish line extending on each side of thé dorsal fin of his fish, but of a similar stripe at each side of the anal fin. 7 No lateral line is visible. The vertebre are without ribs, and all the bones are weak. And now as to the relationship of these three fishes. Whilst it is pretty certain that all three are members of the same genus, and whilst there is scarcely ground for holding that Dr. Har- wood’s fish and the Madeiran fish are specifically distinct (for their differences may be due only to their different ages), yet there is one part of Dr. Mitchill’s description which makes it difficult to suppose that his fish was identical in species with mine. He says that it had filiform processes or exerescences about an inch in length, and about fifty in number, depending on each side of the back, all the way from the head to the tail. In my fish there is no trace of such processes. Hence I venture to conclude that. if Dr. Mitchill’s fish retains the name of Sacco- pharynx flagellum, Dr. Harwood’s and mine ought to be desig- nated Saccopharynx ampullaceus. I will only remark that Dr. Mitchill proposed the name Saccopharyng in substitution for Shaw’s Stylephorus, supposing the two fishes thus designated to belong to the same genus. But modern ichthyologists cannot admit this to be the case ; for {to say nothing of other points) the structure of the mouth is totally different, as may be at once seen by an inspection of Shaw’s unique specimen, now preserved in the Museum of the College of Surgeons. Suborder ABDOMINALES, Fam. Scopelide. Gonostoma denudata, Buon. Faun. Ital. (with a fig.). | Gasteropelecus acanthurus, Cocco. _ The genus Gonostoma was indicated by Rafinesque, and defined by Buonaparte, as having an elongated body entirely covered with large caducous uniform scales ; uniserial teeth in both jaws; pectoral fins inserted low down; the first dorsal .fin rather far 280 Mr. J. Y. Johnson on rare and little-known back, 7. @. behind the ventral and over the anal fin. A single specimen of the genus has been taken at Madeira. Ist D.15. 2nd D. rudimentary. A. 29. P.11. V.8. C. 11.16. 1v. M.B. 13. The back and belly are black, the sides silvery grey, and there are two rows of small silvery spots extending at each side from the head to the tail, near the lower edge of the body. The skin is delicate, and the ‘large scales easily removed. Their edges are even, and their surfaces concentrically striated. The body is oblong and compressed; the highest part is at the nape, from which place it attenuates backwards. The sides of the body, when the skin is removed, are seen to be marked with furrows diverging from the lateral line. The head is high, compressed, and unarmed; the ciel flat ; the vertex marked with low ridges. The round eye 18 contained about seven times in the head; it is distant about one diameter from the snout, and it is so high up that its border forms part of the profile. The rictus is large, extending downwards with an oblique curve much beyond the eye. The under jaw shuts inside the upper, except anteriorly, where the upper jaw reverses its curve. The mouth is black inside. Its upper border is formed entirely by the premaxillary, which is thin and dilated down- wards, the slender maxillary lymg behind. The dentition is curious. In both jaws there is a single row of delicate, acicular, nearly straight teeth, with four or five very small teeth, of similar shape, in the intervals between two larger ones. Of the larger teeth, in the specimen there are twenty-nine in the upper, and twenty-one in the lower jaw. There is a row of teeth on the palatines, a few teeth on the vomer, and a row along the middle of the fleshless tongue—all very minute. The opercular pieces are delicate, smooth, and with entire margins. There are two low crests on the opercle, starting from the same point, one vertical and the other oblique; the posterior margin of the opercle is nearly vertical. The triangular first dorsal fin is placed far back over the anal fin, and both are sprinkled with minute black dots. _ The first two rays are very short and unbranched, the third ray is the longest ; the posterior rays are very delicate. The second dorsal fin possesses rays, but is very minute. The pectoral fins are oblong, and inserted very low down near the angle of the subopercle. The ventral fins are rather shorter than the pectoral fins, and are placed close together a little in advance of the first dorsal. The anal fin commences under the commencement of the first dorsal, but extends beyond it; it is high in front, but the first two rays are short, the third being Fishes taken at Madeira. — 281 the longest in the fin, from which it falls rapidly backwards. The caudal fin is forked. On-the under edge of the tail there are five short glassy spines, which curve backwards. The vent is placed at the middle of the total length. | The single specimen obtained, though measuring 5,8, inches in length, was extracted from the stomach of a malacopterygian fish, having a length of only 34%, inches, whose black skin, frightfully distended, entirely covered it! It was doubled up, and a good deal injured. So many of the scales had been re- moved, that those of the lateral line could not be counted. It is to be observed, with reference to the description of Gono- stoma denudata given in the ‘ Fauna Italica,’ that ten rays are assigned to the branchiostegal membrane, whereas I certainly found thirteen; that the fifth, sixth, and seventh: rays of the first dorsal fin are said to be the longest, whereas in my fish the longest rays were the third, fourth, and fifth; and that, whilst the two agree in the number of the rays of the first dorsal fin, there were in my fish eleven in place of the ten rays in the pec- toral fin, eight in place of six rays in the ventral fins, and twenty-nine in place of thirty rays in the anal fin. The fish was taken in the month of March, and is now in the British Museum. The following are the dimensions of the principal parts :— EE sain 5 te w.0 se 86 o> my chery’ 0 § 5355 REE eb occ t ne yee hse wees . Py CO eee ce ur eb ea tee ks 1+; oe eco ee ll lg aI IE SS ICIS SAGA 8 iy Mouth, width at back .............0.. a5 » length of upper jaw ............ 1 (SE COS AC UTC Sean oP ais Ist dorsal, distance from snout .......... 254, PONE OF AC yw 0/6 lois ce dws lene L * length of third ray .......... 35 2nd dorsal, distance from snout ........ 4 Pectorals, distance from snout .......... 1.2) cs Me is Gs eo uw Gs tia ho rere ee + Ventrals, distance from snout .......... 2,35 1 ie EIN Lire d'e''s vi s's's ciao. share <5 Anal, length of base ..............°.. . 14 5, .length‘of third ray... 5.0.5.5... ty Scopelus Bonapartii, Val. H. N. Poiss. xxii. 449. Lampanyctus Bonapartii, Fauna Ital. Ist D.14. 2nd D.rudimentary, P.14. V.7. A.18. C, 111. or tv. 10+9. 11. ortv. M.B. 8. Black, the large scales reflecting purplish blue and silvery 282 Mr. J. Y. Johnson on rare and little-known white; the fins white. There is a row of small silver spots at each side of the belly, with about four oblique rows of two or three similar spots ascending to the lateral line. The head, compared with the length, is as 1 to 4; and the height compared with the length is as 1 to 7 nearly. The head is somewhat compressed; it has a thin bony crest on the snout, terminating abruptly between the eyes, which are large and round. They are contained three times in the head, and are situate less than a diameter from the snout. The upper.side of the orbit takes part in the outline of the head. At the antero-superior part of the orbit there is a short spine, which projects forwards. The opercular pieces are scaly, but unarmed; the opercle has an emargination above the base of the pectoral: fin. ‘The mouth is of large dimensions, and ex- tends much beyond the eyes. Both jaws are set with minute teeth in narrow villiform bands; and there are three longitudinal rows on the tongue, separated by grooves. The upper border of the mouth is formed by the dentiferous premaxillary. The palatine bones are armed with teeth, but not the vomer. The entopterygoids carry a broad patch of minute teeth. The inside of the mouth and the gill-covers are deep black. The branchio- stegal membrane has three silver blotches at each side. The first dorsal fin is short, high, and placed at the middle of the back: The first two rays are short. The second dorsal fin is rudimentary. The pectoral fins are inserted rather below the middle of the height, and are narrow, pointed, and long, reach- ing back nearly to the end of the first dorsal fin, and a little beyond the vent. The abdominal ventral fins are inserted under the anterior part. of the first dorsal, and are about as long as the pectoral fins. . The vent is placed alittle before the middle of the fish, and the ana/ fin commences just behind it. The caudal fin is deeply forked and: tipped with black. On the under edge of the tail there are four short stout spines, which are hooked and directed backwards ; on the under edge are three similar spines*. The lateral line is straight, and there are about thirty-four scales upon it. — This description has been drawn up from an individual taken in the month of November. It appears to belong to the Medi- terranean species which has been described by Valenciennes under the name of Scopelus Bonapartu, to which, however, he assigned a fin-formula slightly differing from that of my fish, viz. lst. D.13..A.13. C. 25. P.13. V.8. In the ‘ Fauna Italica’ it is suggested that S.(Lampanyctus) Bonapartii and * Valenciennes describes the tail of S. owagerr as having three spines above and four below. Fishes taken at Madeira. 283 S. Crocodilus, Val., may be the same species, but the fin-formula assigned to the latter (lst D. 20. A. 18) hardly admits of this supposition. It is not impossible, however, that the fish shortly described by Mr. Lowe, under the name of Scopelus maderensis (Trans. Zool. Soc. iii. p. 14) may have been an example of S. Bonapartii. The fin-rays were thus counted by him: Ist D. 18. A.14. C.15. P.13. V.8; but he is silent as to the spines on the tail, and the spine above the eye. The example above described, now in the British Museum, yielded the following measurements :— inches. MN ae eine s'aso'y evs 9 av bee 8a 3 Height over base of pectorals .......... Je vias ss oss cits er ecyt es é RN GRAN TEES My ora ee 355 Pie wenn Dem 6 eS. ES OS i lst dorsal, distance from snout .......... 15 be length of base. 1.22 2... oe os ty Pectorals, distance from snout .......... it 9 length Brea Wi exer, eo ork 08's eee eee. b ay Ventrals, distance from snout .......... 15 ss MRM asa ae tieas ios bas sean ae Vent, distance from snout.............. 15 PMP ROEEIE OL OBSO ce heey zy Paralepis coregonoides, Risso, Hist. Nat, ui. 472. Ist D. 14. 2nd. D.adipose. P.16. V.8o0r9. A. C.18, 3 M.B.7. pela lls Alonatt Elongate, compressed, of a brown colour ; the scales minute, cycloid. The height of the body compared with the total length is as 1 to 10}. The head js large, being nearly one-fourth of the total length. The large oval eye is distant two diameters from the tip of the snout, and is contained about four times in the head, which is channeled between the eyes, and has two ridges: converging forwards. It is unarmed, and the opercular pieces are toothless. The opercle and the scapulary bones are concen- trically striate. The lower jaw is rather longer than the upper, and the mouth is slightly oblique. All the teeth are uniserial and minute; those at the sides of the premaxillary, which forms the upper border of the mouth, are alternately acute and rounded, with a cutting edge. In the lower jaw there is a single series of sharp, conical, curved teeth, larger at the sides than those of the upper jaw; and the palatines are armed with similar teeth. The tongue is spoon-shaped, and its margin carries a few small acute teeth. _ The short and moderately high first dorsal fin is placed behind 284 Mr. J. Y- Johnson on rare and little-known the middle of the body. The second dorsal fin is rudimentary, and placed over against the anal fin, the rays of which, being damaged in the specimen, cannot be given with certainty. The obliquely truncate pectoral fins are inserted a little behind the edge of the opercle, and their length is less than half that of the head. The abdominal ventral fins are placed underneath the first dorsal fin ; they are not quite half as long as the pectoral fins. The anal fin'is higher in front ; its base is about half as long as the head, and it is situate rather more than its own length behind the ventral fins. The caudal fin is emarginate. Only a single specimen of this fish has occurred, and it has been sent to the British Museum. M. Valenciennes has regis- tered Paralenis sphyrenoides, Risso (Hist. Nat. iii. 473) as having been taken at the Canaries ; but the distinctness of that species from P. coregonoides, Risso, is doubtful. Bonaparte thought that they were forms of .the same species ; but, if distinct, he would define them thus :— P. coregonoides, corpore extenso ; maxilla breviore quam man- dibula ; pinna dorsali ventralibus oppositis ; anali radius 22. 1*D. 10. 2°D.6,iud. P.13. V.1/8. A. 2/20. C.17. P. sphyrenoides, corpore subextenso ; maxillis equalibus ; pinna dorsali ventralibus post-posita; anali radius 30. 1°): 10. 2° 3? rud. ‘P:9. V.1/8. A. 30. OC. ame _ In my specimen the anal fin is damaged, and the number of rays cannot be ascertained; in other respects it seems nearer the form named P. coregonotdes than the other supposed species. The Mediterranean fish is said not to exceed 5 inches in length. The following measurements were taken from the fish which afforded materials for the foregoing description :— inehes Total length . Lt becom Obv 166 Seth bo 6 REE Height behind pectorals Fl vob dgeied GEL COR fr PE PUCKSIORS 4 cop bis $a «+, smn bibs ar inte (ee eee 4 is (Ys PRPs arr erent wapelan repens rar ye a 1f Bye, Jonger axis. bs ares 01 oan pena 70 First dorsal, distance from snout ............ 4t ba length of base:....', Ce sso weleatoe 345 Peerorals, length 60. oe Se eee sae zy ea distance from snout .............. 2 Vertrals, longth.))6 oS ul ee sO Ge ae 35 Afal, Wenetm Of DARE... oa Fc. tas o's 4 ite waren zo », distance from ventrals................ Fishes taken at Madeira... — | 285 Fam. Alepocephalide, Val. Alepocephalus rostratus, Risso, Hist. Nat. iii. p. 449, f. 27; C. & V. xix. p. 465, pl. 554. ! D. 16-18. P.10-l1l. V.9. A. 19-22. C. viii. or 1x. 10+ 11. vir. or 1x. M.B. 6-7. Compressed, elongate, the outlines of the back and belly nearly parallel for a considerable space and hardly beginning to approximate before the posterior portions of the dorsal and anal fins. The belly is ecarmate. The body is covered with large cycloid scales inserted in a very delicate brown skin. The scales are easily displaced, and the skin upon them has a purplish-blue or violet colour. ‘The largest scales measure eight-tenths of an inch by five-tenths. All the fins are bluish black. The head is compressed, unarmed, flat above, and covered with a soft, muciferous, scaleless skin, of a dark-indigo colour. A clear, colourless, gelatinous matter, containing dark spots, lies under this skin upon the bones. A strip of smooth scaleless skin advances upon the body from the head as far as the com- mencement of the lateral line. The large, nearly round eyes are lateral, but placed high up, a diameter apart. Hach is con- tained nearly five times in the head, and is at the distance of a diameter from the snout, and two-thirds of a diameter from the nearest part of the jaw. The pupil reflects a pale-indigo colour, Below the eye the skin is marked with a few radiating ridges. In front of each eye is a pair of nostrils, the hinder one being larger. On stripping away the skin from the opercular pieces, two oblique ridges are seen on the opercle, which project at the margin as flexible spines; on the preopercle there is a vertical ridge. The snout is broad, rounded, and projecting, with a depression in the profile between its tip and the eyes. The gill-openings are large. The throat and mouth are nearly black within ; tongue thick and smooth ; the chin is without append- ages, but has a large bony boss. The gape is wide, but the cleft does not reach beyond the vertical of the anterior margin of the eye. The jaws are of equal length; the upper border of the mouth is formed partly of the premaxillary and partly of the maxillary; but the former alone carries the uniserial teeth, which are very small, conical, acute, and slightly curved. The teeth of the lower jaw are similar, but in front a few are rather larger, There is also a row of similarly shaped teeth on the palatine bones, but the vomer is unarmed. The branchiostegal rays in 286 Mr. J. Y. Johnson on Fishes from Madeira. one specimen were six in number, in others seven. The mem- brane is very large. | ‘The single short dorsal fin is placed far behind, over against the anal fin ; its base is scaly. The first three or four rays are short ; the longest rays are about equal to the diameter of the eye. The oval pectoral fins have their bases covered with scales ; their length is not quite twice the diameter of the eye, and they are inserted at a distance of about one-half of that diameter behind the edge of the opercle. | The ventral fins are shorter than the pectoral fins, and are placed about the middle of the body minus the caudal fin. The first ray is unbranched. | The anal fin has a base longer than the dorsal fin; five or six of its rays seem to be unbranched. The forked caudal fin has a scaly base, and its lobes are of equal length. The lateral line inclines gently from the vertical of the pectoral fin, and its course to the tail is uninterrupted. From fifty-two to sixty scales have been counted. On dissection, the peritoneal lining was found to be fuscous, the coats of the cecal stomach very thick, the pancreatic czeca from twenty-four to twenty-six in number. The intestinal tube was long and much convoluted, and the rectum had a spiral valve of seven or eight whorls. The gall-bladder was attached to the small lobe of the liver. The liver was not large, and was found lying on the left side of the stomach. There was no air- bladder. The ova formed a long yellowish mass, extending nearly the whole length of the abdominal cavity. The muscle of the body was white and firm. In several parts of the abdo- minal cavity, entozoa of different species were discovered, of one of which (a Tetrarhynchus) Dr. Baird has given a description in the Proc. Zool. Soc. for 1862, p. 115. The systematic position of this fish amongst Malacopterygians has been much debated. By Duméril it was placed in his family of Opisthoptéres, between Galaxias and Stomias, near Esox and Belone. Valenciennes has considered it the type of a peculiar family. Risso first described it from Mediterranean specimens. During the last two or three years several examples, varying in length from 23 to 274 inches, have occurred at Madeira, where it is known to the fishermen under the name of “ Trista-linda.” They were taken in the months of January, February, and March. : The followmg measurements were taken from the largest example :— 7 Mr. T. V. Wollaston on Additions to Madeiran Coleoptera. 287. Po inches. gee c Total length ...... SD eee ar aR 273 Height behind pectorals .............. 6 ecmnees Ls OSae tela see ete oe 2 POON) Ue: ia. SS SS UPL BAIS 7 POET I MOOS. OLE SB al 13 Under jaw; length! ven... 205 we Seis 2 Hinder nostril, length 3 inch; width .... 4 Dorsal, length of base ........... ge 3 a 2 longest ray. ......+44: 14 on. wins. «bin 2 bhe whales 22 rte distance from tip of under jaw.. 73 Fa eae arn manna E 22 HS distance from tip of under jaw .. 125 DUE GE ORO, ee we ek os 41 ;, distance from roots of ventrals SPINS In a specimen 23 inches long :— . Gall-bladder, diameter ........0000.05. +) Liver, length of larger lobe ............ 2355 » Width ee I as okie ste 1 SS EPL SE OIE FOIE 43 a Es) bis tes pa de. cin 44-60 3% 1i XXVIII.—On Additions to the Madeiran Coleoptera. By T. Vernon Wo taston, M.A., F.LS. | Fam. Carabide. Genus TREcuUS. Clairville, Ent. Helv. ii. 23 (1806). 1. Trechus minyops, n. sp. T. angustulo-oblongus, rufo-ferrugineus, nitidus; capite ovali, pos- - tice subcrasso, i. e. pone oculos (minutissimos, valde demissos) vix contracto, sulcis frontalibus sat profundis, curvatis; protho- race subquadrato postice vix latiore, angulis anticis subporrectis acutiusculis, posticis rectis, canaliculato, utrinque ad basin profunde impresso; elytris sat profunde subpunctato-striatis, interstitio tertio punctis duobus impresso ; antennis rufo-testaceis, brevibus, _ apicem versus moniliformibus ; pedibus testaceis. . Long. corp. lin. 14. Habitat in montibus Maderee, duobus speciminibus ad 8S. Antonio da Serra a Dom. Moniz detectis. T. narrowish-oblong, being widest in the middle and about equally (though very slightly) narrowed before and behind, reddish-ferruginous, and shining (but not highly polished), Head oval, and with the eyes extremely small, and so completely sunken that they do not project at all beyond the curvature of. 288 Mr, T. V. Wollaston on Additions to Madeiran Coleoptera. the head—a fact which causes the neck to seem thick and un- constricted ; with the two frontal sulci deep and much curved. _ Prothorax quadrate, though, if anything, perhaps a trifle wider behind than before ; with the anterior angles slightly porrected and rather acute, but with the posterior ones right angles ; di- stinctly channeled. down the disk, and impressed on either side at the base with a deep unpunctur red fovea. Elytra rather convex and somewhat deeply striated, the striz being scarcely, or at all events most obscurely, punctured ; with two very large and deep impressions on ‘the third imterstice of each. Antenne rather short and rufo-testaceous, with the subapical joints rounded and moniliform. Legs testaceous. In the more acute ultimate articulation of its maxillary palpi, which is extremely long and with its terminal half almost acicu- lated, as well as in its excessively minute eyes (which, being also completely sunken or depressed, give the head a remarkably oval and posteriorly-unconstricted appearance) and the rather short and moniliform subapical joints of its (abbreviated) antenne, the single specimen: from which the above diagnosis has been compiled might almost be regarded as generically distinct from the other 7rechi which have hitherto been detected in these islands, Nevertheless it cannot be a Trechicus (to which I am. informed by Dr. Schaum the Trechus fimicola of the ‘ Ins. Mad.’ should be referred); for it has the flexuose frontal furrows and the ordinary recurved first elytral stria (emptying itself, as usual, into the fifth), which do not appear to obtain in that group; and I am compelled therefore to cite it as a Trechus. But, as the example now before me is unfortunately a female, | am un- able to state whether the anterior male feet present anything pe- culiar in their mode of dilatation, whilst the fact of the specimen being unique prevents me from dissecting it in order to observe the exact structure of its lower lip; so that, until further mate- rial is obtained, I would desire to assign it to this genus merely provisionally, Assuming it, however, to be a true Trechus, it may at once be known by its somewhat narrow oblong outline and pale rufo- ferruginous hue, by its extremely diminutive eyes and square prothorax, and by its rather short and submoniliform antenne. In general facies, indeed, it has a good deal in common with the T. quadricollis (hitherto unique); but its much smaller bulk and different antenne and eyes will easily separate it from that insect. It is to Senhor Moniz that we are indebted for the discovery of the 7. minyops,—two specimens, one of which he has kindly presented to the collection of the British Museum, having been taken by him at 8. Antonio da Serra, | Mr. T. V. Wollaston on Additions to Madeiran Coleoptera. 289 Fam, Colydiade. Genus TARPHIUS. (Germar) Erichs., Nat. der Ins. Deutschl. iii. 256 (1848). 2. Tarphius angustulus, n. sp. 7’. angustus, rufo-piceus (vel piceo-ferrugineus), fere calvus (oculo fortissime armato minute et parce fulvo-cinereo pubescens) ; pro- thorace elongato, postice gradatim et leviter angustiore, ad latera oblique subrecto, granulis maximis depressis obsito ; elytris paral- lelis, minus sculpturatis, nec nodosis nec carinatis, concoloribus ; antennis pedibusque vix clarioribus. Long. corp. lin. 1. Habitat in montibus Maderee australis, in castanetis supra urbem Funchalensem a Dom. Moniz repertus. T. small and narrow, rufo-piceous or piceo-ferruginous, al- most free from scales and setz, though, under a high magnifying power, sparingly studded with an exceedingly short cinereous or fulvo-cinereous pubescence. Prothorax elongate, being widest anteriorly (where it is rather broader than the elytra), but gra- dually and regularly (but not very greatly) narrowed behind ; with the front angles much porrected and acute, and therefore with the emargination deep; broadly flattened at the sides, especially in front, but convex on the disk, and with an im- pressed transverse line just before the extreme base; beset with excessively large and depressed granules. Elytra with the sides quite parallel; very lightly sculptured (particularly behind), and altogether free from both nodules and ridges; also concolorous, there being no indication of paler blotches. Antenne and legs of a slightly clearer hue. This is one of the most distinct of all the Tarphi which have yet been detected,—its small size (for it is scarcely, if at all, larger than the 7. Lowei) and narrow outline, combined with its rufo- ferruginous hue, its elongate prothorax (which is obliquely straight at the sides, and regularly narrowed posteriorly), its very lightly sculptured, parallel, concolorous elytra, and its almost total freedom (except under a high magnifying power) from pubescence or sete giving it a character which it is im- possible to mistake. In spite of its diminutive bulk and com- paratively unroughened surface, I am inclined to think that it has perhaps a greater affinity with the 7. parallelus than with any other species hitherto described. The 7. angustulus is also due to the researches of Senhor Moniz, who lately discovered three or four examples of it in the chestnut-woods at the Mount, above Funchal ; one of which he has presented to the British Museum collection. This addi- Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 3. Vol. x. 20 290 Mr. T. V. Wollaston on Additions to Madeiran Coleoptera. tion to the fauna is extremely interesting, since it raises the species of Tarphius which have now been brought to light in the Madeiran archipelago alone to no less a number than twenty. So that, with the nine Canarian ones and the 7. gibbulus from Sicily, there are exactly thirty Tarphi now on record ! Fam. Cryptophagide. Genus LEUCOHIMATIUM. Rosenhaur, Die Thiere Andalus. 179 (1856). 3. Leucohimatium elongatum. L. fuseo-ferrugineum, albido pubescens; capite prothoraceque - sat parce punctatis, hoc subquadrato postice paulo angustiore, angulis anticis oblique incrassatis, ad latera minutissime crenulato, basi utrinque foveola obscura punctiformi notato; elytris subtiliter striato-punctatis, interstitiis uniseriatim punctulatis. Long. corp. lin. 14. Habitat supra urbem Funchalensem; specimina duo nuper detexit Dom. Anderson. Paramecosoma elongata, Erichs., Nat. der Ins. Deutschl. iii. 371 (1848). Leucohimatium angustum, Rosenh., Die Thiere Andal. 179 (1856). L. narrow, parallel, brownish-ferruginous, and clothed (though not very densely) with a white, robust, decumbent pile. Head and prothoraz punctured: the latter subquadrate and a little narrowed posteriorly, with the anterior angles obliquely incras- sated, with the sides very minutely crenulated, and with a small punctiform impression on either side behind, at the extreme base. Hlytra finely striate-punctate; the interstices with a series of very minute punctules down each. Limbs scarcely paler than the rest of the surface. Two examples of this insect, which is found sparingly through- out southern (and even central) Europe, and which I have myself captured in the island of Palma of the Canarian group, were detected, during the spring of the present year, by Mr. F. A. Anderson, who found them in a grassy spot by the side of a small footpath which leads into the S* Luzia ravine below the church of San Roque. One of these specimens Mr. Anderson has kindly presented to the collection of the British Museum. Fam. Lathridiade. Genus MretrorHTHALMUS. Wollaston, Ins. Mad. 192. tab. iv. f. 4 (1854), 4. Metophthalmus sculpturatus, n. sp. M. subovalis, rufo-ferrugineus ; capite prothoraceque inzequalibus, Mr. T. V. Wollaston on Additions to Madeiran Coleoptera. 291 illo in fronte obsolete binodoso necnon utrinque costato ; elytris paulo obscurioribus, valde profunde seriatim punctatis, punctis maximis, interstitiis alternis paulo elevatis, irregulariter subundu- latis ; antennis brevibus pedibusque paulo clarioribus. Long. corp. lin. 3-3. Habitat in montibus Maderee ; sub cortice Platani laxo supra urbem Funchalensem Dom. Bewicke sat copiose reperit. M. oval, rufo-ferruginous, with the elytra a shade darker. Head with two very obscure elongate nodules in the centre of its forehead, and with two raised costz (as in the M. asperatus) on either side, arising from the inner and outer margins of the eye (which they consequently enclose) and continued forwards, gradually approximating until they reach the insertion of the antennz, where they join. Prothorax very uneven, as in the M. asperatus, but a little less developed than is the case in that insect. Elytra very deeply seriate-punctate, the punctures, especially those towards the suture, being enormous, and so closely packed together that the interstices (the alternate ones of which are slightly raised) appear irregular or minutely undu- lated. Antenne and legs, the former of which are short, rufo- testaceous. In its 10-articulated antenne this little Metophthalmus agrees almost exactly with the M. asperatus, except that they are alto- gether rather shorter—caused by the joints between the minute conical third one and the club being (as in the M. exiguus) more abbreviated or moniliform, and the first joint of the clava itself being rather less developed. In the construction of its eyes and feet, and in the singular position of the former, no less than in the serrated margins of its head, prothorax, and elytra, it is identical with that insect. Its main differences lie in its smaller size and more elliptic outline, in its more ferruginous hue, in its less apparent inner frontal cost (or elongated nodules), and in its very much larger elytral punctures, which are so enormous and closely packed together as to cause the slightly raised alter- nate interstices to appear less straightened and costate, or more undulated and irregular. From the M. exiguus it may imme- diately be known by (iter alia) its larger size and relatively broader outline, and by the darker colour and immensely larger punctures of its elytra. It is to Mr. Bewicke that we are indebted for this interesting addition to the fauna, several specimens of it having been cap- tured by him from beneath the dead bark of Plane-trees in the grounds of the Palheiro, on the mountains to the eastward of Funchal. Mr. Bewicke has presented me with types; and he has also placed others in the British Museum, as well as in the collection at Oxford. 20% 292 Mr. T. V. Wollaston on Additions to Madeiran Coleoptera. Fam. Histeride. Genus Eurrirrvs. Wollaston, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. ser. 3. 1. 157 (1862). The addition of the present genus to our Catalogue, through the recent researches of Mr. Bewicke, is a most important one, as supplying another link of union between Madeira and the Canaries, and that, too, in a most significant manner—through their Euphorbian faune. The little insect for the reception of which I lately established the group, I believe to be universal, in decayed Euphorbia-stems, throughout the Canarian archipelago, though hitherto I happen to have met with it in only five out of the seven islands ; and it is interesting therefore to find it, under precisely similar circumstances, at Madeira also. After com- piling its generic diagnosis, in my paper above alluded to, I stated that “amongst the forty-four groups of the Histeride so elaborately enunciated in De Marseul’s Monograph, there is certainly nothing which approaches the present one in its most distinctive features. Indeed, its 6-jointed funiculus would of itself suffice to characterize it ; for the only known form in which this particular number of joints (or, in fact, less than seven) pre- vails, in that portion of the antennz, is Monoplius (of which hitherto but a single exponent has been detected), from the Cape of Good Hope—an insect widely different from Kutriptus in the other details of its structure. Its various peculiarities will be easily gathered from the diaguosis ; nevertheless I may just add that its two most*anomalous ones (apart from its funiculus) are the formation of its mer maxillary lobe and of its anterior tibia, the former of which is curiously uncinated at its apex (the outer margin being thickened into a narrow rim, which merges into an obtusely curved hook at the tip), whilst the latter has its inner apical angle produced into a long and acute spine, which, being outwardly directed, gives that portion of the leg a very singular appearance.” | 5. Eutriptus putricola. E. cylindrico-oblongus, subconvexus, aterrimus, politissimus; capite prothoraceque minutissime et obsolete punctulatis ; elytro utroque striis duabus obscuris humeralibus obliquis, duabus sublateralibus integris, quatuor levioribus discalibus interruptis remote punctatis plus minus obsoletis et una suturali antice evanescenti notato ; antennis testaceis, ad basin pedibusque piceis. Long. corp. lin. 1-1}. Habitat Maderam, rarissimus; in ramis Euphorbiarum emortuis Mr. A. Adams on the Genus Alaba. 293 ad Portum Novum crescentium a Dom. Bewicke nuperrime re- pertus. Eutriptus putricola, Woll., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (3rd series) i. 159, pl. 7. f. 7 (1862). E. cylindrical-oblong, deep black, and exceedingly shining. Head and prothorax most minutely and obsoletely punctulated : the former with the forehead depressed and the frontal line en- tire; the latter very narrowly margined at the sides, with the prosternal lines almost parallel, or very slightly approximating at about their middle point. Meso- and meta-sterna impunctate ; the former deeply excavated anteriorly, and with the line within its front and lateral margins continuous. Hlytra each with two very obscure oblique humeral striz; with two sublateral ones, deeper and almost entire; with four much lighter, remotely punctured, and more or less abbreviated ones on the disk; and with a deeper sutural one, evanescent anteriorly at about a third of the distance from the scutellum. Antenne testaceous; their scape and the legs piceous: the last with their anterior tibie curved and dilated, with three small anguliform teeth along their outer edge, and with their inner apical angle produced into an elongate, curved, outwardly directed spine. Four examples of this insect were captured by Mr. Bewicke from out of the rotten branches of Euphorbias, which he obtained from Porto Novo, a few miles to the eastward of Funchal, during June of the present year. Although locally abundant at the Canaries in similar situations, there is no reason to suspect that it is anything but exceedingly rare in Madeira; for in a letter received lately from Mr. Bewicke, he states,—“I had a man’s load (a sackful) of Huphorbia-stems from Porto Novo, and al- though the very first stick I examined produced me four speci- mens of this new member of the Histeride, the whole sack contained no more.” ‘Two of these Mr. Bewicke sent me for inspection, one of which he has presented to the collection of the British Museum, and the other to the Madeiran cabinet at Oxford. [To be continued. | XXIX.—On the Animal and Affinities of the Genus Alaba, with a Review of the known Species, and Descriptions of some new Species. By Antuur Apams, F.L.S., &c. THis group of Laminarian Mollusca, which seems to represent the pelagian genus Litiopa, was first recognized by my brother and myself in our ‘Genera of Recent Mollusca.” We then considered it a subgenus of Cerithiopsis; but having had an opportunity in Japan of observing the living animal, I find it 294 Mr. A. Adams on the Genus Alaba, most nearly resembles Litiopa. Dr. P. P. Carpenter, who also perceived the existence of the group, named it Tuberta, indi- cating its relatiouship with Litzopa. In MM. Eydoux and Souleyet’s figure of Litiopa melanostoma in the ‘ Voyage of the Bonite,’ the side of the foot is represented as bearing four tentacular filaments, which induced Dr. Gray, in his ‘Guide,’ to establish the subfamily Litiopinze in the family Planaxide. In Alaba picta, A. Ad., the animal is semipellucid white, delicately reticulated with red-brown lines. The tentacles are filiform, obtuse at the tips, ringed with red-brown, and flecked with opake white. The right tentacle is considerably longer than the left. ‘The eyes are on flattened lobes at the outer bases of the tentacles. The foot is narrow, auriculate on each side in front, the auricles being linear and recurved. The operculigerous lobe is furnished with four long tentacular fila- ments, the anterior two of which, when the animal is crawling or swimming, are extended on each side, and the posterior two, a little diverging, are directed backwards. This species lives in two-fathoms-water sandy mud, in which grows a profusion of Zostera. It is rather common between Tatiyama and the islet named Takano-Sima, on the west coast of Niphon. The head, when the animal is in motion, is concealed by the shell, and the eyes are visible through the transparent edge. The creature spins, with great rapidity, a pellucid thread from a viscous secretion emitted from a gland near the end of the tail, and swims, shell downwards, at the surface of the water. When fatigued, it suspends itself, apex downwards, by means of the glutinous thread, which is attached to the surface of the water. Thus we find that Alaba picta agrees in its habits with the account given by Sander Rang of his genus Litiopa, from which genus indeed, as Dr. P. P. Carpenter has remarked, Alaba differs in the “ want of Achatinoid truncation of the base.” | I find the species very naturally arrange themselves into three subgeneric groups :—1. Alaba, s. str., or the Litiopoid forms ; 2. Diala, or the Cinguloid forms; and, 3, Styliferina, or the Styliferoid forms. Genus AtaBa, H. & A. Ad. Testa Litiopoidea, ovato-conica seu elongata, subdiaphana; anfractibus plicatis seu varicosis, vertice submamillato. Apertura ovata, labio seepe vix truncato. 1. Alaba tervaricosa, C. B. Ad. Cingula tervaricosa, C. B. Ad. Hab. West Indies. Hab. Hab. Hab. Hab. Hab. Hab. Hab. Hab. Hab. Hab. Hab. Hab. with a Review of the known Species. 2. Alaba melanura, C. B. Ad. Cingula melanura, C. B. Ad.; Cing. preusta, Récluz. West Indies. 3. Alaba puncto-striata, Gould. Otia Conch., p. 144. Loo-Choo Islands. 4. Alaba supralirata, Cpr. Cat. Mazat. Moll. p. 366. Mazatlan. 5. Alaba violacea, Cpr. Cat. Maz. Moll. p. 367. Mazatlan. 6. Alaba terebralis, Cpr. Cat. Maz. Moll. p. 367. Mazatlan. 7. Alaba alabastrites, Cpr. Cat. Maz. Moll. p. 368. Mazatlan. 8. Alaba conica, Cpr. Cat. Maz. Moll. p. 368. Mazatlan. 9. Alaba scalata, Cpr. Cat. Maz. Moll. p. 368. Mazatlan. 10. Alaba mutans, Cpr. Cat. Maz. Moll. 369. Mazatlan. 11. Alaba picta, A. Ad. Diala picta, A. Ad., Annals, 1861. Takano-Sima. 12. Alaba leucosticta, A. Ad. Diala leucosticta, A. Ad., Annals, 1861. Tabu-Sima. 13. Alaba cornea, A. Ad. Diala cornea, A. Ad., Annals, 1861. Awa-Sima; Takano-Sima. 295 296 Mr. A. Adams on new Species of Alaba. 14. Alaba vibex, A. Ad. A. testa ovato-conica, tenui, semipellucida, lutescente, albivaricosa, lineis rufis articulatis concinne picta ; anfractibus 6, convexis, trans- versim sulcatis, varicibus validis, lacteis, irregularibus instructis ; apertura ovata; labio arcuato, antice subtruncato ; labro margine acuto. Hab. Sharks’ Bay, Australia. This, for the genus, is a large and showy species, with con- spicuous white varices, and with the whorls very prettily marked with interrupted or dotted red-brown lines. 15. Alaba pulchra, A. Ad. A. testa ovato-conica, tenui, semiopaca, sordide alba, maculis, punctis, fiammulis longitudinalibus lineisque rufis transversis ornata; an- fractibus 7, planis, subimbricatis, ad suturas plicato-nodosis ; aper- tura ovata; labio tenui, arcuato, non truncato; labro simplici, acuto. Hab. Port Adelaide. T. Angas, Esq. A handsomely-painted species, with the whorls nodosely pli- cate at the sutures. 16. Alaba Blanfordi, A. Ad. A. testa acuminato-conica, tenui, cornea, rufo obsolete strigosa; an- fractibus 6, transversim sulcatis, longitudinaliter valde plicatis, suturis impressis, anfrectu ultimo ad peripheriam subangulato ; apertura ovata, antice producta ; labio rufo tincto, vix tortuoso. Hab. Siam. W. T. Blanford, Esq. A small sulcate species, with plicate whorls. 17. Alaba monile, A. Ad. A. testa elongato-conica, alba, maculis rubris, in serie moniliformi dispositis, i medio anfractuum ornata; anfractibus 6, planis, im- bricatis, longitudinaliter nodoso-plicatis ; apertura ovata ; labio re- gulariter arcuato; labro margine in medio obsolete angulato. Hab. Port Lincoln. W. Metcalfe, Esq. A very pretty white species, ornamented with a necklace-like row of red spots m the middle of the whorls. 18. Alaba zebrina, A. Ad. A. testa ovato-conica, tenui, imperforata, alba, lineis undulatis longi- tudinalibus rufescentibus ornata; anfractibus 63, planis, transver- sim valde et regulariter sulcatis, interdum longitudinaliter obsolete varicosis, suturis impressis, serie macularum instructis ; apertura ovata, antice subproducta ; labio flexuoso ; Jabro margine simplici, acuto. Hab. Tsa-Sima. This species was also obtained by Mr. Cuming in the Philip- Mr. A. Adams on new Species of Alaba. 297 pines. It is very prettily marked with undulating red-brown longitudinal stripes. medio anfractuum dispositis, et flammulis longitudinalibus un- dulatis, ad suturas, ornata ; anfractibus planis, imbricatis, in medio nodoso-plicatis, superne et inferne lzvibus ; apertura ovata, antice producta et subacuminata ; labio simplici, arcuato. Hab. St. Vincent’s Gulf. T. Angas, Esq. This is a very charming species, shaped like a little pagoda, and adorned with red-brown markings. The whorls are encircled in the middle with a series of plicate nodules. A. Se tahtinriix: prmiopecs, alba, hic et illic sparsim rufo tincta; anfractibus 7, planatis, imbricatis, longitudinaliter plieatis, plicis variciformibus, distantibus, transversim sulcatis ; apertura subcirculari ; labio tenui, arcuato; labro vix effuso, mar- gine subincrassato. Hab. O-Sima. : A very pretty species, with plicate imbricate whorls. 21. Alaba felina, A. Ad. A. testa ovato-conica, solida, diaphana, flammulis rufescentibus obli- quis longitudinalibus picta; anfractibus 5, planis, levibus ; apertura subquadrata ; labio rectiusculo ; iciecd alee pdaarceiasd: Hab. Takano-Sima. A solid, diaphanous species, with tiger-like, reddish stripes on the whorls. 22. Alaba lucida, A. Ad. A. testa elato-conica, subturrita, solidula, diaphana; anfractibus 6}, planiusculis, subimbricatis, lzvissimis, basi spiraliter striata; aper- tura ovata, antice producta et effusa ; labro margine subincrassato. Hab. Takano-Sima. A solid, somewhat turreted, pellucid species. 23. Alaba inflata, A. Ad. A. testa ovato-conica, cornea, tenui, subdiaphana, apice violaceo ; an- fractibus 43, planiusculis, transversim tenuissime striatis, aleeten ultimo magno, inflato ; apertura ovata, antice subangulata; labio arcuato; labro margine tenui. Hab. O-Sima. _A thin, ventricose, horn-coloured, ovately conical species. 298 Mr. A. Adams on new Species of Alaba. 24. Aluba subangulata, A. Ad. A. testa ovato-conica, tenui, viridula, lineis transversis rufescentibus interruptis, et maculis rufescentibus irregularibus, ad suturas, or- nata; anfractibus planiusculis, transversim crebre sulcatis, ultimo ad peripheriam subangulato; apertura quadrato-circulari, antice producta et effusa; labio tenui, recto; labro margine, in medio, obtusim angulato. Hab. Tsu-Sima; 16 fathoms. A thin species, with subangular periphery, most nearly re- sembling A. picta. Subgenus Drata, A. Ad. Testa Cinguloidea, vitrea, subopaca, transversim striata vel sulcata ; anfractibus non varicosis, vertice subacuto. Apertura ovata; labio antice non truncato. 1. Diala varia, A. Ad. Annals, 1861. Hab. Awa-Sima ; Takano-Sima; Tanabe. 2. Diala suturalis, A. Ad. Monoptygma suturalis, A. Ad., Sow. Thesaur. Mon. Monopt. pl. 172. figs. 31, 33. Hab. Philippines; Port Adelaide. 3. Diala sulcifera, A. Ad. D. testa ovato-conica, alba, rufa aut fusca, interdum variegata ; an- fractibus 5, convexis, transversim sulcatis, sulcis impressis, regu- laribus, suturis profundis ; apertura oblonga; labio arcuato, seepe rufo tincto; labro margine crenulato. Hab. O-Sima; Tanabe. This is a smaller and more ovate species than D. varia, with the whorls transversely deeply sulcate. It occurs in the Lami- narian zone, in the society of D. varia. 4. Diala rufilabris, A. Ad. D. testa elato-conoidali, spira attenuata, leevi, solida, polita, straminea, peritremate aurantiaco ; anfractibus 73, planis, simplicibus, ultimo ad peripheriam obtusim angulato ; labio incrassato; labro margine subincrassato. Hab. Port Lincoln. Coll. Cuming. A simple, conical, straw-coloured species, with an orange- coloured peritreme. 5. Diala lauta, A. Ad. D. testa elevatim conica, albida, lineis rufis interruptis transversis ornata ; anfractibus 7, planis, transversim sulcatis, suturis exaratis, Dr. A. Giinther on an apparently new Species of Spider. 299 anfractu ultimo ad peripheriam subangulato, basi convexo valde concentrice sulcato ; apertura ovata; labio arcuato, simplici. Hab. Port Adelaide. This species is not uncommon in shell-sand from Australia. Subgenus Sryzirerina, A. Ad. Testa Styliferoidea, diaphana, turrito-conica; anfractibus leevibus, convexis ; vertice mucronato. Apertura subquadrata ; labio recto. I first made known this form of Alaba in the ‘ Annals’ for 1860, where it is considered to belong to Styliferide; the nucleus, however, shows it to be a subgenus of Alaba. 1. Styliferina orthochila, A. Ad. Annals, 1860. 2. Stylifera goniochila, A. Ad. S. testa ovato-turrita, tenui, vitrea, pellucida, maculis lacteis, in serie unica dispositis, in medio anfractuum ornata; anfractibus 9, con- vexis, suturis marginatis, anfractu ultimo rotundato ; apertura sub- quadrata ; labio recto, antice in angulum desinente. Hab. Mino-Sima; Tanabe; O-Sima. I have improved my original description, having obtained better specimens. 3. Styliferina lepida, A. Ad. S. testa tenui, lactea, semiopaca, polita, nitida ; anfractibus convexis, suturis impressis, anfractu ultimo ad peripheriam rotundato ; aper- tura suborbiculari, antice integra ; labio arcuato. Hab. Yobuko. A small, polished, white species with an elevated spire. XXX.—On an apparently undescribed Spider from Cochin China. By Dr. Atbert Ginruer. [Plate VIII. fig. A } Cyphagogus Mouhotii. (Plate VIII. fig. A.) CrPpHALOTHORAX subovate, covered with fine, short, dense hairs, with a transverse groove between cephalic and thoracic portion, and with a deep impression in the middle of the upper surface of the latter. Eyes eight, unequal in size, disposed thus .::+ ; the four middle occupy a slight protuberance in front of the cephalotho- rax, whilst the lateral are the smallest and situated on the side of its anterior part. Falces articulated vertically, rather compressed, with a non- denticulated claw of moderate size at their extremity; the claw 800 Dr. A. Giinther on an apparently new Species of Spider. is received in a sheath at the lower end of the falces, the edges of the sheath being provided with some horny spines of unequal size. Maxille flat ; the outer margins of both together form a card-like figure; their lower extremity is hairy ; sternal lip between the maxille, elongate-elliptical. Sternum ovate, covered with rather coarse hairs. Palpi of moderate length; the terminal joint is rather longer than the two preceding together, and armed with a minute non-pectinated claw. Legs rather robust, tapering, very unequal in length, the two anterior being nearly equally long, but much longer than the two posterior; the fourth is longer than the third; each is armed with a pair of minute claws. Abdomen club-shaped, anteriorly produced into a very long, thin, cylindrical process, which is twice bent, so that its basal half is leaning backwards on the back of the abdomen, whilst its terminal half is directed upwards and forwards, terminating in a slight cuneiform swelling ; this singular appendage is covered with a leathery, fine hairy skin, like the lower parts of the abdomen. The cephalothorax being united with the abdomen at no great distance from the spinners, the anterior portion of the abdomen, with its appendage, is situated vertically above the thorax. The abdomen is nearly smooth above, and covered with very fine hairs below ; it terminates in an obtuse point directed upwards. Six spinners in a quadrangular group immediately before the vent; the anterior and posterior pair are of moderate size; the third pair is very short, and situated between the posterior spmners. Two branchial opercula; tracheal opercula absent. Dimensions. lines. Length of cephalothorax |... ..... ge... >... 0.ss 4 », abdomen to the first bend of the appendage ...... 12 »» appendage from its first bend .................. 10. bie falces: . 000196 (i4DIR bo ch. wih a 0 14 ie Palpus ye Vas ep es es ss ee a 41 > terminal joint of TAIDUB:, 2.0.0.2 ji 92s oy a 12 re fitst deg 858 PPL Sh. ee oe Se 16 f pecond Jeg (ih fii vies oi ke oe Bee ene 164 5 thar Leak aio. hisses ve beeen 9 ¥e: fourth lea Fhe. yal, ee 104 Colour brownish yellow; extremities of the legs and of abdo- minal appendage and sternum blackish brown ; upper parts of the abdomen yellow ; two black bands round the femur of the first leg. A single female specimen of this spider was obtained by the late M. Mouhot in the Lao Mountains of Cochin China. Its form is so extraordinary, that we have not hesitated to refer it to a new genus, Cyphagogus. Dr. A. Giinther on the Genus Trachinus. 301 XXXI.—Some Remarks on the Genus Trachinus. By Dr. AtBert GUNTHER. [Plate VIII. figs. B, C, D.] Tue different species of Weevers (Trachinus) have lately been re-examined by Dr. P. v. Bleeker *, who, having paid attention to several characters not mentioned in the works of previous writers, considers them as important enough to split that Lin- nean genus into three. The characters on which the new divi- sions are founded are the following :— 1. Armature of the head, 2. More or less oblique direction of the cleft of the mouth. 3. More or less scaly covering of the cheek. 4. Smooth or ciliated edge of the lips. 5. Presence or absence of pterygoid teeth. 6. A single or double lateral line. Whilst the three former of those characters have been used by other ichthyologists for distinction of the species, M. Bleeker has the merit of having added the three latter: attaching, how- ever, a generic value to them, he distinguishes three genera, characterized as follows :— 1. Trachinus. Caput vertice granulisscabrum. Orbita antice spinis armata. Max- illa superior usque ante oculum adscendens. Squamee genis ses- siles multiseriatee. Labia simplicia, nec fimbriata_ nec papillata. Dentes pterygoidei. Oculi obliqui, subverticales. Praeoperculum aculeatum. Linea lateralis simplex. _ The following species are referred to this division: 7. ar- matus, L., T. araneus, C. & V., T. armatus, Schl., T.(?) cor- nutus, Guich. 2. Pseudotrachinus. Caput vertice granulis e centris radiantibus scabrum. Orbita antice spinis armata. Maxilla superior non usque ante oculum ad- scendens. Spinze suborbitales sursum spectantes. Squamee genis sessiles multiseriatee. Labia simplicia, nec fimbriata nec papillata. Dentes pterygoidei nulli. Oculi obliqui, subverticales. Preeoper- culum non aculeatum. Linea lateralis simplex. This division is founded on 7. radiatus, C. & V., and on Pseudotrachinus pardalis, Blky. | 3. Hchiuchthys. Caput vertice non granosum. Orbita ubique levis. Maxilla supe- rior usque ante oculum adscendens. Spine suborbitales nullee. Squamee genis parvee, deciduze. Labia papillata vel fimbriata. * Ann. Science. Nat. Paris, 1861, p. 375, 302 Dr. A. Giinther on the Genus Trachinus. Dentes pterygoidei nulli. Oculi obliqui, subhorizontales. Pre- operculum aculeatum. Linea lateralis duplex. T. vipera, C. & V. It is not my intention to question for a moment the merits of a division by which, at all events, the determination of those six or seven species is facilitated; but I shall be satisfied with directing attention to the following points which occurred to me during the arrangement of the specimens of Trachinus which have been added to the British Museum Collection in the course of the two last years. 1. Trachinus araneus was known to me only from the dried skin of a half-grown specimen. The British Museum has lately received a fine large specimen from Cannes (South of France). This species has no pterygoid teeth; the maxillary extends upwards to before the orbit; the cheeks are entirely naked ; and the preoperculum is provided with the same feeble spines which are observed in the common Weever (7. draco). There- fore this species cannot be referred to Trachinus, Blkr., from which it differs in two characters, nor to Pseudotrachinus, Blkr. ; and unless the diagnoses of those two genera are essentially altered, we shall have to propose a fourth genus for this Weever. 2. The presence of a second (lower) lateral line, attributed to the genus Kchiichthys, will require further confirmation. Dr. Bleeker says distinctly that it is not a simple “ dépresSion intermusculaire.” If we understand by lateral line a canal in the integuments of the body, which is the continuation of the muciferous channels of the head, opening by equidistant pores, I may say that such a second lateral line is not present in Tra- chinus vipera. It appeared to me to be a depressed line, pro- duced by the insertion of a long, thin, flat muscle, the fibres of which descend obliquely forwards to the base of the anal fin; its function is to depress the rays of the anal fin. The line does not extend forward on to the trunk. I could not detect any pores, although I have examined British and Dutch specimens, the latter being sent by Dr. v. Bleeker to the British Museum. 3. In the second volume of the ‘Catalogue of Fishes’ (p. 234), I have described a Weever from the West Coast of Africa, which differed from the European 7. draco in the stronger armature of the head, and in the less elongated body. Notwithstanding, I preferred describing it as a variety, seeing that some specimens from the Canary Islands also showed a stronger armature of the head than is usually found in spe- cimens from Northern Europe, although their body is elongate as inthe true 7. draco. Dr. Bleeker has recognized this African Weever in two other specimens in the Leyden Museum, where Dr. A. Giinther on the Genus Trachinus. 803 they had been named 7. armatus, Schleg. He does not hesitate .to consider it as a species constantly differmg from 7. draco in the ray-like arrangement of the granules on the crown of the head, and in having the interorbital space more concave, the orbital spines stronger, and the bands of pterygoid teeth broader. Those observations, as regards 7. armatus, are fully confirmed by an examination of the specimen in the British Museum, which, probably, originates from the same source as those in the Leyden Museum. But if we attach (in this case) specific value to the characters mentioned, I am afraid that the species T. draco will share a fate similar to that of the genus Trachinus. The following are my observations on specimens from different localities :— a. A specimen from the coast of Guinea, 7 inches long (T. armatus).—The height of the body is contained 54 times in the total length. The granules on the crown of the head radiate from centres ; interorbital space very narrow and concave; spines before the orbit strong. LL. lat. 75. Band of pterygoid teeth 8 mill. long, and 12 mill. broad. (Pl. VIII. fig. B.) b. A specimen from the island of Gomera, 94 inches long.— The height of the body is contained 64 times in the total length. The granules on the crown of the head radiate from centres; interorbital space not very narrow, and moderately concave ; spines before the orbit rather strong. L. lat. 85. Band of pterygoid teeth 104 mill. long, and 1} mill. broad. (Pl. VIII. fig. C.) (A specimen from Lanzarote possesses the same cha- racters.) c. A specimen from Cannes, 8 inches long.—The height of the body is contained 64 times in the total length. The granules on the head are not arranged in rays; interorbital space not very narrow, and moderately concave ; spines before the orbit rather feeble. L. lat. 85. Band of pterygoid teeth 84 mill. long, and 13 mill broad. d. A specimen from Bahusliin (Sweden), 11" long. The height of the body is 4th of the total length. The granules on the head are not arranged in rays; interorbital space not very narrow, and but little concave; spines before the orbit short and obtuse. L. lat. 85. Band of pterygoid teeth 114 mill. long, and 1 mill. broad. (PI. VIII. fig. D.) Thus we’see that the characters on which 7’. armatus is founded are subject to not inconsiderable variation ; but it differs from all the specimens, even from those from the Canary Islands, in having a shorter body and tail. I was in hopes of finding a cor- responding decrease in the number of the caudal vertebra, which at once would have settled the question of its specific distinct- ness, inasmuch as in those families of fishes which have the tail 304 Dr. G. C. Wallich on a minute Vertebrate Jaw. elongate, and the caudal portion of the vertebral column com- posed of more than fourteen vertebre, the number of caudal vertebree is less in the species with the shorter tail. Tra- chinus draco, T. araneus, and T. vipera have respectively 30-31, 29, and 25 caudal vertebre, according to the length of their tail. Cottus scorpius and C. bubalis, the different species of Solea, &c., are examples of the same kind. But in 7. armatus the short- ness of the body is not accompanied with, or produced by, a smaller number of vertebre: it has forty-one vertebra, thirty of which belong to the caudal portion; or, in other words, it completely agrees in this respect with 7. draco. XXXII.—Note on the Discovery of an extremely minute Vertebrate Lower Jaw in Mud dredged at St. Helena. By Dr. Watiicu, F.L.S. . To the Editors of the Annals and Magazine of Natural History. © GENTLEMEN, I beg herewith to enclose a sketch of the jaw of a vertebrate animal, detected by me, a few days ago, in a slide containing a specimen of muddy deposit dredged up at St. Helena, in 1857, in 80 fathoms water, and mounted by me in Canada balsam at the time it was obtained. eS WH) pz ad WV Zab PBX Af y ff The jaw and teeth are fully developed and perfect, there being nothing in the aspect of either to indicate their having formed portions of a creature in a foetal condition. The extreme length is ;3,5 inch; so that, assuming the body to have been five times as long as the jaw, we have here evidence of the existence of a vertebrate animal measuring only 4, inch in length—a size considerably below that of many of the organisms usually regarded as microscopic. IT have not had time hitherto to enter into a detailed examina- tion of this most interesting specimen, but shall do myself the pleasure of communicating further particulars regarding it at an early opportunity. I remain, Gentlemen, Your most obedient Servant, 17 Campden Hill Road, Kensington. G. C. Wauuicu. Sept. 21, 1962. 305 BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE. The Natural History of the Tineina. By H.T. Srarnton; as- sisted by Prof. Zetter, J. W. Dove.as, and Prof, Frey. 8vo, Vols. [V. to VII. London, Van Voorst, 1859-1862. As several years have elapsed since we announced the appearance of the first volume of this important entomological work, and de- scribed its general characters, it may perhaps not be amiss to refresh our readers’ memories upon these points. Mr. Stainton’s object in the ‘Natural History of the Tineina’ is not only to describe the insects of that group and to unravel their synonymy, neither of which are very easy tasks, but also to furnish a full account of their natural history. With this view the species of each genus are brought together as much as possible, in face of the difficulty of always ascertaining the entire history of the allied species; the appearance of each species in its different states, its habits, and mode of life are described in detail; the times of its making its appearance, both in the larval and in the perfect form, are indicated; its geographical distribution in this country and on the Continent is given; and, finally, its synonymy is fully discussed. In the general remarks on each genus of which the species are noticed, we find the structural characters of the insects in their different stages, followed by a ge- neral view of the habits of the species of the genus, their number and distribution. In each genus the author gives a list, often in a tabular form, of all the known species, together with a classified catalogue of the food-plants of all their known larvee, appending to each plant the names of the species which feed upon it. The generic details are closed by a literary history of the genus, showing the gradual progress of our knowledge of the species and their habits. So much for the general plan of the work, which is executed with a degree of conscientious care and an evident striving after perfection such as are unfortunately rare in the productions of our English entomologists. Its value to the student of the Lepidoptera is greatly increased by the beautiful plates with which it is illustrated: each of these contains figures of the larvee and perfect insects of three species, accompanied by representations of the leaves of the plants as eaten by the larvee, and of the cases in which some of them dwell and undergo their transformations, The earlier plates were drawn and lithographed by the late Mr. W. Wing, whose early and lamented, death deprived entomologists of one of their most talented artists ; the subsequent illustrations have been drawn and engraved with equal accuracy and elegance by Mr. E. W. Robinson, and in the way of entomological figures they leave little or nothing to be desired. There is one curious feature in the book, to which we adverted at some length on its first appearance, namely, that the text (which, we may observe, is given gratuitously, the work being published at the cost of the plates) is in four languages—English, French, German, and Latin. Without entering into the question whether the useful- ness of such a book as this is increased by this multiplication of its a1 Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 3. Vol. x. 8306 Bibliographical Notice. tongues, we shall only remark that the present arrangement in four parallel columns on each two pages is decidedly inconvenient, and reiterate the hope, expressed by us in a former notice, that, on the commencement of the second series of ten volumes, Mr. Stainton will adopt the system of printing the part in each language separately. It is certainly an inconvenience in a work of reference to have only half a page of reading on two pages of print. In his first three volumes Mr. Stainton treated exclusively of leaf- mining species— Moths whose caterpillars live between the two surfaces of leaves, eating the parenchyma and leaving channels or mines, the aspect of which on the surface of the leaf is often very characteristic of the species forming them. In the last-published volume we have mining'species again, some belonging to the genus Nepticula, already treated of in the first volume, and others to the smaller genus Bucculatrix, of which more than half the species are here illustrated and described. The habits of the species of Buceu- latriz are very similar to those of the Nepticule, but the larvee differ in one or two remarkable particulars: the larve of Buceulatriz possess the six true legs on the thoracic segments, whilst those of Nepticula are destitute of these; and while the latter remain within the mine until they are full-grown, and then go down into the ground to undergo their change into the pupa state, the larvee of Buceulatriz quit the mine when nearly mature, and, after moulting, become ex- ternal feeders. The larva, whilst engaged in its mining operations, is smooth, but its skin becomes rough after quitting the mine; and, in order to undergo its moult comfortably on first venturmg into the open air, it spins a flat silken covering, to which Mr. Stainton gives the name of a cocoonet, beneath which the larva lies in a doubled position. When full-fed, the larva goes down to the stem of the plant on which it has been feeding, or even to the ground or the leaves of herbage, where it spins a curious ribbed cocoon in some convenient corner, and there undergoes its further changes. The fourth and fifth volumes are devoted to the history of forty- eight Moths of the extensive genus Coleophora, which includes, according to Mr. Stainton, no less than 126 described species, all natives of Europe. The larvee of these Moths feed upon plants be- longing to a great number of natural orders, but chiefly Dicotyledo- nous, only one being found upon a Coniferous plant (the Larch), and five upon different species of rushes and grasses. The larvee, while young, mine the leaves of the plants on which they feed, or dwell in the interior of their seeds ; but, after the lapse of a short time, they emerge from this concealment, and form a small case, sometimes of silk, but usually of fragments of the leaves of plants, within which they conceal their soft bodies, only protruding the head and anterior segments for the purpose of walking about and feeding. The name of the genus refers to this habit of the larva, of dwelling in a sheath- like case; and many of these habitations are very singular in their appearance. When the case becomes too small, the larva makes itself a new one, generally by mining out the parenchyma of a leaf, and uniting the free edges of the membranes with silk. The change Bibliographical Notice. 807° to the pupa state also takes place within the case, and the pupa lies concealed therein until the perfect insect is ready to emerge. The subject-matter of the sixth volume is furnished by the exten- sive genus Depressaria, which includes eighty described species, ' mostly natives of Europe. Of these the transformations of fifty-two are known, and the volume under consideration gives the natural history of twenty-four, or nearly half the known species. Their food-plants belong chiefly to the natural orders Umbellifersee and Compositee, which nourish no fewer than forty out of the fifty-two species. The larvee usually feed upon the leaves of plants, the edges of which they turn down so as to form a sort of tubular habitation ; but some dwell amongst the umbels of the Umbelliferee, and often draw together the peduncles of the flowers with silken threads so as greatly to distort the growth of the plant. The perfect insects, which are amongst the largest and least brilliant of our Tineina, are produced at the end of the summer or in the autumn, and most of them hybernate in the perfect state, concealing themselves in the quiet corners of out-houses and sheltered palings, or creeping up amongst the straws of thatch. | _ In noticing the first volume of this book, we calculated that, for the British Tineina alone, the natural history of all the species could not be given in less than twenty-five volumes, the production of which cannot be looked upon otherwise than as an undertaking requiring a considerable amount of courage. Mr. Stainton, however, goes boldly forward, undeterred even by the rapid increase in the number of known species of the great group to the elucidation of which he has devoted himself with so much zeal, although, if matters go on as they have lately been doing, he may look forward to requiring forty or fifty volumes for the due illustration of his subject. From his “further observations on the genus Nepticula,” contained in the newly published seventh volume, it appears that this genus, of which only 33 species were known at the time of the publication of the first volume (in 1855), now numbers at least 74 well-established species ; and although this is doubtless an extreme case, still the great atten- tion which has of late been paid, both in this country and on the Continent, to the Microlepidoptera, has certainly added many species to other genera. In the face of such a rapid increase still going on, it is almost too much to hope for the continuance of the life and energies of any one man long enough to allow him to bring together the whole mass of progressive observations on the natural history of this interesting group of Moths, in the comprehensive manner dis- played in the work before us; but our author may have at least this consolation, that the design of his work is so good and so well carried out, that, let him stop where he will, it must always be a most valuable contribution to entomological literature, and a worthy monument of his zeal for the advancement of his favourite science. 21* 308: Zoological Society :— PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES. ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY. March 25, 1862.—Dr. J. E. Gray, V.P., in the Chair. The Secretary announced that Dr. G. Bennett, F.Z.S., had shipped a living Kagu (Rhinochetus jubatus) for the Society, from Sydney, on the 16th of January previous, and read the following extracts from a letter just received from that gentleman relating to the habits of this remarkable bird :— _ © Of the two Kagus brought from New Caledonia alive, one died on the 4th of January, 1862, and on dissection proved to be a female. It was larger than the one now sent to England alive ; and when that one dies (as the plumage and crest are similar, and both appeared to be fully grown, the only distinction being size) it would be inter- esting to ascertain the sex. The Kagu is a very interesting bird, readily domesticated. It is amusing to see them politely bowing their heads one to the other, elevating their crests at the same time, and then finish by coquetting about. They climb up the wires in front of their place of confinement just as the Red-billed Porphyrios. They often leap, aided by the wings, upon the stumps or low branches of trees; but they invariably roost on the ground, in an erect posi- tion, with the head buried between the shoulders or under the wing, and in confinement never seek any elevated position for roosting. In New Caledonia they are usually seen about the sea-coast, by the side of rivers; and although im some parts of the island they are very numerous, yet about the settlement of Port du France they are seldom seen more than from two to four together at the same time. When disturbed they only fly to the height of a few feet, and escape into the thick brushwood. They are eaten by the natives. A lady just returned from New Caledonia informs me that a pair have been kept tame at Port du France for nearly three years, and are well- known roamers of the streets of that settlement. When a dog ap- proaches them, they elevate their crests and flap their wings to drive it away. They are usually to be seen about those places where the men are digging, approaching them fearlessly for the sake of procuring worms or grubs that are turned up from the ground by the hoe or spade. The same lady describes a noise they make in their wild state, when concealed among the reeds or bushes, as resembling that of a young puppy crying for its mother.” The following extract was read from a letter addressed by Colonel Abbott to George O. Wray, Esq., and communicated by the latter gentleman to the Secretary :— ; “In March 1838, as near as I can recollect, near the village of Pur-Buddah, distant 13 mile from the town of Akyab in Arracan, two Sepoys of the Arracan Local Battalion captured under a rock a large female Boa, some 12 feet in length, and abstracted with her a Dr. P. L. Sclater on new Species of Birds from Bogota. 309 nest of eggs forty-eight in number. Both Snake and eggs were pre- sented to me by a friend, who knew that I was interested in such things. My object now was to secure this prize, and see what would result from the detention. Unfortunately I was taken seriously ill, and neglected to keep notes on the subject, and all I now state is from recollection. ‘The Python was in my possession for upwards of two months and a half, and was constantly coiled around her eggs, re- fusing food in various forms, living and dead, viz., fowls, rats, and frogs. 1 then quitted Arracan on sick-leave and came to Calcutta, bringing the Snake and eggs with me, and made them over to Dr. Pearson (since dead) and Dr. Evans. The Snake was in my posses- sion, as I said before, about ten weeks in the province and ten days (more or less) in Calcutta, and nearly a week on the voyage up to Calcutta, as we went to Chittagong: this will bring the eggs and Snake to be known to me three months; and the eggs were still not hatched. «On visiting the Museum and finding the eggs in the condition F sent them in, curiosity led us to detach an egg from the mass ; and looking at it carefully it was supposed to be bad, as it exhibited marks of green mildew and soil, and there was no motion in it. We then determined to open it with a knife, and to our surprise we ex- tracted a fully formed live young one, active and strong, which would, I have no doubt, have lived had it been allowed. I left Calcutta shortly after this, and do not know what became of the Boa and re- maining eggs; but, should further information be required, I would suggest that application be made to Mr. Blyth, if still 4 in se or to the Curator of the Asiatic Museum of Calcutta.” The following papers were read :— Cuaracters oF Nine New Species or Birps RECEIVED IN COLLECTIONS FROM Bogota. By P. L. Scuarer, M.A., Pu.D., F.R.S., Secretary To THE SOCIETY. . I have lately had an opportunity of examining several large col- lections of bird-skins from Bogota, containing altogether some three or four thousand individuals. The greater number of the species to which these belong are now well known in Europe, from their repeated importation in Bogotan collections; but I have found a few, principally among the less known groups, which appear to have been altogether overlooked or hitherto not collected. I beg leave to submit to the Society+he following descriptions of these species. Fam. TurpiIp&. 1. TuRDUS EPHIPPIALIS. Supra cinereus, alis extus, nisi in primariorum parte terminali, et interscapulio rufescente indutis : .subtus pallide cinereus: gut- ture albo, maculis triangularibus fuscis striato: ventre imo et crisso albis: tectricibus subalaribus et remigum parte interna 310 Zoological Society :— pallide castaneis : rostro plumbeo: tomiis pallescentibus: pedi- bus fuscis. Long. tota 8°5, alee 4°7, caudee 4°2 poll. Angl. et dec. Hab. In Nov. Granada int. Mus. P. L. 8. f Obs. Affinis Turdo albiventri ex Cayenna, et ptilosi fere simili, sed interscapulio et alis extus rufescentibus, et subalaribus castaneis facile dignoscendus. I may remark that I have now received from the Berlin Museum a Thrush marked Turdus amaurochalinus,—a species with which I was not acquainted when I prepared my Synopsis of the American Thrushes, already printed in the Society’s ‘ Proceedings.’* This bird is certainly undistinguishable from what I consider to be Turdus albiventris of Spix, of which I have examples from Cayenne, Brazil, Bolivia, and Ecuador. My Turdus ignobilis of the highlands of New Granada is barely separable from the same species. On the other hand, there can be no question about the distinctness of the present Bogotan species, looking to its rufous interscapuliam and wing- edgings, and dark, almost chestnut-brown under wing-coverts. Fam. VIREONIDZ. 2. HyLopHiLus FERRUGINEIFRONS. Olivaceus: alis nigricanti-fuscis, extus olivaceis: cauda oliva- cescenti-fusca : pileo brunnescente tincto, fronte ferruginolento : subtus dilutior, gutture et ventre medio albicantioribus : rostro plumbeo, tomiis pallescentibus, pedibus fuscis. Long. tota 4°0, alee 2°1, caudee 1°5. ‘Hab. In Nov. Granada int. Mus. P. L. 8S. Obs. Affinis Hylophilo ochraceicipiti mihi ex Mexico, sed colore. supero olivaceo rostroque robustiore differt. _Remex primus, prout semper in hoc genere, spurius, dimidio brevior quam secundus: quartus, quintus et sextus fere zequales et longissimi. I have tried in vain to reconcile this bird with Lafresnaye’s H. flavipes (Rev. Zool. 1844, p. 342). It is certainly not his Hylo- philus semibrunneus (1. c. p. 341), as I have seen specimens of the latter in the British Museum. Fam. TANAGRIDZ, 3. CHLOROSPINGUS OLEAGINEUS, Olivaceus fere unicolor, fronte et regione oculari et corpore subtus flavicanti-olivaceis: alis nigricanti-fuscis, extus brunnescenti- olivaceo limbatis : cauda brunnea unicolore: rostro nigricanti- brunneo : pedibus fuscis. | Long. tota 5:5, alee 3°25, caudee 3°5. Hab. In Nov. Granada int. Mus. P. L. 8S. * See P. Z. S. 1859, p. 321. Dr. P. L. Sclater on new Species of Birds from Bogota. 311 Obs. Affinis C. superciliari et C. rubrirostri et eadem forma, sed colore fere unicolore notabilis. Fam. DENDROCOLAPTID. 4. PHILYDOR PANERYTHRUS. Murino-rufescens : alis extus et cauda tota rujfis, illarum pogoniis interne nigricantibus: subtus lete fulvo-rufus: rostro albi- cante, hujus basi, cum pedibus, plumbea. Long. tota 7°5, alee 3-9, caudee 3°6. Hab. In Nov. Granada int. Mus. P. L. S. This bird is allied in form to Philydor rufus (Vieill.) of Brazil (P. ruficollis, Spix, Av. Bras. i. p. 74, pl. 75), though the rectrices are not quite so sharply pointed. It may be distinguished by its more uniformly rufous coloration, and the complete absence of the cinereous head. I have a single Bogotan specimen, the only indivi- dual I have met with of this species. Fam. TyRANNIDZ. 5. LEPTOPOGON ERYTHROPS. Olivaceus, pileo cinereo, loris, oculorum ambitu et corpore subtus ad medium pectus fulvide rufis: ventre flavicante: alis nigri- canti-fuscis, tectricum apicibus fulvo terminatis ; remigibus om- nibus extus olivacescenti-fulvo marginatis: campterio alart, subalaribus et remigum marginibus inferis clare ochracescenti- rufis: cauda ochracescenti-cinerea, marginibus angustis externe olivacescentibus : rostro obscure fusco ; pedibus corylinis. Long. tota 5-0, ale 2°7, caudze 2°4, Hab. In Nov. Granada int. Mus. P. L. S. This is a well-marked species, easily recognizable by its bright- rufous face and breast. In structure it agrees well with Leptopogon superciliaris, the type of the section, the bill being rather shorter, but precisely of the same form. The fourth quill is longest, slightly exceeding the third and fifth, which are equal. The first is rather shorter than the eighth, ninth, and tenth. 6. LEPTOPOGON PECILOTIS. Supra olivaceus, pileo plumbescente, loris albescentibus ; plumis auricularibus ad basin flavicantibus, inde distincte nigris : subtus flavo-virens ; alis nigricanti-fuscis, tectricibus omnibus macula terminali ochracea preditis, remigibus olivaceo margi- natis: cauda fuscescente, extus olivaceo anguste marginata: rostro superiore nigro, inferiore omnino flavo: pedibus pallide corylinis. Long. tota 4°5, alee 2°3, caude 2°0. Hab. In Nov. Granada int. Mus. P. L. 8S. - This species is closely allied to Leptopogon superciliaris (or-at 812. > >.> § Loological Society :— least to the Ecuadorian species which I identify with Tschudi’s wretched figure), but is smaller in size, of a brighter and uniform greenish yellow below, and has the lower mandible wholly yellow, and feet pale. In L, superciliaris the lower mandible is black, like the upper. I have two similar specimens of Bogotan origin, and a third (imperfect) from Venezuela, which may also belong to the same species, though it wants the conspicuous ochraceous tippings of the wing-coverts. ~ | : 7, MyYIoBIUS BELLUS. Obscure olivaceus, pilet subcristati plumis interne rubro-igneis ; alis nigris late ochraceo bifasciatis, harum remigibus eodem colore limbatis : cauda fuscescenti-cinerea : subtus flavus ; pec- tore fulvo tincto : rostro superiore nigro, inferiore flavo: pedi- ' bus plumbeis. Long. tota 4°2, alee 2°3, caudee 20. Hab. In Nov. Granada int. Mus. P.L. S. This species of Myiobius is closely allied to the M. puleher of Ecuador (P. Z. S. 1860, p. 464), and must be placed next to that species in the order in which I have arranged the genus (/. ¢.). It is, however, easily distinguishable by its larger size and larger wings, though nearly alike in coloration. . 8. EMPIDOCHANES P@CILURUS. Fuscescenti-griseus, pileo obscuriore ; loris fuscescentibus ; alis et cauda nigricanti-fuscis, illarum tectricum apicibus et secunda- . riorum marginibus externis albescentibus : subtus pallide ochra- ceus, lateraliter cinerascens ; subalaribus, remigum et rectricum (nisi duarum mediarum) marginibus internis latis et crisso rufis, Sere rubiginosis : rostro et pedibus nigris. Long. tota 5:5, alee 2°8, caudee 2°3. Hab. In Nov. Granada int. Mus. P. 1.8. This Tyrant-bird, of which I have a single specimen, is readily distinguishable by its parti-coloured tail. The inner webs of all, except the medial pair, are broadly margined with clear rufous. This colour increases towards the base, and gradually occupies the whole of the vane. The outer tail-feather is also narrowly margined with the same colour. The under wing-coverts and inner margins of the quills are likewise similarly coloured.. The fourth primary is rather longer than the third, which slightly exceeds the fifth, and longest ; the second is slightly shorter than the third, the first being of about the same length as the eighth and ninth. | This bird has much the general appearance of an Empidonaz, though abnormal in colouring. I place it for the present asa second species of the allied southern genus Hmpidochanes, of which the type is Muscicapa oliva, Bodd. (Pl. Enl. 574. fig. 2). This generic term I propose to use in the place of Myiophobus of Cabanis and Heine, Dr. P. L. Sclater on new Tyrant-Birds from Ecuador. 318 as the latter name was previously given by Reichenbach to Myiobius nevius*, for which and its allies I venture to employ it. Fam. Psirractp&. 9. UROCHROMA STICTOPTERA. Psitiaceo-viridis: alis extus nigris, macula in mediis tectricibus - roseo-rubra ; remigum marginibus externis et secundartis dorso proximis viridibus: caude rectricibus intus paululum aure- scentibus : rostro pallido : pedibus fuscis. Long. tota 6°0, alee 5:0, caudee 2°5. Hab. In Nov. Granada int. Obs. This parrot appears to belong to the group called Urochroma by Prince Bonaparte, but is quite different from any known member of that section. The tail is nearly square at its termination, the two medial rectrices being slightly acuminated, the others rounded, but presenting the appearance of being rather worn. On Two New Species or TyYRANT-BIRDS FROM Ecuapor. By P. L. Scuater, M.A., Pu.D., F.R.S., SecreTaAry To THE Society. I am indebted to Mr. Gould’s kindness for two specimens of Ty- rant-birds from a collection recently received by him from the high- lands of Ecuador. They are of nearly allied species, but stand best in the two neighbouring sections of Ochtheca and Mecocerculus. By the latter name I propose to replace Myiarchus (Bp., nec Cab.), using it as a generic title for Fluvicola leucophrys, Lafr. et D’Orb., and its allies. : 1. OCHTHGCA CITRINIFRONS. Obscure cinerea, dorso postico rufescente : fronte distincte citrino- fiavo: superciliis elongatis, albescentibus ; alis caudaque nigri- cantibus, illarum marginibus externis rufescentibus : subtus om- nino pallide cinereus: rostro et pedibus nigris. Long. tota 4°75, alee 2°5, caudee 2°25. Hab. In rep. Aiquator. Mus. P. L. 8. Obs. Affinis Ochthece albidiemati, Lafr., sed fronte citrino facile dignoscenda. 2. MECOCERCULUS GRATIOSUS. Rufescenti-olivaceus, pileo fusco; fronte distincto et superciliis __ elongatis aureis: alis fusco-nigris, tectricum utriusque et se- cundariorum marginibus externis rufescentibus : cauda fusco- nigra: subtus olivaceus, ventre medio flavo: rostro et pedibus nigris. Long. tota 4:5, alee 2°5, caudee 2°2. Hab. In rep. Aiquator. Mus. P. L. 8. Obs. Affinis Mecocerculo diademati, sed rostro breviore, alis paulo brevioribus, et harum tectricibus rufescenti-bifasciatis distinguendus. * See P. Z. S. 1860, p. 466. 314. Zoological Society :— DESCRIPTION OF SOME New Species or ENTOZOA. By W. Barrp, M.D., F.L.S., etc. 1. ASCARIS UNDULOSO-STRIATA, Baird. Head naked, with well-marked, roundish labial lobes. Body of a white colour, with a well-defined line running longitudinally through its whole length ; smooth, but finely wavedly striated longitudinally, instead of transversely. The greatest diameter is at the anterior extre- mity, the body tapering gradually towards the tail, and terminating in a finely subulate point. In the female this point is long, and gradually becomes very fine; in the male the body, posteriorly to the opening from which issue the male organs or spicula, suddenly contracts and tapers quickly to a very sharp subulate point. The body shows no transverse strize, the only visible ones being longitu- dinal and finely waved. Length of female 53 lines, male 44 lines. Hab. Intestines of the King-Vulture (Sarcorhamphus papa). (Mus. Brit.) 2. ScLEROSTOMA MUCRONATUM, Baird. Body semicylindrical, of a brownish colour; thickest in the mid- dle, attenuating towards each extremity, but more so at the anterior extremity. Integument strongly striated, or almost plicated. Head continuous with body. Male ——? Female with the vulva situated about one-third from the posterior extremity, and marked with a strong tubercle. The tail is armed at its extremity with a strong, sharp spine, which is slightly incurved. . Length of female 4 lines ; greatest breadth about } line. .Males of this species have not been observed. Hab. Intestines of the Palluma (Phrymaturus palluma) from Chili. (Mus. Brit.) 3. PENTASTOMA TERETIUSCULUM, Baird. Head rounded and truncated. Body cylindrical, of a red colour, considerably more attenuated posteriorly. Tail shortly bilobed. Greatest width of body about 4 or 5 lines below the head ;. it then gradually attenuates till it reaches the posterior extremity. Integu- ment annulosely ringed ; rings about one-third of a line in width. Length 2 inches 5 lines; breadth 3 lines. The only specimen taken is a female. Hab. Taken from the mouth of an Australian Snake (Hoploce- phalus superbus) which died lately in the Zoological Society’s Gar- dens, Regent’s Park. (Mus. Brit.) For the three above-described species I am indebted to Mr. Edward Gerrard, of the British Museum. 4, TETRARHYNCHUS MINUTO-STRIATUS, Baird. Head of a white colour, solid and smooth. Neck much narrower than head, nearly of the same dimensions throughout its whole ‘length, and minutely and finely striated. Bothria ear-shaped, rather broader at upper than lower part ; open above, adnate below, with Mr. J. Gould on new Species of Birds. 315 callous, raised edges. Proboscides short and club-shaped. Body a minute papilla. Length of head 2 lines; breadth 1} line. Length of neck from 1 inch to 13 lines; breadth 1 line. Hab. Taken from a species of Brama, off Madeira. (Mus. Brit.) 5. TETRARHYNCHUS BREVIS, Baird. The animal is of a white colour, and is very short and thick. The head is large and broad, and the bothria are ear-shaped, rounded, and very much thickened on the edges. The neck is very short. The proboscides cylindrical and of considerable length. Length of whole animal 3 lines; head nearly 2 lines; neck 1 line. Hab. Taken from a species of marine Eel at Madeira. (Mus. Brit.) 6. TETRARHYNCHUS QUADRIPAPILLOSUS, Baird. Head of considerable size ; bothria large, rotundate-oval. Neck long, slender, terminating in an enlarged body enclosed in a sheath, which gives off at its lower part four papillee disposed in such a manner as to interlock with each other and form a terminating coni- cal point. Length of whole animal about 3% lines. Hab. Taken from the liver of “Alepocephalus, sp., at Madeira. (Mus. Brit.) For these three species of Tetrarhynchus I am indebted to J. Yate Johnson, Esq., C. M 7. BOTHRIOCEPHALUS (TETRABOTHRIUM) JUNCEUS, Baird. Bothria four, attached to the head by their face, large and some- what auriculiform. Head elliptical. Neck slender; first segments very fine, gradually becoming broader, but in no part exceeding half a line in breadth. Apertures of genital organs unilateral. Length upwards of 44 inches; breadth of neck ;4,th of a line; broadest segments about 4 a line. Hab. Intestines of the King-Vulture (Sarcorhamphus papa). (Mus. Brit.). For this species I am indebted to Mr. E. Gerrard. April 8th, 1862.—Dr. J. E. Gray, V.P., in the Chair. Mr. Gould exhibited to the Meeting and described two new spe- cies of Humming- Birds, which he had recently received from Ecuador; a new Fregilus from the Himalayas, which had hitherto been re- garded as identical with the European bird of that form ; and a spe- cies of Prion, which appears to constitute an additional member of that peculiar genus of oceanic birds. The Humming-Birds were named, respectively, Heliothrix longi- rostris and Aphantochroa hyposticta ; the Fregilus, F. Key ; and the Prion, P. magnirostris ; and were thus described :— 816 °° Zoological Society:— ~~ HELIOTHRIX LONGIROSTRIS, Gould. Male: upper surface and wing-coverts brilliant green; wings dark purplish brown; four middle tail-feathers bluish black, the re- mainder pure white ; lores, line under the eye, and ear-coverts velvety black, terminating in a small tuft of violet-blue feathers ; below the black line a stripe or moustache of glittering green; chin, throat, and under surface snow-white; bill black; legs and feet fleshy brown. Total length 5} inches; bill 1; wing 24; tail 22. Hab. Ecuador. Remark.—I have been for years receiving from Ecuador examples of what I believed to be females of a new species of Heliothriz ; but now in 1862 I have received an adult male, which convinces me that my opinion was correct, and I have therefore described it under the above appellation. In comparison with the other species of the genus, I find it to be most nearly allied to H. auritus, being similarly co- loured to that bird; it is, however, of larger size, has a considerably longer bill, and in my specimen, which is doubtless adult, the crown is devoid of the glittering hue seen in H. auritus; at the same time, it is somewhat brighter than the back. APHANTOCHROA HYPOSTICTA, Gould. All the upper surface, wing-, and tail-coverts deep green; wings purplish brown ; tail dull purplish green, deepening into blackish brown at the tip, the two outer feathers on each side very slightly fringed with white at the tip; feathers of the throat, breast, and centre of the abdomen dull white at the base, with a spot of dull green near the tip, giving those parts a spotted appearance; re- mainder of the under surface dull green ; under tail-coverts dull green at the base, deepening into black near the end, and fringed with grey; tarsi and thighs rather thickly clothed with white feathers ; bill black, except at the base of the under mandible, which appears to have been flesh-colour. Total length 43 inches ; bill 1,3; wing 22; tail 14. Hab. Ecuador. Remark.—I have several specimens of this bird, all similarly co- loured ; and I believe the specimen from which the above description was taken to be fully adult. It differs from 4. cirrhochloris in its spotted breast, in its shorter tail, and its rather more lengthened and curved bill. I received the examples I possess from Quito, but I believe they were collected near the waters of the Upper Napo. FREGILUS HIMALAYANUS, Gould. Plumage of the head and the whole of the body, both above and ‘beneath, deep glossy black ; wings and tail black, glossed with purple and green; bill and feet coral-red ; nails black. ' Hab. The Himalayas. _ Remark.—This fine Chough differs so greatly in point of size from the species killed in this country that I have no hesitation in de- Mr. J. Y. Johnson on Alepisaurus ferox. 317° scribing it as distinct; and that ornithologists may more clearly perceive the great difference alluded to, I annex an accurate admea- surement of male examples from India and Europe. Fregilus himalayanus. Fregilus graculus. Inches. Inches. Total length ...... 153 Total length ...... 14 Billoo. 8. 24 Bald 2c see 024 l Wing 12? Wing”. 244 So Sanh 102 gf og 2g 62 Tail 52 2 TURES oe 24 Parsi olive 1? I may add that specimens from Italy and from Wales are precisely alike in all their admeasurements. PRION MAGNIROSTRIS, Gould. Head, all the upper surface and sides of the chest blue-grey ; lesser wing-coverts and the edge of the shoulder brown ; the remainder of the wing blue-grey, deepening into slate-grey at the tips of the inner primaries; the outer primaries slaty black, fading into white on the inner edge; scapularies deepening into slate-grey near the end, and tipped with pale grey; tail very light grey, the centre fea- thers tipped with blackish-brown ; chin, throat, centre of the breast, abdomen, and under surface of the wing creamy white; a faint wash of blue on the lower part of the flanks and the under tail-coverts ; bill blue, deepening into black on the sides of the nostrils, at the tip and along the side of the lower mandible; irides brown, legs beau- tiful light blue. _ Total length 11 inches; bill, base to tip 2, breadth at base 43; wing 8; tail 43; tarsi 14. Hab. Unknown. Remark.—As the name I have assigned to it implies, this species differs from every other member of the genus in the extraordinary size of its bill. In form and colouring it is precisely similar to the other Priones, all of which are remarkably alike in these respects— not so, however, in their bills, which consequently present the best specific characters. REMARKS ON A SPECIMEN OF ALEPISAURUS FEROX RECENTLY OBTAINED AT Maperra. By James YATE JOHNSON, Corr. Mem. Z.S8. Having lately procured a specimen of this rare and interesting fish (which I have had the pleasure of presenting to the British Museum), I beg leave to lay before the Society the result of my observations upon it when in a fresh state. The remarks I shall make will be for the most part supplementary to Mr. E. T. Bennett’s long de- scription of another specimen from this locality, printed in the first volume of the ‘Transactions of the Zoological Society *;’ but I hope they will be found to have some bearing upon the question of the : * See Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. i. p. 395. 318 Zoological Society :— ichthyological position of the genus, which has been placed in no fewer than four families by different naturalists. Mr. Lowe, who founded the genus on the present species, placed it in Cuvier’s family of Tenioides. M. Valenciennes referred the genus to the Salmonide. Sir John Richardson, in his article on Ichthyology in the ‘ Encyclo- peedia Britannica,’ assigned it, on page 213, to the Sphyrenidea, and on page 248 to the Scopelide. Lastly, that able ichthyologist, Dr. Giinther, asserts that its natural affinity is decidedly Siluroid (Cat. Acanth. Fishes in Brit. Mus. ii. p. 353). A consideration of Mr. Bennett’s description and of the additional points about to be mentioned, ‘some of which appear to have been hitherto overlooked, will lead, I think, to the conclusion that the position assigned to this fish by Dr. Ginther is the true one. The specimen lately obtained is 533 inches long, the head mea- suring 73 inches. The height of the body in front of the pectoral fin is 44 inches. The branchiostegal membrane is supported by seven rays, which number may probably be taken as the normal one, as it agrees with one of Mr. Lowe’s specimens, the other of which had six rays in that membrane. The fish has no barbels, in which negative character it resembles the genus Batrachocephalus, a mem- ber of the Siluride. The large eye (1} inch im diameter) is sur- rounded by an adipose skin, which, on the posterior side, intrudes as a transparent veil upon the eye, covering it to the extent of one- third. The subopercle of which Mr. Bennett spoke appears to be the interopercle, which has been extraordinarily developed at the ex- pense of the subopercle, the latter being wanting. Both this and the opercle (which measures 2 inches across) are remarkable for their paper-like tenuity and the high radiating striatures on their surfaces. The hinder portion of the preopercle forms a strong bony ridge, also striated. The coracoid is very broad at its middle, where it is seulp- tured with radiating strive like the clavicle. The suprascapular and the narrow scapular are longitudinally striated. The striz on all the bones are strong. : The remarkably high first dorsal fin has forty-one rays, and the deeply-forked caudal fin nineteen rays, whilst the second dorsal is adipose—in these respects agreeing with Mr. Bennett’s description ; but the pectoral fin has fourteen in place of fifteen rays, the ventral fin ten in place of nine rays, and the anal fin sixteen in place of seventeen rays. The first ray of the pectoral fin in the fish examined by Mr. Bennett was the longest. In this specimen the fifth and sixth rays are the longest (being 71 inches long), and they are rather more than twice the length of the strongly-serrated first ray, which is superior in length only to the three last. The first dorsal fin (the base of which is 32 inches long) arises out of a groove, each margin of which consists of a loose fold of adipose skin. The first ray is jointed above, and is strongly serrate along its free edge, like the first rays of the pectorals and ventrals. The first fifteen or six- teen rays appear to be simple, the others sparingly branched ; but the only perfect ray in my specimen is the fourth, and that is Mr. J. Y. Johnson on Alepisaurus ferox. 319 12 inches long. The first ray of the ventral fin, though simple and strong below, is jointed above and ends in a weak point. The first two rays of the azal fin are short, the succeeding four long, and the remaining rays short. The anterior part of this fin is fleshy, and at the base of this part there is a groove on each side. The length of the base of the whole fin, compared with the total length of the fish, is as 1 to 114, instead of as 1 to 10 in Mr. Bennett’s example. The caudal fin measures 71+ inches in length, and the tips of the lobes are 9 inches asunder. Along the middle of each side on the posterior half of the body there is a low adipose keel of a black colour; and this marks the course, at this part, of the lateral line, which is unarmed throughout. The fish is covered with a thin smooth skin, and is entirely destitute of scales. As to the dentition, there are at each side of the mandible, be- ginning at the posterior end, ten teeth of moderate size, directed backwards, and flattened, triangular, and pointed. Then come three long-pointed teeth, which decrease in length forwards; then five subulate teeth, having before them two long teeth on one side of the mandible, on the other only one; lastly, at the tip, one acicular tooth. The weak slender premaxillary is set with a single row of small sharp triangular teeth, about eighty-five on each side. The palatine bones are set posteriorly with a row of larger teeth, which, being flat, sharp, and triangular, resemble the teeth of asaw. They are directed back- wards, and correspond in size and shape with the opposite teeth of the mandible. At the anterior part of each palatine bone is a row of seven or eight long formidable teeth, the hinder ones being larger; they are flattened, dagger-like, and are directed backwards. Behind these on one side are two long teeth, but only one such tooth on the other. The vomer is toothless. With reference to the figure accompanying Mr. Bennett’s descrip- tion, it may be remarked that the nostrils are wrongly indicated, being much posterior to the place at which they are represented to be. They are really situated a little nearer the eyes than the snout. The two orifices of each pair, being small and close together, may have been overlooked; and a couple of slight depressions with a bony tubercle, in advance of their true position, have been apparently mis- taken for them. Neither does the colouring of the figure well agree with my specimen, which, when fresh from the water, had a dark- bluish-grey back, with sides and belly of a silvery grey, reflecting a brassy lustre in certain directions of the light. The dorsal, pectoral, and caudal fins were a deep black ; the ventral and anal fins a silvery grey. The indigo-blue spots in pairs near the lateral line in the figure seem to occupy the places of colourless mucous pores, which were observed in my specimen at irregular intervals near that line. From this fish were obtained two species of Entozoa, viz. some large specimens of a Distoma, and several examples of a Tzenioid worm, measuring altogether some feet in length. 320 MISCELLANEOUS. Notice of a New Leopard from Japan. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &e. Mr. Keilish has kindly brought me for examination the skin of a Leopard which he has received from Japan; it is well tanned, and marked on the inside with the red impressions of two Japanese seals. Leopardus Japanensis. Fulvous, paler beneath. Back and limbs ornamented with ovate or roundish, unequal-sized black spots; the spots on the shoulders, back, and sides converted into a ring by a single central spot of the same colour as the fur; spot on the back of the legs large, oblong, and transverse. Head with small, regularly disposed black spots ; nape with four series of narrow elongated: black spots, the outer ones sometimes confluent into lines, and with a series of large black spots on each side of the back of the neck. Tail elongate, spotted, paler, and with four black rings at the tip. Hab. Japan. _ The skin at first sight seems much like that of a fine-coloured Hunting Leopard; but it is at once distinguished from that animal by the larger size and brown centre of the black spots, and from all the varieties of the Leopard by the linear spots on the nape and the spots on the back not being formed of smaller spots. _ The skin is 4 feet 6 inches, and the tail 2 feet 10 inches long. Notice of a New “Wild Goat”? (Capricornus Swinhoei) from the Island of Formosa. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &e. Mr. Swinhoe having kindly shown me some Mammalia from the Island of Formosa, I have the pleasure of sending the description of a new Goat-Antelope. Capricornus Swinhoei. _ Fur harsh and crisp. Brown: a narrow streak down the back of the neck, a spot on the knee, and the front of the four legs below the knee black ; the hind legs bay; the sides of the chin pale yellowish ; under side of the neck yellow-bay, separated from the upper part of the neck by a ridge of longer hairs. Ears long, brown, pale internally. Hab. Formosa, on the central ridge of the Snowy Mountains. _ This species is very distinct from Capricornus crispa of Japan, which has a white face. The skull has a deep and wide concavity in front of the orbits, and a keeled ridge on the cheek. The horns are short and conical. | Death of Fishes in the Sea during the Monsoon. In a letter to Sir Roderick Murchison, Sir William Denison, the Governor of Madras, observes that, in steaming between Mangalore. and Cananore on the west coast of India, he found that for some time after the south-west monsoon the sea was offensive with dead fish, killed by the great mass of fresh water poured into the sea during the season of the monsoon.—Proc. Geol. Soc. June 18, 1862. THE ANNALS AND MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. [THIRD SERIES. ] No. 59. NOVEMBER 1862. XXXIII.—On the Pro-Embryos of the Chare. By M. Prinesuem*, Ir is generally supposed by the numerous observers of the germination of the Chare, that their spores produce the plants immediately in germination. This assertion is expressed most distinctly by Bischoff in his monographic treatise on the Chare. After some brief remarks upon the direction of the germinating plant, dependent on the accidental position of the spore, Bischoff sayst, ‘In any case, however, it is clear that in the Chare an immediate development of the germ-plant from the spore takes place, without any trace of a primitive germinal structure, such as occurs in the other Cryptogamia of the higher orders ; and even by this the position of these plants upon the boundaries of the two primary divisions of the vegetable kingdom is attested.” Certainly every one who has observed germinating Chare will admit that this assertion is perfectly in accordance with the first and direct impression which germinating Chare produce upon the observer, and has evidently misled all the more recent observers of the germination; for they differ in nothing from Bischoff in their conception of the structure produced from the spore. OR licens this conception is false; and it is certain that the germinating spore does not directly give origin to the young plant, but that in the Care, as in the higher Cryptogamia, a pro-embryo is first formed in the germination, and upon this the first branches of the plant are subsequently formed by a normal process of gemmation. The proof of this assertion de- * Translated by W. 8. Dallas, F.L.S., from the Monatsbericht der Akad, der Wiss. zu Berlin, April 1862, p. 225. T G. W. Bischoff, ‘ Die Cryptogamischen Gewichse,’ 1828, p. 10. Ann. & Mag, N. Hist. Ser. 3, Vol. x. 22 322 M. Pringsheim on the Pro-Embryos of the Charee. pends upon the history of the growth of the shoots of Chara, for the complete representation of which we are indebted to Alex. Braun*., It likewise requires a thorough examination of the formation and structure of the lateral shoots given off from the nodes and leaf-axils of the Chare. I suppose the general structure of the Chare to be well known; ; and with regard to the history of the development of their branches I merely call attention here to the fact that every branch and every bud (or branch-rudiment) of the Chara, as in the Cormo- phyta generally, terminates in a vegetative cone, from which the formation of the whole of the morphological segments (inter- nodes, nodes, and leaves) issues directly or indirectly; and I may add, further, that the vegetative cone of the Chare is formed, not by a complex cellular body, but of a single cell, which is therefore the vegetative cell. I further refer to the fact that the cortication of the joints of the stem and leaves depends upon the neighbouring nodes, the cortical segments descending from the upper nodes coalescing with those ascending from the lower nodes to form a coherent cortical coat. It is well known that in the Chare, as in leafy plants in general, branches issue from the leaf-axils at the nodes, which equally increase the stock and repeat the growth of the parent branch. In Chara fragilis, to which species the following statements refer, only a single lateral branch usually issues from the younger nodes: this, as Al. Braun has shown, stands in the axil of the oldest leaf of the whorl. It differs from its parent shoot only in that the complete cortication of its first (lowest) joint takes place entirely from the upper node, its basilar node forming no ascending cortical segment. In older nodes of this plant which have survived the wititer, we find, on the contrary, a greater number of shoots rising from one whorl of leaves, and now no longer exclusively from the axil of the oldest leaf. These later-produced lateral shoots appear at the same time more or less abnormally altered, and a closer examination shows that two kinds of structures, of very different morphological value, occur amongst them. Some of them are distinguished from the quite normally barked shoot, produced at a much earlier period in the axil of the oldest leaf, by an entire absence or a deficient development of the bark on their lower parts. This alteration usually affects only the lowest joint and the leaves of the first whorl, but here and there also the following joints and whorls. * © Ueber die Richtungsverhaltnisse der SaftstroOme in den Zellen der Characeen,” Monatsber, der Berliner Akad, der Wiss. 1852 & 1853, _ M. Pringsheim on the Pro-Embryos of the Chare. 323 To distinguish them from others, I will call these shoots “ naked-footed twigs.” The manifold phenomena called forth - by the various degrees of development of the bark on the lower joints of these naked-footed twigs I pass over here entirely ; but, on the contrary, I indicate particularly that even these shoots, in their development, and especially in the formation of their mor- phological members from the vegetative cell always present at their apex, follow the general law of development of the shoots of Chara. The second kind of twig-like structures, which occur with the naked-footed twigs on the older nodes which have passed through the winter, must strike the observer, even from their external appearance, by the far greater deviation of their lower parts from the normal structure of the shoots of Chare. It is to these structures, under the name of “ progerms of the twigs” (Zweigvorkeime), that I wish here in the first place to call attention. Whilst every twig issuing from a node commences with a distinct joint, appearing green from the well-known chlorophy]l- rows of the Chare, which bears immediately above it the first normal node furnished with leaves, the progerms of the twigs commence with a perfectly colourless shorter or longer joint, in which the chlorophyll-rows are always wanting. This is followed by an extremely imperfectly developed and always /eafless node, the place of which is even frequently occupied by a single cell, elongated into the form of a joint. Upon this, again, there fol- lows a more or less elongated but always naked joint, which, in its appearance already presents a greater resemblance to the stem-joints of the Charge; and this joint apparently bears the first circle of leaves. But this also is remarkable for a disproportionate development of the parts, which is never seen on any other whorl of leaves : amongst the leavés apparently belonging to it one is constantly distinguished by its excessive growth, far exceeding any inequa- lities amongst the leaves of a whorl, that may occur now and then in normal whorls. It is only from hence that the twig becomes perfectly normal, that is to say, the following joints, nodes, and leaves are exactly like the first joints, nodes, and leaves of a normal naked-footed or barked lateral twig ; so that it evidently appears as if the true twig originates as a lateral shoot in the axil of the above-men- tioned excessively developed leaf of the first whorl. And this view is in fact fully confirmed by the developmental history, which at the same time furnishes an unexpected expla- nation of the nature of the excessively developed pseudo-leaf. Thus it shows that this does not belong as a leaf to the first 22% 824 M. Pringsheim on the Pro-Embryos of the Chare. circle of leaves, but that it is the apex of a distinct structure following a peculiar mode of growth, and that it is only under this leaf-like apex, and at a later period, that the first normal bud is produced and developed into a normal barked or naked- footed twig, which is only distinguished from other twigs of Chara by its basal node producing a few leaves which remain in a rudimentary state of development. Now, it is from these little leaves coinciding in a circle with the end of that independent organ to which I give the name of *‘progerm of the twig” that it appears as if the twig above this whorl was the direct continuation of the joints below it. The recognition of this gets rid of all the contradictions and abnormal appearances which strike us in the lower joints and the first whorls of these twigs so long as we start from the false assumption that the structure which I indicate as the apex of the progerm of the twig is the excessively developed oldest leaf of the first whorl; for neither the development of this pro- germinal apex, nor the form of its terminal cell, nor, lastly, the directions of the currents in its cells agree with the normal condition of the parts of a leaf. The full significance of this progerm of the twig only becomes evident, however, by the comparative examination of the germi- nating plant. The considerable deviations from the normal structure of the joints and nodes which are observed in the first joints and nodes of germinating Chare are most simply explained by the same processes of formation which I have shown to occur in the pro- germs of the twigs. The germination of the spore also commences with the forma- tion of an independent organ following a law of growth peculiar to itself—a progerm, from the Jeafless nodes of which the leafy twigs sprout forth. The progerms formed by the spore resemble in every respect the progerms of the twigs produced on the older nodes of plants which have passed the winter. They reach from the spore to the first whorl of leaves, and terminate here with the same ex- cessively developed structure apparently belonging to the whorl, which has been regarded sometimes, as by the older observers, as the apex of the growing main stem, and sometimes, as by more recent investigators, as the first, disproportionately deve- loped leaf of the first whorl. It is, however, as already stated, neither the one nor the other, but the apex of a leafless provisional structure incapable of further development ; and the leaflets in its vicinity, with which it apparently coincides to form a whorl, are, as in the progerms of the twigs, the rudimentary leaves of the basal node of the M. Pringsheim on the Pro-Embryos of the Chare. 325 first normal shoot of the Chara formed at the base of the pro- germinal apex. This proof of the occurrence of the progerm in the Chare fills a sensible gap in the developmental history of those plants. The existence of leafless provisional structures, from which the twigs shoot forth, supports the conception, derived from the history of the formation of the parts, that the twigs of Chara are leafy shoots, and places the relationship of the Chare to the Mosses in the clearest light. To the form of the seminal filaments and of the rudiments of the fruit, in which the Chare so strikingly approach the Mosses, we may now add the similar mode of production of the leafy twigs from buds originating on confervoid Jeafless progerms; for the progerms of the Chare differ but little in their structure from the confervoid progerms of the Mosses, as is proved by the possible replacement of their few and defectively developed nodes by simple cells elongated into the form of joints. And although the more simple and throughout almost confervoid structure of the plant in the Chare, as also the node-formation of their progerms, by which these externally resemble the leafy twigs, renders the recognition of the progerms and their distinc- tion from the leafy twigs very difficult, still it is never possible to confound the progerms with leafy twigs, and no transition of a progerm into a leafy twig ever occurs; so that the morpho- logical separation of the leafless progerms and the leafy shoots is just as sharply marked in the Chare as in the Mosses. Lastly, the complete morphological equivalence of the progerms in Chare and Mosses shows itself most decidedly through the progerms of the twigs in the former; for, among all leafy plants, it is only on the stems and leaves of the Mosses that we find organs analogous to the progerms of the twigs of Chare. These are the well-known root-like prothallia which occur on the stems and leaves of many Mosses, and which have been fully described by W. P. Schimper in his anatomical and morphological investi- gations on the Mosses*. The Chara, therefore, in their general process of development pass through similar stages to the Mosses. They are leafy plants, without a main stem or main root, the whole of their twigs, like those of the Mosses, being produced as lateral shoots, either on other leafy twigs or on leafless pro- germs. * Compare the structures described by Schimper in his ‘ Recherches anatomiques et morphologiques sur les Mousses’ (Strasburg, 1848), as “‘radicelles proembryonnaires sur les tiges” (p. 13), “excroissances pro- embryonnaires sur le limbe et A l’extrémité de la nervure des feuilles ” (p: 15), and “ radicelles proembryounaires aux feuilles détachées de la tige”’ (p. 19). 3826 Rev. H. Clark on a new Species of Hydroporus. In the structure of their antheridia and the development of their fruit they certainly present important deviations from the Mosses, which do not permit their complete systematic union with any group of Mosses; but, as in the form of the seminal filaments, so also in the original foundation of the fruit, they agree with the general formative process in the Mosses ; for, although the period and the place of impregnation in the Chare are not yet demonstrated, it may nevertheless be asserted with great probability, from well-known and not far-fetched analogies (to which we may now add the formation of the progerms), that in them also it is not, the spore-cell which germinates into a prothallium, but a mother-cell preceding this by several genera- tions, that is fertilized. The Chare consequently stand evidently as a peculiar group of the section of Moss-like plants amongst the Cryptogamia. Moreover, the unexpected occurrence of the progerm in the Chare makes it appear to be a general law (to which, contrary to the earlier views, the Chare are subject as well as Ferns and Mosses) that in all leafy plants the spore never can be directly the vegetative apex of the first leafy axis. The further development of this preliminary communication will appear, with the necessary bibliographical references and figures, in the next part of my ‘ Jahrbuch fiir wissenschaftliche Botanik, ’ which is already in the press. XXXIV, —Description of a new Species of Hydroporus, Clairv. By the Rev. Hamuer Cuark, M.A., F.LS. Fam. Dytiscide. Genus Hyprororvs, Clairv. HI, tinctus, n. sp. H. oblongo-ovalis, subparallelus, sat convexus, post medium paulo latior, ad apicem modice et rotunde productus, crebre punctulatus, leviter pubescens, subopacus, niger, obscure rufo notatus; capite inter oculos undique late et distincte depresso, sparsim punctulato, ad apicem rufo tincto ; thorace antice emarginato, lateribus leviter rotundatis, basi sinuata ad medium (scutelli regione) angulata, sparsim et fortiter punctato, antice juxta marginem transverse punctato-striato, ad basin plus minus transverse depresso, ad baseos angulos plus fortiter plerumque foveolato, nigro ; elytris thorace latioribus, cum thoracis margine angulum obtusum formantibus, post medium latioribus, leviter punctatis, sparsim pubescentibus, nigris, fascia lata ineequali transversa apud humeros, vitta mar- ginali (post medium in maculam triangularem dilatata) haud apicem attingente, rufis vel rufo-fuscatis, hee macule aliquando obsolete Dr. J. E. Gray on the Species of Alligators. 327 sunt, aliquando omnino absunt; corpore subtus nigro; antennis eon pedibus fusco-nigris, tarsorum articulis anteriorum atis. Magnitudine variat ; long. corp. lin. 13-14, lat. 4. A variable species, both in pattern and size; nevertheless the four examples before me (none absolutely identical with the three others) evidently represent a single species, which is abun- dantly distinct from all others with which I am acquainted : its elongated form, coupled with the greater breadth of the post- medial elytra (especially as contrasted with the thorax), and the distinct angle formed by the line of the margins of the elytra and thorax separate it at once from all species found in Great Britain. In our list the name will stand next to H. palustris, Linn, Four examples of H. tinctus were detected among a mass of Turner’s captures, by my friend Dr. Power: they were captured certainly in the district of the New Forest. XXXV.—A Synopsis of the Species of Alligators. | By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &e. Havine had occasion to re-examine the large collection of Alli- gators in the British Museum for the purpose of naming the more recently received specimens, I am induced to lay before the readers of the ‘Annals’ an abstract of the result of this examination. I may observe that Spix, in his work on Brazilian Lizards, gives very good figures of these animals, with the colours well marked; and Natterer, in his ‘ Beitrige’ on South-American Alligators, gives very accurate and detailed figures of the head and the neck-shield of the different species; and he has figured some varieties or species very nearly allied to those here noticed, which I have not seen. The Alligators (Alligatoride) may be divided thus :— I. The ventral scutella like the dorsal ones, bony, and articulated together, forming a shield. The eyelids with an internal bony plate. The cervical scutella in pairs, forming an elongated shield, Nasal bone short. 'Tro- pical America. 1. Jacare. The orbits united by a bony cross ridge. yelids partly fleshy, striated or rugose. 2. Caiman. The orbits not united by across ridge. Eyelids entirely bony, smooth. Il. The ventral scutella thin, the dorsal scutella bony, not articulated together. The eyelids fleshy, smooth. The cervical scutella in pairs, sepa- . rate. Nasal bone elongate, separating the nostrils. North America. 8. Atzticgator. ‘The face broad, depressed. 528 Dr. J. E. Gray on the Species of Alligators. l. JACARE. Head moderately high, shelving on the sides. Orbits united by a distinct bony cross ridge. Lyelids striated or rugose, strengthened by a small internal bone. The cervical scutella four or five pairs, forming a shield ; the dorsal and ventral seu- tella bony, articulated together, forming a dorsal and ventral shield ; the gular and ventral scutella smooth, A. Head elongate ; interorbital ridges strong. Dorsal scutella elongate, keeled, keeis of vertebral series highest ; lumbar scutella in six longitu- dinal series. Nuchal scutella small, compressed. Eyelids striated, with a rather large internal bone. Back black, yeliow-varied. Melanosuchus. 1. Jacare nigra (Black Jacare). Crocodilus sclerops, Schn. Amph. 162; Cuvier, Arch. Zool. ii. t. 2. f. 3. Crocodilus Yakare, Daud. Rept. ii. 414, Alligator Sclerops, Cuvier, Oss. Foss. v. 35, t. 1. f. 7 & 16, t. 2. f. 3. Caiman niger, Spix, Bras. t. 4 (good). Champse niger, Natterer, Beitr. t. 21 (good). Hab. Para; 13 feet long (Graham). I think it better to adopt Spix’s name, as sclerops has been used for all the species. B. Head short ; orbits with diverging ribs in front to edge of jaws. Dorsal scutella broad, slightly keeled, equal ; the lumbar scutella in four longi- tudinal series. Nuchal scutella distinct, in two cross series. Eyelids rugose, with a small internal bone. Back olive, brown-banded. Cyno- suchus. a. Head short, broad, depressed, with very distinct preorbital ridges to the edge of the jaw. Cervical disk short, broad, formed of four bands of scutella. Sides of jaws pale, with a series of dark spots. 2. Jacare latirostris. Crocodilus latirostris, Daud. Rept. ii. 417. Caiman fissipes, Spix, Bras. t. 3 (good). Champse fissipes, Wagner, Icon. t. 17 ; Natteres, Beitr. t. 22 (good). Alligator sclerops, Pr. Max. Abbild. t. ‘ A. cynocephalus, Dum. & Bibr. Erp. Gén. 86. Hab. Brazils. Pernambuco (J. P. G. Smith). The nose of the young soon. Is as ome as the width at the eighth tooth. b. Head elongate, longer than the width at the eighth tooth, with none or onl indistinct evanescent ridges from the front of the orbit. Cervical dis oblong, elongate, of five series of scutella. * Face depressed, broad ; sides of the jaws with a series of large coloured spots, as in the former section. 3. Jacare longiscutata. Dorsal scutella elongate, longer. than broad, uniformly keeled, in ten longitudinal series in the middle of the body ; ventral Dr. J. E. Gray on the Species of Alligators. 329 scutella elongate, in fourteen or sixteen longitudinal series. Sides of the jaws pale, with five or six band-like spots; the inner pair of the first and second series of cervical scutella large and equal-sized. Hab. Tropical America. This is very like the following ; but the head is rather broader, and the dorsal and ventral shields are much larger and more numerous. It is known from the young of Jacare nigra by its olive-colour, the spots on the sides of the jaws, and the presence of the di- stinct nuchal scutella. 4. Jacare ocellata. Dorsal scutella broad, uniformly keeled, in eight longitudinal series in the middle of the body ; ventral scutella in twelve lon- gitudinal series, those of the hinder series smaller, longer, and more numerous; the central pair of cervical scutella in the first series smaller than those that follow. Hab. Lake of Santa Cruz de la Sierra. ** Face attenuated, rather high on the sides ; sides of the jaws one-coloured, not spotted or banded. 5. Jacare punctulata. Caiman (Jacaretinga) punctulatus, Spix, Bras. t. 2 (good). Champsa sclerops, Natterer, Beitr. t-22 (head, good). Alligator punctulatus, Dum. & Bibr. Erp. Gén. u. 91. Back pale yellow, brown-banded ; the sides of the head yellow ; upper and lower jaws yellow, one- coloured, or minutely speckled ; sides of the neck smooth, with flat scales. Nose rather high and square. Hab. Brazils (Spix) ; Surinam ; Argentine Republic. Var. Sides of the neck rugose, with prominent keeled scales. Demerara. Dr. Natterer figures two other species, under the names of Champsa vallifrons (t.23) and Ch. punctulatus (t. 24), the latter of which seems to differ from the former in the head being narrower and more tapering. I have scen no specimens agree- ing with these figures; but they look very like varieties of the above. At the same time, some of our specimens appear to have more attenuated snouts than others ; but when the callipers are applied to the nose and to other parts of the head, the absolute proportions of the parts are very nearly the same. I may observe that, characteristic as are the figures of Dr. Natterer’s paper, none of them exactly agree with our specimens when measured. Perhaps this arises from their having been drawn in perspective. In some specimens of this Jacare, the first and sometimes 330 Dr. J.B. Gray on the Species of Alligators. even the second cervical scutella have two keels, in others only one; but this is no specific distinction, as it is not rare to find species with two keels on one side of the neck, and only one on the other. 2. CaIMAN. Head high, flattened on the sides. Orbits without any ridges. The eyelids smooth, strengthened with a large, single, internal bony plate. The dorsal and ventral scutella bony, articulated together, forming a dorsal and ventral shield; the gular and lateral ventral shields keeled, the abdominal ones smooth; the cervical scutella four or five pairs, with sometimes one or a pair interposed between the second and third pairs. A. Head shelving on the sides. Nuchal scutella five, in a single cross series ; cervical scutella five pairs; dorsal scutella highly keeled, irregular, in six series; the lumbar scutella in two longitudinal series; the gular and two outer lateral series of ventral scutella keeled. The flat upper disk at base of tail broad and strongly crested. Paleosuchus. 1. Caiman trigonatus, Gray, Cat. B. M, 66. Crocodilus trigonatus, Schn. Amph, 161, ii. t. 1,2 (skull); Cuvier, Oss. Foss. vy. 65. C. palpebrosus, var. 2, Cuvier, Oss. Foss. v. 40, t. 2.f. 1. Champse trigonata, Natterer, Beitr. t. 26 (good). Hab. Tropical America. St. Domingo (Cuvier). Cuvier and Duméril and Bibron have confounded this species with the Black Crocodile from West Africa; and we haye even received a skeleton of the latter animal from the Paris Museum, under the name of Alligator palpebrosus, var. B. Head flat and erect on the sides. Nuchal scutella many, in two cross series ; cervical scutella three pairs ; dorsal scutella slightly keeled ; the lumbar scutella in four longitudinal series ; the gular, the ventral, and lateral abdominal scutella keeled. The flat upper disk at the base of the tail elongate. Aromosuchus. 2. Caiman palpebrosus, Gray, Cat. B. M. 67. Crocodilus sclerops (male), Cuvier, Arch. Zool. ii. 168. C. palpebrosus, var., Cuvier, Oss. Foss. v. 38, t. 1. f. 6 & 17, t. 2. f. 2. Champsa palpebrosa, Natterer, Beitr. t. 27 (good). Caiman (Jacaretinga) moscifer, Spix, Bras. t. 1. Brown; tail black, banded. Hab. Tropical America. Natterer figures the head of a species, under the name of C. gibbiceps; but I do not see in what respect it differs from the above, except that the head is a little higher, which is, perhaps, a sexual distinction. 3. ALLIGATOR. Head depressed, broad, without any preorbital ridges. The Mr. T. V. Wollaston on Additions to Madeiran Coleoptera. 831 eyelids smooth, fleshy. The dorsal scutella not articulated toge- ther, in six longitudinal series ; the ventral scutella thin; the gular and abdominal shields smooth; nuchal scutella one pair, small; cervical scutella three pairs, hinder smallest. Alligator Mississippiensis, Gray, Cat. B. M. 61. Crocodilus Mississippiensis, Daud. Rept. ii. 418. C. Lucius, Cuvier, Oss. Foss. v. 32, t. 1. f.8, & 15 t. 2. f. 4. C. Cuvieri, Leach, Zool. Mise. ii. 102,t. . Alligator Lucius, Dum. & Bibr. Erp. Gén. iii. 75, t. 25, 26. Hab. North America. Carolina (Catesby). There are two varieties (?); or, it may be, one sex has the face longer in proportion to the width than the other. XXXVI.—On Additions to the Madeiran Coleoptera. . By T. Vernon Wo taston, M.A., F.L.S. [Continued from p. 293. | Fam. Curculionide. Genus Lixus. Fabricius, Syst. Eleuth. ii. 498 (1775). 6. Lixus anguinus?, Linn. L. angusto-elongatus, subcylindricus, subnitidus, pube cinereo-albida demissa minuta parce tectus et linea marginali nivea ornatus ; rostro longiusculo, minute ineequaliter punctulato, postice sub- carinato; prothorace minutissime punctulato necnon profunde et remote varioloso, in disco linea albidiore utrinque ornato; elytris apice singulatim acuminatis sed vix dehiscentibus, sat profunde striato-punctatis, obsolete albido lineatis. Long. corp. lin. 6. Habitat prope urbem Funchalensem, a Dom, Wolff nuper lectus. Curculio anguinus?, Linn., Syst. Nat. i. ii, 610 (1767). L. rather smaller and narrower than the L. Cheiranthi, less densely clothed with a minute ashy pubescence, but (like that species) ornamented with a broad paler line along its sides; also less opake. Rostrum rather longer and slenderer than that of L. Cheiranthi; also a little more curved, subcarinated posteriorly, very minutely punctulated, and with rather larger punctures in- termixed. Prothorax much more deeply and remotely punc- tured, the punctures (or varioles) being, on the disk, enormous and subconfluent; the spaces between them very minutely punctulated; ornamented on either side of its disk with a broad but indistinct paler line. lytra gradually a little narrowed behind, and with the extreme apex of each more produced or 332 Mr. T. V. Wollaston on Additions to Madeiran Coleoptera. acuminated, but scarcely divergent; somewhat deeply striate- (or perhaps rather seriate-) punctate, and apparently ornamented with a few indistinct paler lines. Legs robust; the tibial hook rather less developed than in the L. Chetranthi. Antenne pices- cent at their base. The single specimen of Livus from which the above descrip- tion has been compiled was communicated two months ago by Mr. Bewicke, who obtained it from the collection of a German entomologist, Dr. Wolff, by whom it was captured, during the past winter, near Funchal. Being, unfortunately, unique and in a rubbed condition, it is next to impossible to decide for cer- tain whether it be referable positively to the ZL. anguinus of Mediterranean latitudes, though the generality of its characters are so very similar, apparently, to those of that msect, that I think it would scarcely be safe to treat it as distinct. At the same time, however, I cannot but admit that in the almost undivaricating apices of its elytra it does not quite accord with types of the L. anguinus now before me, but agrees better with the diagnosis of the L. anguiculus from Southern Europe. Never- theless I think that its other features, particularly of coloration, will hardly admit of its being identified with the latter. From the L. Cheiranthi (the only Madeiran species with which it could possibly be confounded) it is abundantly different, being not merely (judging from the unique example) a little smaller and relatively narrower, but also less densely clothed with mi- nute cinereous pubescence, and moreover less evenly so, there being evident traces of paler longitudinal lines, both on its elytra (which are much more produced, separately, at their apices) and on either side of the disk of its pronotum. Its rostrum, too, is a little longer and slenderer, and subcarinated posteriorly ; its prothoracic punctures are very much larger and more remote (the central ones particularly being enormous and subconfluent, so as to take the form of varioles) ; and its tibial hooks are less developed. In the event of its being an undescribed species (which, how- ever, is scarcely likely), I would propose for it the trivial name of Wolffit. Genus LaPpaRoceRus. Schonherr, Gen. et Spec. Cure. ii. 530 (1834). 7. Laparocerus undulatus, u. sp. L. subgracilis, niger, pube brevi demissa viridi-cinerea parce varies gatus sed pilis superadditis fere carens; capite vix sculpturato, oculis ovalibus prominentibus, rostro longiusculo subgracili apicem versus sensim dilatato; prothorace parce et profunde punctato, obsolete carinato, in disco postico leviter bi-impresso ; elytris pro- Mr. T. V. Wollaston on Additions to Madeiran Coleoptera. 833 funde punctato-striatis, obsolete undulato-ineequalibus ; antennis ferrugineis, elongatis, gracillimis, articulo secundo tertio sensim longiore. Mas pedibus robustis; tibiis longissime pilosis, anticis ad apicem valde et subito incurvis, posticis apicem versus facile dila- tatis, intus pone medium usque ad apicem late emarginatis, angulo ra ag angulato-exstante, externo rotundato valde setuloso ; tarsis atis. Fem. adhuc latet, Long. corp. lin. 33, Habitat in montibus Maderze, a meipso olim captus. L, rather narrow, elongate-ovate, black, sparingly variegated with an exceedingly minute, decumbent, greenish-cinereous or opaline pubescence, but almost free from additional erect hairs. Head nearly unsculptured, with the rostrum, however, slightly rugulose and also rather long and narrow, though perceptibly widened at its apex ; eyes oval and prominent. Prothorax very deeply and sparingly punctured, most obsoletely keeled, and unequal or bifoveolated on its hinder disk. /ytra deeply punc- tate-striate, and with the interstices rather undulated. Antenne long, slender, and ferruginous; the scape nearly straight, very slender at the base and very suddenly thickened at its apex, where it is somewhat darker ; funiculus with the first joint ex- tremely long, being perceptibly longer than the second. Male with the legs thick and robust ; the ¢ibie with extremely long pile internally, and the anterior pair greatly and suddenly incurved at their apex; the hinder pair gradually dilated, but scooped-out internally from a little beyond the middle to the inner apical angle, which is anguliform and prominent; the outer angle densely setose and slightly rounded or obtuse (not being prominent) : the tarsi broad. Female as yet undetected. The excessively slender scape of this insect, which is suddenly clubbed at its extreme tip (instead of being gradually thickened), will immediately assign it to Laparocerus rather than to Adlantis; whilst its comparatively clongate, anteriorly subdilated rostrum, narrowish outline, and somewhat undulated interstices point to the L. clavatus (which in my ‘Ins, Mad.’ I had regarded, wrongly, as an aberrant Atlantis) as its nearest ally, Specifically, however, it is abundantly distinct from that insect, being not merely larger and of a different colour (its legs being dark in- stead of testaceous, and its pubescence more or less opal or greenish-cinereous instead of golden-brown), but also having its head and rostrum nearly unsculptured, its eyes a little larger, more oval, and less prominent, its prothorax very much more deeply and sparingly punctured, and more unequal (or bi. 334 Mr. T.V. Wollaston on Additions to Madeiran Coleoptera. impressed) on the hinder disk, and with the first joint of its funiculus perceptibly longer than the second. Judging from the single specimen now before me, its sexual characters are likewise different from those of L. clavatus ; for, although I cannot vouch for the female, the male has its legs. considerably more robust, with the tibize more pilose and the feet decidedly broader at their base. Its posterior tibiz, also, are not only wider but broadl scooped-out internally from nearly the middle point to the ter- minal angle, which last is extremely prominent*. The unique example (a male) from which the above descrip- tion has been drawn out I detected lately amongst a quantity of the Atlantis lamellipes which I had placed aside in a pill-box, and which were captured by myself several years ago in the lofty elevations of Madeira, principally at the Fanal. Genus CaNopsis. Bach, Kafer-Fauna, 268 (1854). Genus Trachyphleo affinitate proximum et facie habituque ge- nerali omnino similis, sed capite supra et utrinque dense longitudi- naliter striguloso; vostro breviore, scrobe brevi sursum curvato ; oculis paulo magis prominulis: antennis pone medium scrobis in- sertis, longioribus, minus incrassatis (sc. scapo longiore graciliore versus basin magis flexuoso, funiculi articulis inter se laxioribus, 1™° et 24° paulo longioribus, illo minus incrassato): ibis simpli- cibus (7. e. ad apicem externum haud spinosis) et ¢arsorum ungui- culis magis approximatis (basi minus distantibus). This genus (which is identical with Cataphorticus of Jacq. Duval) is closely allied to Trachyphleus, with which, mdeed, until lately its members have been associated. It differs merely in having the upper surface and sides of its head densely longi- tudinally strigulose (a peculiarity of sculpture, however, which is, of course, only perceptible when the scales are removed) ; in its rostrum being shorter, with the lateral scrobs consequently more abbreviated (and likewise more curved upwards), and with the eyes a trifle more prominent ; in its antenne (which are im- planted rather behind the middle of its short scrobs, and there- fore nearer to either eye) being rather longer and less incrassated, the funiculus-joints being /axer inter se, and the first and second of them more perceptibly elongated (though the former is less evidently thickened than is the case in Trachyphicus) ; in its * In some respects it approaches nearer to the L. morio; but, apart from numerous other characters, its much narrower and apically-subdilated rostrum, in conjunction with its less globose, more uneven, and much more deeply and sparingly punctured prothorax, its more coarsely punctured ely- tral striz, and the totally different structure of its hinder male tibize, will at once distinguish it from that insect. Mr. T. V. Wollaston on Additions to Madeiran Coleoptera. 335 tibiz being simple (or unarmed with additional spines) towards their outer apex; and in its tarsal claws being set more closely together. 8. Cenopsis Waltont, Schonh. C. ovatus, niger, fusco-cinereo squamosus et setis rigidis longiusculis dense obsitus ; capite postice longitudinaliter strigoso, rostro brevi, oculis prominulis; prothorace densissime ruguloso-punctato; elytris profunde striato-punctatis, punctis magnis ; antennis pedibusque ferrugineis squamosis, illis versus basin scrobis (mox ante oculos) insertis, his breviusculis, tibiis ad apicem simplicibus (haud spinu- loso-terminatis ). Long. corp. lin. 13. Habitat Maderam: in montibus supra urbem Funchalensem exem plar unicum sub lapide cepit Dom. Bewicke. | Trachyphleus Waltoni, Schénh., Gen. et Spec. Cure. vii. 115 (1843). C. ovate, black, densely clothed with brownish-cinereous scales and studded with long and erect sete. Head closely longitudi- nally strigulose behind, with the eyes rounded and rather pro- minent, and with the rostrum short; the last with the lateral scrobs likewise short and curved upwards to the upper margin of the eye, and with the antennze implanted into it near its base. Prothorax very densely punctured, the punctures being rather small and more or less confluent. lytra deeply striate-punc- tate, the punctures being extremely large. Antenne and legs ferruginous, but squamose: the former relatively longer and slenderer than those of the Trachyphleus scaber, and with their scape more flexuose at the base ; the /aiter rather short, with the tibie simple at their extreme apices—not being fringed with, or terminated by, minute spinules. A single specimen has lately been communicated by Mr. Be- wicke (by whom it was captured at the Mount, above Funchal), which appears to me to agree precisely with my British examples of the C. Waltoni—possessing the longitudinal frontal strigze, the abbreviated rostrum, the enormous elytral punctures, and the numerous other features which distinguish that insect ; and I think it far from unlikely, therefore, that it may have been imported accidentally into Madeira through the medium of the English residents, who have long been in the habit of bringing boxes of plants, at intervals, from our own country, in order to replenish their gardens with the familiar forms of more northern latitudes. And, indeed, so long as such is the case, it seems impossible to foretell the amount of additions which may and must accumulate to the fauna in the course of every few years, though happily it is not difficult, when studied tm situ, to draw the line of demarcation, in at all events a general way, between that portion of the Coleopterous population which is truly indi- 336 Mr. T. V. Wollaston on Additions to Madeiran Coleoptera. genous and that which owes its presence to chance agencies from without. Whether introduced, however, or not (for it is, of course, impossible to decide this point for certain on the evi- dence afforded by a solitary individual), it is clear that the species must be admitted into our Catalogue; for even if it be not originally Madeiran, it has in all probability, at the least, become naturalized in the island. The unique example described above has been presented by Mr. Bewicke to the collection of the British Museum. In order to draw attention to its distinctions from the Trachy- phleus scaber, to which, primd facie, it is of course a good deal allied, I may just repeat that it not only wants the minute spines which fringe the apices of the tibize in that insect, but that it is likewise altogether smaller and has its setee denser and longer ; that its rostrum is much more abbreviated and with the lateral scrobs consequently shorter (being also curved upwards, to the upper margin of the eye, instead of downwards to the middle of it); that its eyes are more prominent and its antenne longer and slenderer, with their scape more flexuose at the base, and implanted towards the base of the scrobs instead of towards its apex; that its forehead, when denuded of its scales, will be seen to be longitudinally strigulose ; that its prothorax is more regu- larly and closely punctured; and that its elytra have the punc- tures of their striz very much larger. Fam. Halticide. Genus LONGITARSUS. Latreille, Fam. Nat. des Ins. 405 [script. Longitarse] (1825). 9. Longitarsus, n. sp. Habitat Maderam, a Dom. Anderson detectus. I merely record here the existence of a new and insignificant Longitarsus, to be added to the list, because my friend M. E, Allard, of Paris, who has paid such great attention to the Halti- cide, and to whom we are indebted for the best monograph of the family which has yet been published, is desirous of including it in a supplemental memoir which he is preparing. Although, therefore, I drew out a careful description of it before sending it to Paris, I nevertheless abstain from inserting it in this paper, and will simply call attention to the fact that its discovery is due to Mr. F, A. Anderson, who brushed three or four specimens of it (asl am informed by Mr. Bewicke) from off grass immediately outside the gate which leads into the grounds of the Palheiro, on the mountains to the eastward of Funchal. One of these ex- amples, which has been transmitted to me by Mr. Bewicke, has t Mr. T. V. Wollaston on Additions to Madziran Coleoptera. 837 been presented by Mr. Anderson to the collection of the British Museum. Although purposely omitting (for the reason above referred to) its diagnosis, I may briefly state that, according to a com- munication now before me from M. Allard, the species in ques- tion is about “the same size and form as the L. obliteratus, Rosenh., but is darker and more shining, with the punctation of its prothorax and elytra much finer, and with its antennal joints considerably shorter.” M. Allard then adds: “It has equally an analogy with the ZL. parvulus, Gyll.; but this last has its shoulders wider and more prominent, and its punctures a little too subtle and no¢ disposed in rows at the base and towards the suture of its elytra.” Fam. Coccinellidz. Genus CoccINELLA. Linneeus, Syst. Nat. edit. 1 [script. Coccionella] (1735). 10, Coccinella Andersoni, n. sp. C. rotundato-ovalis, nitida, levissime punctulata ; capite rufescenti- lurido, in fronte vix flavescentiore ; prothorace antice et ad latera (rotundata) subpellucide marginato, apice truncato (angulis anticis haud porrectis), luride subflavescenti-rufo, ad utrumque latus nec- non in maculis duabus basalibus parvis dilute flavo ; elytris mar- ginatis, margine circa humeros (valde rotundatos) versus scutellum continuato sed longe ante scutellum abrupte terminato, luride subflavescenti-rufis sed maculis maximis confluentibus dilute flavis marmoratis ; antennis pedibusque infuscato-testaceis, illis tarsisque ad apices paulo obscurioribus. Long. corp. lin. 12. Habitat Maderam: ad flores pinorum supra Funchal primus depre- hensit Dom. Anderson, cujus in honorem nomen triviale proposui. C. roundish-oval, shining (but not highly polished), and most lightly and minutely punctulated. Head of a dull lurid yellowish red, and a little more diluted (though scarcely spotted) on the forehead. Prothorax much rounded at the sides, with its ex- treme lateral and anterior edges subpellucid, truncated in front (its anterior angles not being at all porrected) ; of a dull lurid yellowish red, but with each side (except a small, ill-defined, cloudy enclosed spot) broadly lurid yellow, and two obscure nearly confluent patches of the same colour resting on the centre of its extreme base. /ytra distinctly margined, the margin being carried forward to about midway between the shoulders (which are much rounded-off) and the scutellum, at which point it terminates abruptly; of the same dull lurid yellowish red as the prothorax, but ornamented with equally dull lurid-yellow, Ann. & Mag. N, Hist. Ser. 3, Vol. x. 3 888 Mr.T. V. Wollaston on Additions to Madeiran Coleoptera. immense, more or less confluent spots, of which two large ones join each other at the extreme base (behind the scutellum), whilst those immediately behind coalesce so as to form an oblique ante- medial zigzag fascia, reaching from either shoulder to about the middle of the suture; then follows.a longitudinal patch on the outer posterior disk, and then a larger one (near the suture) behind it, both of which merge into a marginal one; after which there is a small rounded spot at the apex itself. Antenne and legs brownish-testaceous: the former rather slender, with their club (which is a little darker) only slightly enlarged ; the /atter robust, with the outer edge of their tibize and the apical joimt of their tarsi infuscated. Referring to this interesting addition to the Madeiran fauna, Mr. Bewicke has transmitted to me the following note :—“ Mr. Anderson captured the first, from off a clump of Stone Pine (Pinus pinea) to the south of S. Antonio church, about two miles from Funchal. I think this was taken in May. A few days afterwards I obtained four more—two from off the same trees. as Mr. Anderson’s, and two from off others of the same species about half a mile distant—below S. Martinho. On a subsequent day I met with four more, on trees in the same district; and I have recently found one in Mr. Grimes’s garden, on the Saltos road, above Funchal. It is only on trees in flower that I have hitherto observed them; but I failed in detecting any Aphides on which they might feed.” Fam. Helopide. Genus Hetops. Fabricius, Syst. Ent. 257 (1775). 11. Helops arboricola, n. sp. H. subcylindrico-oblongus, ater, subopacus; capite prothoraceque confertissime punctulatis (punctis subconfluentibus), hoe longius- culo, utrinque versus basin plus minus valde sinuato, angulis pos- ticis plus minus acutis ; elytris subparallelis, densissime et minute granulatis (granulis versus suturam obsoletis), crenato-striatis, interstitiis tuberculis parvis remotis longitudinaliter obsitis; an- tennis pedibusque elongatis. | Long. corp. lin. 7. Habitat in intermediis Maderze, sub cortice arborum laxo emortuo a Dom. Bewicke captus. Helops arboricola, Bewicke, in litt. H. subcylindrical-oblong, black, and subopake. Head and prothoraz most densely punctulated, the punctures being sub- confluent and a little coarser on the former than on the latter ; the datter rather elongate, with the anterior angles somewhat Mr, T, V. Wollaston on Additions to Madeiran Coleoptera. 339 porrected and acute, very finely margined both laterally and behind, and more or less ‘olleneii-out (sometimes very deeply so) on either side towards the basal angles, which are consequently more or less prominent or acute. iytra almost parallel at the sides (at any rate in the males), most densely and minutely granulated (the granules, however, being almost obsolete towards the suture), crenate-striated, the interstices with a row of minute tubercles down each, which are obsolete near the suture and in front. Antenne-and legs long; the former (especially towards the extremity) and the farsi of the latter somewhat fuscescent. The present large Helops, the discovery of which is due to Mr. Bewicke, is well distinguished from all the other Madeiran species by its elongate parallel outline (at all events in the male sex); by its most closely punctured head and prothorax, the latter of which is relatively longer, and with the anterior angles more porrected, than is the case in either H. Vulcanus or H. confertus, and also more scooped-out on either side towards the base, which causes the posterior angles to be more or less prominent or acute ; and by its very densely and minutely gra- nulated elytra, the interstices of which have a row of small but well-defined tubercles down each (though both granules and: on are nearly obsolete towards the suture, particularly in ront). The H, arboricola is altogether narrower and more cylindric than H. Vulcanus, and its prothorax is relatively longer and less convex; nevertheless in actual /ength it almost equals that in- sect. Its habits, however, are quite different; for whilst H. Vulcanus is a maritime species, occurring beneath stones and in fissures of exposed rocks towards the coast, H. arboricola is found (like H. confertus) under the bark of trees in sub- sylvan spots of intermediate elevations. Under such circum. stances a single specimen was captured, first, by Mr. Bewicke, during the spring of 1861, high up in the Ribeira de S, Luzia ; and in April of the present year he again met with the species, in another but very similar locality—in the Vasco Gil ravine. Referring to this circumstance, in a letter lately received from him, Mr. Bewicke remarks as follows :—“ I took one a short time ago, in a tree, up the Vasco Gil ravine; Senhor Moniz and I subsequently spent a day there and searched the whole vicinity, but found nothing until we came to the original tree, where we obtained three or four more, They were all of them beneath bark, at a considerable height (about 10 or 12 feet) from the ground. The H. confertus was very abundant in that tree, as well as in most of the others; and it is perhaps worthy of note that the tree was in a very similar position to the one (in the Rib. de 8. Luzia) in which I took the insect last epi t 23% 349 Mr. T. V. Wollaston on Additions to Madeiran Coleoptera. in an old river-bed, and at about the same elevation above the sea.” One of these latter specimens, from the Vasco Gil ravine, has been presented by Mr. Bewicke to the collection of the British Museum, and another to the Madeiran cabinet at Oxford. 1 Fam. Staphylinide. Genus PLATYSTHETUS. Mannerheim, Brachel. 46 (1831). 12. Platysthetus cornutus. P, niger, nitidus ; capite subconvexo, punctato; prothorace elytris- que distinctius alutaceis sed levius (sc. levissime) et parcius punc- tulatis; antennis subgracilibus ; tarsis testaceis. Long. corp. lin. 13. Habitat prope urbem Funchalensem, specimen unicum cepit Dom. Anderson. Oxytelus cornutus, Grav., Col. Micropt. 109 (1802). Platysthetus cornutus, Erichs., Gen. et Spec. Staph. 782 (1839). P, black and shining. Head rather convex, or at all events with the forehead not excavated between the antenne, lightly punctured, and with a fine but abbreviated channel in the centre behind. Prothorax and elytra more coarsely alutaceous, but with the punctules smaller, finer, and more remote than those on the head, being, in fact, on the latter almost obsolete: the former with a deep central channel ; the /atter apparently undi- luted in hue, being concolorous with the rest of the surface. Antenne rather slender. Tibie somewhat piceous; tarsi testa- ceous. The single specimen from which the above description has been compiled does not appear to differ sufficiently from the common European P. cornutus (which I have taken plentifully at the Canaries) to warrant its being treated as distinct. Never- theless, since it is unfortunately a female one, I am unable to say whether the clypeus of the male sex would afford any cha- racter of specific signification. ‘True it is that its elytra are concolorous with the rest of the surface (instead of being more or less testaceous or diluted on the inner disk of each, as is ordinarily the case), but Erichson expressly mentions that (as in examples he had examined from Syria) the elytra are sometimes altogether black. Its other features seem to agree sufficiently well with the corresponding ones of the P. cornutus, amongst which its comparatively convex (or unexcavated) forehead, its rather slender antennze, its alutaceous surface, and the fineness of its punctation may be particularly noticed. The individual de- scribed from was taken near Funchal by Mr. F. A. Anderson, Mr. T. V. Wollaston on Additions to Madeiran Coleoptera. 341 who has kindly presented it to the collection of the British Museum. In my paper on “ Additions to the Madeiran Coleoptera” published in the August number of the ‘Ann. of Nat. Hist.’ for last year, I stated that the species detected in the group up to that date amounted to 646, I have therefore merely to re- mark that the twelve here enumerated (four of which were first detected by Mr. Bewicke, four by Mr. Anderson, two by Senhor Moniz, one by Dr. Wolff, and one by myself) will raise the number to 658. The few following notes may be conveniently inserted here :— 1. Ptinella aptera (Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 3. viii. 101).—The little insect (detected in Madeira by Mr. Bewicke) which I cited in my last year’s paper of “Additions,” under the name of “ Ptinella aptera, Guérin,” appears to be the ratisbonensis, Gillm., and not the aptera. The mistake arose through the Rev. A. Matthews (who identified the species for me, whilst correcting the nomenclature of the British Trichopterygide) having had a wrong type communicated from Paris. It appears to him, how- ever (and, I may add, to me also) to be coincident specifically with the English examples with which he originally compared it,—the only difference being that those examples are referable, as he believes, to the P. ratisbonensis, instead of to the aptera. Its synonymy, therefore, will stand thus :— Trichopteryx ratisbonensis, Gillm., Sturm’s Deutsch]. Fauna, xvii. (1845). Ptinella ratisbonensis, Matthews, Zoologist, 8058 (1862). 2. Saprinus metallicus (Ins. Mad. 217).—I find that this in- sect, which I have taken abundantly from beneath rejectamenta on the sea-beach of Porto Santo, is not the metallicus of Herbst, as [had imagined. From specimens which I sent to De Marseul for comparison, four years ago, and which have but lately been returned, the species appears to be referable to the apricarius of Erichson—an insect which is recorded from Spain, Corsica, Sicily, Algeria, and Egypt. Its synonymy -will consequently stand thus :— Saprinus apricarius, Erichs., in Jahrb. 194 (1834). , De Mars., Mon. des Hist. 725. 158 (1855). metallicus, Woll. {nec Herbst], Ins. Mad. 217 (1854). — —, Id., Cat. Mad. Col. 75 (1857). 3. Enneadesmus barbatus (Ann. Nat. Hist. 3 ser. v.859).—This must be quoted as the Xylopertha barbata, since it appears that the Xyloperthe have, after all, but nine joints to their antenna, and not ten as has usually been supposed. Consequently Mul- 342 Mr, T. V. Wollaston on Additions to Madeiran Coleoptera. sant’s genus Enneadesmus, which was separated from Xylopertha solely on account of the former character, has to be suppressed. 4. Tychius albosquamosus (Ins. Mad. 345).—Having had occa- sion lately to re-examine with greater care the unique specimen of this insect which was captured on the Deserta Grande during May of 1850, and to compare it with examples from the Cana- ries, I believe that it is not a Tychius at. all, but should be re- ferred to the genus Smicronyx of Schonherr. It appears iden- tical with a small Curculionid which I took, four years ago, in the intermediate elevations of Teneriffe, and which must con- sequently be quoted as the Smicronyx albosquamosus. Apart frorxh minuter distinctions, Smicronye may be known from Ty- chius by its more sunken eyes, and by its claws being approxi- mated at their base, whereas in the latter they are not only distant, but are even furnished with a little intermediate appen- dage. The species are, on the average, somewhat smaller and less scaly than the Tychii; their prothorax is much more finely, and not so thickly, punctured; their elytral striz are less de- cidedly crenulated, being often quite simple; and the spine at the inner apex of their tibiz is a trifle more developed, whilst even the outer angle also is rather more prominent and spinu- lose. The unique Desertan example, now in the British Museum, being in exceedingly bad condition, from its having been taken dead and mutilated, it is much to be hoped that fresh specimens may ere long be brought to light, through the indefatigable researches of Mr. Bewicke, whose success amongst the minute Coleoptera of the Madeiran islands has been so remarkable. 5. Atlantis clavatus (lus. Mad. 363).—For the reasons stated above, under the Laparocerus undulatus, I believe that this insect will be better referred to Laparocerus than to Aiélantis. It should therefore be cited as the Laparocerus clavatus. 6. Helops.—According to information which I have received lately from Dr. Schaum, who has had occasion to examine criti- cally certain types of the Heteromera in the collection of the late Dr. Germar, the names of no less than three of the Madeiran Helopes will, in right of priority, have to be changed, the species having apparently been described by Kiister in 1850, 2. e. four years previous to the publication of my ‘Ins. Mad’ Assuming therefore Dr. Schaum’s identification to be correct, for the A, confertus, Woll., we must. read asper, Kiist.; for the H. Pluto, Woll., gagatinus, Kist.; and for the H. cinnamomeus, Woll., graniger, Kiist. It appears that “ the asper was described as a Madeiran insect, but that the other two are stated erroneously to come from Portugal.” | , Mr. Jeffreys on a Species of Limopsis. 343, XXXVII.—On a Species of Limopsis, now living in the British Seas; with Remarks on the Genus. By J. Gwyn JEFFREYs, F.R.S., F.G.S. &c.* THE only result of any interest which accrued from my dredgings this year in the northern seas of these islands was the discovery of the Limopsis aurita of Sassi in a living state. Last year [ procured a few small single valves in the same spot; but, as I had experienced so much difficulty in distinguishing fossil from recent shells, I was not quite certain whether these valves might not have come from a submarine pleistocene bed, notwithstand- ing the freshness of their appearance, and the epidermis being retained on some of them. However, all doubt was removed on the present occasion. A specimen containing the animal was dredged about twenty-two miles off the Island of Unst in Shet- land, at a depth of 85 fathoms, in sandy gravel, together with a tolerably large single valve in an equally recent state. My friend Professor Allman was with me at the time, and has very kindly made a drawing of the soft parts, which I have now the pleasure of exhibiting. As nothing could be seen of the animal, although it was con- stantly and carefully supplied with sea-water for some time, I had no alternative but to kill it by immersion in boiling water, in order to examine it and the interior of the shell; and the sketch made by Professor Allman and my notes were therefore post mortem, and are not so complete or satisfactory as I could wish, : The appearance of the Limopsis while living and in its native element was extremely beautiful. The surface of the shell was clothed with long and fine hairs, which projected far beyond the edge of the valves, like a fringe of silken eyelashes. These hairs form part of the epidermis, and are not contractile ; and they doubtless serve to protect or warn the feeble mollusk against the insidious attacks of other animals. When the shell becomes dry, the epidermidal hairs shrivel up, and to some extent lose their former beauty. _ The body is of a milk-white colour. The mantle is open in every part except behind; it has no tubes or folds, and its edges are thickened and furnished with papilliform glands. The gills or branchiz are disposed as in other members of the same family. The foot is large in proportion to the rest of the bonds and is shaped like a tobacconist’s knife; it can in all probability form a suboval disk at the central portion, as in Pectunculus. The few and imperfect particulars here given serve, however, to show * Communicated by the Author, having been read at the meeting of the British Association held at Cambridge in 1862. O44 Mr. Jeffreys on a Species of Limopsis that the animal of Limopsis is closely allied to that of Pectun- culus in form; and the same remark applies to the shell in each’ of these genera. The shell of Limopsis differs from that of Pectunculus only in the apparatus by which it is closed. . In Pectunculus the hinge- area or plate at the back of the shell is furnished with a strong ligament which extends from one side to the other, and unites the whole of the hinge; while in Limopsis there is no ligament (properly so called), but only a small cartilage which fits into a triangular pit or depression placed just under the beak in each valve. The ligament and cartilage are in either case exterior to and above the hinge-line, but are seated within the beaks. In specimens of Limopsis of every age the teeth are continuous ; but in Pectunculus they are interrupted in the middle, and form two distinct rows which obliquely diverge from the centre. But this last character I do not regard as constant or of much value. | In each of these genera, specimens of the same species vary greatly in being more or less oblique, and in the hinge-margin occasionally projecting at each end to such an extent as to give the shell an appearance of having ears, as is the case im many other genera of the family of Arcide. Nucula has also a cartilage with a pit for its reception; but in that genus these processes are internal, instead of external as in Limopsis, and they are placed below instead of above the hinge-line. : | ‘Lima bears no affinity to Limopsis, having only a single ad- ductor muscle, and a different kind of hinge-fastening. The history of the genus Limopsis is involved in some obscu- rity, which is partly owing to the rarity of the work in which it was originally described. According to the ‘ Lethea geognos- tica’ of Bronn (whose loss is so deeply felt and deplored by geo- logists), Limopsis was proposed as a new genus by Sassi, in the ‘Giornale Ligustrico’ for 1827; but the British Museum library does not contain any such periodical, and I have not been able to obtain a sight of it in this country. Nyst, in his work on Belgian fossils (1843), stated that he was ignorant of Sassi’s publication or its date, although Bronn had given both these particulars twelve years before the above statement was made. Nyst and Galeotti had in 1835 proposed for the same genus the name of Trigonocelia. The late Prof. d’Orbigny, equally dis- regarding the rule of priority in scientific nomenclature, pub- lished, in the ‘ Paléontologie Francaise’ (1844), another name (Pectunculina), which has been lately adopted by Dr. Chenu, who makes Limopsis and Trigonocelia subgenera of D’Orbigny’s genus, but upon what grounds it is almost impossible to ima- now living in the British Seas. 345 gine. Dr. J. E. Gray gave’ another name (Limnopsis) to this genus in 1840; but this may have originated in a lapsus calamt. The first conchologist who pointed out the difference between Timopsis and Pectunculus, although he retained both in the old Linnean genus Arca, was Brocchi, who, in his ‘ Conchiologia Fossile Subapennina’ (1814, vol. i. p. 485, tab. 11. f. 9), de- scribed the species which I have now noticed as an inhabitant of the British seas. His description and remarks are, as usual, most excellent. This species (Z. aurita) is not uncommon in the Coralline Crag at Gedgrave ; and Mr. Searles Wood suspected that it may have lived on to the Red Crag period, as his cabinet contained a specimen, but much water-worn, from that forma- tion. It is quite impossible to distinguish, as species, the recent shells dredged in our own northern sea from those found in the Coral- line Crag; and I believe other species of Limopsis are also de- rived from Tertiary forms, but that they have not been hitherto identified with them. The recent species appear to be six in number, viz. :— 1. multistriata, Forskal; Red Sea. 2. Belchert, Adams & Reeve. This is perhaps the Pectunculus granulatus of Lamarck, an Eocene fossil from Grignon. 3. munita, Philippi; from the Sicilian and Calabrian Tertiaries. Probably the same as two recent specimens in the British Museum, the locality of which is unknown: or it may be a variety of the next. 4, aurita, Brocchi (Trigonocelia sublavigata, Nyst); Shetland. The single valve of a Limopsis, dredged by Mr. M‘Andrew on the coast of Norway, and now in the British Museum, appears to belong to a variety of this species, and to differ from the typical form only in the inside of the front margin being notched—a character which is not uncommon in va- rieties of Astarte sulcata and A. triangularis. Prof. Sars, in his Catalogue of 1857, regards this last specimen as be- longing to L. munita; while Danielssen, in his more recent work published in 1859, refers it to the Pectunculus pyg- meus of Philippi. 5. cancellata, Reeve; not uncommon on shells of a variety of Phorus Indicus, but apparently fossil. 6. pellucida, Jeffreys; dredged off Guernsey. A minute species ; but, although quite distinct from the young of any other species, it requires further investigation in regard to its true position. Although the particulars which I am enabled to give of the 346 Mr. A. Adams on new Species of Scissurellidee animal of Limopsis are confessedly meagre, I have been induced to publish them in consequence of nothing being yet known on the subject; and at any rate I hope this notice of another link being supplied in the chain which connects the tertiary with the recent fauna may not be uninteresting to naturalists. XXXVIII.—On some new Species of Scissurellide fram the Seas of China and Japan. By Arruur Apams, F.L.S. &e. Tue genus Scissurella of D’Orbigny is distinguished from Ana- tomus, H. & A. Adams, in being provided with a foramen instead of a fissure. It is synonymous with Schismope of Jeffreys, and Woodwardia of Crosse and Fischer. The new species of Scissu- rella and Anatomus which I now describe, from the seas of China and Japan, were dredged from deep water and from a bottom of sandy mud and broken shells. 1. Scissurella carinata, A. Adams. S. testa ovata, depressa; spira planiuscula; anfractibus 24, planis, ultimo supra carinam striis radiantibus (ad suturas validioribus) instructo, infra carinam cingulis elevatis transversis ornato, basi lineis elevatis concentricis, interstitiis cancellatis instructo ; aper- tura obliqua; labio recedente. Hab. Okosiri ; 35 fathoms. Seto-Uchi; 16 fathoms. Gotto : 71 fathoms. | _This species and the others I have named Scissurella have a foramen instead of a fissure, and would be called by some Schis- mope or Woodwardia, both of which names I believe to be syno- nyms of Scissurella proper. SS. carinata has a flattened spire and three prominent keels on the last whorl below the carinate periphery. It most nearly resembles S. d’Orbignyi; but there are three keels besides the fissural carina. 2. Scissurella modesta, A. Adams. S. testa ovata, depressa, stomatelliformi, anguste umbilicata; spira parva vix elata; anfractu ultimo supra carinam concentrice striato, infra carinam longitudinaliter plicato, basi lirulis spiralibus or- nato; apertura perobliqua, transversim ovata. Hab. Tabu-Sima; 25 fathoms. | _ A-small simple white species, without keels, striated above the -somewhat rounded periphery, and obsoletely plicate below. 3. Scissurella miranda, A. Adams. “S. testa ovata, depressa, late umbilicata; spira planiuscula; anfractu ultimo supra carinam subtilissime concentrice striato, infra cari- - -nam plicis obliquis subnodosis longitudinalibus distantibus ornato, Se eT a eS a from the Seas of China and Japan. 347 basi lineis concentricis instructo ; apertura perobliqua, transversim ovata. Hab. Mino-Sima; 63 fathoms. In this small but very pretty species the last whorl is nodosely plicate below the fissural keel. Genus Anatomus, H. & A. Adams. By common consent, the somewhat mythical Anatomus of Denys de Montfort has been ignored. His name Anatomus, however, a very significant and good one, may still be used for those species of Scisswrel/a in which the margin of the outer lip is fissured. Woodward has unnecessarily suggested the altera- tion Anatoma, for the sake, possibly, of the feminine termination. 1. Anatomus japonicus, A. Adams. A, testa trochiformi; spira conica; anfractibus 34, convexiusculis, striis elevatis longitudinalibus et transversis confertis concinne decussatis, striis longitudinalibus in basi flexuosis ; apertura sub- circulari; labio in medio dilatato et reflexo. Hab. Mino-Sima ; 63 fathoms. Seto-Uchi. Gotto. O-Sima. This is a large and extremely beautiful species, very like A. cris- patus in sculpture. It also resembles A. conicus, D’Orbigny, but it is more depressed, and, instead of being simply striate, it is finely decussate ; the base of the shell, moreover, is anteriorly produced and angulated. This species and Scissurella carinata are met with in greater abundance than the other members of the group, and both occur in deep water. 2. Anatomus lamellatus, A. Adams. A. testa globoso-conoidea; spira conica; anfractibus 33, convexiusculis, lamellis radiantibus, subdistantibus, interstitiis lineis elevatis trans- versis concinne cancellatis, lamellis in basi flexuosis ; apertura sub- circulari ; labio in medio dilatato, angulato, et late reflexo. Hab. Mino-Sima; 63 fathoms. Gotto; 71 fathoms. O-Sima; 26 fathoms. ps ORs In form this species is most like A. japonicus; but the upper part of the whorls is adorned with fine curved radiating lamellz, and the inner lip is broadly reflexed, and partly covers the umbilicus. : 3. Anatomus turbinatus, A. Adams, A, testa turbiniformi; umbilico profundo, perspectivo ; spira elata ; anfractibus 43, convexiusculis, lamellis confertis radiantibus (in medio angulatis) et lineolis elevatis transversis instructis,. basi liris concentricis elevatis ornato. Hab.. Mino-Sima; 63 fathoms. | 348 Mr. J. Blackwall on newly discovered Spiders This species is elevately turbinate, with two conspicuous cari- nate whorls and a dcep perspective umbilicus. The fine lamelle on the upper part of the whorls are bent or angulated in the middle. 4. Anatomus concinnus, A. Adams. A. testa ovata, depressiuscula; spira parva, vix elata, anguste et pro- funde umbilicata ; anfractibus 23, convexis, striis elevatis radian- tibus et concentricis concinne decussatis ; apertura obliqua, sub- orbiculari. | Hab. Rifunsiri; 35 fathoms. Under the lens, this little species appears to be intermediate in character between A. crispatus, Flem., and A. reticulatus, Phil., the decussation not being so fine as in the former, nor so coarse as in the latter. 5. Anatomus mirificus, A. Adams. A, testa ovata, depressa; spira plana, late et profunde umbilicata ; anfractibus 24, planiusculis, lineis elevatis radiantibus et concen- tricis regulariter et concinne clathratis, regione umbilicali sub- levi; apertura perobliqua ; labio recedente. Hab. Lo-shan-kow, Shantung. In this large and very beautiful species the entire surface of the whorls is regularly and delicately finely clathrate, and the umbilicus is very wide and open. 6. Anatomus stamineus, A. Adams. A. testa ovata, depressa; spira plana; umbilico mediocri; anfractibus 24, planiusculis, lineis stamineis elevatis radiantibus (infra carinam validioribus) striisque concentricis elevatis late clathratis, regione umbilicali lineis elevatis concentricis instructo ; apertura rotundato- ovata; labio recedente. Hab. Tsu-Sima; 25 fathoms. This species is widely clathrate, with conspicuous thread-like radiating and concentric lines, the former of which assume on the spire a lamellar character ; the umbilicus is moderate. XXXIX.—Descriptions of newly discovered Spiders captured in Rio Janeiro by John Gray, Esq., and the Rev. Hamlet Clark. By Joun Buackxwatt, F.L.S. A HIGHLY interesting collection of spiders made in Rio Janeiro, chiefly among the Organ Mountains, by John Gray, Esq., and. the Rev. Hamlet Clark, early in the year 1857, was, with great liberality, presented to me by those gentlemen, to whom I avail myself of this opportunity to express my obligation. From the captured in Rio Janeiro. 349 specimens it contained, which were preserved in spirit, I have selected the following species for description, under the impres- sion that they will be found new to arachnologists, Tribe Octonoculina. Family Lycosipz. Genus Lycosa, Latr. Lycosa inornata. Length of the female 3ths of an inch; length of the cephalo- thorax ;3;; breadth .*,; breadth of the abdomen }; length of a posterior leg ,°,; length of a leg of the third pair 55. The cephalothorax is large, compressed before, rounded and somewhat depressed on the sides, which are marked with furrows converging towards a narrow longitudinal indentation in the medial line; it is densely clothed with short hairs, and of a dark- brown colour, with broad yellowish-grey margins, and a band of the same hue extending along the middle, whose anterior part is the broadest and comprises a dark-brown line directed backwards from each posterior eye. The four small anterior eyes form a straight transverse row near the frontal margin of the cephalo- thorax, and the two intermediate ones are larger than the lateral ones. The falces are powerful, conical, vertical, armed with teeth on the inner surface, and of a brown-black colour, with yellow-grey hairs in front. The maxille are enlarged at the extremity, which is obliquely truncated on the inner side, and are slightly curved towards the lip; the latter organ is short, and broader in the middle than at the base or apex, which is truncated and hollowed. These parts have a reddish-brown hue, that of their extremities being yellowish brown. The sternum is oval and hairy, with minute prominences on the sides oppo- site to the legs, and is of a yellowish-brown colour. The legs are robust, provided with hairs and sessile spines, and of a ellow-brown hue; the fourth pair is the longest, then the first, and the third pair is the shortest; each tarsus is terminated by three claws; the two superior ones are curved and pectinated, and the inferior one is small and inflected at its base; the meta- tarsi and tarsi are provided on the under side with hair-like papillz constituting a climbing apparatus. The palpi resemble the legs in colour, and the digital joint, which is tinged with brown, has a curved pectinated claw at its extremity. The ab- domen is oviform, hairy, convex above, and projects over the: base of the cephalothorax ; the upper part is of a greyish-yellow colour, and has a brownish-black spot on each side of its ante- rior extremity; a pale-brown band, obscurely bordered with black, extends from the anterior part along the middle, nearly 350 Mr. J. Blackwall on newly discovered Spiders half its length; it has an angular point on each side, and is bifid. at its termination ; to this band succeed a few small, indistinct, black, angular lines having their vertices directed forwards ; the sides are spotted with brown, and the under part has a yellow- erey hue; the sexual organs have a longitudinal septum in the middle, and are of a red-brown colour. Genus Spuasus, Walck. Sphasus luteus. Length of the female 3,ths of an inch; length of the cephalo-. thorax =1,; breadth ;';; breadth of the abdomen +), ; length of an anterior leg #; length of a leg of the third pair ,%, The eyes are seated on black spots on the anterior part of the. cephalothorax; the four posterior ones form a greatly curyed, transverse row, whose convexity is directed backwards, and the other four describe a trapezoid whose shortest side is before; the posterior eyes of the trapezoid are the largest, and the ante- rior ones much the smallest of the eight. The cephalothorax is short, oval, glossy, convex, particularly in the posterior region, with a very slight indentation in the medial line; it is of a dull-yellow colour, with narrow black lateral margins, and a black line extending from each eye of the anterior pair to the frontal margin, which has a brownish-black spot on each exterior angle; on each side of the posterior part there is a brown spot; and obscure oblique lines of the same hue occur on the sides. The falces are conical and vertical; and the maxille, which are straight, are obliquely truncated at the ex- tremity on the outer side. The colour of these parts is dull yellow, each falx having a black longitudinal line in front, which lines appear like a prolongation of those on the frontal margin, The lip is broader at the extremity than at the base, and has a dark-brown hue, The sternum is heart-shaped, of a dull-yellow colour, and has four short black streaks on each side. The legs are slender, provided with long spines, and are of a pale-yellow hue ; the metatarsi and tarsi have a tinge of brown; and a fine longitudinal black line occurs on the under side of each femur, being least conspicuous on the femora of the posterior legs; the first pair is the longest, then the fourth, and the third pair is the shortest ; each tarsus is terminated by three claws; the two superior ones are curved and pectinated, and the inferior one is small and inflected near its base. The palpi resemble the legs in colour, are devoid of black marks, and have a curved, pecti- nated claw at their extremity. The abdomen is oviform, convex above, pointed at the spinners, and of a dull-yellow colour, obscurely freckled with yellowish white, a band of a deeper shade captured in Rio Janeiro. t oo 85r extending along the middle of the upper part, which is broadest: in the posterior region ; the sides are marked with a few brownish- black spots, and oblique confluent lines of the same hue occur on their posterior half; a broad band, composed of brownish- black spots, extends along the middle of the under part, and terminates in an angle at the spinners, which have a pale-brown hue; on the outer side of each branchial operculum there is a short black streak ; and the colour of the sexual organs, which are rather prominent, with a small triangular process whose acute vertex is directed forwards, is brownish black. Family Sauticipz. — Genus Satticus, Latr, Salticus placidus. . Length of the female }th of an inch; length of the cephalo- thorax 4; breadth 7,; breadth of the abdomen ;4,; length of a posterior leg 54, ; length of a leg of the second pair 2. The cephalothorax is large, glossy, somewhat quadrilateral, sloping abruptly at the base, and projecting a little beyond the falees in front ; it is of a brown-black colour, the cephalic region being the brownest, and has a narrow band of white hairs on the lateral margins. The minute intermediate eye of each lateral row is nearly equidistant from the eyes constituting its extremi- ties. The falces are small, conical, vertical, armed with a few teeth on the inner surface, and are of a red-brown colour. The maxille are straight, and enlarged and rounded at the extremity; and the lip is oval. These organs are of a brown hue, the ex. tremity of the former and the apex of the latter having a pale yellow-brown tint. The sternum is oval, and of a brown-black colour. The legs are moderately robust, and provided with hairs and sessile spines, two parallel rows of the latter occurring on the inferior surface of the tibize and metatarsi of the first and second pairs; the fourth pair is the longest, then the first, and the second pair is the shortest; each tarsus is terminated by two curved, minutely pectinated clays, below which there is a small scopula; they are of a very dark-brown colour, the meta- tarsi and tarsi of all, and the coxe and base of the genual joint of the third and fourth pairs, having a yellowish-brown hue. The palpi are short ; the humeral joint has a dark-brown hue, that of the cubital, radial, and digital joints being yellowish white. The abdomen is oviform, pointed towards the spinners (which are prominent), convex above, and projects over the base of the cephalothorax; it is sparingly clothed with hairs, and of a brown-black colour; a white band, curved round the anterior. extremity, extends along each side more than half its length, 352 Mr. J. Blackwall on newly discovered Spiders and a detached white spot occurs near its termination ; near the middle of the upper part there is a transverse white line, and between it and the spinners a small white spot ; four indented spots occur on the anterior half, forming a trapezoid whose shortest side is before ; there is a large pale-yellow-brown band in the middle of the under part, which tapers to its posterior extremity, but does not extend to the spinners. This spider was immature. Salticus radians. Length of the female 2ths of an inch; length of the cephalo- thorax 4; breadth 4; breadth of the abdomen ,; length of an anterior leg $; length of a leg of the second pair 54. The minute eye of each lateral row is rather nearer to the an- terior than to the posterior eye of the same row. The cephalo- thorax is large, glossy, sparingly clothed with hairs, somewhat quadrilateral, sloping abruptly at the base, and projecting a little beyond the falces in front; it is of a dark-brown colour, with a broad white band, consisting of short hairs, on the posterior half of each lateral margin, and the cephalic region reflects bright tints of green and gold. The falces are short, powerful, conical, divergent at the extremity, armed with a few small teeth on the inner surface, and reflect brilliant hues of gold and green. The maxille are straight, and enlarged and rounded at the extremity; the lip and sternum are oval. These parts are of a dark-brown colour, the sternum and the extremity of the maxille being the palest. The legs are robust, and provided with hairs and a few spines, the tibize of the anterior pair being densely covered with the former on their inferior surface ; the first pair is the longest, then the fourth, and the second pair is the shortest ; each tarsus is terminated by two curved claws, below which there is a small scopula; they are of a dark-brown hue, faintly tinged with red, the tarsi being the reddest. The palpi resemble the legs in colour, but are rather paler. The abdomen is oviform, pointed towards the spinners (which are prominent), convex above, and projects over the base of the cephalothorax ; it is thinly clothed with longish hairs, and of a dark-brown colour, the under part being the palest ; the upper part is covered with small adpressed scale-like hairs, which reflect rich tints of green and gold; on each side of the medial line there are three minute, parallel, white spots, disposed longitudinally; four larger ones occur on each side, the posterior one, which is the longest, being directed obliquely towards the spinners; and a few white hairs form a small spot on the coccyx. This Salticus was immature. captured in Rio Janeiro... 353 Salticus proruptus. Length of the female ird of an inch; length of the cephalo- thorax =3.; breadth 3; breadth of the abdomen 3; length of an anterior leg 3; length of a leg of the third pair 4. The legs are robust, and provided with hairs and sessile spines, two parallel rows of the latter occurring on the inferior surface of the tibize and metatarsi of the first and second pairs ; the first pair is the longest, then the fourth, and the third pair is the shortest; each tarsus is terminated by two curved, minutely pectinated claws, below which there is a small scopula; the co- lour of the femora is brownish black, and that of the genual joint and tibia of the first and second pairs dark reddish-brown; the genual joint and tibia of the third and fourth pairs have a brownish-red hue; the former is marked with dark reddish brown at its extremity, particularly on the sides and inferior surface, and the latter has a dark reddish-brown annulus at its termination ; the metatarsi and tarsi of all the legs have a pale brownish-red colour, and the former have a small reddish-brown annulus at their extremity. The palpi, which are rather long, have a pale brownish-red hue, and are without a claw at their extremity. The cephalothorax is large, glossy, somewhat quadri- lateral, sloping abruptly at the base, and projecting a little be- yond the falces in front ; it is of a very dark brown colour, faintly tinged with red, and the frontal margin is fringed with long yellowish-white hairs. The minute intermediate eye of each lateral row is rather nearer to the anterior than to the posterior eye of the same row. The falces are powerful, conical, and ver- tical; the maxille are straight, and enlarged and rounded at the extremity; the lip is oval, and slightly hollowed at the apex ; aud the sternum is oval. These parts are of a dark reddish- brown colour, the sternum and the extremity of the maxille being much the palest. The abdomen is oviform, pointed to- wards the spinners (which are prominent), moderately convex above, and projects over the. base of the cephalothorax ; it is thinly clothed with hairs, and of a dark brown colour, the sides being rather the palest ; on each side of the medial line of the upper part there is a series of minute spots, consisting of white hairs, disposed in pairs, those of the penultimate pair, which are much the largest, being of an oblong-oval form, and inclined towards each other, Salticus delicatus. Length of the female ;5,ths of an inch; length of the cephalo- thorax 3,; breadth +4,; breadth of the abdomen ;4,; length of a leg of the third pair 4; length of a leg of the second pair }. The minute intermediate eye of each lateral row is nearly Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 3. Vol. x. 24 354 Mr. J. Blackwall on newly discovered Spiders equidistant from the eyes constituting its extremities. The cephalothorax is large, glossy, somewhat quadrilateral, elevated in the cephalic region, and abruptly sloped at the base ; it is of a dull yellow colour, faintly tinged with red, the region of the eyes having a reddish-brown hue. The falces are small, conical, and vertical; the maxille are straight, and enlarged and rounded at the extremity; the lip is somewhat oval, but truncated and slightly hollowed at the apex. These organs have a red-brown hue, the extremity of the maxille being the palest. The legs are robust, provided with hairs and sessile spines, two parallel rows of the latter occurring on the inferior surface of the tibiz and metatarsi of the first and second pairs; the third pair is the longest, then the first, and the second pair is the shortest ; each tarsus is terminated by two curved minutely pectinated claws, immediately below which a small scopula is situated ; the palpi are short, and without a claw at their extremity ; the sternum is oval and glossy. These parts have a dull yellow hue, slightly tinged with red. The abdomen is oviform, somewhat depressed and pointed towards the spinners (which are prominent), convex at the ante- rior extremity, and projects a little over the base of the cephalo- thorax ; it is sparingly clothed with hairs, and is of a yellowish- white colour, with an obscure, slightly curved, brownish-black band, having its convexity directed forwards, situated near the anterior extremity of the upper part; on each side of the medial line of the posterior half there is a series of brownish-black con- fluent spots extending to the spinners, the superior pair of which organs has a dark-brown and the inferior pair a red-brown hue; on the under part there are two longitudinal, faint, brownish- black bands which meet near the spinners; and the colour of the sexual organs is dark red-brown. Salticus cephalus. Length of the male ith of an inch; length of the cephalo- thorax 3; breadth ;,; breadth of the abdomen ;, ; length of a leg of the third pair 54; length of a leg of the fourth pair 4. The cephalothorax is large, glossy, somewhat quadrilateral, very elevated in the cephalic region, and sloped abruptly at the base ; it is of a dull yellow colour, tinged with red; the region of the eyes has a reddish-brown hue, and that of the frontal margin, which is broad and nearly vertical, is blackish-brown. The falces are long, prominent, subcylindrical, depressed and indented at the extremity (which has a pointed process on the outer and another on the inner side, near the articulation of the fang), and are of a red-brown colour. The maxille are straight, and enlarged at the extremity, which is produced on the outer side; and the lip is oval. These parts have a brownish-yellow captured in Rio Janeiro. 355 colour, tinged with red, the lip being the darkest. The sternum is almost circular, and has a pale yellowish hue. The lateral eyes are seated on black spots, the minute intermediate one of each row being much nearer to the anterior than to the posterior eye of the same row. The legs are moderately robust, provided with hairs and sessile spines, two parallel rows of the latter occurring on the inferior surface of the tibie and metatarsi of the first and second pairs; the third pair is the longest, then the first, and the fourth pair is the shortest ; each tarsus is ter- minated by two curved claws, immediately below which a small scopula is situated; the base of the femur of the first, second, and third pairs has a dull yellowish colour ; the extremity of the joint and the tibia and base of the metatarsus of the same limbs have a red-brown hue, and the hue of the extremity of the meta- tarsus, with the tarsus, is yellowish-brown; the colour of the posterior legs is pale dull yellow. The palpi are long, slender, and of a yellowish-white hue, the digital jot having a tinge of brown; the cubital and radial joints are long and somewhat clavate, and the latter, which is the shorter, has a large pointed apophysis at its extremity, on the outer side; the digital joint is subcylindrical, convex and hairy externally, compact at the ex- tremity, but has a cavity near the base, on the under side, which comprises the palpal organs; these organs are moderately deve- loped, not very complicated in structure, with a curved, pointed, black spine at their extremity, and are of a reddish-brown colour. The abdomen is oviform, somewhat depressed and pointed to- wards the spinners (which are prominent), convex at the anterior extremity, and projects a little over the base of the cephalothorax; it is sparingly clothed with hairs, and the upper part, which has a black hue, comprises four minute white spots, disposed in a rectangular figure whose transverse breadth is the greatest, and in the medial line, between these spots and the spinners, there is a larger white spot ; these spots consist of short scale-like hairs; the anterior extremity, contiguous to the cephalothorax, the sides, and under part are of a yellowish-white colour, two longitudinal brownish-black bands, which are united near the spinners, occurring on the last ; the colour of the superior spin- ners is dark brown, and that of the inferior pair yellowish-brown. I have given to this spider the specific name of cephalicus provisionally, as it may possibly be the male of Salticus delicatus, though it differs from it in many marked particulars. Salticus properus. Length of the male 4th of an inch; length of the cephalo- thorax +';; breadth ,; breadth of the abdomen ,;4; length of an anterior leg }; length of a leg of the second or aoe 356 Mr. J.. Blackwall on newly discovered Spiders The legs are moderately robust, and provided with hairs and sessile spines ; the first pair is the longest, then the fourth, and the second pair is the shortest ; each tarsus is terminated by two curved, minutely pectinated claws, immediately below which there is a small scopula; the anterior legs are of a dark brown colour, slightly tinged with red, the metatarsus being the palest, and the tarsus having a reddish-yellow hue; the colour of the second, third, and fourth pairs is dull yellow, the genual joint, tibia, and base of the metatarsus being tinged with red, and the last joint has a small brown annulus at its extremity. The palpi are short, and of a brown colour; the radial joint has a slender pointed apophysis at its extremity, on the outer side; the digital joint is of an oblong-oval form, convex and hairy externally, concave within, comprising the palpal organs, which are mode- rately developed, not very complicated in structure, rather pro- minent at the base, and have a black, curved, filiform spine at their extremity, whose point is directed towards the inner side ; these organs are of a brown colour. The cephalothorax is large, glossy, somewhat quadrilateral, sloping abruptly at the base and projecting a little beyond the falces in front; it is of a very dark brown colour, strongly tinged with red in the region of the eyes. Thé minute intermediate eye of each lateral row is nearly equidistant from the eyes constituting its extremities. The falces are short, conical, and vertical; the maxille are straight, and enlarged at the extremity, which is produced on the outer side; the lip is short and oval; and the sternum is oval. These parts are of a dark reddish-brown colour, the falees and lip being the darkest, and the sternum much the palest. The abdomen is oviform, pointed towards the spinners (which are prominent), convex above, projecting over the base of the cephalothorax ; it is thinly clothed with hairs, glossy, and the colour of the upper part is brown; a pale, dull yellowish band curves round the anterior extremity, and a broad slightly dentated band of the same hue extends along the middle of the posterior part, and terminates in a yellowish-white spot immediately above the spinners; this band is crossed by several curved, light brown bars, whose convexity is directed forwards, and on each side of it there are two curved yellowish lines, whose convexity is in the same direction; the sides and under part are of a dull yellow colour, a broad, longitudinal, brown band occupying the middle of the latter; and the spinners, which have a dark brown hue, are tipped with yellowish-white. : Salticus scitulus. Length of the male ;3,ths of an inch; length of the cephalo-. captured in Rio Janeiro. 357 thorax 3;; breadth }; breadth of the abdomen J, ; length of an anterior leg 3; length of a leg of the second pair ;5,. The cephalothorax is large, somewhat quadrilateral, sloping gradually at the base, and projecting a little beyond the falces in front ; it is densely covered with hairs, and is of a deep black hue, with a broad longitudinal band immediately above each lateral margin, and another extending along the middle, of a yellow-white colour, the anterior extremity of the latter being the palest ; there is a small brown-red spot above each eye of the front row, and a larger one below each lateral eye of the same row. The minute intermediate eye of each lateral row is nearly equidistant from the eyes constituting its extremities. The falces are conical, vertical, and have a long sharp tooth on the inner surface ; the maxille are straight, and enlarged and rounded at the extremity, and the lip is oval. These parts have a dark brown hue, tinged with red, the extremity of the maxille being much the palest. The sternum is oval; the legs are robust, and provided with hairs and sessile spines, two parallel rows of the latter occurring on the inferior surface of the tibize and metatarsi of the first and second pairs ; the first pair is the longest, then the fourth, and the second pair is the shortest ; each tarsus is terminated by two curved pectinated claws, im- mediately below which there is a small scopula. These parts have a brownish-yellow hue; the legs are marked with a few obscure, longitudinal, brown lines, and the first pair is the darkest, particularly on the anterior side. The palpi are short, strong, and resemble the legs in colour ; the radial joint projects a large pointed apophysis from its extremity, on the outer side; the digital joint is oval, convex and hairy externally, concave within, comprising the palpal organs, which are moderately de- veloped, rather complex in structure, prominent at the base, and have a curved, pointed, black spine at their extremity, which is directed outwards; they are of a yellowish-brown colour, faintly tinged with red. The abdomen is oviform, pointed towards the spinners (which are prominent), convex above, projecting over the base of the cephalothorax, and is densely covered with hairs ; the upper part is of a brownish-black colour, with a broad yellow-white band extending along the middle, which is crossed by a brownish-yellow line at about one-third of its length from the spinners; the sides and under part are of a yellow-white colour; an obscure brownish-black band extends along the former, and in the middle of the latter there is a large dark brown mark, which is bifid at the anterior and broader extremity ; a small, triangular, yellow-white spot, whose vertex is directed forwards, occurs near the base of each superior spinner. 358 Mr. J. Blackwall on newly discovered Spiders Salticus festinus. — Length of the male 4th of an inch; length of the cephalo- thorax 4; breadth ,1-; breadth of the abdomen 4; length of an anterior leg ;3,; length of a leg of the second pair 3. The legs are robust, and provided with hairs and sessile spines; the first pair is the longest, then the fourth, and the second pair is the shortest ; each tarsus is terminated by two curved pecti- nated claws, immediately below which a small scopula is situated; their colour is brownish-black, with the exception of the tarsi, which have a reddish-brown hue, and a longitudinal line on the upper surface of the femur, a spot near the middle of the tibia, and another at the base of the metatarsus consisting of brilliant white hairs. The palpi are short, strong, and resemble the legs in colour, white hairs occurring on the upper surface of the humeral joint at its extremity, and on the cubital jomt; the radial joint is supplied with long black bristles on the under side, and has a pointed apophysis at its extremity on the outer side; the digital joint is subcylindrical, convex and hairy exter- nally, concave within, comprising the palpal organs, which are highly developed, not very complicated in structure, protuberant near the base, and are of a dark brown colour. The cephalo- thorax is large, glossy, somewhat quadrilateral, sloping abruptly at the base, and projecting a little beyond the falces in front ; its colour is brownish-black, with a broad band on the posterior half of the lateral margins, a spot in the medial line, at the commencement of the posterior slope, another contiguous to the minute mtermediate eye of each lateral row, and a transverse line on the frontal margin consisting of brilliant white hairs. The minute intermediate eye of each lateral row is nearly equi- distant from the eyes constituting its extremities. The falces are short, conical, and vertical; the maxille are straight, and enlarged and rounded at the extremity; the lip is oval; and the sternum is oval, being rather broader at the posterior than at the anterior part, and is clothed with whitish hairs. These parts have a brown-black hue, the extremity of the maxille being the palest. The abdomen is oviform, pomted towards the spinners (which are prominent), convex above, projecting over the base of the cephalothorax, and is densely covered with hairs; the upper part is of au orange-red colour, with four brilliant white spots disposed in a row in the medial line of the posterior half, the two intermediate ones being much the smallest, and the anterior one the largest ; a white band, curved round the anterior extre- mity, extends along each side more than half its length, and a detached white spot occurs near its termination; the sides, captured in Rio Janeiro. 359 spinners, and under part are of a brownish-black colour, the last having a pale yellowish-brown hue in the middle of the anterior part, which 1s clothed with whitish hairs. - Salticus minaz. Length of the female ird of an inch; length of the cephalo- thorax 3; breadth 4; breadth of the abdomen 3; length of a posterior leg $; length of a leg of the second pair ;3,. The cephalothorax is large, glossy, sparingly clothed with hairs, somewhat quadrilateral, and slopes abruptly at the base ; it is of a dull yellow colour, the region of the eyes and a broad longitudinal band on each side, which tapers to its posterior extremity, having a dark red-brown hue; the colour of the narrow lateral margins is dark brown, and the frontal margin is fringed with long yellowish-white hairs. The minute inter- mediate eye of each lateral row is nearly equidistant from the eyes constituting its extremities. The falces are short, powerful, conical, convex at the base, vertical, and armed with teeth on the inner surface; the maxille are straight, and enlarged and rounded at the extremity; and the lip is short and oval. These organs have a red-brown colour, the base of the falces and the extremities of the maxillz and lip being the palest. The sternum is oval; and the digital joint of the palpi, which is rather long and well supplied with hairs, is without a claw at its extremity. These parts have a pale dull yellowish hue. The legs are robust, and provided with hairs and sessile spines, two parallel rows of the Jatter occurring on the inferior surface of the tibize and metatarsi of the first and second pairs; the fourth pair is the longest, then the third, and the second pair is the shortest ; each tarsus is terminated by two curved minutely pectinated claws, immediately below which there is a small scopula; they are of a dull yellow colour, obscurely marked with brown; a smail dark brown annulus occurs at the extremity of each meta- tarsus, and the tibiz of the anterior pair have a dark brown hue, except at the extremity. The abdomen is oviform, pointed to- wards the spinners (which are prominent), somewhat depressed, and projects over the base of the cephalothorax ; it is densely covered with hairs, and is of a yellow-grey colour, a broad band of a paler hue, whose lateral margins are somewhat sinuous and obscurely bordered with black, extending along the middle of the upper part ; near the middle of the band there is a black mark in the form of a W, which is succeeded by faint, curved, transverse bars of a yellow-brown colour ; they decrease in length as they approach the spinners, and their convexity is directed forwards; the sides are thickly spotted with brown; and on the under part there are three dark brown lines forming three sides 360 Rev. T. Hincks’s Catalogue of Zoophytes of a quadriJateral figure, open in front, whose length consider- ably exceeds its breadth ; the sexual organs are of a yellowish- brown hue, passing into dark brown at the posterior part, and have a longitudinal septum in the middle. [To be continued. ] XL.—A Catalogue of the Zoophytes of South Devon and South Cornwall. By the Rev. Tuomas Hincxs, B.A. [Concluded from vol. ix. p. 475.] APPENDIX. _ Classification.—In the Introduction to this Catalogue I have adopted Prof. Huxley’s Systematic Arrangement of the Hydro- zoa. I am now convinced, however, that the groups to which he has assigned respectively the names Hydride, Corynide, and Sertulariade are not entitled to ordinal rank, but should merely be regarded as families. I therefore propose to classify the Hydroid polypes, with Johnston, under one order, HypRo1pa, and to distribute them into the following families :—1. Tubula- riade (embracing both the Tubulariade and the Corynide of Johnston) ; 2. Campanulariade ; 3. Sertulariade; 4. Hydride. ADDENDA. Class HYDROZOA. Order HYDROIDA. Fam. Tubulariade. Eupenprivm, Ehrenberg. 1. E. rameum, Pallas. “On Pinna ingens, south of the Deadman Point” (Couch). 2. HE. capillare, Alder. Additional habitat: near Polperro, Cornwall. The specimens received from this locality bear female capsules, which have not hitherto been noticed. They are ranged round the lower portion of the body of the polype, and bear a general resemblance to those of other species of Eudendrium. Mr. Alder, in the Supplement to his Durham and Northum- berland Catalogues refers this species to the genus Dicoryne. At present I feel doubtful as to its true position. There is much difficulty in classifying the Tubulariade; and the existing genera will require thorough revision. _ of South Devon and South Cornwall. 361 Fam. Sertulariade. SertuLaRiA, Linn. S. filicula, Ellis & Solander. © “On Fuci; rather rare. Talland Sand Bay, Polperro” (Couch). [Very abundant on the Yorkshire coast. ] Fam. Campanulariade. -Campanuraria, Lamarck. C. integra, Macgillivray. Syn. C. levis, Couch, Cornish Fauna, p. 42. “On stones and shells from deep water, Polperro” (Couch). [Ilfracombe ; Filey, Yorkshire. | | Class ACTINOZOA. Order ZOANTHARIA, Milne-Edwards (pars). Fam. Ilyanthide. Inyantuus, Forbes. I. Mitchellii, Gosse. “Two specimens obtained by a Torquay fisherman near the Start” (4. W. H. Holdsworth). 3 MOLLUSCOIDA. Class POLYZOA, J. V. Thompson. Order INFUNDIBULATA, Gervais. Suborder Cheilostomata, Busk. Fam. Membraniporide. FiustREwia, Gray. F. hispida, Fabricius. On sea-weeds between tide-marks, very common. This species was accidentally omitted. CoRRIGENDA. Coryne ramosa, Ehrenberg. This name must be cancelled, and C. vaginata substituted for it. I find that the specimens to which I applied it belong to the latter species. I have received a Coryne from Talland Sand Bay, near Polperro, which I believe to be undescribed, but I am unable to name it at present. 362 Rev. T. Hincks’s Catalogue of Zoophytes. Piumutaria, Lamarck. I have referred, in the Introduction, to Prof. Forbes’s sugges- tion for a dismemberment of this genus. Mr. Busk has divided it into two very natural groups, for one of which he retains the name Plumularia, assigning to the other that of Halicornaria. They are distinguished by the position of the nematophores (tubules of Johnston)—curious and probably offensive organs, with which one section of the Sertulariade is furnished—and by the character of the gonophores. The following species, included in the Catalogue, belong to Plumularia as now restricted :—cristata, tubulifera, pennatula, and myriophyllum. The rest must be referred to Halicornaria, with the exception of P. falcata, which should be united with Sertularia. Hoplangia durotriz, Gosse. This species must be withdrawn from the Catalogue. I find that the specimens which I referred to it are only a form of Caryophyllia Smithi. Caberea Hookeri, Fleming. Mr. Alder has pointed out to me an error into which I have fallen in my note on this species. I have assumed the Cellularia Hookeri of Fleming to be identical with Johnston’s species of the same name, and with Busk’s Caberea Hookeri. This, how- ever, is not the case. Fleming’s C. Hookeri, which was described from specimens sent from Torquay by Sir W. Hooker, is the Crisia Boryi of Audouin—the Caberea Boryi of Busk’s Catalogue. The species to which Dr. Johnston and Mr. Busk have given the name Hookeri is really the Flustra setacea of the ‘ British Ani- mals,’ which Fleming had previously described and figured in the Mem. of the Wernerian Soc. (vol. 1. p. 251) as F. Ellisiz. This pomt has been satisfactorily established by Mr. Alder. According to the law of priority, therefore, Caberea Ellisit should take its place as the name of this species instead of C. Hooker. This form seems to be strictly northern. Now that the syno- nymy is explained, there is no ground whatever for supposing that it has been met with in Devon. Lepralia hastata, Hincks. I have described and figured under this name what I supposed at the time to be a new species. I am now convinced that it is only a peculiar variety of the well-known L. linearis. The spe- cies must be cancelled, but the form is remarkable enough to be recorded as L. linearis, var. hastata.’ In the Introduction to the Catalogue, it was stated that about Rey. W. Haughton on the Unicorn of the Ancients. 368 230 species would be enumerated in it. This number has in- creased to 242, of which 18 are new and 3 have not hitherto been recorded as British; and the wealth of the district is, no doubt, far from being exhausted. Indeed, I learn from my friend Prof. Allman that he has lately discovered several new Tubulariade in the neighbourhood of Torquay. I shall hope to include these and any subsequent additions in a future Supple- ment, The following table shows the number of species under each of the leading divisions :— ys a AAR EADS aig Soa a ae 77 By Boone { Lucernariadee.............. 2 bei 179 , MRMRTIIE SS Ri is! s hia es 37 art pee { BOVOMSTIR i) Ais ose Jess 1 rit 1 Cheilostomata.............. 87 Cyclistomats . 5... 6... .54:: 14 Polyzoa | Ctenostomata.............. 17 Peaweninea -.............- 3 RR 6 pamieiediae aia ] — 122 242 XLI.—On the Unicorn of the Ancients. By the Rev. W. Haveuton, M.A., F.L.S. Few subjects of zoological interest have from time to time given rise to more discussion than that which relates to the question as to what animal is denoted by the “‘ Unicorn” of the ancients*. * See for instance the following papers, which the reader interested in this question may consult, but which I have had no opportunity of seeing. Bacci, ANp. Discorso dell’ Alicorno. Fiorenza, 1573. BarTHo.Linus, THomas. De Unicornu observationes nove. Patav. 1645. BarTHOLINus, Caspar. De Unicornu ejusque affinibus, &c. Hafn. 1628. Bereus, F. C. Diss. de Monocerote. Resp. J. H. Homilius. Lips. 1667. CaTeLANn, Lament. Histoire de la Licorne. Monpell. 1624. —— Von der Natur, Tugenden, Eigenschaften und Gebrauch des Einhorns ; in franzis. Sprach beschrieben ; von G. Fabroiibersetzt. Frankf. a. M., Devusine, Ant. Diss. de Unicornu. Groning. 1659. Documents Nouveaux sur Vewistence de la Licorne, in Féruss. Bull. Se. Nat. iv. 1825, p. 417. : | Frenzex, 8. F. Disquis. Naturalis de Unicornu. Resp. Christ. Vater. Witteberg, 1675. LATERRADE, J.F. Notice en réfutation de la non-existence de la Licorne, 364 Rev. W. Haughton on the Unicorn of the Ancienis. Various reports have been given by travellers, that an animal still exists in some parts of the world which bears a marked re- semblance to the one-horned animal under consideration ; and although scientific men have no hesitation in regarding the Uni- corn as a fabulous animal, yet from time to time travellers write home that they are on the track of the veritable creature itself ; and I only read the other day that Dr. Baikie, the African tra- veller, now in charge of the Niger Expedition, is in pursuit of the animal, and thinks that he may be able to discover it in some of the unexplored wastes of Central Africa! He learned from two informants that they had seen the bones of such an animal, and states that they accurately describe the long, straight, black horn, and carefully distinguish between the one-horned Rhino- ceros and the supposed Unicorn! Dr. Baikie gives a list of native names by which this unknown animal is called in various African dialects, and is quite disposed to believe that its non- existence is by no means proved*. What are the chances of our seeing a specimen of the Unicorn brought home to this country, and forming the grand object of attraction to all the world? Why should not a one-horned ani- mal exist such as we see depicted on the royal arms? Father Lobo, in his ‘ History of Abyssinia,’ actually describes the Uni- corn as a beautiful horse ; and Barrow, in his ‘ Travels in Southern Africa,’ gives the figure of a head of a Unicorn which he saw drawn on the sides of a cavern, and appears to entertain no doubt that such an animal exists. No traveller, however, has as yet succeeded in obtaining a specimen; and I venture to affirm very positively that the like result will attend Dr. Baikie’s search. But let us take a brief survey of what the ancients have recorded of the Unicorn, or, rather, Unicorns; for there are at least three, if not more, one-horned animals mentioned by them. in Bull. Soc. Linn. de Bordeaux, i. 1826; Féruss. Bull. Se. Nat. x. 1827, p. 396. LATERRADE, J. F. Sur la Licorne, in Actes de la Soc. Linn. Bordeaux, v. 1832, p. 115. On the Unicorn. Transl. by Jos. Porter, in Silliman’s American Journ. xxi. 1832, p. 123. RevusseER, G. Sur lewistence de la Licorne, in Millin, Mag. Encyel. iii. 5, 1797, p. 311. Reitz, K.K. Neueste Nachricht vomEinhorn, in Lichtenberg-Voigt’s Mag. Bd. x. St. 3, 1797. aoe Low. Monocerologia, seu de genuinis Unicornibus Diss. Raceb. 1676. STOLBERGK, J. Cur. Ezercitatio de Unicornu. Resp. Chr. Sagittarius. Lips. 1652. VERSTER VAN WuLvERnoRrsT, A.H. Over den Eenhoorn, in Bijdragen tot de Dierkunde, 1860, * See the ‘Athenzum’ for August 16, 1862. Rev. W. Haughton on the Unicorn of the Ancients. 365 And first of all, there is the Unicorn of the Bible. Pages upon pages have been written on this subject. Some have said it must have been the Antelope (Orya leucoryx) of North Africa, Syria, &c., that the horns, seen in profile, appear as one, and hence the mistake of regarding it as a one-horned animal; others have no hesitation in referring the Unicorn to the one-horned Rhinoceros (R. unicornis) of Asia; this is the opinion generally entertained at this day. Now, all attempts to discover a one-horned animal that shall represent the Unicorn of our English Bible are beyond the mark entirely, and for this simple reason: the so-called Unicorn is no Unicorn at all; the Hebrew word (R’ém) denotes a two-horned animal, beyond a shadow of a doubt. The “ Unicorn ” of our English Bible owes its origin to the Septuagint and Vul- gate versions*. In the 17th verse of Deut. xxxili., which con- tains a portion of Joseph’s blessing, it is said, “ His horns are like the horns of a R’ém+.” Our translators, seeing the contra- diction involved in the expression “horns of the Unicorn,” have rendered the Hebrew singular noun as if it were a plural form in the text, though they give the correct translation in the margin. The two horns of the R’ém are “the ten thousands of Ephraim and the thousands of Manasseh,” and represent the two tribes which sprang from one (viz. Joseph), just as two horns spring from one head. The Unicorn of the Bible therefore may be dismissed at once, as being a very unhappy translation of the Hebrew two-horned R’ém, the animal denoted being, there cannot be much doubt, some species of “ wild ox,” as ap- pears pretty evident from a comparison of the different passages where the word occurs in Holy Scripture. The R’ém was two- horned ; it is almost always mentioned with bovine animals ; it is said to push with its horns; it must have been frequently seen by the ancient Hebrews roaming on the hills of Palestine or in the woods of the Jordan valley, as is evident from the numerous allusions to it. It is true there is no wild ox at present known to exist in Palestine; but this is no reason why, in early times, some mighty species, allied perhaps to the Urus which Cesar saw in the Hercynian Forest, should not have existed in that country. Lions were certainly not uncommon in Palestine and Syria in Biblical times, as is clear from the numerous allusions to them in Holy Writ ; and it is interesting to note, as an addi- tional proof, that the late Dr. Roth discovered bones of the Lion in gravel near the Jordan: it is therefore quite probable that * Movoxepas in all the passages but one, where the Septuagint has ddpoi, The Vulgate has wnicornis, and sometimes rhinoceros. + That the R’ém possessed two horns was shown in 1737 by Schultens, who, in his Commentary on the Book of Job (xxxix.), draws especial atten- tion to the above passage in Deuteronomy. 366 Rev. W. Haughton on the Unicorn of the Ancients. future investigations in Palestine may result in the discovery of the bones of Bos primigenius or Bison priscus or some other once formidable ox. AJ] readers will remember the beautiful description of the R’ém in the Book of Job; now let us compare with it the account Cesar gives of the fierce Urus, which in his time frequented the great Hercynian Forest :—‘ These Uri are scarcely less than elephants in size, but in their nature, colour, and form are bulls. Great is their strength, and great their speed, nor do they spare man or beast when once they have caught sight of him. The hunters are most careful to kill those which they take in pit- falls, while the young men exercise themselves by this sort of hunting, and grow hardened by the toil; those of them who kill most, receive great praise when they exhibit in public the horns as trophies of their success. These Uri, however, even when they are young, cannot be habituated to man and made tractable. The size and shape of their horns are very different from those of our oxen.” * The indomitable nature ascribed to these wild Uri exactly agrees with the description of the R’ém as given in chap. xxxix. of the Book of Job; and the apparently implied contrast which is made between the domestic ox and the wild Urus finds an analogue in the above extract from Cesar. The same remark may be made with respect to the great size and strength of the Scriptural R’ém when contrasted with the domestic oxen of Palestine, the ancient inhabitants of which land would naturally draw the same comparison between their domestic cattle and the mighty H’ém as Cesar’s legions did between their cattle (Bos longifrons) and the great Hercynian wild bulls (Bos primigenius), whose bones are now occasionally found, together with those of the elephant, hyzena, &c., in the Tertiary deposits of this country. It is time, however, to turn our attention to the Unicorns which are mentioned in the writings of the ancient Greeks and Romans. The earliest record of the existence of a one-horned quadruped is to be found in Ctesias’s Treatise on India (‘Ivécxd), of which we possess an abridgement in Photius and a much more complete edition by Bahr. Ctesias lived in the time of Xenophon (cire. B.c. 400), and resided for many years in Persia as physician at the court of King Artaxerxes Mnemon. It was while he was there that he collected materials for the above-named treatise, which consists mainly of a description of the natural history of the north-west part of India: it must be borne in mind that his account of the natural history of that country was derived second- hand, for Ctesias was never himself in India. He must there- fore be understood simply to give the Persians’ own accounts * Bell. Gall. vi. cap. 29. Rev. W. Haughton on the Unicorn of the Ancients. 367 of their various animals, which were doubtless often mixed with fable. Aristotle regarded Ctesias as a man utterly unworthy of credit **—rather a harsh judgment, it is true, but probably not very far from the mark. However, under the name of évoz dyptot (wild asses) Ctesias describes his Unicorns. He says, “‘ They are as large as horses, and even larger, with white bodies, red heads, blue eyes, and have each on their foreheads a horn a cubit and a half long, the base of which is white, the upper part red, the middle part black. Drinking-cups are formed of these horns ; and those who drink out of them are said to be subject neither to spasm nor epilepsy, nor to the effects of poison. Other asses have no astragalus; but these have one, as well as a gall-bladder. The astragalus I have seen myself: it is beau- tifully formed, in shape like that of an ox, and very heavy and red throughout. The animal is so swift that no horse can over- take it, and so strong and fierce that it is with difficulty destroyed by arrows and javelins. It begins its running slowly, but gradually increases its speed ; it shows great attachment to its young, which it defends against its pursuers, fighting with horn, teeth, and heels. The flesh is so bitter that it is not eaten ; but men set a high value on the horns and astragali.” Aristotle + simply mentions this Unicorn under the name of dvos ivdcxos (Indian Ass). ‘We have never seen,” he says, “a solidungulous animal with two horns; and there are only a few solidungulous animals with one horn, such as the Indian Ass and the Oryx (épvé). Of all animals with a solid hoof the In- dian Ass alone possesses an astragalus.” Pliny’s account of the Indian Ass is much the same as. Aris- totle’s. “It is the only solidungulous animal that has an astra- galus : the Oryx is one-horned, but it is cloven-footed”’t. Pliny, it will be seen, here differs from Aristotle, who represents the Oryx as solidungulous. Here, then, it is evident we have two Unicorns—the solidungulous Indian Ass with an astragalus, and the Oryx. But it appears there is still another one-horned animal, viz. the Monoceros. “The Orszan Indians,” says the Roman naturalist§, “ hunt a very fierce animal, called the Mono- ceros, which has the body of a horse, the head of a stag, the feet of an elephant, and the tail of a wild boar; it utters a deep lowing noise, and has a single horn, two cubits long, projecting from the middle of its forehead. They say this animal cannot be taken alive.” Ailian ||, who lived long subsequently to any of the above- named writers, mentions the dvor aypior (the description of * ovk dy a&iémoros, Hist. An. viii. 27. § 3. + Hist. Anim. ii. 2. § 8. { N.H. xi. 46. § N.H. viii. 21. || Nat. An. xvi. 20, 368 Rev. W. Haughton on the Unicorn of the Ancients. which is every word borrowed from Ctesias) and the Monoceros, which he says the natives of the interior of India call Carca- zonon*: it is the size of a full-grown horse, with a mane and yellow woolly hair, of extreme swiftness, with feet like the ele- phant and the tail of a wild boar; it_has a black horn growing between the eyebrows, which is not smooth, but with natural convolutions, and is very sharp at the point ; it emits loud dis- cordant sounds ; it lives peaceably with other animals, but quar- rels with those of its own kind, the males even destroying the females, excepting at the breeding-season, at which time the animals are gregarious, but. at other times they live in solitude in barren tracts. The Monoceros is endued with great strength, and is armed with an invincible horn.” The whole of the accounts of these Unicorns are so evidently deeply tinged with fable + that it is a matter of surprise how any persons should ever have supposed it possible that such animals might still be existing in unexplored countries. Major Latter, however, some years ago, was very sanguine of being able to find a veritable Unicorn in the interior of Tibet: he was informed by a native, that he had frequently seen these animals, which “were fierce and exceedingly wild, and seldom taken alive, but frequently shot ;” and that they are frequently to be met with on the borders of the great desert, about a mile from Lassa. From a drawing which accompanied Major Latter’s communi- cation, the presumed Unicorn was something like a horse, but with cloven hoofs, a long curved (!) horn growing out of the forehead, and a boar-shaped tail {. Mr. Campbell’s § “discovery of the Unicorn in Africa” was nothing more than that of some species of Rhinoceros, which he identifies with the R’ém of the Hebrew Scriptures. * There can be little doubt that the Rhinoceros unicornis is the animal which forms the groundwork of nearly all that the ancients have written on one-horned animals. The term which Aélian tells us is used by the natives of India to denote an animal with one horn, is almost identical with that employed by the Arabs and Persians to signify a Rhinoceros. “ Vul- gatissimum monocerotis nomen, nec solum apud Arabes sed et apud Persas, Tartaros atque Indos receptum est Carcaudan vel, ut plerumque scribitur, Carcaddan.”—Bochart, Hierozoicon, ii. p. 318, ed. Rosenmiiller. Car- cadddn or Carcaddn is the Arabic name for a Rhinoceros: see Freytag, Lex. Arab. s. v., and Catafagos’s Arab. Dict. + Besides which, it must be remembered that not one of the Greek or Roman writers ever pretended to have seen the animal; the whole founda- tion rests on the account Ctesias received from the Persians. It is in vain, therefore, to seek for the origin of the story in the supposition that the an- cient Greeks and Romans mistook the horns of some antelope seen in pro- file as if they were only one. The Unicorns, moreover, were supposed to be Indian animals, while travellers are hoping to find them in Africa. { Asiatic Journal, xi. p. 154. § Ib. xii. p. 36. Rev. W. Haughton on the Unicorn of the Ancients. 369 The animal which Mr. Riippell was told by a native existed in Africa, and which had a long straight horn growing from its forehead (?), was also doubtless a Rhinoceros. Under the head of “ Unicorns in Asia,” in the ‘ Asiatic Jour- nal’ (vol. ii. new ser. 1830), a writer revives the opinion of the existence of veritable Unicorns, such as were reported to Major Latter: the animal in question was of the deer kind, having a single horn at the top of the head; it was known by the name of Seru. The editor of the ‘Asiatic Journal’ makes the follow- ing wise remark hereupon :—“ When we consider that eight years have elapsed since Major Latter’s account was given, and that, notwithstanding increased opportunities with Tibet, no fact has since transpired which supplies a confirmation of that ac- count, excepting the obtaining a supposed horn of the supposed Unicorn, we cannot participate in these renewed hopes.” | In vol. i. p. 250 of the same Journal we read :—-“ Vertoman gives the following account of two Unicorns in Arabia:—In the other part of the temple of Mecca are parks or places en- closed, where are seen two Unicorns, and these are shown to the, people for a wonder; the one of them, which is much higher than the other, is not much unlike a colt of two and a half years old; in the forehead grows one horn, straight forward, of the length of 3 cubits. The other is much younger, and like a colt one year old. The horn of this is of the length of four spans. The beast is of the colour of a horse, of a weasel-colour, with a head like a hart, but no long neck, a thin mane hanging only on one side. The legs of both are thin and slender, like a fawn or hind; the hoofs of the four feet are divided in two, much like the feet of a goat; the outer part of the hind feet is very full of hair. They seemed wild and fierce. They are sent to the Sultan of Mecca from the King of Ethiopia!” There are other reports as to the existence of real Unicorns, such as those of Sparrmann, Lobo, Thenet (who asserted he had hunted Unicorns with the King of Monomotopa), Garcias, and. others; but where a veritable animal is meant by the term, that animal is unquestionably some species of Rhinoceros ; for all attempts to obtain a specimen of a quadruped with a single horn on its forehead have failed, and the accounts of the existence of such animals are very vague, and entirely dnsepportod by any- thing approximating to satisfactory evidence. The one-horned animal of which Ctesias speaks is in all pro- bability the Rhinoceros unicornis, exaggerated accounts of which would perhaps have been given him by the Persians, while his own love of the marvellous added the remainder. From Ctesias’s one single-horned animal, in process of time there came to be at least three Unicorns, namely the dpv€&, the dvos aypvos or ivduxos, Amn, & Mag, N. Hist, Ser. 3, Vol. x, 25 370 Bibliographical Notices. and the povdxepws, no living representatives of any of which animals can be supposed to have any existence in nature*. Na- turalists are, we believe, agreed upon the point that the so-called Unicorn is a fabulous animal from beginning to end. It has merely been my object in this paper to show how utterly ground- less is the foundation on which the whole superstructure rests. We cannot, therefore, participate in the slightest degree in the hope that Dr. Baikie will be more successful than his prede- cessors, BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES. Naturhistorisk Tidsskrift (Journal of Natural History), founded by Dr. H. Kroyer; edited by Prof. T. C. Scusopte at Copen- hagen. Third Series, 1861. [Kroyer, Contributions to the His- tory of Myside ; Meinert, Anatomy of the Larva of Gastrus Equi ; Didrichsen, Botanical Observations ; Schjédte, Danish Harpalini, and Larve of Coleoptera, &c. | Tue ‘Naturhistorisk Tidsskrift,’ or ‘Journal of Natural History,’ founded by Dr. Kréyer of Copenhagen, which, from 1837 to 1849, formed one of the principal means of literary communication for Danish naturalists, will be remembered by all those who occupy themselves with the fauna and flora of the North. The editor com- municated through this channel a great many of his numerous and valuable contributions to the natural history of Crustacea and Fishes; but in 1849 he was forced by different circumstances to discontinue the journal, six substantial volumes having at that time been published. Travels and declining health afterwards prevented Dr. Kroyer from resuming the publication, which has thus been interrupted for twelve years. At present, however, Professor Schjodte, whose name as an entomologist is also well known in England, has undertaken the task of continuing the journal; and the first part of the third series appeared a twelvemonth ago. That it is an undertaking deserving the attention of English naturalists will appear from a review of the volume before us. It is a matter of course that the majority of the papers will always be in Danish ; but the affinity of this language to the English is so great, that any person may easily acquire sufficient Danish for consulting scientific treatises in that language. Besides, the diagnoses and explanations of the plates are given in Latin; this is, at least, the case in the first part of the work, on which we will offer a few remarks. It is headed by a paper from the pen of Dr. Kroyer, containing descriptions of several species of Myside and similar Crustacea. Dr. Kréyer was one of the naturalists who accompanied the great expedition of ‘La Recherche’ to the Arctic regions, in 1838-1840, * Pliny (N. H. viii. 21) says that “there are in India oxen with solid hoofs and a single horn.” So here we have another kind of Unicorn. Bibliographical Notices. 371 of which the results are embodied in Paul Gaimard’s ‘ Voyages de la Commission du Nord en Scandinavie, Laponie,’ &c.; but although several plates have been published containing drawings and analyses of the animals collected, no text has hitherto appeared. This defi- ciency, the reasons of which Dr. Kréyer promises to explain on a subsequent occasion, he now intends to remedy to some extent; and the treatise before us must in some degree be looked upon as a step in that direction. The descriptions, which in accuracy leave nothing to be desired, are in Danish; but the very full diagnoses, as well as the explanations of the plates, are in Latin. To these we 8g therefore refer, contenting ourselves with a few general re- marks. In Milne-Edwards’s ‘ Histoire Naturelle des Crustacés’ only five species of Myside are described, of which three belong to the northern seas—viz. Mysis spinulosa, Leach, M. Chameleon, Thompson, and M. vulgaris,Thompson. The number of northern species is, however, much greater, as Dr. Kroyer enumerates seven Scandinavian species, amongst which the M. spinulosa, Leach, is probably not included. Three of these seven species are exclusively Arctic, viz. M. oculata, Fabr., M. arctica, Kr., and M. latitans, Kr.; the others are found along the shores of Norway, Sweden, and Denmark, from Throndhjem to the Sound. M. flexuosa, Miller, besides, penetrates as far into the Baltic as Gotland. MM. inermis, Rathke, and M. cornuta, Kr., reach into the Arctic seas, but not into the Baltic, whilst M. vulgaris, Thompson, is principally found in the fjords of Jutland and in the Sound. The M. oculata was first described by Fabricius in his ‘Fauna Greenlandica,’ and afterwards by Leach, as M. Fabricii. It is the commonest species in the Arctic seas, and the principal food of whales and sea-birds at different seasons. To this species tab. 8. fig. 2 a—r, in Gaimard’s ‘ Voyages,’ &c., has reference. M. latitans, Kr., is a new species, found together with the M. oculata, which it much resembles. The M. latitans, is, however, smaller and more slender. M. arctica seems to be a rare and very remarkable form, having the dorsal shield very large, covering all the joints of the cephalothorax, and divided by a remarkable, deep transversal groove into two parts ; the frontal rostrum is also unusually distinct, though short. M. flexuosa, Miller (Prodromus Zoologiz Danie, 1776), is the species of Mysis which has been earliest described with sufficient distinctness to be recognized; and Miiller’s name must therefore supersede the Thompsonian M. Chameleon. Dr. Kréyer leaves it undecided whether Thompson’s M. Leachii and Leach’s M. spinulosa also refer to this species. To M. flexuosa belong figs. 1, 2, & 3 on tab. 9 in Gaimard’s work. On page 44 in the ‘ Tidsskrift,’ will be found a table (in Latin) for the determination of the species of Mysis mentioned in Dr. Kroyer’s paper. The author next describes a new Cynthia from the Atlantic, which he proposes to call inermis, and which is distinguished from C. armata, M.-E., by the shortness of the frontal rostrum, and from C. Thomp- sonii, M.-E., by a number of less conspicuous but not less significant marks, Another species shows sufficient peculiarity a structure to 25% 372 Bibliographical Notices. warrant the establishment of a new genus (Anchialus, Kr.), distinguish- able from Mysis principally by the shape of the dorsal shield and by the second pair of foot-jaws terminating in organs of prehension formed by the last three joints: the only species is called typicus. Then follow the descriptions of Promysis Galatee, Kr., from the In- dian Sea, and of Dymas typus, Kr., a new genus belonging to Dana’s subfamily Sceletine, and forming an intermediary link between Mysis and Myto. Myto Gaimardi, Kr., was also discovered during the voyage of ‘ La Recherche,’ and described in the second series of the ‘ Tidsskrift,’ vol. i. pp. 470-476 ; a figure and analyses are found in the ‘ Voyages,’ &c., tab. 7. fig. 1 a-g. Dr. Kroyer gives in the present volume (p. 63) a Latin explanation of the said figure. The other new genera and species are illustrated by two plates closely filled with analytical drawings, with a Latin explanation, a table of measurements being also appended. A continuation of these carcino- logical contributions may be expected in the following parts of the periodical. The history of the larva of Gastrus Equi has been the subject of several treatises by different authors, of which doubtless the most remarkable is one by Schroeder van der Kolk, the celebrated Dutch anatomist. The investigations on which this treatise was founded were partly undertaken before 1830, when some of the drawings were exhibited at a meeting of naturalists in Heidelberg ; but the paper was not published till 1845. It was written in French, and appears in the eleventh volume of the ‘ Nieuwe Verhandelingen der eerste Klasse van het koninklijk-nederlandsche Institut.’ Never- theless this remarkable paper seems to be very little known ; and in the most current handbooks there is no mention of it, not even in the author’s countryman Van der Hoeven’s well-known ‘ Manual of Zoology.’. This oblivion is highly undeserved; and the only cireum- stance that perhaps in some degree may explain it is that, along with his excellent account of the anatomy of the said larva, Schroeder van der Kolk proposes certain theories concerning the use of the organs he so ably describes which could not but seem suspicious to his con- temporaries, and which also in part have turned out to be fallacious. The volume of the Danish ‘ Tidsskrift’ which we are reviewing con- tains, in a paper by Mr. Meinert, several valuable contributions to our knowledge of this interesting animal, in the shape of a criticism of Schroeder van der Kolk’s statements as to the organs of respira- tion, digestion, and circulation. The respiratory system consists, as is generally the case with the larvee of dipterous insects, of a cavity near the posterior end of the animal, from which several tracheze issue, two being larger than the others, and reaching (one on either side) to the vicinity of the head. In the larva of Gastrus Equi the anterior ends of these, two long tracheze are horny, and show a great number of perforations. They are attached to the inner extremity of two short tubes, which corre- spond to openings in the skin, and through which the tracheee may be either brought to a level with the general surface of the body or drawn’ back, and thus protected from injury. Schroeder van der 1 he it A bl Bibliographical Notices. 378 Kolk has overlooked this remarkable structure, and supposes the tracheze to end blindly, simply attached by their ends to the inner | surface of the skin. According to him, the air in the respiratory organs is renewed through an opening in the middle of a horny plate closing the great aériferous cavity, at the posterior extremity of the body from behind. Schroeder van der Kolk even assumes the exist- ence of a sphincter around this supposed opening. Mr. Meinert shows that this is a mistake : in the place of the supposed perfora- tion there is merely a pellucid spot, and an impression on the horny plate, caused by the existence in young larvee of a small gland on this spot, which is obliterated in the adult larvae. A communication between the air enclosed in the aériferous chamber and the outer air, through the horny plate closing it from behind, is possible only in so far as it is permitted by the structure of the said plate itself, which consists of a not very close texture of chitinous filaments, externally covered by a firm but thin membrane. When this plate is viewed from behind, it presents six slits of a curved shape, forming concen- trical lines, three on each side of the pellucid point in the middle. Each of these slits opens directly into a double row of vesicles con- taining air. Schroeder van der Kolk supposed these slits to be closed by a very thin membrane, the whole structure representing a kind of trachea-gills; but Mr. Meinert has shown that they are perfectly open, the air being detained in them by their margins being finely denticulated. The number of these slits varies according to the age of the larvee, According to Schroeder van der Kolk, the alimentary tube is con- nected with the adipose tissue in such a manner that the nutritious fluid may directly flow from one into the other. Mr. Meinert shows that the foremost set of connecting tubes, according to Schroeder van der Kolk, are in reality mere ligaments, and that, as regards the second set of such tubes assumed by Schroeder van der Kolk, this anatomist has been misled by the circumstance that the longer pair of the Malpi- ghian vessels, in the larva of Gastrus Hqui, as well as in many other insects, presents a different structure in their anterior and their pos- terior parts. Their extreme ends are, as usual, fixed to the posterior parts of the intestine, but do not, as Schroeder van der Kolk thought, open into it ; and although the said vessels are fixed to the adipose tissue at that point where their two different structures meet, there is no communication between their cavity and the adipose vesicles. With respect to the dorsal vessel, Schroeder van der Kolk has also fallen into a serious mistake, namely, in considering certain lateral ligaments, which keep the vessel in its place, as a kind of aortas. Although Mr. Meinert has thus divested Schroeder van der Kolk’s treatise of much that appeared as its most striking results, there is so much left to admire in it that naturalists will not be justified in disregarding it for the future, as has hitherto been the case. The aim of Mr. Didrichsen’s paper, to which we would next direct attention, is to correct certain mistakes concerning the nature of the thorns in Berberis, Ribes, and Parkinsonia, which seem in a great measure to pervade botanical literature; and also to free the great 874 Bibliographical Notices. Linnzeus from the imputation of having but imperfectly distinguished between spina and aculeus. These errors have arisen from the cir- cumstance that, in his ‘ Philosophia Botanica,’ page 50, Berberis is mentioned, together with Ribes, Rubus, and Rosa, as having aculet ; and on page 110, Parkinsonia is instanced, with other leguminous plants, as showing examples of aculei, although the thorns in these plants must be considered as spinze, according to Linneeus’s own de- finition in page 50. The only mistake of Linnzeus is, according to Mr, Didrichsen’s view, that Berberis has been mentioned (page 50) amongst the examples of aculeus—a circumstance which is easily explained when we remember that, when this part of the ‘ Philosophia Botanica’ was written, Linnzeus was slowly recovering from a dan- gerous illness, as he states himself in the preface, and, while confined - to his bed, dictated this immortal work to one of his friends, as fast as the printer could put it in type. Both at an earlier time, in the ¢ Hortus Cliffortianus’ (1737), and afterwards, in the ‘Species Planta- rum’ (ed. 2. p. 472, 1762), he described the thorns of Berberis as spine. Whilst some over-zealous admirers of Linnzeus have tried to defend the excusable, but undeniable, error committed in p. 50 in the §‘ Philosophia Botanica,’ others, misguided by a superficial similarity between the thorns of Berberis and those of Rides, have maintained that the thorns of Rises had also been erroneously mentioned among the examples of aculei, Others, again, have entirely discarded Lin- neeus’s definitions, and attempted to find some new marks of distinc- tion between aculeus and spina, derived from their position, the constancy of their occurrence, and their development during the growth of the plant. Mr. Didrichsen fully concurs with those who reserve the name of spine for such thorns as are only transformations of the ordinary organs or parts of the plants, but describe as aculei all thorns which are merely corticular appendages, But at the same time he shows that Linnzeus’s definition in page 50 of the ‘ Philo- sophia Botanica’ does in reality come to the same, and is the only practically useful one. He shows that the difficulty which DeCan- dolle thought to find in reference to the Monocotyledons does not really exist, and that the investigations as to the development of the thorns in Ribes Grossularia, by which some German authors pretend to prove these to be spine, are altogether unreliable. Nay, Mr. Didrichsen even goes a step further. It is commonly supposed that what are now called morphology or morphological points of view were quite foreign to the mind of Linnzeus, and that he only took what we should call a terminological view of questions like the one before us. But Mr. Didrichsen maintains that this was not the case. Linnzeus was the founder of botany as a science, and he was well aware that the first thing necessary was to create a fixed terminology; but it needs little explanation to show that for this purpose definitions like those of spina and aculeus in p. 50 of the ‘ Philosophia Botanica’ were vastly preferable to definitions founded on morphological con- siderations. Linnzeus’s description of Berderis in the ‘ Species Planta- rum’ (ed. 2. p. 470), in which he says, ‘ folia in spinas tripartitas mutata,” as well as other passages, show that he knew quite well the Bibliographical Notices. 375 morphological difference between spina and aculeus; and hisdescription of Ribes Cynobasti (ibid. p. 292), in which these words occur—“ acu- leus instar spine sub alis”—shows that he was well aware that the aculeus of the said plant might at a first glance be taken for a spina on account of its place. That wide field of research which was opened up by subsequent authors, urging the principles of morpho- logy, was by no means hidden from Lignzeus’s master-mind ; but he left others to do what he could not enter upon himself, if he wished to accomplish the general regeneration of natural history—a purpose so grand in itself that no scientific man has ever grappled with a greater. That the morphological difference between aculeus and spina was before the mind of Linnzeus when he wrote the definitions in page 50 is, in the estimation of Mr. Didrichsen, confirmed by the circumstance that the same matter is treated of once more in a later chapter, but in a different manner. In this second place Linnzeus seems really to have taken a purely terminological view of the matter, describing different kinds of thorns only just as they appeared to the eye. Here aculeus meant only a small, not very rigid thorn, what- ever was its origin; and this fully explains the fact of Robinia and Parkinsonia being mentioned as instances, although Linnzeus else- where acknowledged them to have spine. That aculeus does not mean the same in pages 50 and 110 of the ‘ Philosophia Botanica,’ might have been concluded from the simple fact that he calls his species of Parkinsonia ‘‘aculeata,’ although he describes it as having spine. In naming the species, he took a purely termino- logical external view; but in describing it, he did not overlook the morphological nature of its thorns. (It is by a mistake that Kinth mentions this plant as P. spinosa, Linn.) Prof. Schjédte’s paper on the Danish Harpalini has a double in- terest, namely, partly on account of the information afforded on the geographical distribution of certain species, and on the general cha- racter of the Danish fauna, and partly on account of the systematical observations by which it is headed. Of Harpalini, the Danish fauna numbers no less than forty-six species, and presents the peculiarity that, besides the species occurring in other countries under the same latitudes, not a few species are found in Denmark which are charac- teristic of far more southern parts of Europe. This is the case with Anisodactylus signatus and nemorivagus ; Harpalus distinguendus, fuscipalpis, honestus ; Stenolophus melanocephalus (=S. Skrimshi- ranus), vespertinus, and elegans.. None of these are found either in Norway, Sweden, or North Germany. Diachromus germanus, Ophonus punctatulus, and Stenolophus anglicus *, reach Denmark through North Germany, but are not found north of the Baltic and the Kattegat. On the other hand, Bradycellus coynatus (Greenland, Norway, North of Sweden) is an instance of a very northerly species which is still commonly found in Denmark, but not further to the * Prof. Schjédte has adopted this name, which dates from 1766 (Voet, i. 67, tab. 35. fig. 18),as the Linnean Carabus vaporariorum cannot possibly be this species, and as Voet’s name is so much older than Schrank’s C, teutonus, which some have adopted in this country. 376 Bibliographical Notices. south; whilst H. ferrugineus is a species peculiar to the east of Europe, which is still found, though very rarely, in Denmark and at the Rhine, but not in England. In ‘ Méens klint,” and the neigh- bourhood of Silkeborg in Jutland, several species are found which elsewhere are confined to mountains, although the said localities are only 400-600 feet above the surface of the sea: amongst the Har- palini, this is the case with Ophonus azureus and Harpalus serie- punctatus. The species having all been described before, new descriptions are given only of a few. The characters, however, by which Prof. Schjédte proposes to arrange them into groups are indicated (in Latin) ; of the genera new and excellent descriptions are given, and a synoptical table at p. 153. The Danish Harpalini belong to Aniso- dactylus, Diachromus, Ophonus, Harpalus, Bradycellus, Acupalpus, Stenolophus, and Balius, a new genus founded on Stenolophus con- spectus and a very similar species from Bengal, distinguished by the remarkable shape of the ligula*. Prof. Schjédte further proposes the establishment of a new group within the limits of the Harpalini, which he proposes to call Stenolophint, and characterizes by the structure of the maxille, of which the stipites are prolonged into a remarkable tooth reaching beyond the first jot of the maxillary palpi. In this group Prof. Schjédte comprises a series of small farpalint “‘spread over the whole earth, and not less so in the scientific systems.’ Besides Balius, Stenolophus, and Acupalpus, he mentions Duptus, Batoscelis, and Agonoderus. Among these, Daptus and Batoscelis are adapted for a manner of living similar to that of the Scaritini; and many entomologists would probably place them near this group on account of their thick heads, broad anterior tibiee, linear tarsi, &c. Prof. Schjédte, however, urges that these so-called “biological”? characters do not indicate a real affinity between all the Carabi which exhibit them, but only an analogous mode of life. The structure of every animal is no doubt closely adapted to its habits ; and in so far every peculiarity of structure, and the systematic characters derived from it, might, in some sense of the word, be called biological. But it is only to a small extent that we can indicate the connexion between habits of life and structure ; and, as our knowledge stands at present, every animal and every group of animals appear to us as exhibiting the general feature of some type quite arbitrarily devised by the Creator, and modified in some respects to serve cer- tain purposes. ‘The true conception of these types, of higher and lower order, is the first condition of a natural system; but in this respect great faults have been committed. One great cause of mis- takes is that analogous modifications of the corresponding organs in ani- mals really belonging to different though allied types, but living under analogous external circumstances, have often been erroneously con- sidered as the peculiar characteristics of a type—or, in other words, analogies have been mistaken for affinities. Thus, in the case before * What is called ligula in Carabi, Dytisci, and Gyrini, is, strictly speak- ing, only the fulcrum ligule, the true ligula being represented by the * paraglosse.” . Bibliographical Notices. 377 us, most Carabi adapted for digging in the ground undoubtedly be- long to the same natural group—Scaritini ; but this is not the case with all. Some genera also of other groups are adapted for this manner of living by the shape of their heads, their prothorax, an- tennze, and legs, without on that account separating themselves from the group to which they naturally belong. Daptus and Batoscelis amongst Stenolophini, Ditonus, Acinopus, and others amongst the other Harpalini, are in this case. But then the whole set of cha- racters which have reference to this manner of living cannot any longer be considered as the exclusive mark of distinction of any par- ticular group. Prof. Schjédte’s paper is rich in hints towards a better systematic arrangement of this numerous family than the present one, amongst which we will only mention the peculiar structure of the mouth in Amblystomus, Barysomus, and Cyclosomus, whose paraglosse, being very broad, unite in front of the ligula. In connexion with the preceding, a few words may not be out of place with reference to Prof. Schjédte’s other contributions to the history of the Caradi. Much valuable information on this subject is to be found in his ‘ Denmark’s Eleutherata’ *, a work which ‘is much less known than it deserves to be. In the second volume of the second series of the ‘ Naturhistorisk Tidsskrift,’ p. 346, there is an interesting treatise on two new Carabi from Guinea,—WHiletus ver- sutus, which forms the type of a separate group, and Ochyropus gigas, which belongs to Scavitini, but is remarkable for its long legs and vigorous feet. To the description of these species the author adds a number of highly interesting remarks on the systematic value of certain structural modifications of the thorax, of the position and shape of the antenne, as well as of the different modifications to which the neighbouring parts of the head are subject, corresponding to the peculiarities of the antennze. In the ‘Proceedings of the Royal Danish Society’ for 1855, he reverts to the subject; and the principal results embodied in these papers may be shortly recapitulated in the following manner. In all Caradi the principal part of the epimera metathoracica is co- vered by the elytra, and is therefore quite membranaceous ; but in very many there is an appendix to the said pieces, which descends towards the haunches, and is visible on the ventral surface. These appendices coalesce more or less with the episterna metathoracica, and appear to a superficial observer as belonging to them; hence Carabi pre-. senting this structure have formerly, both by Schjédte and others, been described as having episterna metathoracica appendiculata, although it ought to be epimera metathoracica appendiculata. It is by comparison with other Coleoptera where the epimera are less completely covered than in Caradi, that Prof. Schjodte has learned the real nature of these appendices. The existence or want of these pieces is of great systematic value. In the family Caradini it * Deumark’s Eleutherata, I. (Carabi, Dytisci, Gyrini). Copenhagen, 1840-42, 25 tables, with analytical drawings, 378 Bibliographical Notices. may be advantageously combined with the shape of the tibiee ante- riores. They are wanting in Cicindelini, Carabini, Elaphrini, Scari- tini*, and in the more isolated genera Siagona and Enceladus. Of these, Scaritini distinguish themselves from the others by having a deep incision on the outer edge of the two anterior tibiee, of which one of the terminal spines of the tibie is removed. All the others have either no incision or only a small one, and both terminal spines - in their proper place. Hiletus, Schjodte, combines this last character with the existence of appendices to the epimera metathoracica, whilst all the other Carabi which have not been here mentioned combine the existence ofan incision in the two anterior tibize, carrying one of the terminal spines, with appendiculated epimera. Another point in the structure of the thorax has perhaps in some respects been ob- served, though not clearly expressed, by the American entomologist Leconte, namely, the formation of the sockets of the second pair of legs. Five pieces may participate in the formation of each of these sockets : 1, mesosternum; 2, metasternum; 3, episternum mesothoracicum ; 4, epimerum mesothoracicum ; and 5, episternum metathoracicum, of the corresponding side. There exist four combinations: the sockets are formed (1) by mesosternum and metasternum alone; (2) by mesosternum, metasternum, and episterna mesothoracica; (3) by mesosternum, metasternum, and epimera mesothoracica ; (4) by me- sosternum, metasternum, episterna, and epimera mesothoracica. In the third and fourth cases a small continuation from the episterna metathoracica sometimes takes part in the formation of the sockets. These four combinations may be represented as in the subjoined diagrams, the numbers indicating the pieces in the order they are mentioned above ft. 1/3 1 3 es 8 4: $ 8 a i 2 5 2 5 2 5 r 11 Ww * In some Scaritini the epimera metathoracica present a linear impres- sion near the margin, which may be, and has been, mistaken for a real suture; and the piece thus isolated has been mistaken for the appendices of which we speak. t Proc. Royal Soc. of Copenhagen, 1855, p. 360. In this place, Prof. Schjodte has communicated various observations, e. g. on the new Niphargus aquilex, and on Broscosoma and Miscodera, which he shows are so nearly related that, instead of belonging to different groups of Carabi, as some think, they are both true Harpalini, and would form only one genus if there were not some difference in the construction of the chin and in the shape of the epimera mesothoracica, which are triangular in Miscodera and linear in Broscosoma. It is in so far as Leconte has attended to the shape of these pieces that he may be said to have been on the track of Prof. Schjodte’s beautiful observation; but he has not penetrated the matter, and Prof. Schjodte avails himself of the opportunity to show how unnatural — a Bibliographical Notices. 379 For want of sufficient material, Prof. Schjédte has not carried out through all the families the systematical results to which a proper consideration of these characters would lead ; he only indicates that the family of Carabi may thereby be divided into two natural divi- sions, and that throughout the order Coleoptera they are valuable as characters of families and groups. There can be no doubt that by this discovery a very important step has been made towards the better arrangement of the Coleoptera. In the paper on Hiletus and Ochyporus (in the second series. of the ‘Tidsskrift,’ p. 376), Prof. Schjodte has drawn attention to the differences exhibited by the Caradi as to the place of insertion of the antennze and the corresponding modificatious in the surround- ing parts. The following are the principal variations. I. The antennz may be inserted in the sides of the forehead over the mandibles. The basal joint (scapus) of the antennze is then generally very long, and a little curved so as not to interfere with the eye when the an- -tennze are kept quite close to the body, which operation is also facilitated by the socket of the second joint (pedicella) being turned a little backwards. This is the case in Cicindelini, and forms a new mark of distinction for this group, which has since also been observed by Leconte. In Collyris and Euprosopus, each of the cheeks pre- sents a sharp groove under the eye, for the reception of the third joint of the antennee, which is shaped accordingly. In Manticora the basal joint is unusually short, and there is a groove for it closely behind the point of insertion of the antenne. II. In all other Carabi the antennz are inserted in the cheeks, between the root of the mandibles and the eye, almost every genus exhibiting a peculiar arrangement. In some (as, for instance, in Anthia) the cheeks ex- tend so far in all directions that there are no obstructions to the free movements of the antennze, in which cases therefore no special mo- difications of the surrounding parts are necessary. In other cases (e. g. Mormolyce, Helluo, Galerita, Drypta) the cheeks are so long, and at the same time so much extended to the sides, as to present an anterior surface outside the mandibles, in which the antenne are inserted. If so, there is sometimes a groove in the mandibles, in order to facilitate the autenne being turned forward, whilst the op- posite movement is often facilitated by a deep groove prolonging the socket backwards. If the cheeks are short without great breadth, similar grooves in the mandibles and in the cheeks, in infinite variation, constantly occur. Finally, in those which are destined for digging under ground (Searitini, Acinopus, Broscus, &c.), or for living under bark (Silphomorpha), or other similar modes of existence (Hiletus), the cheeks are short, but extend considerably downwards (owing to Leconte’s classification often becomes because of his blind adherence to the mere differences of shape exhibited by these pieces. Prof. Schjédte further refutes his erroneous statement that Brachinini alone have seven abdominal joints, but all other Carabi six; the seventh joint is found in all Carabi, only in many it is retracted under the sixth (vide also Denm, Eleutherata, 361 , and Germar, Zeitschrift f. Entomologie, v. 476), 380 Bibliographical Notices. the thickness of the head), the bases of the antennze are often pro- tected by the prominent corners of the forehead, the antenne geni- culated, and two fovese antennales provided. Taking all this into consideration, Prof. Schjédte has, in the ‘ Proceedings of the Royal Society of Copenhagen’ (Joc. cit.), proposed the following distribu- tion of Carabi :— : I. EPIMERA MESOTHORACICA COXAS INFERIUS ATTINGENTIA, A. Epimera metathoracica appendice exteriori nulla, 1. Antenne frontales. 1. Cicindelini. 2. Antenne pone mandibulas genis insert. a. Antenne scrobiculis haud recipiends, basi detectz. 2. Carabini (inclus. Elaphrini cum gen. Loricera, Latr., et Miga- dops, Wath.). b, Antenne scrobiculis recipiende, seepissime fracte. * Antenne basi detect. Tibie inermes (mentum concretum ; epimera mesothoracica concreta). 3. Siagonini (Stagona, Enceladus). ** Antenne basi lamina frontali supertectee. ‘Tibiz antic pal- mate. 4. Scaritini. B. Epimera metathoracica appendice exteriori instructa. a. Antenne basi lamina frontali supertectz, scrobiculis reeipiende. Tibize anticz integre. 5. Hiletini (type Hiletus, Naturh. Tidsskr. J. c.). b. Antenne basi detectz, scrobiculis haud recipiende. Tibiz antice emarginatz. 6. Ozeenini (types Ozena, Myrtropomus, Mormolyce). II, EpIMERA MESOTHORACICA COXAS INFERIUS HAUD ATTIN- GENTIA. Tribus Caraborum ceterze. It is to be hoped that Prof. Schjédte will find an opportunity for carrying out in greater detail these new ideas, which certainly seem to promise very useful systematic results. To return to the volume before us: it should be noticed that it contains four excellent plates illustrating a paper by the editor on the metamorphoses of Coleoptera, with drawings and analyses of the larvee of Gyrinus marinus, Hydrotis aterrimus, Hydrophilus cara- boides, Hydrobius fuscipes, Philhydrus testaceus, and Berosus spi- nosus. In the following part this treatise will be continued, and we shall then have an opportunity for a few observations on it. | The North-Atlantic Sea-bed ; comprising a Diary of the Voyage on board H.M.S. Bulldog, in 1860, and Observations on the Pre- sence of Animal Life, and the Formation and Nature of Organic Deposits, at great Depths in the Ocean. By G.C.Watuicn, M.D., F.L.S., F.G.S. &. Part I. 4to. London: Van Voorst, 1862. In this work Dr. Wallich, who held the office of Naturalist to the Expedition dispatched in 1860 to survey the proposed telegraphic route between this country and America, gives us the results of his investigations into the natural history of the portion of the sea-bed Bibliographical Notices. S81 passed over by the ‘ Bulldog’ during her voyage of about four months. The first section of the part now before us contains his journal of the voyage, which comprises much interesting information, especially upon the nature and mode of formation of the icebergs and ice-fields which constitute at once the greatest wonder and the chief danger of those northern seas in which his investigations were carried on. This portion of Dr. Wallich’s book we shall, however, pass over, in order to direct the reader’s attention more particularly to the remarkable results detailed in the second section, which is devoted to the consider- ation of the “‘ Bathymetrical Limits of Animal Life in the Ocean.” The interest attaching to this section of Dr. Wallich’s work arises from the fact that, in some of his deep-sea soundings, the apparatus employed brought up living animals from those abysses of the ocean which, according to the almost universal opinion of naturalists, were uninhabitable by any creatures, thus at once upsetting all our pre- conceived notions as to the distribution and limits of animal life in the sea. The first notice of Dr. Wallich’s remarkable observations appeared in this Journal in December 1860 ; in the present work we have a more detailed account of the mode of occurrence of the ani- mals referred to, which can leave no doubt that the existence of. animal life at enormous depths is an actual fact. The most striking of Dr. Wallich’s results was obtained in a sounding at a depth of 1260 fathoms: it is to this that his short paper already alluded to refers. The deposit brought up consisted of Globigerine, many of them ina fresh condition, amongst which were some small Serpuloid tubes, composed chiefly of the shells of small Globigerine cemented together, from which Dr. Wallich justly con- cludes that the inhabitants of these tubes live upon the sea-bed among the Globigering. But the most astonishing circumstance was the occurrence of numerous living Starfishes of a species (Ophio- coma granulata) well known as an inhabitant of our coasts, adhering to the sounding-line under such conditions as to prove that they also must find a suitable dwelling-place in the profound abysses of the ocean. The evidence of this fact is furnished partly by their position on the line, and partly by the contents of the stomach of a specimen opened by Dr. Wallich. To explain the former proof, our author tells us that, after the regular operation of sounding had been per- formed, the apparatus for bringing up a portion of the bottom was lowered, and, in order to make sure of its reaching and dragging on the bottom, about fifty fathoms of line were paid out in addition to the quantity indicated by the previous sounding. It was only to this fifty fathoms of line, which must have lain along the bottom of the sea, that the Starfishes adhered; and as no fewer than thirteen of them were brought up, it would appear that they must be tolerably plentiful over the sea-bed at the point sounded. The contents of the stomach proved that the Ophiocome feed upon the Globigerine, furnishing additional evidence that the two forms were cohabitants of the sea-bottom at this point. Dr. Wallich refers to other instances in which he obtained living animals, and indications of the existence of other forms, from depths 382 Bibliographical Notices. greater than are usually supposed favourable to animal life: the Globigerine, he states, are obtained from the immense depth of 3000 fathoms, and from no less than 1913 fathoms the small Annelid- tubes above referred to as fabricated of the shells of Globigering were brought up. He also cites analogous observations made by various investigators, amongst others by Sir John Ross and Sir James Clark Ross, the former of whom even obtained a Gorgon’s-head Star- fish (Zuryale) adhering to his sounding-line at a depth of 800 fathoms, whilst M. Torell, director of the Swedish expedition to Spitzbergen, is reported to have brought up from 1400 fathoms a “ Crustacean of bright colours.”? Dr. Wallich does not, however, refer to the exam- ples adduced by Dr. A. Milne-Edwards in July 1861, before the Academy of Sciences of Paris (see Annals, Sept. 1861), of the occur- rence of several species of Mollusca, Corals, Serpule, and Polyzoa, found adhering to a submarine cable recovered from depths between 1000 and 1500 fathoms in the Mediterranean. Having proved experimentally that animals do live at vast depths in the ocean, our author reviews the grounds upon which the oppo- site opinion, to which he gives the title of antibiotic, has been founded. He discusses in detail the various questions connected with the temperature and aération of the water, and the presence in it of mineral and other substances necessary for the existence of the animal forms which have been found in the deepest recesses of the ocean, and, it appears to us, shows satisfactorily that the views hitherto entertained upon these points are erroneous. The argument derived from total absence of light at these great depths is disposed of by reference to the well-known fact that the lower parts of the deep-sea coral zone of Forbes, which are inhabited by numerous and often brightly coloured animals are situated far below the depth (700 feet) to which the smallest amount of light can penetrate. One main reason which has been urged against the existence of any living thing in the deep sea, namely, the enormous pressure which must prevail towards the bottom, appears to offer no further difficulty. Immense as this pressure must be, amounting to no less than 2640 lbs. on the square inch at a depth of a mile, Dr. Wallich shows that, as every part of the creatures living at the sea-bottom is “ completely pervious to fluids, either by its porosity or through endosmotic action, the state of equilibrium remains undisturbed,” and thus these animals will be enabled to adapt themselves to all circumstances of pressure. There is one point, however, in connexion with the residence of animals at great depths, in which Dr. Wallich seems to find some difficulty, namely, the mode in which they can obtain their nourish- ment. Vegetable substances, in the sea as on land, must be con- sidered to form the basis of the nutrition of animals, either directly or indirectly ; but the growth of plants is limited to those zones of the sea-bed to which light can penetrate; and although the remains of vegetable organisms have been brought up in abundance from great depths, their condition seems to prove that their life was passed nearer the surface of the ocean, and that they did not sink to the bot- tom of the deep waters until after the cessation of their vitality. That Bibliographical Notices. 383 the nutrition of the Starfishes and Annelides may be effected at the expense of the Globigerine and other low forms of animals is shown by the contents of the stomach of one of the Starfishes when brought to the surface ; the question then is, in what manner are these lower organisms nourished? In endeavouring to find a solution of this problem, Dr. Wallich puts forward a hypothesis which we cannot think to be at all admissible, namely, that as the organisms in question possess the power of “separating carbonate of lime or silica from waters holding these substances in solution. . . . . they may also apply the elements not needed for that purpose to the nutrition of their soft parts, especially since the remaining elements are those which, when united, constitute the proteine-compound of which their soft parts are invariably composed.” In this Dr. Wallich thinks that ** no exceptional law is invoked ;’’ but it seems to us that, even if the derivation of mineral elements, such as carbonate of lime and silica, directly from the surrounding water be, as Dr. Wallich considers it, an indisputable fact, it still furnishes us with no analogy to the fixa- tion and combination of the organizable elements into a living body, as the carbonate of lime and silica remain unchanged in their chemi- cal condition ; whilst the analogy supposed to exist with plants is still further from the truth. The very difficulty which this hypothesis is proposed to get over arises from the fact, admitted by Dr. Wal- lich, that plants, which we know to derive their nourishment from inorganic matter, cannot effect the assimilation of the necessary ele- ments without the stimulus of light; and yet we are to assume that animals, none of which, as far as we know, are capable, under the ordinary conditions of plant-life, of availing themselves of the sur- rounding elements for the nutrition of their bodies, may yet do so under the influence of a total absence of all recognizable stimulus. It appears to us, that in this we have an invocation of a very excep- tional law, and one which involves something very like a creation of force. A statement made by Dr. Wallich, a few pages after the pro- mulgation of the above theory, may perhaps serve partly to explain the apparent anomaly. He says, “it is evident that there is an in« timate association between the Globigerina-deposits and the Gulf. stream ; for wherever we trace the one sweeping across the surface of the ocean, we are almost sure to detect the other resting on the seas bed; and when we fail to trace the one, we almost as surely fail to detect the other.”? This connexion between the Gulf-stream and the deposits of Globigerine is ascribed by Dr. Wallich to the vast quan- tities of carbonate of lime brought down into it by the great rivers of the American continent. The abundant supply of this salt is con- sidered to be so favourable to the growth of Foraminifera as to cause their abundance along the course of the Gulf-stream. Admitting the force of this argument, may not the influence of the Gulf-stream depend also in part, perhaps chiefly, on the vast numbers of ors ganisms which swarm in its genial waters, and which, sinking to the bottom after death, may furnish the food necessary for the sustenance and multiplication of the inhabitants of the abysses beneath them ? Although constrained to dissent on this point from Dr, Wallich’s 384 Bibliographical Notices. views, we nevertheless cordially welcome his work as a most im- portant and interesting contribution to our knowledge of the physical geography of the sea. The reader will find in it a most interesting discussion of some of the most important questions connected with the distribution of marine animals; and many of the statements connecting these with the elucidation of facts in geology and physical geography will be found exceedingly valuable. We look forward with much impatience for the appearance of the second part, com- pleting the work (which is announced to be published in December), as it will contain the results of Dr. Wallich’s investigations into the structure and life-history of the Rhizopodal Fauna of the deep sea ; and from the care with which his researches have been carried on, we have every reason to expect a highly valuable contribution towards the history of those singular creatures. This portion of his subject is barely commenced in the part before us; but, from the few pages here devoted to it, and the lettering of the beautiful plates appended to the work, nearly all of which illustrate the Rhizopoda, it would appear that Dr. Wallich’s researches have led him to important systematic results. On the various Contrivances by which British and Foreign Orchids are Fertilized by Insects, and on the good effects of Intererossing. By Cuaruts Darwin, M.A., F.R.S. London: John Murray. 12mo. 1862. Among flowering plants there are few which excite our interest more than the Orchids, whether we consider merely the singularities of their external appearance, or the mysterious amalgamation of their male and female organs in a single central column. The strange and often grotesque forms of the flowers (simulating, as they frequently do, certain members of the animal kingdom), the great beauty of some species, and the remarkable epiphytal habits of others are quite sufficient to attract the attention of both the botanist and the horticulturist to these plants; and when we add to this that the above-mentioned amalgamation of the sexual organs of the flowers, instead of facilitating impregnation, as might have been expected, really seems to place obstacles in the way of the performance of this function, the interest excited by these plants will reach its climax. It is Mr. Darwin’s object in the present work to clear up the mystery hanging over the process of impregnation in the Orchids, in order to apply the results thus obtained to the support of certain opinions ad- vanced in his book on the ‘ Origin of Species.’ In the practical part of his task, the explanation of the mode of fertilization, it seems to us that he is completely successful ; but whether the arguments deduced therefrom on the general question be equally valid, is another affair. It has long been supposed by some botanists, amongst whom Mr. Darwin cites Sprengel and Robert Brown, that in the fertilization of Orchids insects play a not unimportant part; but, as remarked by our author, from their assuming the pollen to be applied to the im- Bibliographical Notices. 885 pregnation of the same flower, they have missed discovering the true process. According to Mr. Darwin, the pollen of one flower is almost invariably employed to fertilize the seeds of another; and the con- trivances by which this end is attained in different Orchids appear to us to be amongst the most remarkable presented by the vegetable kingdom. We may select one of the simplest forms of the process, namely that exhibited by Orchis mascula, as this will furnish a clue to the phenomena presented throughout the group. In this plant the top of the column is occupied by the single an- ther, containing two pollinia or masses of pollen-grains, which are produced beneath into small slender stalks, each terminating in a viscid disk which is received into the back of the rostellum. ‘The latter, which is the homologue of one of the stigmata, projects from the front of the column in such a manner as partially to fill up the orifice leading into the nectary, and on each side of it are the true stigmatic surfaces of the remaining two stigmata. The viscid disks of the pollinia are surrounded by a fluid which keeps them constantly moist, being protected from atmospheric influences by the rostellum. The action of this complex apparatus is explained, as follows, by Mr. Darwin :— ** Let us suppose,” he says, ‘an insect to alight on the labellum, which forms a good landing-place, and to push its head into the chamber at the back of which lies the stigma, in order to reach with its proboscis the end of the nectary..... Owing to the pouch-formed rostellum projecting into the gangway of the nectary, it is scarcely possible that any object can be pushed into it without the rostellum being touched. The exterior membrane of the rostellum then rup- tures in the proper lines, and the lip or pouch is most easily de- pressed. When this is effected, one or both of the viscid balls will almost infallibly touch the intruding body. So viscid are these balls that whatever they touch they firmly stick to. Moreover the viscid matter has the peculiar chemical property of setting, like a cement, hard and dry in a few minutes’ time. As the anther-cells are open in front, when the insect withdraws its head, one pollinium, or both, will be withdrawn, firmly cemented to the object, projecting up like horns. The firmness of the attachment of the cement is very neces- sary, as we shall immediately see; for if the pollinia were to fall sideways or backwards, they could never fertilize the flower. From the position in which the two pollinia lie in their cells, they diverge a little when attached to any object. Now let us suppose our insect to fly to another flower:.... by looking at the diagram, it will be against or into its old position, namely into its anther-cell. How, then, can the flower be fertilized? This is effected by a beautiful contrivance: though the viscid surface remains immoveably affixed, the apparently insignificant and minute disk of membrane to which the caudicle adheres is endowed with a remarkable power of con- traction, which causes the pollinium to sweep through about 90 degrees, always in one direction, viz. towards the apex of the pro- boscis, in the course, on an average, of thirty seconds. Now, after 26 Ann, & Mag, N, Hist, Ser. 3, Vol. x. 386 Bibliographical Notices. this movement and interval of time (which would allow the insect to fly to another flower), it will be seen that if the pencil [or proboscis ] be inserted into the nectary, the thick end of the pollinium will exactly strike the stigmatic surface.”’ That things go on in the way just described was demonstrated experimentally by Mr. Darwin by the simple expedient of thrusting the point of a pencil or some similar object into the orifice of the nectary, when one or both of the pollinia are certain to be removed, and the subsequent change of position for enabling the pollen to reach the viscid stigmatic surfaces of another flower may easily be observed. The occurrence of the same phenomena by the inter- vention of moths and other sucking insects is proved by the frequent occurrence of pollinia adhering to their proboscides. Mr. Darwin gives a list of twenty-three species of Lepidoptera on which pollinia of Orchis pyramidalis have been met with; he figures the head of a specimen of Acontia luctuosa with seven pairs of pollinia attached to its proboscis, and mentions one of a Caradrina which bore no fewer than eleven pairs of these pollen-masses. As the general principle on which the fertilization of Orchids de- pends is nearly the same throughout, although the different means by which its effectuation is ensured present many beautiful and won- derful contrivances, the extract above given may suffice for our pre- sent purpose; the reader will, however, find the details given by Mr. Darwin on all points connected with the impregnation of these plants most interesting. We may, however, trespass a little further upon his time in order to advert to one case which appears to us particularly remarkable. In COatasetum, one species of which is now known to be the ‘male form belonging to a female plant placed by botanists in quite a different genus, the two pollinia are affixed to a common, broad and strong pedicle bearing at its lower end a single disk coated with viscid matter. The latter, however, is so turned into the interior of the column that no insect can by any possibility get at it, and indeed there seems to be nothing to induce even the most inquisitive insect to push his proboscis into the vicinity of the disk. How, then, is it to be set free? Mr. Darwin describes a pair of long, stiff and taper- ing organs, which he calls antennee, projecting from the sides of the column close to the insertion of the pedicle of the pollinia; these hang down over the pouch-like labellum, in such a position that an insect moving about upon the latter can hardly fail to touch them. The slight irritation thus caused appears to produce some singular effect upon the tissues about the base of the pollinia : the membranes retaining the common pedicle in its position are ruptured; the heavy viscid disk is set free, and is drawn forth by the sudden extension of the previously curved pedicle, which straightens itself with such force as to jerk the pollinia out of their cells and project the whole organ to a distance often of two or three feet, the disk with its viscid coat being always carried foremost, ready to adhere to any object. Mr. Darwin sums up, as follows, the phenomena presented by the genus including Catasetum, Monachanthus, and Myanthus of bota« Bibliographical Notices. 887 nists. He says, ‘‘ We see a flower patiently waiting with its an- tennze stretched forth in a well-adapted position, ready to give notice whenever an insect puts its head into the cavity of the label- lum. The female Monachanthus, not having pollinia to eject, is destitute of antennee. In the male and hermaphrodite forms, namely Catasetum tridentatum and Myanthus, the pollinia lie doubled up like a spring, ready to be instantaneously shot forth when the an- tennze are touched; the disk end is always projected foremost, and is coated with viscid matter, which quickly sets hard, and firmly affixes the hinged pedicel to the insect’s body. The insect flies from flower to flower, till at last it visits a female or hermaphrodite plant ; it then inserts one of the masses of pollen into the stigmatic cavity. When the insect flies away, the elastic caudicle, made weak enough to yield to the viscidity of the stigmatic surface, breaks, and leaves behind the pollen-mass ; then the pollen-tubes slowly protrude, pene- trate the stigmatic canal, and the act of fertilization is completed. Who would have been bold enough,” he adds, “‘ to have surmised that the propagation of a species should have depended on so complex, so apparently artificial, and yet so admirable an arrangement ?”’ | The consequence deduced by Mr. Darwin from the facts above referred to is stated by him in the following words :-—* Considering how precious the pollen of Orchids evidently is, and what care has been bestowed on its organization and on the accessory parts,—con- sidering that the anther always stands close behind or above the stigma, self-fertilization would have been an incomparably safer pro- cess than the transportal of the pollen from flower to flower. It is an astonishing fact that self-fertilization should not have been an habitual occurrence. It apparently demonstrates to us that there must be something injurious in the process. Nature thus tells us, in the most emphatic manner, that she abhors perpetual self-fer- tilization.”’ To this conclusion we may be permitted to demur. Even amongst Orchids, according to Mr. Darwin, some species, the most striking of which is the Bee-Orchis (Ophrys apifera), are organized for self- fertilization ; and we do not see why the mere fact of the close juxta- position of the sexual organs, coupled with the necessity for the im- pregnation of one flower by the pollen of another (admitting this to the fullest extent), should have more weight in proving that ‘‘ Nature abhors self-fertilization”’ than the perfectly well-known fact that, whilst the majority of plants bear hermaphrodite flowers, others are moneecious and dicecious. It seems to us that, curious and interesting as are the phenomena revealed to us by Mr. Darwin, they are far from giving any support to the theory that self-impregnation is ab- horrent to Nature, especially as there are many plants and animals in i as far as we are aware, “ perpetual self-fertilization”” must prevail. Apart from this theory and that of “natural selection,” which we cannot think is much advanced by the present volume, we must welcome this work of Mr. Darwin’s as a most important and inter« esting addition to botanical literature. It contains the details of 26* 388 Zoological Society :— vast number of curious phenomena, observed most carefully, and furnishes a most lucid exposition of the homologies of the singular flowers of which it treats. The illustrations also are excellent. PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES. ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY. May 13, 1862.—John Gould, Esq., F.R.S., in the Chair. Norice or A New Species or Dotpuin (Detrurnus CaTaA- LANIA), DISCOVERED IN Nortu AvusTRAuiA BY Mr. JOHN Macaiuuivray. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S., ere. Mr. John Macgillivray has sent to Mr. Cuming, who has trans- ferred them to the British Museum Collection, two skulls of a species of Dolphin or Bottlenose, which he regards as probably new. These skulls were accompanied by the following notes :— ** DELPHINUS, N.S. ‘“‘ The larger of the two skulls belonged to an individual killed off Cape Melville (within the Great Barrier Reefs), north-east coast of Australia, Sept. 5, 1860. It was a female, 74 feet in length; and from it were taken two foetuses, each 10 inches in length. The adult was of a very light lead-colour above and on the sides, gradually passing into the dirty leaden white of the lower parts, which were covered (as also the flippers) with longitudinally elongated blotches of dark lead-colour. - © The smaller of the two skulls represents another Porpoise of the same species, harpooned off Cape Flattery, on the north-east coast of Australia, Oct. 9, 1860. It was considerably smaller than the first one, being only 67? feet in length. It was a female. The colour was exactly lead-colour, fading into whitish on the lower parts be- tween the anus and the snout. The sides were marked with small oblong spots of the same colour as the back. Measurements when recent :— “Total length, snout to centre of tail, 6 feet 9 inches. ‘* Snout to base of dorsal, 3 feet ; length of anterior border of dorsal 13 inches; height of dorsal 8 inches; width of dorsal 12 inches ; from posterior border of dorsal to tip of tail, 2 feet 8 inches. ‘“‘ Swimming-paws (midway between snout and dorsal) 13 inches long, and 5} inches broad ; from their base to end of snout, 13 inches. ‘Tail 22 inches across from tip to tip. | <«¢ Anus 2 feet 2 inches in front of tail (centre of tip). ** Kye 3ths of an inch in diameter, situated 1} inch behind angle of mouth, and 12 inches from tip of upper jaw. ‘* Lower jaw projecting 1 inch beyond the upper. . ‘This Porpoise was occasionally seen, in small droves of from three to six, along the north-east coast of Australia, within the reefs. Two other species also were seen, but we could not fasten.” Dr. J. E, Gray on Delphinus Catalania. 389 The two skulls slightly differ in shape and size. No. 1 is 17 inches long ; the beak to the notch is 10 inches, and the upper tooth-bone 84 inches long; the front lower teeth are worn away and truncated, like the teeth of the common Delphinus tursio, which was described as D. drunatus by Montague. ‘There are twenty-seven teeth on each side in the upper, and twenty-five teeth on each side in the lower jaw. No. 2 is 17 inches long; the beak 93, and the upper tooth-bone. 8 inches long. The teeth twenty-four above (perhaps one on each side is deficient, as the end of the jaw is very tender), twenty-three or twenty-four below. The front lower teeth are slightly truncated ; but this skull chiefly differs from No. 1 in being rather more convex and rather narrower, especially in the hinder part, from the middle of its length. I have compared these skulls with those of the different species of Bottlenoses (Z'ursio) in the British Museum ; and they are perfectly | distinct from any of them. The species may be called Delphinus Catalania. It is smaller in size, and has a much smaller brain« cavity than D. Cymodoce (Gray, Zool. Erebus & Terror, t. 19) and D. Metis (Gray, Zool. Erebus & Terror, t. 18) ; and the beak is not so tapering as in these species, and the tecth are rather more numerous. It is equally distinct from Delphinus Eurynome (Gray, Zool. Erebus & Terror, t. 17), believed to be from the North Sea. It is not easy to point out the distinction of these species in words ; but there cannot be a doubt about them when they are compared together. ' I may here observe that Delphinus ELutropia (Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1849, 1; Zool. Erebus & Terror, t. 34 ined.), which, in the ‘ Catalogue of Cetacea’ in the British Museum, I have placed in the first section of Tursia, with D. tursio and the species above named, should be formed into a section of itself, characterized by having a very broad muzzle shelving on the sides, and the skull shelving down over the orbits, and thirty-four or thirty-five slender teeth on each side of each jaw. This section may be called Eurroria. Notice or A WineGtess Birp, or Mono, Anp A RAVEN FOUND IN THE IsLAND oF Hawaii spy Mr. W. Hi. Pease. By Dr. J. E. GRAY, F.R.S., ETC. In a note lately received from Mr. W. H. Pease, dated Honolulu, Noy. 20, 1861, he observes, “I noticed in a late number of the ‘ Annals of Natural History’ a description of a species of bird living in our islands (which was figured many years since in Dixon’s ‘ Voyage’), by Mr. Gould; he refers it to the genus ‘ Moho.’ ** Please inform him that there is a wingless bird of small size living in the island of Hawaii, which the natives call ‘ Moho,’ which is now nearly extinct, having been killed off by the wild cats and dogs within late years; I have seen but a single specimen. ‘There is also living there a species of Raven.” 390 Zoological Society :— Some Remarks on AQUILA Desmursit (J. VERREAUX). - By J. H. Gurney, M.P., F.Z.S.* M. Jules Verreaux, who first recognized this Eagle as a distinct species, communicated his description of it to Dr. Hartlaub, by whom the species was made known to ornithologists in his admirable work on the Ornithology of West Africa. My present object is to put on record some information as to this interesting bird, with which M. Jules Verreaux has been so good as to supply me, and also to give some indications of the changes of plumage to which this species appears liable, and which I have had the opportunity of examining in several examples which now form part of the collection of the Norwich Museum. It may, however, be well to premise a few general remarks with reference to the geographical distribution of this Eagle, and to some of the peculiarities by which it is distinguished. Aquila Desmursii has hitherto only been found in Tropical Africa, north of the Equator,—specimens having been obtained at Bissao on the western coast, and also in Nubia and Abyssinia, and on the banks of the White Nile. It is a small species, intermediate in size between Aquila pennata and Aquila nevia. From the former it is readily distinguishable by the greater length of all its measurements; from the latter (as also from Aquila nevioides) it may, on the contrary, be distinguished b its less size and, as Dr. Hartlaub well remarks, “by the more deli- cately shaped bill, and by the greater length of the tail” as com- pared with that of the wings. Another well-marked distinction, to which Dr. Hartlaub does not allude, is to be found in the presence in Aguila Desmursii of a well- defined, though small, occipital crest, consisting of from eight te nine pointed feathers, the longest of which are fully an inch and a half in length. The colouring of this Eagle, described in Dr. Hartlaub’s work, is that which characterizes what I believe to be the adult bird after it has newly moulted and has acquired its fresh plumage. In this dress the general colouring of Aquila Desmursii closely resembles that of the adult of Aquila nevioides under similar conditions, being of a rufous brown, varying in intensity in different portions of the same feather. Other specimens of Aquila Desmursii exhibit a plumage of an ex- tremely dark and almost uniform chocolate-colour. These indivi- duals I believe to be immature birds, in which the feathers have been also newly acquired. In this stage they bear a considerable general resemblance in point of colouring to the immature specimens of Aquila pennata, though I have never met with an immature Aquila pennata quite so dark as some specimens I have seen of Aquila Desmursii. In Aquila Desmursii, as also in Aquila nevioides, * This paper will also be published in the Society’s ‘ Transactions,’ accompa- nied by a plate. Dr. W. Baird on new Species of Phyllopodous Crustacea. 391 both adult and immature birds appear liable to have their plumage exceedingly bleached by the action of the tropical sun; but it is remarkable that the feathers composing the occipital crest in Aguila Desmursii appear to retain their original tint, notwithstanding the partial loss of colour from the above cause in the portions of the plumage immediately adjacent. It should also be remarked that, in some immature specimens, nearly the whole under surface is of a very pale whitish brown—a variation from the ordinary darker co- louring which cannot be accounted for by the effect of sun and weather only. Tn conclusion, I will add the remarks on this species communi- cated to me by M. Jules Verreaux, which are as follows :—* Ac- cording to the notes of the collectors, the irides of the adult birds are of a chestnut-brown tinged with yellow; whilst in the young birds the yellow tint is absent, and the brown is deeper, with but little tinge of chestnut. The natives (at Bissao) give the name of ‘Socolas’ to this species only, it being well known to them as a very courageous bird, attacking even the small Gazelles (Cephalophorus Mazwelli) which inhabit the same localities, and also preying on various birds, and especially the Francolinus bicalcaratus.” DESCRIPTIONS OF SEVEN New Species or PoyitLorpopovus CRUSTACEANS, BELONGING TO THE GENERA EsTHERIA AND Limnetis. By W. Barrp, M.D., F.L.S. 1. EstHeriA Jones, Baird. Carapace of a comparatively hard, horny structure, and of a dark- brown colour. Valves ventricose, rounded, ovate. Umbones pro- minent, nearly central, but a little nearer the anterior extremity ; in- volute and representing exactly those of a bivalve shell. Dorsal margin short; ventral rounded. Anterior extremity swollen, rounded, shorter than posterior extremity, which is somewhat compressed and rounded. Ribs numerous and narrow. Those of the upper half of carapace, from the umbo downwards, strongly developed, the edges being raised and strongly beaded ; the interstices hollow, and more ‘sparsely dotted with rather small irregular-sized punctations. Ribs of lower half of carapace, as far as the ventral margin, much smaller than those of upper half, narrower, and much more numerous ; they are punctate also; but the interstices are so very narrow that no sculpture can be seen. Internally the surface is quite smooth, and of a dark-purple colour, : Length of carapace, 6 lines; breadth at umbo, nearly 5 lines. _ Hab. Brackish water, Island of Cuba (Dr. Dunker). Commu- nicated by T. R. Jones, Esq. (Mus. Brit.) 2. EstaeriA DunKERI, Baird. Carapace-valves broadly ovate and somewhat elongate. Umbones prominent, and placed at some distance (rather more than a third) from anterior extremity. Dorsal margin short, rather sloping. Ventral margin nearly straight, or only slightly rounded. Anterior extremity swollen, very convex, and rounded. Posterior extremity . 392 Zoological Society :— elongate, more compressed, and not so rounded. The carapace is of a uniform yellow horn-colour, thin, and translucent. Ribs numerous, elevated, rather narrow, about twenty-seven in number, with the in- terstices marked with shallow pits and extremely fine punctations. This species approaches somewhat to LZ. brasiliensis, but differs in the position of the umbones, those of #. Dunkerit being further from the anterior extremity. The relative size of anterior and poste- rior extremities differs also, the former in L£. brasiliensis being much broader than in the present species. It is a larger species also than LL. brasiliensis. Length of carapace, 7 lines; breadth at umbo, 4 lines. Hab. Zimapan, Mexico; in fresh water (Dr. Dunker). Com- municated by T. R. Jones, Esq. (Mus. Brit.) 3; Esturria Lorri, Baird. Carapace of a very light amber-colour, oval, rather swollen. Um- bones very prominent, elongate, placed near the anterior extremity. Dorsal margin slightly sloping. Ventral margin rounded. Anterior extremity swollen, rounded, and broader than the posterior, which is rather narrow, and somewhat compressed. Ribs of carapace few, broad ; interstices marked with coarse-looking, raised, flexuous lines. This species resembles in form the Z. ¢etracera as represented by Krynicki, and found by him near Moscow and at Charkow, Russia. Length of carapace, rather more than 4 lines; breadth at umbo, 3 lines. Hab. Stagnant water on the banks of the Tigris, near Bagdad. Collected, along with H. dahalacensis, by the late W. R. Loftus, Esq., in May 1855. (Mus. Brit.) 3 4, Esturria RupinGet, Baird. Carapace-valves ovate. Dorsal margin long, straight. Umbones small, placed near the anterior extremity. Ventral margin slightly rounded. Anterior extremity rounded. Posterior extremity emar- ginate at upper part, giving it somewhat the appearance of the shell of an Avicula. Anterior extremity rather the larger. Ribs of cara- pace not numerous, and wide apart, the surface in the interspaces marked with coarse and flexuously disposed raised lines. This species partakes of the characters of straight-dorsal-margined species, 1, dahalacensis and L'. Macgillivrayi. From the last spe- cies it differs in size, form of posterior extremity, and markings of interspaces between the ribs, as well as their comparative size and number, those of the present species being fewer and wider apart. Length of carapace, about 34 lines; breadth at umbo, 2 lines. Hab. A dried-up. “vley” near Port Elizabeth, Cape Colony. Collected by Dr. Rubidge, and communicated to Henry Woodward, Esq., by W. 8. M. D’ Urban, Esq. (Mus. Brit.) > 5. EstHertA MAcGiuuivrayt, Baird. Carapace-valves ovate. Dorsal margin long, straight. Umbones small, placed about 1 line from the anterior extremity. Ventral Mr. G. Krefft on Furina textilis. 393 margin rounded. Anterior extremity rounded, as well as posterior, both being of nearly equal size. Ribs of carapace numerous, narrow, and finely punctate in the interstices. In general outline this species resembles very much LF. dahala- censis ; but the ribs are narrower, more numerous, and the surface of the interstices is much more finely punctate. Length of carapace, about 5 lines; breadth at umbo, 3 lines. Hab. Brackish lake, Green Point, Cape of Good Hope (J. Macgillivray). (Mus. Brit.) 6. Estuer1A CALDWELLI, Baird. Carapace-valves swollen, ovate, of a pale horn-colour. Umbones large, prominent, and ferruginous-coloured, placed at about one-third distance from the anterior extremity. Dorsal margin short, and nearly straight. Anterior extremity rounded, short, a little broader than posterior extremity, which is long and rounded. Ventral margin rounded. Ribs of carapace numerous, rather narrow. Interstices roughly and strongly punctate. Length of carapace, nearly 4 lines; breadth at umbo, rather more than 2 lines. Hab. Lake Winnipeg, N. America (W. Caldwell, Esq.). (Mus. Brit.) 7. Limnetis Goutpu, Baird. Carapace nearly quite globular, ventricose, and of a light horn- colour. Surface of valves smooth, not ribbed, and covered entirely with numerous very small hollow punctations exactly resembling those on the top of a thimble. The point to which the adductor muscles are attached is very marked, being slightly prominent and very smooth and shining; and the branchial canals on the surface of the valves are strongly exhibited. This species resembles very much L. Wahlbergit of Lovén, from Port Natal. In addition, however, to the total difference of habitat, this species differs from the one described by Lovén in size, being double the dimensions of it. The animal, too, differs in some par- ticulars; but as all the specimens I have examined are males, and the one figured by Lovén is a female, I do not know how far these differences may be merely sexual. Diameter of carapace, about 14 line. Hab. Fresh water at St. Ann’s, twenty miles from Montreal, oak Collected by Charles Gould, Esq., June 1857. (Mus. Brit. Note on Furina tTextiuis. By Gerarp Krerrr, ActTinG Curator Austr. Mus. During my rambles in the neighbourhood of Sydney I have found a number of small Snakes, varying in length from 8 to 12", and an- swering to the description given by Duméril and Bibron of Furing textilis. None of the specimens obtained have exceeded 16" in length ; and I haye been naturally anxious to procure the young of this spe- 394 Zoological Society :-— cies. During two years I was unsuccessful, and I began to think at last that this Snake was only the immature form of some other species, which supposition became a belief when some months ago I found an egg containing as large a specimen of Furina textilis as I had ever met with before. On further investigation I found that the distinct bands and black spots of this Snake faded with the growth of the individual, and apparently vanished altogether in old specimens. As the egg and young in my possession are of a size generally produced by Snakes from 3 to 4 feet in length, and as I have a series of specimens in which the disappearance of the bands and markings may be clearly traced, I do not hesitate to assert that Pseudonaia textilis is only a young Snake. Inviting the scrutiny of more able naturalists than myself to this fact, I beg to refer at the same time to my collection forwarded to the International Exhi- bition, specimens Nos. 66 and 40, which I believe to be identical. I have since forwarded a full-grown adult Snake of this species to Dr. Ginther, which I have stuffed, as in the dry specimens the re- mains of the rings on the body may be better observed than when preserved in spirits. I have been unable to find any description in Duméril and Bibron of the large Furina of which I suppose the F. textilis to be the young; and, not being in possession of the British Museum Catalogue, I do not know whether this Snake has been de- scribed at all. Nore on THE Deer or Formosa. By P. L. Scuatrer, M.A., Pu.D., F.R.S., Secretary TO THE SOCIETY. In some remarks on the Japanese Deer received by the Society in 1860, which I made before the meeting of this Society in the month of November of that year*, I gave some reasons for considering Cer- vus sika of the ‘Fauna Japonica,’ Cervus pseudaxis of the French naturalists, and Dr. Gray’s Rusa japonica as probably synonyms of the same species. In a communication made to the Society in the following year, Dr. Gray ultimately admits that his Rusa japonica is probably the same as Cervus sika, “ though it differs so much from the figure and description of that animal in the ‘ Fauna Japonica’ ;”+ and I believe there is now little doubt upon this point. Mr. Westerman, the Director of the Gardens of the Zoological Society of Amsterdam, to whom we parted with a pair of these Japanese Deer in 1861, has informed me that he was previously well acquainted with the species, and that it is certainly identical with the type of Cervus sika in the Leyden Museum. Since the arrival of the first example of this Deer (the pair presented to the Society by Mr. Wilks, July 21, 1860), we have received several others. In September 1861, a female arrived from our Corresponding Member, Mr. Blyth of Calcutta, being one of the examples he has commented upon in the ‘Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal’ (xxx. p. 90); and in June of the same year we purchased a pair of these animals, the male of which was subsequently parted with to Mr. Westerman. On the 31st of August, * Ann. & Mag. ser. 3. vol. vii. p. 142. + Ibid. vol. viii. p. 341. Dr. P. L. Sclater on the Deer of Formosa. 395 1861, the female presented by Mr. Wilks produced a male calf; and there seems every probability of this Deer doing well in this country. With regard, however, to the Formosan Deer (Cervus taévanus or taiouanus), I was certainly wrong in supposing it to be the same as the Japanese Cervus sika. Knowing nothing about it, except from Mr. Blyth’s description, I supposed that he who created the species was to be trusted when he destroyed it. I therefore put faith in what Mr. Blyth wrote in a letter to me (dated July 4th, 1860), that he was then “ satisfied”’ that the Formosan and Japanese Deer were of “‘ one and the same species.” It appears, however, from what Mr. Swinhoe says (see P. Z. S. 1861, p. 235), that all the living Deer sent to Mr. Blyth were of the Japanese species, and that Mr. Blyth — never had the Formosan species alive*. Mr. Blyth’s comparison, therefore, was made between animals of the same species. All doubt, however, as to the perfect distinctness of the Formosan Deer from the Japanese Oervus sika is removed since we have re- ceived the fine male of the Cervus taévanus, presented to us by our Corresponding Member, Mr. Swinhoe, in December last. It will be evident to any one who inspects this animal and compares it with the adjoining specimen of Cervus sika, that, though probably nearly allied to the latter and belonging to the same group of Deer, it is quite distinct specifically. Its larger size and the deep-red colouring of the posterior part of the neck are quite sufficient to distinguish it. With the true form of the horns in Cervus taévanus we are not yet acquainted, owing to our specimen haying broken and worn down his horns while in confinement. But we have to thank Mr. Swinhoe (who is now Vice-Consul in Formosa) for another and most valuable addition to our series of Deer. On April 28th, a specimen of what I suppose Mr. Swinhoe to mean by the “ Roe-Deer’’ + of Formosa arrived, and is now doing well in our Menagerie. It turns out to bea species of the Rusine group of Deer, quite distinct from any of the four species of this * Mr. Blyth says, “ Mr. Sclater is wrong in identifying the Japanese and For- mosan species” (Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1861, p. 192, note); but he neglects to add that my mistake arose from the incorrect information with which he himself had furnished me. T Mr. Swinhoe writes to me, “Four if not five Deer are on their way to you. The buck (C. taévanus) left me in high condition ; and a lovely animal he was. The doe of the same species sent was with young; and I have some apprehensions about her. The two buck Roe-Deer will, I think, delight the Society, as they must surely be new species. I did not know of their existence till my visit to Taiwanfoo. They are known to the Chinese here as Cheeangs, and are procured _ by them from the aborigines of the inner hills. The C. taévanus, which is pro- cured from the same savages, is distinguished as the Lok or Stag; and the Cer- vulus as the Kiung. I have seen nothing as yet of the Bear or the Mountain Sheep, said to be found in Formosa; but since my arrival here I have sent a fine pair of Monkeys to my friend in Hong Kong for transmission to the Gardens. They may turn out novelties, and I have no doubt you would like more; so I will try and procure afew more. The Tortoises from Southern Formosa I take to be peculiar, and I have accordingly forwarded you a few; I have also preserved some in spirits.” [These Tortoises have arrived, and turn out to be Emys Bennettii, Gray.—P. L. S.] 396 Zoological Society. section* we at present possess, and in all probability of a species hitherto unknown, and for which I propose the temporary designa- tion Cervus Swinhoti. It would appear, therefore, that there are four distinct species of Deer inhabiting the coasts of China and Japan, concerning which we require much more information :— 1. Cervus sika, Temm. & Sieb. (Rusa japonica, Gray), from Japan. 2. Cervus pseudaxis, Kyd. & Soul. (Gray, P. Z. 8. 1861, p. 236, pl. xxvii.), from Northern China. 3. Cervus taévanus, Blyth (Journ. A. 8. B. xxix. p. 90), from Formosa. 4. Cervus Swinhoii, sp. nov., from Formosa. Our single male specimen of Swinhoe’s Deer stands about 2 feet 8 inches in height, and presents the general appearance of a small Deer of the Sambur group (Rusa). The head, neck, and fore legs are greyish black, growing more rufescent on the back, and passing on the rump and hind quarters into a deep chestnut. The tail is rather long and very bushy, and composed of grizzly-blackish hairs. The inside of the thighs and belly beneath are fawn-colour, passing on the inside of the legs into pale ochraceous. The animal appears to be in about its second year. The present horns have been injured whilst growing, and are much broken. On A New Birp FROM THE IsLE or MADAGASCAR. By Dr. G. Hartiavus, For. Memes. Ty.ast, n. g. (Pycnonotine). Char. Gen.—Rostrum satis robustum et elongatum, rectiuseulum, emarginatum, dimidio apicali compressum, basin versus dilata- tum ; culmine carinato, subarcuato ; naribus apertis, ovalibus ; vibrissis rictalibus nonnullis conspicuis, mollibus. Ale longi- uscule, caude dimidium superantes ; remige prima subspuria, quarta et quinta longissimis, subequalibus, tertia breviore, se- cunda multo breviore. Cauda longa, equalis. Tarsi brevius- culi; pedibus parvis ; digitis gracilibus, debilibus, interno vir breviore ; unguibus debilibus. Tyias Epvuarpt, sp.nov. Supra subolivascenti-plumbea ; capite toto nigro, nitore chalybeo; cauda dorso concolore ; scapis rec- tricum supra nitide nigris, subtus albis; corpore subtus cum subalaribus et subcaudalibus ochraceo; capitis nigredine cir- cumscripte albido circumdata ; rostro nigro; pedibus fuscis. Long. tot. circa 8"; rostr. a fr. 9'", a rict. 113!"; al. 4" 5'; caud. a bas. 3" 4"; tars. 92"; dig. med. c. ung. 9!", We have named this interesting new form after its discoverer, Mr. Edward Newton, a gentleman who has recently visited Mada- * Cervus Duvaucelii et C. Aristotelis, ex Ind. cont.; C. rusa, ex Malacca; C. moluccensis, ex ins. Molucc. tT rvAds, “avis quedam ignota turdina.” Miscellaneous. 397. gascar, and whose zealous efforts have very materially forwarded our knowledge of the ornithology of the East-African Archipelago. The genus T'y/as is nearly allied to Hypsipetes, but differs in the beak being decidedly stronger, broader, and more inflated; in the longer wings, which in Hypsipetes do not reach to the middle of the tail; in the tail being proportionally shorter; and in the rictal bristles being much more developed. The under tail-coverts are very long. The iris is yellow—a colour not found hitherto in the genus Hypsipetes. The whole system of coloration is different from that of the latter genus. | MISCELLANEOUS. Notice of a new Species of Cynopterus from Morty Island. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. Tur British Museum has lately received from Mr. A. R. Wallace two interesting specimens of a fruit-eating Bat from Morty Island, col- lected in 1861, which appears not yet to have been registered in the Catalogues. I therefore subjoin a short specific description of it. It is easily known from all the other species by the extraordinary length of its tail; indeed, it seems to form a section or subgenus apart, that may be called Uronycteris. Cynopterus (Uronycteris) albiventer. Tail elongate and free, produced beyond the narrow interfemoral membrane. Nostrils much produced, tubular, and far apart. Brown above, with greyer base to the hairs. Face and throat only slightly hairy, grey; side of the neck and breast yellow-brown; side of the body brown ; chest and middle of the belly white; the wing brown. Hab. Morty Island. The length of the fore-arm 2 inches; length of tail (dry) nearly inch. The wing-bone on the upper surface of the wings of both speci- mens is marked with some irregular white spots ; these may be only accidentally or even artificially produced in the process of preserva- tion, or by carriage, as the spots on the two sides of the same wing are unlike, and those of the two specimens dissimilar. On the Larve of Hypoderma. By F. Braver. In August 1860, the author communicated to the Zoological and Botanical Seciety of Vienna some observations on the change of skin in the larvee of Hypoderma. He now calls attention to the agree- ment of his observations with those published by Leuckart on the larvee of the Muscide, which is especially important, as the investi- gations were quite independent of each other. _ In the @stride change of skin was said to take place by Neuman and Joly; but neither of these authors had witnessed this pheno- 898 Miscellaneous. menon, the occurrence of which they were led to suppose by observing the difference between young and adult larvee of Gastrus. The investigation of the cause of this change increases the interest attaching to the observations. In a larva living in the same way from its exclusion from the egg to its change to the pupa state, such a cause can hardly be discovered ; but it is otherwise with the larvee of the Gstride, which must wander to the place where they can attain maturity. In this respect the (stride are divisible into two groups, the egg-laying and larviparous forms. To the former belong Gastrus and Hypoderma ; to the latter, Cephalomyia and Cephe- nomyia. In the former genera, the larva has to get into the stomach or under the skin, as the eggs are deposited by the imago upon hairs. In Cephalomyia and Cephenomyia the female injects the maggots into the nose of the animal on which they are parasitic. The greatest difference between the young and adult larvee occurs in those which have the greatest migration to perform,—consequently in the larvee of Gastrus and Hypoderma. . The author’s observations were made on numerous larvee of Hy- poderma Diana, n. sp., from the skin of the Roe. First stage (duration unknown, but probably very long, as the fly appears only for a few days in May, and the larve are found in this stage in the following February. The end of January and beginnin of February may be regarded as the period of transition to the secon stage).—In this stage the larva grows to a length of 63 lines, but remains nearly cylindrical and scarcely 1 line in diameter. Anterior extremity rounded off; posterior extremity like the anterior, or the last three segments attenuated into a tail, at the pleasure of the larva. Buccal organs very small. Buccal orifice funnel-shaped; above it projects a straight spike, which rests upon a transverse chitinous piece concealed in the cesophagus, from which on each side a chiti- nous arch proceeds backwards and terminates in a shovel-like plate, as in almost all larvee of flies. The shovel-like plates are on each side of the cesophagus, and their faces are vertical. Close to the first-mentioned spike are two hooks (one on each side); these are bent at right angles, and their free ends are directed outwards and downwards. They can be moved so as to form a single point with the median spike ; if then their points are bent outwards and backwards, it is clear that the larva will push itself forward, and readily bore into any object opposed to it. The anterior stigmata ‘are pretty large; they are on the sides of the upper part of the second segment ; they are round, and bordered on the inner margin by a semilunar chitinous band. Posterior stigmata forming two small, irregular, porous, chitinous plates. Round the stigmata the last segment bears numerous small, round chitinous plates, which give it a punctured appearance. ‘The larva has eleven segments, and ap- pears naked ; there are some microscopic spines only in the funnel- shaped pit of the mouth and on the margin of the lower lip. === Second stage (duration very short, at the utmost one month. This form appears from the end of January to the middle of February, usually together with the first and third forms).—Larva at first Miscellaneous. 3899 shorter than in the first stage, but broader. It grows from 5 to 7 lines long, and is easily recognized by the black spots on the lower surface, which consist of dense groups of black spines. Above, the larva is quite naked, with the exception of the first three segments. Mouth forming a V-shaped pit; its margins bordered laterally and below by rough, thick chitinous bands, which are firmly united below, and internally spread out into the above-mentioned chitinous plates and numerous filaments embracing the cesophagus. Spike and hooks wanting. No anterior stigmata observed. Posterior stigmata reni- from, forming a very coarsely cellular plate on each side. Form of the larva very changeable; the posterior end is very often much attenuated, like a tail. Third stage (duration from February to April).—Mouth a funnel- shaped pit with membranous margins ; in the pit a small horny ring, immediately followed by the cesophagus, which directly afterwards passes over a chitinous frame from which the chitinous shovel-like plates issue. Above the buccal pit there are two horny rings, as rudimentary antenne. Anterior stigmata very small, on the hinder margin of the first segment, Posterior stigmata reniform, nearly smooth, flat, radiately furrowed. From this it follows that the young larvee can bore their way into the skin, and subsequently undergo a retrograde metamorphosis of their buccal organs. The author remarks upon the fact that thus organs of so much importance as the parts of the mouth may lose their significance in a systematic point of view. A more detailed account of his observations is promised in a forthcoming monograph of the Hstride.— Wiegmann’s Archiv, 1862, p. 210. The King Crab (Limulus Polyphemus) found on the English Coast. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &e. The King Crab has lately been frequently imported into Liverpool, and is shown alive at the Free Museum of that town, and also in the Zoological Gardens in the Regent’s Park. Mr. Walker, the Arctic traveller, lately took a living specimen with him to Paris, with the idea of presenting it to the Jardin des Plantes; but he failed in doing so through the absence of the Professors to whom he had an introduction. Being tired of the charge of the animal, and of providing it with fresh sea-water, &c., he threw it overboard, between Boulogne and Dover, on his way back. The animal must have been washed ashore at Dover; for I have had more than one account of its having been found on that coast, and one kind correspondent offered to secure it for the British Museum at the price of five pounds. It is as well that this should be recorded ; for otherwise it may at some future day, when the circumstance of its having been thrown into the water is forgotten, be placed in the fauna as a rare or occa- sional visitor, instead of being artificially introduced. 4.00 Miscellaneous. Notice of a new Species of Bosh-Buck (Cephalophus bicolor) from Natal. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &e. Mr. W. Fosbrook has kindly presented to the British Museum a beautiful small species of Bush-Bock, which was captured by John Dunn, Esq., in the Umgozy Forest, between the river Umbelaus and Umblatore, in the country of the Amazula. The natives have no name for it, as far as Mr. Dunn could learn. It is a most peculiarly marked species, and of very small size; when it died, the mamme were found dilated with milk, showing that it was of adult age. The hunters mistook it for a young animal, and fed it with milk, on which it died. Cephalophus bicolor. Brown; the rump, the whole of the hind legs, the chin, throat, chest, belly, inner side of the fore legs, a broad ring over the front hoofs, and a large spot occupying the front of the face and forehead pure white. ‘The ears blackish, white within. The sides of the forehead darkish brown. The crumen on the side of the face linear, well marked. Horns none in the female sex. Hab. Natal. The smallest species of the genus, not weighing more than 3 Ibs. It is most like C. Whitfieldii, of the Gambia ; but the brown is of a different shade, and there is no white, which is so prominent in the Natal animal. On the Natural and Artificial Production of Cork in the Cork-oak. By M. Casimir pE CANDOLLE. ‘This paper is interesting as being the first botanical publication of the inheritor of this honoured name in the third generation of bota- nists, and as an account of the formation and structure of cerk in the Cork-oak, both in the natural state and especially under the operation which has to be practised in order to the production of cork of any commercial value. The operation consists in the re- moval from the trunk of the natural corky layer of the bark down to the subjacent cellular envelope or green layer, which is done in Algeria (where young DeCandolle’s observations were made) during the summer or autumn. Shortly after this operation, a new corky stratum begins to form in the green layer, at a variable distance from its denuded surface. This grows by annual layers upon its internal face, just as the original and worthless corky layer did; but this is much finer and much more elastic, and is the commercial article. When this valuable cork has attained sufficient thickness (ordinarily after seven or eight years), it also is removed, with the same result as before; 2. e. still another new corky stratum is formed below; and so successive crops may be taken off the trunk every seventh or eighth year for a long while, or even indefinitely,—Ab- stract in Silliman’s Journal for Sept. 1862 from the Mém. de la Soe. de Phys. et @ Hist. Nat. de Genéve, vol, xvi. 1860, THE ANNALS AND MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. [THIRD SERIES, ]} No. 60. DECEMBER 1862. XLIT.—On the Phenomena of Motion in the Pseudopodia of the Rhizopoda, and especially on the so-called Granular Movement and the supposed Coalescence of the Pseudopodia. By Prof. REICHERT*. [In the introductory portion of this paper, Prof. Reichert endeavours to controvert what he calls the “ sarcode-theory,” under which he sees a revival of the old notion of a living primordial slime capable of being produced in some mysterious manner independently of preexisting organisms. As we cannot see that the idea of the nature of “‘ sarcode” generally entertained involves any such opinions as to its origin, this part of the au- thor’s paper has been omitted, and the translation commences with his discussion of the motile phenomena presented by the pseudopodia. | Whilst Ehrenberg, in his investigations of living Polythalamia from the North Sea, declares himself expressly against the coalescence of the filaments emitted by them+, Schultze, in his work ‘Ueber den Organismus der Polythalamien’ (Leipzig, 1854), places himself entirely on Dujardin’s side; and to this view the cell-membrane could not but fall a sacrifice afterwards. Accord- ing to him, the body of the Polythalamia consists of a formless substance, comparable, as to its consistence, with fluid wax, containing globules imbedded in it here and there. The phe- nomena of motion in the pseudopodia are described by this au- thor essentially in accordance with Dujardin, but rather more accurately, both with regard to their branching and coalescence and in respect of the so-called granular movement in and upon them. Of the granular movement Schultze speaks as follows :— * Monatsbericht der Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin, 1862, p.406, Translated by W. S. Dallas, F.L.S. + Abhandl. der Akad. der Wiss. zu Berlin, 1839, p. 106. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 3. Vol. x. 27 402 Prof. Reichert on the Phenomena of Motion “A distinction of membrane and contents does not exist in the filaments (p.17); observation is against an interior channeled structure in which the larger globules are moved; but the regular flowing to and fro of the contractile substance effects the movement of the granules, and the latter, again, inform us of the movements of contraction. The small granules moreover move with the substance flowing out of the general mass of the body into the filaments themselves ; the larger ones, on the con- trary, appear as corpuscles moving on the filaments. The co- alescence of two or more filaments, the passage of the granules from one into the others united with it, must also remove all doubts raised as to the nature of the substance of the body of the Polythalamia being such as was assumed by Dujardin.” Soon afterwards a parallel was set up between the supposed granular movements in the pseudopodia of the Polythalamia and the currents in the cells of plants, by Unger and Cohn, and thus the bridge was made by which the theory of the proto- plasinic mass was enabled to make good its entry into science. According to J. Miiller, the granular movement in the Poly- thalamia exactly resembles those in the extended filaments of the Thalassicolle, Polycystina, and Acanthometre*. In his deserip- tion of the phenomena of motion in the filaments of the Sphero- zoa (p. 7) there is an observation on elongated swellings passing along these filaments like granules, to which I must hereafter refer particularly. During my residence at Trieste last year, my most ardent desire to become more exactly acquainted, from personal obser- vation, with the phenomena of motion in the pseudopodia of the Polythalamia, which have led to such different views upon the organization of animals, was fulfilled. The sea-mud with the living Polythalamia was procured from the basins which have been shut off in the neighbourhood of Zaole for the manufacture of sea-salt. In this there were a species of Milla and one of Rotalia which I did not more particularly determine. The ani- mals were examined under magnifying powers of 300, 500, and 700 diameters. The first impression made upon me by the phenomena of motion in the pseudopodia was of such a nature as fully to sup- port the descriptions of Dujardin and Max Schultze: it was as if one had to do with a fluid substance readily changing its configuration and course with a constant flow and return of particles. But any one observing the astonishing spectacle, which appears so wonderful from its opposition to evident facts in the organization of animals, without reposing a blind con- * Abhandl. der-Akad. der Wiss. zu Berlin, 1858, p. 2. in the Pseudopodia of the Rhizopoda. 403 fidence in the correctness of the dogmas of the theory of primor- dial slime, sarcode, or protoplasm, must admit, after some con- sideration, that the picture of a fluid and flowing mass may also very easily be produced in separated and not fluid, but solid or semisolid (festweichen) masses whenever two conditions are ful- filled :—1, when the surface of such bodies brings an alternate, more or less regular play of elevations before us in such a man- ner that we are led to conceive a motion like that of waves in water ; and 2, when bodies really separate, but not distinguish- able as such at their mutual points of contact, are constantly changing their relative position, and under these circumstances present themselves as a mass varying at pleasure in form and limits, and possessing properties appertaining to fluid sub- stances. From the point of view which I am convinced is to be maintained, if not alone, still especially, in regard to or- ganisms, the impression made by the phenomena of motion in the pseudopodia becomes essentially different ; the lustre of the dogmas respecting the sarcode-theory is very soon lost, and the heresy then becomes clear and unmistakeable. In order, however, to avoid being misled by the deceptive image, it is necessary in this, as in other cases, to take up the microscopic analysis of the individual filaments, and at first to disregard as much as possible their proteus-like complicated mass. According to my observations upon the nature of the individual filaments, the following statements may be made :— The pseudopodia, which, when fully extended, measure six or eight times the greatest diameter of the body, form at their free extremities (where they may with the greatest certainty be found simple and single), extraordinarily fine filaments, even under the highest powers of the microscope. To give some notion of their fineness the observation will suffice, that a perceptible thicken- ing scarcely appears when two or three filaments come together and apparently fuse into one, or when the magnifying power of the instrument is raised from 450 to 700 diameters. For the same reason nothing definite can be said as to whether they are, as they appear to be, perfectly cylindrical or more or less flat- tened. They appear to be everywhere of uniform thickness. Apparent or real local thickenings occur in consequence of move- ments of contraction, to which I must revert hereafter; I must likewise defer the discussion of the question whether, besides decidedly simple filaments, branched ones occur, issuing from the former by movements of contraction. The individual ex- tended filaments consist of an apparently colourless, transparent, hyaline substance, which at the extreme ends, where they may most readily be observed singly, possesses an index of refraction differing very little from that of the surrounding fluid (sea- 27% 404 Prof. Reichert on the Phenomena of Motion water) ; it is only with the greatest effort and the most favour- able light that the extreme ends of the filaments can be traced. Where many pseudopodia lie together, the outlines become sharper and at the same time darker, and, in the animals ex- amined by me, a yellowish coloration makes its appearance. If we leave out of consideration the apparent granules occurring in the so-called granular movement, no globules or corpuscles of measurable size were detected at any time or in any place in or on the pseudopodia. Thicker bundles, engaged either in expan- sion or contraction, have usually a finely granulated appearance. It cannot, however, be ascertained by direct observation whether this is produced by fine wrinklings and inequalities of the sur- face, or by fine granules imbedded in the apparently hyaline mass. In the lamelle and structures like swimming membranes formed by the apparent coalescence of the filaments, a granular habitus is also not unfrequeutly visible. These granules, how- ever, belong either to the so-called granular movement, or it still remains uncertain whether we have to do with a true granule or with a portion of the filament only altered in its form, and resembling a granule. As the granular marking is always lost immediately when the filaments lie quietly in the extended state, or the granular plates and lamelle again break up into quiescent extended filaments, it must be inferred that the granular marking is only apparent, and produced by altera- tions of form in the hyaline filaments. As regards the important question of the state of cohesion and consistence of the substance of the pseudopodia, direct ex- periments for the solution of this cannot be instituted. We are therefore compelled to draw conclusions upon the above-men- tioned physical property from the behaviour of the filaments during active and passive movements, and during their approxi- mation and separation. Here, in the first place, the fact must be proved that, however the filaments may change their form, bend, twist, apparently coalesce, and again separate, their ori- ginal form ts finally preserved under all civcumstances, and under- goes no change. From this it follows that their substance can- not be fluid. Moreover, if we will not blindly trust in the dogmas of the various primordial-slime theories, adopt the erroneous theory of the so-called granular movement, and accept the ap- parent coalescence of the filaments as a real one without further examination, we shall be compelled, in the presence of the facts adduced, to declare the comparison with fluid wax or with a mucus of similar consistence to be quite untenable. But, from the behaviour of the filaments during changes of their form by active and passive movements, it may with certainty be inferred that their substance must be extraordinarily soft and flexible. I in the Pseudopodia of the Rhizopoda. 405 may here indicate especially that the quiescent filaments allow themselves to be readily curved into any form by others which are moving, and then remain in this form until they are brought out of it by their own movements or those of other filaments. During the mutual displacements of the filaments, and the mu- tual approximation thereby often produced, another remarkable property shows itself,—namely, their ready adhesion to each other. In consequence of this ready adhesion, it happens that the filaments very commonly issue from the shell in larger or smaller bundles, and only subsequently separate. It is also frequently observed that a filament which has, in consequence of its own movement, got under others and then become quies- cent, clings to other moving filaments during their passage, and is carried forward. passively with them, not unfrequently like an anastomosis between them. Phenomena of active Movement in the individual Pseudopodia of the Polythalamia. To the phenomena of active movement in the pseudopodia of the Polythalamia I refer— 1. The issuing of the filaments from the shell, their extension and retraction. , If the filamentous pseudopodia, which are originally mor- phologically simple, could actually become converted into branched forms, and the latter again revert to the original form, this change of form must also have belonged to the category of active movements ; but these changes of form, as I shall afterwards prove, are either only apparent or not capable of being established with certainty. 2. A tortuous or vermiform movement, usually somewhat slug- gish, of the more or less extended filament, either throughout its whole length or in some section of it. 3. The phenomenon described under the name of “ granular movement.” 4, A mutual displacement of the filaments, often occurring im- perceptibly, by their closer approximation or removal to a greater distance, or also by their separation from a bundle in the general radiary complex, under circumstances which do not allow the detection of the active movements of other fila- ments as co-operating causes. To the changes in the arrange- ment and form of the total radiary complex of filaments I would not refer more particularly. In these changes, both active movements of the filaments and passive ones caused by their ready adhesion to each other, participate ; and it is often quite impossible to calculate exactly the part taken by each kind of 406 Prof. Reichert on the Phenomena of Motion movement. Nevertheless other observers, especially J. Miiller, have indicated the imperceptible mutual displacement of the filaments as a phenomenon of active movement; and the fact must be admitted that such displacements of the filaments do occur, in which neither the other active movements of the filaments themselves nor any causes of motion in the sur- rounding fluid are perceptible. It is exceedingly probable that the causes lie in active movements which occur concealed within the shell at the base of the filaments. It will be sufficient to indicate preliminarily that the pheno- mena of movement referred to, and indeed, as will immediately appear, also the so-called granular movement, are only to be regarded as the visible effects of those changes in the substance of the filaments which are produced by the so-called contrac- tility. Of these changes in the material no trace can be detected by the microscope either here, under apparently very favourable circumstances, or in any other contractile substances; we find ourselves rather only in a position to infer the existence of those invisible movements which occur in the contractile substance itself from the effects produced by them (which become an ex- pression visible to us) in the change of form of contractile struc- tures or in changes of the relative positions of the organs par- ticipating in them. The supporters of the sarcode-theory have certainly gone a step further by the manner in which they con- ceived the granular movement. To them the apparent granule is a portion of body-substance containing globules, which flows out of the shell into the extended filament, and again flows back, thus elongating and shortening the filament, or causing the ap- pearance of lamellz and islands in the radiary complex of fila- ments by the local accumulation of sarcode. In sarcode, there- fore, we should succeed in seeing what has hitherto been denied to us in other contractile structures. Contraction would thus consist in a movement of the mass of the contractile substance, in a transfer of it from one place to another far distant, and the changes of form in contractile structures occur as a consequence of this. In this way it becomes intelligible how the notion could arise of identifying the currents of fluid in cells with the currents of contraction in the pseudopodia. As it may be de- monstrated that the granular movement is not produced by the flowmg to and fro of portions of the body-substance of the Polythalamia containing globules, I am saved the trouble of entering more particularly into the further consequences of this conception of the contractile movements of the supposed fluid sarcode and its application to other contractile structures. in the Pseudopodia of the Rhizopoda. 407 The so-called Granular Movement. With regard to the appearances hitherto known under which the granular movement occurs, I must here give the following indications. Dujardin speaks only of an ebb and flow of body- substance containing globules, in consequence of which the filaments appear uneven and granular. Max Schultze, however, represents the ebbing and flowing mass as advancing partly in, but especially on, the filaments as an apparent granule which contains the larger globules. J. Miiller indicates that an inter- nal granular movement, like that in the rays of Actinophrys, does not occur in the pseudopodia—that here the granular movement rather resembles a granule advancing on the surface of the filament; and he adds the observation that mucous globules and foreign bodies are also moved to and fro by the granules. In his memoir (p. 7) we also find the following re- markable passage :—‘ Not unfrequently the filaments are seen to be thickened or swelled here and there, and this elongated swelling (little knot) is seen to advance upon the rays like the granules, which may be referred either to a progressive contrac- tion or to elongation and shortening, but is perhaps connected with the granular current.” These words are only thrown out doubtfully, and are not again referred to on other occasions when the movements of the pseudopodia are spoken of; never- theless they contain an observation which, by further investiga- tion of the phenomena, must have led J. Miiller to the same conception of the granular movement as that which I have arrived at by my investigations. The animal in which I first observed the granular movements exhibited them only on particular filaments, and there were even moments in which the visible extended pseudopodia were quite quiescent. The granular movement appeared to be, as described by Max Schultze and J. Miiller, an apparent grain or granule moving to and fro on the surface of the filament. I must add, however, that the movement of the granule was not uniform, but that it appeared to jump forward over the surface, or, at least, showed a tremulous movement. But it struck me as very remarkable that, notwithstanding numerous supposed affluxes of granules, and although it is common enough to see that the quiescent granule at the extremity of the filaments does not return, not a single perceptible quiescent globule could be detected in the entire field of vision, either in the surrounding fluid or in or on the substance of the rays themselves. And yet the sarcode-substance flowing out of the body to the rays should contain globules, and the larger globules should not only effect the protrusion of the flowing mass above the level of the fila- 408 Prof. Reichert on the Phenomena of Motion ment, but also cause the optical expression of the granular movement. Therefore body-substance with globules could not have flowed to the rays: the fallacy was evident. The question now was to trace accurately the apparent grain, the true form of which could not be- judged of during motion, at the moment of its formation and disappearance. For this there are plenty of opportunities. The shell certainly prevents the observation of many granules ; we cannot say how the appa- rent granules are produced and lose themselves there ; but we cannot assert that they there flow out of or imto the substance of the body of the animal. With some attention, however, it is very soon discovered that both the centripetal and centrifugal movement of the granule may commence and terminate at any part of the extended filaments outside the shell. Here the fol- lowing observations may be made during the appearance of the granule, which has hitherto been considered only in motion. On any spot of the hyaline extended filament, there appears sud- denly an apparent thickening of fusiform outline, of somewhat yellowish colour and dark contour; the apices of the spindle lose themselves quite imperceptibly in the neighbouring parts of the filament which have remained unaltered. Soon after- wards it appears as if the spindle became shorter, but thicker and darker in the middle, where it projects more beyond the level of the filament ; finally, the extremities of the apparently fusiform thickening disappear from the view, and the elevated central part jumps along upon the surface of the filament in the likeness of a granule. On the cessation of the movement, the granule disappears in exactly the same manner, but in a reversed order. Any one who has traced the gradual production and cessation of the granular movement will assuredly give up the notion of a truly flowing substance in the pseudopodia—a notion which has been derived from an erroneous transference of the phenomena of contraction visible in the Amebe to the pseudopodia of the Polythalamia. In these we have evidently extended contractile organs of the Polythalamion, in which no cavity and no true granule, either in or upon it, is to be detected; and the pheno- mena described in connexion with the granular movement there- fore require that the latter, as already hinted at by J. Miiller, should be interpreted as a phenomenon of contraction. Our knowledge of visible phenomena of contraction is limited, as already mentioned, to the changes of form occurring in the con- tractile organs in consequence of invisible movements in the contractile substance itself; and even in this respect the scanty observations upon their structure and texture still leave much to be desired. In the present case, only the contraction-wave in the Pseudopodia of the Rhizopoda. 409 which occurs and advances upon the filiform contractile organ, in the form either of a local thickening or of a local curvature and loop-formation, can be referred to. The first question is, whether the described microscopic ap- pearances suit with the assumption that the contraction-wave is eaused by local thickening of the filament suddenly occurring at any point and then advancing further: the apparent granule in the so-called granular movement would then have to be re- garded as the thickened point. From a deficiency of observa- tions, nothing can be said as to whether the apparent fusiform thickening of the filament must necessarily precede the forma- tion of a knot-like or grain-like swelling and agrees with the preliminary assumption in regard to the contraction-wave. But it may be affirmed that an advancing knot-like thickening of the filament could not produce the microscopic appearance actually seen—as if a granule advanced by jerks upon the surface. Nor could the microscopical picture be produced even if the local swelling of the filament on all sides were of considerable eleva- tion, forming, as in the case of Astasia flavicans observed by Ehrenberg, a circular disk, through the central point of which the unchanged portion of the filament seemed to pass; for, during the progress of such a swelling, the microscopic appear- ance would be as if a ring were drawn along the filament. There is only one case in which, in my opinion, the contraction- wave in the form of an advancing local thickening could corre- spond with the microscopic appearances described: the thicken- ing must occur on one side, and in the form of a clubbed pro- cess or appendage of the pseudopodium ; the club-shaped end would then, as it advanced along the pseudopodium, be espe- cially visible and indeed as an apparent grain, seeming to move along on the surface of the filament. No such contraction-form has, however, hitherto been observed ; and its assumption seems to me rather bold. On the contrary, the granular movement seems to be easily intelligible, and at the same time in perfect accordance with other contraction-forms, both in its occurrence and disappear- ance and in its progress, if we imagine that the contraction-wave is formed by a loop advancing along the filament, produced in consequence of contractile movements of the substance invisible to us. With this supposition the microscopic appearances during the production and, in reversed order, during the cessa- tion of the granular movement especially correspond ; the loop, when just rising, will be seen at first as an elongated swelling, afterwards becoming thicker in the middle, and projecting be- yond the level of the filament. The elevated loop will also, in consequence of the refraction of the vertex of the curve, present 410 Prof. Reichert on the Phenomena of Motion exactly the appearance of a granule, or roundish or oval corpus- cle, lying upon the filament, as is very frequently the case in transverse folds of smooth muscular fibres. Thus it is clear that the loop, when in motion, must appear as a granule progressing on the surface of the filament, and, lastly, that it must present the microscopic image of a jerking granule, as it may be pre- supposed that the loop, in its continual new formation and dis- appearance, will not always retain the same elevation, and this will cause the appearance of a vacillation of the vertex of the curve or of the apparent granule. On the apparent Amalgamation and Coalescence of the Pseudopodia. Of the phenomena which, it was supposed, justified the con- clusion that two pseudopodia of the Polythalamia coalesced on touching, the granular movement has already been discussed and its validity disproved. The other evidence adduced may be referred, 1st, to the absence of visible lines of separation during the immediate contact of two actually or apparently simple pseu- dopodia ; and 2nd, to the variability of the configuration of the entire extended radiating complex of filaments under appearances which it was supposed were only possible by an actual coalescence of the filaments. This must be seen, says Dujardin, to remove all doubt that we have to do with a fluid substance, with a true coalescence of the contractile organs. In order to estimate correctly the value of this evidence and obtain an unprejudiced notion of the changes of form im the whole system of filaments, the behaviour of two (in most cases only apparently) simple pseudopodia must be studied under different circumstances. Two such filaments lying beside each other longitudinally, or crossing each from any cause, exhibit no line of separation at their point of contact: this is what is directly observed. Does it follow from this that the parts in contact have coalesced? Certainly not. Every microscopist is aware that under certain circumstances two decidedly solid parts, such as cells or fibres, may lie together so that the line of sepa- ration is not perceived. Some time since, I observed innumerable Amebe enclosed in an egg-membrane of Tichogonia. Some of them, when flattened, came close together, and at this moment all visible line of separation was wanting ; afterwards their bodies became cylindrical, and then a line of separation made its appear- ance at their point of contact. Is it at all remarkable that the line of separation between two contiguous pseudopodia is not seen, when their outlines are so faintly marked, and they possess an index of refraction differing so little from that of water ? The following observations may be made upon two filaments ee a a a a ae oe ee, ss in the Pseudopodia of the Rhizopoda. 411 applied to each other entirely or partially in the direction of their length. The united filaments, except when very thick bundles come together, do not appear thicker than the separate ones; if one of the filaments be shorter than the other, the point at which it terminates is not perceived. From this it follows, as already observed, that we can never say with certainty that any filament is simple. Further, the united fila- ments, in consequence of active movement in one or both of them, may separate again partly or entirely. By this means an orifice may occur in the united filaments, which closes again ina state of repose ; or only the apex of one filament separates from the other, and the united, apparently simple, filament then possesses a branch, and appears branched. My attention having been attracted to this, I could not but ask myself the question, whether the ramifications are not throughout only apparent. From my investigations, this question must be answered in the affirmative. I have met with no case of ramification which could not have been explained in the most natural manner by the protrusion of the extremities of filaments from an apparently simple pseudopodium ; nay, the usually sudden shooting forth of such branches is not in favour of their production being effected by movements of contraction. In two filaments crossing each other at an acute angle, an appearance is observable upon which, as a proof of the coalescence of the pseudopodia, great stress has been laid, especially by Dujardin ; the angle is very frequently seen to be occupied by a web-like structure. When the angle is very acute, and the ap- pearance not much diffused, the suspicion that there is some optical illusion cannot be altogether got rid of; in other cases it is seen quite distinctly that the angle formed by the two fila- ments is occupied by a hyaline or generally finely granular sub- stance. The comparison with a swimming membrane is, however, not quite suitable; for no filament is to be distinguished on the margins or in the region of the apparently membranous struc- ture. From the microscopic appearance, it might equally well be said to be atriangular plate from the angles of which fila- ments issue. I will not deny that such a web-like structure may be pro- duced by the overflow of the mass of two fluid filaments ap- proaching each other at an acute angle. But in the present case, taking into consideration our previous knowledge of the morphological conditions of the organization of animals, in order to show that they make their appearance by such a mode of pro- duction it must first of all be proved that the filaments consist of a fluid substance ; or, if the web-like plate itself is to serve as evidence of the fluid consistence of the pseudopodia, it would 412 Prof. Reichert on the Phenomena of Motion have to be shown that their production can be imagined only by truly fluid substances, and not by means of semisolid filaments of the nature described by me. In vain we seek, in the works of Dujardin, Max Schultze, and other adherents of the sarcode-theory, for any such scientific treatment of the problem before them. The granular move- ment is at once explained as the optical expression of the ebbing and flowing body-substance ; there is no hesitation about infer- ring from the uniting of the filaments into bundles, without lines of separation, that they coalesce ; and when once the notion of the slimy consistence of the sarcode was entertained, the forma- tion of the apparently membranous plates only furnished a fresh proof of the preconceived opinion. The confusion of the observers is so great that it never seems to have been thought worth while to notice the behaviour of the apparently membranous plates during their disappearance, or the movements of the pseudo- podia, and thus to raise the question whether the appearances here seen could be brought into accordance with the view set up. Thus, the plate supposed to be fluid and formed by a fresh accession of body-substance disappears without a trace of re- siduum on the separation of the united filaments; nay, further, the two crossed filaments are seen to be pushed continually to and fro, still retaining their original form, with as much facility as if there existed no such membrane, i. e. a spot in their course at which the filamentous structure ceases and in its place a fluid plate is introduced. : On the other hand, in the apparently membranous plates, phe- nomena are observed from which, according to the above state- ments regarding the granular movement, we must necessarily infer the presence of filaments in the plates, and consequently the composition of the latter out of filaments. It is well known that the granular movement is perceptible in the apparently membranous plates. The apparent granules are seen to pass from the proximal end of the filament in more or less curved lines through the plates to the peripheral end of the same fila- ment, or vice versd ; the granule is also seen to run in a straight or curved line from one filament to the other. And it is further observed that, during the separation of the two contiguous fila- ments from the webs which as it were distort them, filaments quite distinctly separate and become free. I remember one case in which a filament even separated from the free margin of the membrane, subsequently presented itself as a branch of one of the filaments, and finally became perfectly free as a third fila- ment. Hence we may, or rather must, conceive that the appa- rently membranous webs and plates are produced in this way: in the pseudopodia, or rather bundles of pseudopodia, which ap- in the Pseudopodia of the Rhizopoda. 413 proach each other and cross at an acute angle, some of the fila- ments are moved out of their place, and pushed together into the angle so as to form an apparent plate. The extraordinary flexibility of these filaments, and their great tendency to adhere to each other, are properties which evidently assist in the forma- tion of such membranes and plates. It is evident that the conditions for the displacement of the simple filaments contained in two approximated pseudopodia so as apparently to form membranous plates are not limited to the crossing of such pseudopodia under an acute angle: two bundles of pseudopodia merely touching each other with the vertices of their curves, and then again separating a little, will also give rise to the appearance of seemingly membranous plates; and a case has even occurred to me in which an apparently membranous bridge-like union was formed at the spot where the separation of two pseudopodia issuing from one bundle had not quite been completed. After these explanations, I believe there will not be the least difficulty in the comprehension of the multifarious changes of form in the whole radiary complex of pseudopodia, in which, by local contraction in any section, however small, of each filament, innumerable moving particles may be represented. - When the animal extends its pseudopodia, the more simple radiate arrange- ment predominates; soon afterwards the apparent ramifications commence, and become constantly more numerous. The branches, after issuing or being set free, easily reach neighbouring filaments, apply themselves to these, and then appear as anastomoses. “By the multiplication of such apparent anastomoses, those reticulated figures are produced which are. known under the name of the sarcode-net. At the same time, when the conditions are favour- able, numerous membrane-like structures and bridge-like unions between the filaments become visible. These are more widely stretched the more numerous the filaments or the thicker the bundles which touch each other at the part implicated, and, by the imperceptible displacement of the finer filaments contained in them, furnish a more abundant material for the formation of the apparently membranous plates. The causes of the altera- tions of form in the general radiary system of the pseudopodia are to be sought chiefly in their movements, either active or passive—i. e. produced by the ready adhesion of the filaments to each other; by these are effected the displacements of the innu- merable particles in the general radiary system, which are often imperceptible, and limited to the very smallest space. Favour- able conditions for the multiplicity of forms, and for their read and often imperceptible change, are also furnished by the extra- ordinary number of the filaments and their ready flexibility. 414 Mr. W. H. Benson on a singular Shell from South India, Finally, the appearance produced by these readily moveable and extraordinarily flexible parts in the protean system of filaments, as if a moving fluid substance assumed any form, or spread and. poured itself into any shape, is an illusion which is set up especially by the circumstance that individual minute parts which are readily displaceable throughout can never be distinguished at their points of contact. XLIII.—Description of a singular Shell from Southern India, allied to Tanalia; with Remarks on a Travancore Batissa, and on the Himalayan Form Tricula. By W. H. Benson, Esq. Tanalia(?) Stomatodon, Bens., n. sp. T. testa ovato-globosa, solida, leeviuscula (juniorum polita), striis spiralibus obsoletis induta, olivaceo-nigrescente ; spira brevi erosa, sutura impressa; anfractibus 3 superstitibus, superioribus con- vexiusculis, ultimo convexo ; apertura ovato-acuta, albida, intus demum angustiore, sinuata; peristomate integro, margine dextro basalique acuto, columuelint late calloso, infra latiore, subito intus truncato, dente prominente crasso munito. Axis 14, lat. 12 mill. Habitat in aquis dulcibus montium prope ina regionis Travan- coriz. Invenit D. Kohlhoff. This very interesting shell was sent to me by — Charles Annesley Benson, at whose request the discoverer , had kindly searched the Travancore Hills behind Trevandrum for land and freshwater shells. Among the former was a specimen of Helix Basileus, Bens., S 2 larger than the type-specimen described in the anata) Annals of Natural History for February 1861. emetic The form now made known is a very distinct species of the Paludomoid type; and should it prove to be a Tanalia, as sur- mised by Mr. H. F. Blanford, who has carefully studied the family, it will stand as the first of the genus which has occurred out of Ceylon. Unfortunately, all the specimens were deficient in the operculum, which, when examined, may possibly authorize its transfer to a new genus, in which case the specific name may fairly be employed to designate it. In my remarks on Clea Annesleyi, from Quilon, in the Ann. Nat. Hist. for October 1860, I observed that, notwithstanding the basal emargination, Clea, with reference to its unguiculate operculum, would proba- bly be found to have nearer relations with the Cingalese genus Tanalia than with Melania and its congeners. Stomatodon seems partly to supply one of the absent links, inasmuch as its oper- culum must necessarily be provided with a basal pfojection, — a a and on a Travancore Batissa and Himalayan Tricula. 415 while its construction is also likely to be unguiculate. There is some resemblance in this shell to Nerztina, for which genus a specimen might, on a cursory glance, be taken. The upper part of the columellar callosity exhibits in some specimens a blackish- brown tint, and a patch of the same colour may occasionally be observed at the base, in the interior of the aperture, the throat of which is tinged with violet and purple and presents a minutely corrugate surface. Since the publication of Corbicula Quilonica, Bens., in the Ann. Nat. Hist. for October 1860, where it was described from young specimens, I have received from Capt. C. A. Benson a single large and solid example, found at the same place. It belongs to Gray’s Batissa, a genus intermediate between Corbi- cula and Cyrena. The shortness of the serrulate lateral teeth was recorded in the Latin characters, and alluded to, as well as | their comparative brevity on the anterior side, in the subsequent remarks as worthy of notice. The continent of India had not previously furnished any examples of Batissa, of which some fine species inhabit the Eastern Archipelago. The following are the dimensions of the adult shell: — Long. 21, lat. 34, diam. 15 mill. In the original description of the young, the breadth was by mistake stated as 10 instead of 8 mill., and the length as 8 mill. instead of 10. I am informed that the conchological writer, M. Brot, has, in his Catalogue of Melaniade (a copy of which has not yet come under my inspection), referred my minute Melaniadous Tricula, from the Himalaya, to the genus Paludina. M. Brot can scarcely have examined the subspiral operculum of the shell, or consulted the original description published in M‘Clelland’s ‘Calcutta Journal of Natural History’ for 1842; otherwise he would not have overlooked the differences presented by such an operculum from the concentric laminations of that of Paludina, the animal of which differs altogether from that of the mountain form, which nearly approaches that of Melania; while the shell of Tricula bears the same relation to Melania as that observable in the Egyptian and Syrian Paludomus bulimoides, Olivier, when compared with the more Eastern forms of the genus. Tricula occurred at an altitude of 4000 feet. It may now possi- bly inhabit the plains, as I placed living specimens in a pond at Moradabad. I add an extract from the paper in the Calcutta Journal :— “ Subgenus Tricua. ‘Teste spira elongatiuscula ; apertura obliqua, ovata, integra, su- 416 Rev. W. Houghton on the Unicorn of the Ancients. perne angulata ; peristomate continuo, subreflexo ; anfractu ulti- mo subumbilicato. “Animal Melanie simile, proboscide elongata, antice emarginata; tentaculis filiformibus duobus oculos postice prope basin geren- tibus; pede mediocri ovato, antice subquadrato. Operculo corneo subspirali. | “* T. montana. “« T. testa olivacea, ovato-conica; anfractibus sex, rotundatis, suturis impressis ; apertura intus albida; peristomate nigrescente; apice obtuso, plerumque decollato. ‘Hab. in rivo, apud lacum Kemaonensem Bhimtal dictum. “This little shell I first found adhering to the prone surface of a leaf of Potamogeton, in a clear and weedy stream running through a marsh at the head of Bheemtal and supplying that lake ; and subsequently Dr. Bacon and myself found it abun- dantly on the stems of a water Iris which we drew up by the roots from the bed of the stream for examination.” I further remarked that it exhibited a tendency towards Pa- ludina in form and in the continuity and incrassation of the peristome. Cheltenham, Nov. 12, 1862. XLIV.—On the Unicorn of the Ancients. By the Rev. W. Hovcuron, M.A., F.LS. . To the Editors of the Annals and Magazine of Natural History. GENTLEMEN, I hasten to correct a serious error which I committed in my paper “On the Unicorn of the Ancients,” published in the last Number of your Magazine. I there stated (p. 369) that “the animal which Mr. Riippell was told by a native existed in Africa, and which had a long straight horn growing from its forehead(?), was doubtless a Rhinoceros.” I grounded this somewhat hasty conclusion on a short paragraph that appeared in the twentieth volume of the ‘ Asiatic Journal’ (July 1825), published the year before Riippell’s ‘Atlas zu der Reise im nérdlichen Africa.’ I have since referred to this work, in which, at pt. i. p. 29, Mr. Riippell has made some observations on the Unicorn, which, under the name of Nillekma, is known to the natives of Kordofan. The accounts which | obtained,” this traveller remarks (p. 30), “from persons of the greatest respectability concerning the Nillekma all perfectly agreed,—to wit, the animal’s hide was of a reddish colour, its size that of a pony, its form slender like the Antelope’s; the male had a long straight horn upon its brow, which was wanting in the female. Some added that it Mr. A. Adams on the Animal and Float of Ianthina. 417 has cloven hoofs, others said the hoof was entire. It inhabits, according to report, the desert lying south of Kordofan, and is remarkably swift.” From this it is quite clear that this supposed animal is some- thing very different from any species of Rhinoceros. 1 ought, therefore, perhaps to modify my assertion when I boldly denied the existence of any such animal, seeing that so distinguished a naturalist as Edward Riippell was inclined to believe in it. But even if future investigations should result in the discovery of such an animal as that described above (which, to say the least, is in the highest degree improbable), it is certain that it can have nothing to do with the two-horned R’ém of the Bible, nor, as it seems to me, with any of the one-horned animals mentioned in the writings of the ancient Greeks and Romans. The au- thority for the existence of the animal rests entirely upon the assertions of natives, whose veracity is not often to be depended upon. I remember being told by a traveller in Palestine that it is perfectly useless to attempt to obtain reliable information from the Arabs of that country. They will tell a traveller almost anything that comes into their heads, no matter how improbable it may be,—though in the question at issue it is but fair to state that Mr. Riippell was perfectly satisfied with the accuracy of the information he had received from his native servant on questions relating to animals, With regard to the zoological objection to the possibility of the existence of an animal with a single horn on the middle of the forehead (viz. that no horn can grow upon a suture), Mr. Rippell replies by instancing the case of the Giraffe, the male of which, he states, is possessed of a third horn, placed on the very centre of the frontal suture. This fact, though denied by Prof, Owen, was maintained by Cuvier, and has lately been insisted upon by Dr. Cobbold. I remain, Gentlemen, | Very truly yours, Preston Rectory, Nov. 3, 1862. W. Hovenuton. XLV.—On the Animal and Float of lanthina. By Arruur Apams, F.L.S. &c. In the North Atlantic Ocean, about four hundred miles from the Azores, I obtained a considerable number of lively Ianthinas ; and I believe there are one or two points of interest in the his- tory of this beautiful Mollusk which deserve mention, as they seem to have escaped the notice of previous observers. I will first of all consider the animal, and then the float by means of which it is supported at the surface of the water, Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 3. Vol. x. 28 418 Mr. A. Adams on the Animal and Float of Ianthina. The animal is entirely blind. I sought in vain for eyes, both at the base and apex of the longer, external, pointed tentacle, and likewise at the truncated apex of the inner and shorter ten- tacular process. No trace of eyes was visible, although an acci- dental dark round spot of pigment may have been mistaken for those organs. , The head is proboscidiform, and the muzzle is contractile only. The muzzle is susceptible of considerable inflation; and the apices of the large horny mandibles and the rounded extremity of the tongue, armed with its formidable array of sharp, curved, slender teeth, are observed protruding from the extremity when the animal is engaged in exploring for food, Although doubtless the chief food of the Janthina consists of Physahe, Porpite, and Velelle, which are usually seen floating in its society, on the surface, in calm weather, yet an occasional Barnacle does not seem to come amiss to the blind Snail of the ocean. From the stomachs of several I extracted fragments of the tufted feet of Lepas, and in one which I examined the Lepas- remains occupied the entire length of the cesophagus. On each side of the broad short tongue, or lingual membrane, are two large horny jaws, which, when removed, present an elongate-quadrate form. They are convex externally, ve thin, and quite pellucid ; the inner free edge is straight and slightly thickened, the outer attached edge is membranaceous and convex. The anterior lower angle is the pointed apex of the jaw, from which proceed radiating striz and grooves, curving upwards and outwards at the anterior upper angle, and becoming nearly straight as they approach the straight inner margin. The mantle, on the left side, has a distinct siphonal fold cor- responding with the angle formed by the union of the inner and outer lips of the shell. The bar-like gills are placed far back under the arched cavity of the shell, im a diagonal direction, and in none of my specimens do they exhibit the appearance of an extruded tuft, as represented in some figures of the animal. - The sides of the foot are furnished with a lateral membrane (without fringes, furbelows, or filaments) which, in lively indivi- duals, is reflexed on the right side on the penultimate whorl of the shell. Anteriorly, this membrane terminates in a simple angular lobe, and posteriorly forms a truncate vertical margin. The foot is narrow, elongated, rounded in front, tapering behind, and not circular and contracted as shown in some figures taken from animals in spirits. The under surface of the foot, like the under surface of the shell, is of a deeper violet-colour than the upper portions ; for these are the parts exposed to the light, the under surface both of animal and shell becoming the upper in the usual position of the living animal. The animal always Mr. A. Adams on the Animal and Float of Tanthina. 419 floats shell downwards, with the vesicular buoy above it directed backwards. The anterior part of the foot is mobile, free, rounded, and dilated, and the sides are usually folded inwards, forming a shallow cup, which embraces the smooth anterior rounded end of the float. When the animal wishes to bring its head to the surface of the water, this part of the foot is made to glide over the back of the float. Thus the animal can raise and lower itself at pleasure by means of its own float. The violet liquid which is ejected in considerable quantities when the animal is irritated is at first equably diffused, but shortly sinks to the bottom in the form of a deposit, leaving the water pellucid. The bag or reservoir containing the colouring- fluid is visible through the skin on the back of the neck, and the fluid is poured direct into the branchial cavity, and makes its escape from under the free edge of the mantle. My dyeing operations with this purple fluid were not crowned with success, the beautiful colour fading gradually away, leaving “‘ magenta” and “‘mauve” yet possessors of the field. The float is attached to the under surface of the caudal end of the foot, where what appear to be the muciparous follicles give it a striated appearance. In this species, which is J. violacea, the float is quite colourless; but in J. evigua it is of a faint pinkish tinge, and in that of J. globosa it is frequently of a pale delicate lilac. In Recluzia Bensoni, A. Ad., which has a pale yellow shell, the float is of a light straw-colour. , None of the floats of my specimens had ova affixed to them; but the surface of many of the shells was studded with the young of Lepades, which appeared to me to have been described as a genus of Entomostracans, under the name of Evadne. When the animal is weakly or dead, the float readily becomes detached, for there is no organic connexion between it and the foot. The mucous film of which it is composed appears to be of the same nature as that glutinous fluid emitted by Litiopa and Alaba, but which, in these genera, instead of forming vesi- cles containing air, is spun out into filmy threads, which, how- ever, are sufficiently buoyant to support the animals. The vesi- cles are probably formed in the same manner as the frothy spume of the little green Homopterous larva which is seen on bushes in the spring, and which, in Hampshire, usually goes by the name of *‘ Cuckoo-spit.” When a portion is cut off, the float is enlarged at the end next the foot of the animal, and is not regenerated at the excised part. The float is often seen lacerated by the teeth of fishes ; and hundreds of detached floats are observed in the water. With a pair of sharp-pointed scissors I made incisions into the floats, and allowed the air to escape, when thé animals gradually. 28% 420 Mr. A. Adams on the Aninial and Affinities of Scaliola. descended, and remained helpless at the bottom of the vessel : the floats were not regenerated or renewed during the period the animals remained alive. Crepitating portions, when sepa- rated, continue buoyant until the vesicles of which they are eomposed gradually collapse from~the escape of the air with which they are distended; and the floats, when pounded in a mortar, are readily reduced to a mucus. XLVI.—On the Animal and Affinities of Scaliola, a Genus of Mollusca from Japan. By Arruvur Apams, F.L.S. &ce. In the ‘ Annals’ for 1860 (vol. vi. p. 120), I gave, under the name of Sealiola, a short deseription of what I then believed to be a new subgenus of Scala. Since then, however, I have discovered the Mollusk in a living state, and have ascertained, from an examination of the animal, that it is furnished with a rostri- form head, as in Rissoidz, and not with a retraetile proboscis as in Scalide. In all the species I have met with in Japan, its curious habit of agglutinating grams of sand to the surface of the shell is observable. In this peculiarity the genus resembles Onustus and Xenophora ; a species of Helicina likewise exhibits the same remarkable feature. In the original specimens from which I took my first description the foreign particles were worn off. Genus Scarrota, A. Adams. An. capite proboscidiformi. Rostrum elongatum, cylindricum, annulatum. Tentacula filiformia. Oculi promimentes, nigri, ad basin externam tentaculorum positi. Pes brevis, ovatus, postice subacuminatus. Operculum corneum, ovatum, subspirale ; nucleo subterminali. Testa turrita, umbilicata seu rimata; anfractibus agglutinantibus, arenaceis. Apertura plus minusve circularis, peritremate continuo ; margine recto, acuto. The species the animal of which I observed was S. bella, A. Ad. It occurred in considerable numbers at Takano-Sima, a small island near Tatiyama, on the coast of Niphon, in from two to three fathoms, on a bottom of sandy mud. The rostrum is long, large, annulate, bifid at the end, and of a pale yellow colour, The tentacles are small and filiform, with large black eyes at their outer bases. The head is elongated, with a dark median linear mark on the upper surface. The foot is short, ovate, semipellucid, with an opake white blotch on the side near the operculum. 1. Sealiola bella, A. Adams. S.testa pyramidato-turrita, late umbilicata, alba; anfractibus arenaceis, Mr. J, Blackwall on newly discovered Spiders. 42) conyexis, suturis canaliculatis; anfractu ultimo soluto; apertura circulari. Hab. Takano-Sima; 24 fathoms. Tabu-Sima; 25 fathoms. 2. Scatiola arenosa, A. Adams. S. testa turrita, rimata; anfractibus convexis, arenosis, suturis pro- fundis ; anfractu ultimo ad peritrema contiguo; apertura vix cir- culari. Hab. O-Sima; Tanabe; Simoda. 8. Scaliela glareosa, A. Adams. S. testa graciliori, turrita, imperforata, alba; anfractibus convexis, arenosis, suturis impressis; anfractu ultimo ad peritrema consoli- dato; apertura ovata. Hab. Tsu-Sima; Takano-Sima. 4. Scaliola gracilis, A. Adams. S. testa turrita, gracili, alba, subarenosa ; anfractibus convexis, sub- nudis, suturis profundis; anfractu ultimo vix soluto; apertura subcirculari. Hab. Gotto; 71 fathoms, XLVII.—Descriptions of newly discovered Spiders captured in Rio Janeiro by John Gray, Esq., and the Rev. Hamlet Clark. By Joun Buackwatt, F.L.S. {Continued from p. 360. } Family THomisip%. Genus THomisus, Walck. Thomisus gibbosus. Length of the female 7; ths of an inch; length of the cephalo- thorax ;/,; breadth ;4,; breadth of the abdomen }; length of an anterior leg $4; length of a leg of the third pair 4. The eyes are disposed on the anterior part of the cephalo- thorax in two transverse curved rows, forming a crescent; the two anterior intermediate ones are the smallest ; the eyes of each lateral pair are seated on tubercles, and the anterior ones are the largest of the eight. The cephalothorax is short, broad, convex, slightly compressed before, rounded on the sides, abruptly sloped at the base and in front, where it is truncated; it is sparingly clothed with hairs, and has a yellowish-brown hue, with dark reddish-brown spots; the frontal margin, a transverse line be- tween the two rows of eyes, and another situated behind the - posterior row, which is slightly angular with its vertex directed 4.22 Mr. J. Blackwall on newly discovered Spiders backwards, have a yellowish-white tint; and a large, triangular, reddish-brown spot, on a yellowish-white ground, occurs on each side of the posterior slope. The falces are short, strong, conical, and vertical; the maxille are convex near the base, obliquely truncated at the extremity on the outer side, and slightly in- clined towards the lip, which is triangular and pointed at the apex ; and the sternum is heart-shaped. These parts are of a yellowish-brown colour, the maxille and sternum being the palest. The legs are robust,. provided with hairs and spines, and are of a yellowish-brown hue, with red-brown and yellowish- white spots; the first and second pairs, which are much longer than the third and fourth, are equal in length, and the third pair is the shortest; each tarsus is terminated by two curved pectinated claws. The palpi are short, and resemble the legs in colour. The abdomen is very gibbous on the upper part of the posterior region, and is much broader there than at the anterior extremity, which has the appearance of having been cut in a direct line across ; it is of a yellowish-grey colour, with numerous red-brown spots, and has several transverse red-brown and yel- lowish-white sinuous lines on its gibbosity ; the under part is of a yellowish-white hue, with minute brown spots, and a broad dull yellow band extends along the middle; the colour of the branchial opercula is yellowish-white, and that of the sexual organs reddish-brown. Genus Eripus, Walck. Eripus spinipes. Length of the female 3th of an inch; length of the cephalo- thorax ;'5; breadth ;4,; breadth of the abdomen 4; length of an anterior leg 77, ; length of a leg of the third pair 2. The cephalothorax is compressed before, rounded on the sides, abruptly sloped at the base, depressed, with two conical tuber- cles in front, placed transversely ; it is provided with numerous spines enlarged at the base, those on the sides being disposed for the most part in oblique rows forming slight ridges con- verging towards the centre, and those in the middle constituting three longitudinal rows; three spines are situated between the bases of the tubercles in front, and three others on the frontal margin, the six being directed forwards; it is of a reddish-brown colour, the sides and a broad and somewhat raised band extend- ing along the middle being much the darkest. The falces are short, cuneiform, and vertical; the maxillze are enlarged and rounded at the extremity, and inclined towards the lip, which is semicircular. These parts are of a reddish-brown colour, the extremity of the maxille and lip having a yellowish tinge. The sternum is heart-shaped, thinly clothed with whitish hairs, and captured in Rio Janeiro. 423 has a yellowish-white colour, with brown spots on the lateral margins, opposite to the legs. The eyes are nearly equal in size, and are disposed on and about the cephalic tubercles ; two are situated in front below the tubercles, one in front of each tu- bercle near its middle, one on the side, and another behind, at the base of each ; the two seated on the side of the tubercles are rather the smallest of the eight. The first and second pairs of legs are much longer and more powerful than the third and fourth pairs; all are provided with numerous strong spines en- larged at the base, those on the first and second pairs being much the largest; the colour of the first and second pairs is dark brown, tinged with red, with the exception of the tarsi and the sides and under part of the base of the metatarsi, which have a yellow-brown tint; the third and fourth pairs are of a brownish-yellow hue, with a few dark brown spots on the under side; each tarsus is terminated by two curved pectinated claws. The palpi are short, and resemble the legs in colour. The abdo- men is convex above, with whitish hairs and spines enlarged at their base distributed over its surface ; the anterior part, con- tiguous to the cephalothorax, has the appearance of having been cut in a direct line across; and in the middle region, which is broader than the extremities, three long, conical, pointed pro- cesses or tubercles are situated in a transverse row, the inter- mediate one being the largest ; it is of a dark brown colour, with a yellowish tinge in the medial line and at the base of the inter- mediate tubercle, and the point of each tubercle has a yellowish- white hue; the colour of the anterior region of the sides and of the under part is brownish-yellow ; the sexual organs have a small process connected with their anterior margin which is directed backwards, and are of a dark reddish-brown hue, that of the branchial opercula and spinners being yellow-brown. The collection of Brazilian spiders made by Messrs. Gray and Clark contained, besides this new and very interesting Eripus, two specimens of the Eripus heterogaster of Walckenaer, both of which were females. The males of H. spinipes and E. hetero- gaster, the only species of the genus at present known, have not yet been discovered. Genus Sparassus, Walck. Sparassus sylvaticus. Length of the male ird of an inch; length of the cephalo- thorax 4; breadth +; breadth of the abdomen $; length of an anterior leg 2,; length of a leg of the third pair 7%. The eyes are seated on black spots, and are disposed on the anterior part of the cephalothorax in two transverse rows; the two intermediate ones of the anterior row, which is straight and 424, Mr. J. Blackwall on newly discovered Spiders situated immediately above the frontal margin, are the largest of the eight, and the posterior row, which is the longer, is slightly curved, with its convexity directed backwards. The cephalo- thorax is large, somewhat compressed before, greatly rounded on the sides, sparingly clothed with hairs, convex, glossy, and has a very slight longitudinal indentation in the medial line; the falees are short, subconical, vertical, and armed with a few teeth on the inner surface; the maxille are straight, convex near the base, and rounded at the extremity ; the lip is quadrate; and the sternum is heart-shaped; the legs are robust, and pro- vided with hairs and sessile spines, a row of the latter occurring on each side of the under part of the tibie and metatarsi; the first pair is the longest, then the second, and the third pair is the shortest ; each tarsus is terminated by two curved minutely pectinated claws, below whieh a small scopula is situated. These parts are of a brownish-yellow colour, with the exception of the sternum, which has a yellowish-white hue. The palpi resemble the legs in colour, but the digital joint has a dull brown spot near its extremity, and several streaks of the same hue on its: convex surface; the cubital and radial joints are short, and the latter projects from its extremity in front a red-brown crescent- shaped apophysis, whose outer limb is the shorter; the digital joint is of a curved oblong-oval figure, and is deeply emarginated towards the extremity on the outer side; it is convex and hairy externally, concave within, comprising the palpal organs; these organs are highly developed and complicated in structure, with a large prominent spiral process, which extends beyond the extremity of the joimt, and has a long slender filament in con- nexion with it, and a prominent spine near its base towards the outer side; their colour is red-brown, tinged with yellow. The abdomen is oviform, convex above, pointed at the spinners, and clothed with short hairs; it is of a dull yellowish hue, with a series of reddish-brown angular lines, whose vertices are directed forwards, extending along the middle of the upper part, and ‘diminishing in extent as they approach the spinners; from the extremities of the angular lines spots of the same colour extend in oblique rows to the sides, and a few obscure spots of a similar hue occur on the under part. Sparassus maculatus. Length of the female ;3,ths of an inch ; length of the cephalo- thorax 4; breadth 3; breadth of the abdomen j,; length of a leg of the second pair +4; length of a leg of the third pair 44. The legs are long, and provided with hairs and fine sessile spines; the second pair is the longest, then the first, and the third pair is the shortest; each tarsus is terminated by two captured in Rio Janeiro. 425 curved, minutely pectinated claws, below which a small scopula is situated; and the palpi have a curved, slightly pectinated claw at their extremity ; the cephalothorax is compressed before, truncated in front, greatly rounded on the sides, convex, and glossy, with a narrow longitudinal indentation in the medial line; the falees are powerful, subconical, vertical, and armed with teeth on the inner surface ; the maxille are short, straight, convex near the base, and rounded at the extremity; and the sternum is heart-shaped. These parts are of a pale yellowish colour, the sternum being the palest. The lp is somewhat quadrate, rather broader than long, and has a brownish-black hue. The eyes are seated on black spots, and are disposed on the anterior part of the cephalothorax in two transverse straight rows; they are nearly equal in size, and those constituting the anterior row, which is the shorter, are situated immediately above the frontal margin. The abdomen is oviform, convex above, thinly clothed with hairs, and of a dull yellow-brown colour, with numerous minute yellowish-white spots, a broad space occupying the entire medial line of the under part, and a band extending from the anterior extremity of the upper part nearly half its length, being devoid of spots; to this band suc- ceeds a large oval space, comprising numerous yellowish-white spots which extend about two-thirds of its length along the middle, and two parallel reddish-brown spots near its extremity. This Sparassus, though the specimen described was immature, is a distinct and well-marked species. Family Drassip@. Genus Drassus, Walck. Drassus insignis. Length of the male 4 an inch; length of the cephalo- thorax 4; breadth 4; breadth of the abdomen ,3,; length of a posterior leg +3; length of a leg of the third pair 3. The eyes are disposed on the anterior part of the cephalo- thorax in two transverse curved rows having their convexity directed backwards; the posterior row is longer and more curved than the anterior row, which is situated near the frontal margin ; the eyes of each lateral pair are seated on a tubercle, but are separated by a moderate space, and the four intermediate ones nearly form a square, the two anterior ones being much the largest of the eight. The cephalothorax is compressed before, rounded on the sides, convex, with a narrow longitudinal in- dentation in the medial line, and is densely clothed with short, yellowish-grey hairs; it is of a reddish-brown colour, the ante- rior part being much the darkest, and has narrow, brownish- 4.26 Mr. J. Blackwall on newly discovered Spiders black lateral margins. The falces are powerful, conical, vertical, and armed with teeth on the inner surface; the maxille are strong, convex on the outer side, obliquely truncated at the ex- tremity on the inner side, and curved towards the lip, which is quadrate ; the sternum is heart-shaped and glossy, with small prominences on the sides opposite to the legs. These parts have a reddish-brown hue, the falces being the darkest, and the ster- num much the palest. The legs are long, robust, provided with hairs and sessile spines, and are of a yellowish-brown colour ; the fourth pair is the longest, then the first, and the third pair is the shortest ; each tarsus is terminated by two curved minutely pectinated claws, below which there is a small scopula. The palpi have a red-brown hue, the radial and digital joints being much the darkest ; the radial is larger than the cubital joint, and projects three apophyses from its extremity on the outer side; the superior one is slightly curved and pointed, the inter- mediate one is large and crescent-shaped, and the inferior one has a slender process near its termination, which is abruptly curved and pointed at its extremity; the digital joint is of an elongated-oval form, convex and hairy externally, concave within, comprising the palpal organs, which are moderately developed, not very complicated in structure, with a strong curved process at their extremity, which has a small prominent pointed process near its base, and are of a dark reddish-brown colour. The abdomen is oviform, convex above, hairy, with a large dull yellow band extending from its anterior extremity along the middle of the upper part, more than a third of its length; a large dark brown spot occurs in the middle of the posterior ex- tremity of this band, which is the broadest and trifid, and on each side of the intermediate prolongation, which is the narrowest and most elongated, there is a series of dark brown spots; these spots converge, and become confluent above the spinners, where they form short transverse bars; the sides are spotted and streaked with dark brown, and the under part, spinners, and branchial opercula have a pale yellowish-brown hue, the last being the palest. After the description of this species was made, an adult male was received from Mr. Eyton Williams, who captured it in Pernambuco. Genus Ciusiona, Latr. Clubiona subflava. Length of the female ;3,ths of an inch; length of the cephalo- thorax 4; breadth ,; breadth of the abdomen 4; length of an anterior leg 3; length of a leg of the third pair ;4,. - The cephalothorax is compressed before, rounded on the sides, captured in Rio Janeiro. 427 depressed and truncated in front, sparingly clothed with short hairs, convex, glossy, and has a slight longitudinal indentation in the medial line; the falees are long, powerful, subconical, vertical, and armed with a few small teeth on the inner surface ; the maxille are straight, and enlarged and rounded at the ex- tremity ; the lip, which is longer than broad, is truncated and somewhat hollowed at the apex; and the sternum is heart- shaped, with small prominences on the sides, opposite to the legs; the legs are long, slender, and provided with hairs; the first pair is the longest, then the fourth, and the third pair is the shortest ; each tarsus is terminated by two curved pectinated claws, below which there is a small scopula; the palpi are mo- derately long; the abdomen is oviform, somewhat pointed at the spinners, convex above, and clothed with short hairs. This spider is of a pale dull yellow colour, with the exception of the falces, the maxillz, the lip, the sexual organs, and the extremity of the palpi, which have a red-brown hue, the circular sexual organs and the extremity of the falces being the darkest. The eyes are disposed in two transverse rows on the anterior part of the cephalothorax; the four intermediate ones nearly form a square, the two anterior ones, which are the largest of the eight and are situated immediately above the frontal margin, bemg somewhat nearer to each other than the posterior ones ; the eyes of each lateral pair are seated obliquely on a tubercle, but are not in contact. Clubiona fasciata. Length of the male ,°,ths of an inch; length of the cephalo- thorax +, ; breadth +; breadth of the abdomen j,; length of an anterior leg 33; length of a leg of the third pair }. The eyes are seated on black spots, and are disposed in two transverse rows on the anterior part of the cephalothorax; the four intermediate ones form a trapezoid whose anterior side is the shortest, the two eyes constituting it, which are situated immediately above the frontal margin, being the smallest of the eight. The cephalothorax is compressed before, rounded on the sides, depressed and broadly truncated in front, sparingly clothed with short hairs, convex, glossy, and has a narrow longitudinal indentation in the medial line; the legs are long, slender, and provided with hairs and fine sessile spines; the first pair is the longest, the second and fourth pairs are equal in length, and the third pair is the shortest; each tarsus is terminated by two curved pectinated claws, below which there is a small scopula ; the sternum is heart-shaped, and has small prominences on the sides, opposite to the legs. These parts are of a pale dull yellow colour, the cephalothorax, which has a very obscure longitudinal brownish band on each side, being rather the darkest ; and the 428 Mr. J. Blackwall on newly discovered Spiders sternum has minute brown spots on the lateral margins. The falces are very long, very prominent, somewhat cylindrical, and armed with a long fang, and an obtuse process resembling a double tooth on the inner surface; the maxille are straight, and enlarged and somewhat quadrate at the extremity; and the lip, which is longer than broad, is truncated and hollowed at the apex. These organs have a yellowish-brown hue. The palpi are slender and of a yellowish-white colour, with the exception of the digital joint, which has a yellowish-brown hue; the radial is longer than the cubital joint, and has a small, red-brown, crescent-shaped apophysis at its extremity, on the outer side, whose superior limb is the longer; the digital joint is of an oblong-oval form, convex and hairy externally, concave within, comprising the palpal organs, which are moderately developed, not very complex in structure, and whose colour consists of mixed shades of yellowish-brown. The abdomen is oviform, somewhat pointed at the spinners, convex above, and is clothed with hoary hairs ; a broad, dentated, yellowish-grey band, which is bordered laterally with pale brown, extends from the anterior extremity of the upper part along the middle, diminishing in breadth to its termination at the spinners; the sides and under part are yellower than the medial band, and are without spot. Clubiona affinis. Length of the female °,ths of an inch; length of the cephalo- thorax 7); breadth ;+,; breadth of the abdomen j-; length of a posterior leg 3; length of a leg of the third pair 4. The legs are long, provided with hairs and sessile spines, and are of a yellowish-brown hue, with the exception of the anterior ones, which are slender, devoid of spines, and have a yellowish- white tint; the fourth pair is the longest, then the second, and the third pair is the shortest ; each tarsus is terminated by two curved pectinated claws, below which a small scopula is situated. The palpi resemble the legs in colour. The cephalothorax is compressed before, rounded on the sides, truncated in front, sparingly clothed with short hairs, convex, glossy, and has a narrow longitudinal indentation in the medial line; it is of a dull yellow colour, with a brown band extending along each side. The eyes are seated on black spots, and are disposed in two transverse rows on the anterior part of the cephalothorax; the four intermediate ones form a trapezoid whose anterior side is the shortest, the two eyes constituting it, which are situated immediately above the frontal margin, being the smallest of the eight. The falces are long, powerful, conical, rather prominent, armed with a few small teeth on the inner surface, and are of a red-brown colour. The maxillz are straight, and enlarged and captured in Rio Janeiro. i 4.29 rounded at the extremity; and the lip, which is longer than broad, is truncated and hollowed at the apex. These organs have a yellowish-brown hue. The sternum is oval, with small prominences on the sides, opposite to the legs, and is of a pale yellowish-white colour, with minute brown spots on the lateral margins. The abdomen is oviform, convex above, and clothed with hoary hairs; a broad pale grey band, minutely spotted with dark brown, extends from the anterior extremity of the upper part about two-thirds of its length along the middle; the lateral margins of this band, and the space comprised between its extremity and the spinners, have a dark brown hue; the sides and under part are of a yellowish-grey colour, spotted with dark brown, the spots on the latter being few in number, minute, and obscure ; a dark brown longitudinal streak occurs on the upper surface of the superior spinners, and the colour of the sexual organs is reddish brown. © I have given the specific name affinis to this spider provision- ally, as it appears to be very closely allied to Clubiona fasciata, and may perhaps be the female of that species. It is true that it differs from it remarkably in the relative length of its legs ; but a careful examination of the anterior pair has induced a suspicion that the antecedents of those limbs may have been simultaneously detached at the coxze before the spider had arrived at maturity. Now, if such were the case, it is evident, from known physiological facts, that, on being reproduced, they must be defective in development, though, as in the present instance, they might be symmetrical in structure. Family THERIpIIDz. Genus Turripion, Walck. Theridion coniferum. Length of the female 3,ths of an inch; length of the cephalo- thorax ;1,; breadth ,; breadth of the abdomen ,; length of an anterior leg 23; length of a leg of the third pair %. The abdomen is somewhat oviform, with a large, pointed, conical protuberance near the middle of the upper part; it is sparingly clothed with hairs, of a yellowish-white colour, ob- _scurely marked with minute spots of a paler hue on the upper part, and the sexual organs are prominent and of a red-brown colour. The cephalothorax is short, broad, oval, convex, and glossy, with an indentation in the medial line; it is of a yel- lowish-white hue, with a faint orange-coloured band extending along the middle. The falces are slender, conical, prominent, and are terminated by a small, curved, red fang; the maxille are obliquely truncated at the extremity, on the outer side, and 430 Mr. J. Blackwall on newly discovered Spiders are inclined towards the lip, which is triangular and pointed at the apex; and the sternum is heart-shaped. These parts, with the palpi, which are slender and have a curved pectinated claw at their extremity, are of a dull whitish hue. The eyes are dis- posed on the anterior part of the cephalothorax in two transverse rows, and are seated on black spots ; the four intermediate ones form a square, those of the anterior pair, which are the smallest of the eight, being placed on a tubercle; the eyes of each lateral pair are also placed on a tubercle, and are nearly in contact. The legs are long, slender, and provided with hairs; the first pair is the longest, then the fourth, and the third pair is the shortest ; each tarsus is terminated by three claws, the two su- perior ones are curved and pectinated, and the inferior one is inflected near its base; their colour is dull yellowish-white, that of the extremity of the tibize and metatarsi of the first, second, and fourth pairs, and an obscure annulus on the tibiz of the first pair, being orange-brown. Family Erririp#. Genus Errira, Walck. Epeira lepida. . Length of the female 4th of an inch; length of the cephalo- thorax ;4,; breadth ,; breadth of the abdomen +; length of an anterior leg 4; length of a leg of the third pair 54. The cephalothorax is compressed before, rounded on the sides, convex, particularly in the posterior region, glossy, and has an indentation in the medial line; the falces are powerful, conical, vertical, and armed with a few teeth on the inner surface; the maxille are short, strong, straight, and enlarged and rounded at the extremity; the lip is semicircular, but somewhat pointed at the apex; the sternum is heart-shaped, and is supplied with long brownish hairs; the legs are long, and provided with hairs and spines ; the first pair is the longest, then the second, and the third pair is the shortest; the tarsi are terminated by claws of the usual number and structure; the palpi are slender, and have a curved claw at their extremity. These parts have a yellowish-red colour; the base of the lip has a brown hue, and an oblong black spot occurs above each lateral margin of the cephalothorax. The eyes are seated on black spots on the ante- rior part of the cephalothorax ; the four intermediate ones nearly form a square ; those of the anterior pair are placed on a promi- nence, and are slightly nearer to each other than those of the posterior pair, which are the largest of the eight; the eyes of each lateral pair are seated obliquely on a small tubercle, and are contiguous. The abdomen is oviform, rather broader at the captured in Rio Janeiro. 431. posterior than at the anterior extremity, sparingly clothed with short hairs, convex above, and projects over the base of the cephalothorax: it is of a dull yellow colour, with numerous white spots on the upper part, forming broad oblique bars on each side of the medial line; above the spinners there are three black spots, the intermediate one being much the largest; and a minute white spot occurs on each side of the under part, near its posterior extremity ; the sexual organs are rather prominent, and of a brownish-yellow colour, tinged with red-brown. Epeira elegans. Length of the female 2ths of an inch; length of the cephalo- thorax 3; breadth $; breadth of the abdomen +; length of an anterior leg 7/,; length of a leg of the third pair 2. The eyes are seated on black spots on the anterior part of the cephalothorax ; the four intermediate ones are placed on a pro- minence, and nearly form a square, the two anterior ones, which are rather wider apart than the posterior ones, being the largest of the eight; the eyes of each lateral pair are seated obliquely on a tubercle, and are near to each other, but not in contact. The cephalothorax is compressed before, rounded on the sides, somewhat pointed in front, moderately convex, with a large in- dentation in the medial line; it is clothed with short hoary hairs, and of a reddish-yellow colour, with a broad longitudinal brown band on each side, and a narrower one of the same hue, which extends from the eyes to the medial indentation. The falces are powerful, conical, vertical, armed with teeth on the inner surface, and of a reddish-yellow colour. The maxille are short, straight, and enlarged at the extremity; the lip is semicircular, but somewhat pointed at the apex; and the sternum is heart- shaped, with small eminences on the sides, opposite to the legs. These parts have a dark brown hue, the maxille and lip having a yellowish-brown tint at the extremity. The legs are long, robust, provided with hairs and spines, and of a yellowish-red colour, the extremity of the joints being the darkest ; the first pair is the longest, then the second, and the third pair is the shortest ; the tarsi are terminated by claws of the usual number and structure. The palpi have a yellowish hue, tinged with red, and have a curved pectinated claw at thei extremity. The abdomen is oviform, clothed with hairs, convex above, and projects over the base of the cephalothorax; the upper part is of a dull yellow colour, reticulated with fine pale brown lines; a brown streak in front, whose posterior extremity is pointed, is succeeded by a large leaf-like band, with sinuous margins, that tapers to the spinners; the anterior part of the band, which has a brown hue, and is freckled and spotted with 432 Mr. J. Blackwall on newly discovered Spiders dull yellow, comprises four indented brown spots nearly forming a square, the two posterior ones being separated by a rather wider interval than the anterior ones; and the colour of the posterior part of the band is brownish-black, intersected by narrow, transverse, dull yellow bars-; the sides have a brownish- yellow hue, and are marked with oblique brownish-black streaks; the middle of the under part is of a dark brown hue, bordered laterally with dull yellow ; the sexual organs are well developed, prominent, of a dark reddish-brown colour, and have a long, slender, brownish-yellow process, directed backwards from their anterior margin, which is curved at its base and recurved at its extremity. Epeira multiguttata. Length of the female 3rd of an inch; length of the cephalo- thorax .3,; breadth +; breadth of the abdomen }; length of an anterior leg 34; length of a leg of the third pair 5,. | The cephalothorax is compressed before, rounded in front and on the sides, thinly clothed with hairs, convex, with a large in- dentation in the medial line; the falces are powerful, conical, convex in front near the base, vertical, and armed with teeth on the inner surface; the maxillz are short, straight, and enlarged and rounded at the extremity ; the lip is semicircular, but some- what pointed at the apex; the sternum is heart-shaped, with smal] eminences on the sides, opposite to the legs; the legs are robust, and provided with hairs and a few spines; the first pair is the longest, then the second, and the third pair is the shortest ; the tarsi are terminated by claws of the usual number and struc- ture; the palpi are rather short, and have a curved pectinated claw at their extremity. These parts are of a red colour, the sternum being the palest; the maxille and lip are tinged with brown at the base.and dull yellow at the extremity; on the anterior part of the cephalothorax there is a large triangular black mark, whose base comprises the eyes, and whose vertex extends to the medial indentation ; a black annulus occurs near the middle, and another at the extremity of the tibia of the first and second pairs of legs, the latter being the broader; and the extremity of the tibia, metatarsus, and tarsus of the third and fourth pairs, and that also of the digital joint of the palpi, are of the same hue. The eyes are disposed on the anterior part of the cephalothorax, im two transverse rows; the four intermediate ones nearly form a square, the two anterior ones, which are the largest of the eight, and rather wider apart than the posterior ones, being placed on a prominence; the eyes of each lateral pair are seated obliquely on a tubercle, and are near to each other, but not in contact. The abdomen has a short, broad, oviform figure; it is sparingly clothed with hairs, very convex captured in Rio Janeiro. 433 above, and projects greatly over the base of the cephalothorax ; the upper part is soot-coloured, a broad space in the anterior region having a brown hue; two pale yellow lines, whose bifid extremities are widely divergent, meet in an angle in front, and project within the angle a short streak of the same hue on each side of the medial line; to these streaks succeed two series of spots disposed in pairs, and exterior to each of these series there is a row of spots, the anterior one of which is the largest and somewhat curved, having its convexity directed outwards; a minute spot occurs near the extremity of the stronger branch of the bifid termination of each frontal line, and a series of oblong oblique spots extends along the upper part of each side; all the spots have a pale yellow hue; the colour of the under part is pale yellow, with the exception of a broad space in the middle, which has a brownish-black hue; the sexual organs are pro- minent, but not highly developed; connected with their ante- rior:margin there is a small brownish-yellow process, which is curved backwards and recurved at its extremity; their colour is reddish-brown, and that of the branchial opercula is brownish- yellow. Epeira fumida. Length of the male ,3,ths of an inch; length of the cephalo- thorax }; breadth 3; breadth of the abdomen 4; length of an anterior leg =; length of a leg of the third pair 3. The legs are long, provided with hairs and spines, and have a brownish-yellow hue, the femora and extremity of the joints being the brownest ; the first pair is the longest, then the second, and the third pair is the shortest; the tarsi are terminated by claws of the usual number and structure. The palpi are short, and resemble the legs in colour; the cubital joint has several long bristles directed forwards from its extremity; the radial joint has a large protuberance on its outer side, fringed with hairs ; the digital joint is oval, with a process at its base, curved outwards, whose obtuse extremity is glossy; it is convex and hairy externally, concave within, comprising the palpal organs, which are highly developed, protuberant, complex in structure, with an obtuse prominent process at their base, having a pro- jection near its base, on the inner side, whose dark extremity is bifid; they are terminated by the dark-coloured points of several strong processes, and their predominant colour is pale dull yel- low faintly tinged with red-brown. The convex sides of the digital joints are directed towards each other. The eyes are seated on black spots on the anterior part of the cephalothorax ; the four intermediate ones nearly form a square; the two ante- rior ones are placed on a prominence, and are rather wider apart Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 3. Vol. x. 29 434 Mr. J. Blackwall on newly discovered Spiders than the posterior ones, which are the largest of the eight; the eyes of each lateral pair are seated obliquely on a tubercle, and are near to each other, but not in contact. The cephalothorax is compressed before, rounded on the sides, hairy, somewhat glossy, convex, depressed in front~and in the posterior region, with a large indentation in the medial line; the falces are powerful, conical, vertical, and armed with teeth on the inner surface. These parts are of a yellowish-brown colour, faintly tinged with red. The maxille are short, straight, and enlarged and rounded at the extremity ; the lip is semicircular, but some- what pointed at the apex; and the sternum is heart-shaped. These parts are of a dark brown colour, the extremity of the first two and the middle of the last having a dull yellow-brown hue. The abdomen is subglobular, hairy, convex above, and projects over the base of the cephalothorax; the upper part and sides are of a greyish-brown colour, and a series of obscure, transverse, soot-coloured bars, which have their extremities en- larged, and decrease in length as they approach the spinners, extends along the middle ; a curved line passes round its anterior extremity and along the lower part of the sides ; two short streaks in front converge to an angle in contact with the curved line, and are succeeded by a small spot on each side of the medial line; the line, streaks, and spots have a yellowish-white hue ; the under part is of a brownish-black colour, with two minute yellowish-white spots placed transversely near the middle, and _two others of the same hue are situated on each side of the spinners, at their base; the colour of the branchial opercula is brownish-yellow. Epeira grammica. Length of the female ith of an inch; length of the cephalo- thorax ;1,; breadth ;4,; breadth of the abdomen 3; length of an anterior leg 54; length of a leg of the third pair 4. The cephalothorax is compressed before, rounded on the sides, convex, thinly clothed with pale hairs, and has an indentation in the medial line; the falces are long, conical, vertical, somewhat divergent at the extremity, and armed with teeth on the inner surface ; the maxille are short, straight, and enlarged and rounded at the extremity; the lip is semicircular, but pointed at the apex; the sternum is heart-shaped, with small eminences on the sides, opposite to the legs; the legs are long, and provided with hairs and spines; the first pair is the longest, then the second, and the third pair is the shortest ; the tarsi are terminated by claws of the usual number and structure; the palpi are slender, and have a curved pectinated claw at their extremity. These parts are of a yellowish-brown colour, the base of the lip and obscure captured in Rio Janeiro. 435 spots on the lateral margins of the sternum having a brown hue. The eyes are disposed on the anterior part of the cephalothorax ; the four intermediate ones are placed on a prominence, and nearly form a square, those of the anterior pair, which are the largest of the eight, being rather wider apart than those of the posterior pair; the eyes of each lateral pair are in a horizontal line, and separated by a conspicuous interval; the anterior one is seated on a minute tubercle, and the posterior one is the smallest. The abdomen is oviform, thinly clothed with short fine hairs, convex above, projects over the base of the cephalo- thorax, and is of a dull yellowish colour; a fine black sinuous line originates in a large brown spot on each side of the anterior extremity of the upper part ; and these lines, which converge to the spimners, comprise in the anterior part of the space included between them two other fine, black, slightly sinuous lines, which somewhat abruptly converge to a point nearly equidistant from the two extremities of the abdomen; on each side of the medial line there is a row of minute brown indented spots, and a series of obscure, brown, transverse, curved bars whose convexity is directed forwards extends from the anterior region to the spinners; the under part has a pale brown hue tinged with yellow, the medial line, which is much the darkest, having a pale yellow longitudinal line on each side ; and small spots of the same hue surround the spinners; the sexual organs are moderately developed, promi- nent, and of a yellowish-brown colour, the orifice, situated at the base of an oval process connected with their anterior margin and directed backwards, having a dark reddish-brown hue. Epeira luteola. Length of the male $th of an inch; length of the cephalo- thorax 4; breadth 4; breadth of the abdomen -},; length of an anterior leg ;/, ; length of a leg of the third pair }. The eyes are seated on black spots on the anterior part of the cephalothorax; the four intermediate ones form a square, the two posterior ones are rather the largest, and the anterior ones are placed on a prominence; the eyes of each lateral pair are seated obliquely on a tubercle, and the anterior ones are much the smallest and lightest-coloured of the eight. The cephalothorax is compressed before, rounded on the sides, moderately convex, glossy, and has an indentation in the medial line; it is of a red- brown colour, with a short yellowish line in the middle of the cephalic region. The falces are small, conical, vertical, armed with a few teeth on the inner surface, and have a brownish-yellow hue. The maxille are straight, and enlarged at the extremity ; and the lip is semicircular, but somewhat pointed at the apex. These organs are of a yellowish-brown colour, being much the 29% 436 Mr. J. Blackwall on newly discovered Spiders brownest at the base. The sternum is heart-shaped, with emi- nences on the sides, opposite to the legs ; it is clothed with hairs, and of a yellow-white hue, with dark brown spots on the margins. The legs are long, provided with hairs and spines, and are of a yellowish-brown colour, the metatarsi and tarsi being much the palest; the femora, genua, and tibie are tinged with red, and minutely spotted with black; the first pair is the longest, then the second, and the third pair is the shortest; the tarsi are ter- minated by claws of the usual number and structure. The palpi are short, and have a pale dull yellow hue ; the cubital is smaller than the radial joint, and projects a bristle in front; the radial joint is protuberant on the inner and outer sides; the digital joint is oval, with a process at its base curved outwards; it is convex and hairy externally, concave within, comprising the palpal organs, which are highly developed, protuberant, complex in structure, with a trifid process near the middle, which projects a fine point from its anterior side, and a strong, brownish-black, curved spine at their extremity, whose prominent termination is directed downwards; the colour of these organs is pale red- brown. The convex sides of the digital joints are directed to- wards each other. The abdomen is oviform, slightly prominent. on each side of its anterior extremity, sparingly clothed with hairs, moderately convex above, and projects over the base of the cephalothorax ; it is of a pale dull yellowish colour, with a row of minute depressed brown spots on each side of the medial line of the upper part, and two small, nearly contiguous, yellow spots placed transversely above the spinners; the sides and under part are marked with short black streaks and spots, the latter, which is the darker, having a slightly curved yellowish-white band on each side; and on the outer side of the base of each inferior spinner there is a spot of the same hue. Epeira tristis. Length of the female ,°,ths of an inch; length of the cephalo- thorax ;1,; breadth ;4,; breadth of the abdomen 4; length of an anterior leg 7,; length of a leg of the third pair ¢. The abdomen is of a somewhat depressed oviform figure, pro- jecting a little beyond the spinners and greatly over the base of the cephalothorax ; it is thinly clothed with hairs, and has a large chocolate-brown oval band, whose slightly sinuous margins are bordered with yellowish-white, extending along the middle of the upper part; the anterior extremity of this band tapers to a point, and the posterior part comprises four longitudinal rows of very minute, obscure yellowish-brown spots; the sides have a yellowish-white hue, tinged with brown at the lower part, and are marked with black and dark-brown streaks and blotches ; captured in Rio Janeiro. 437 the under part has a brownish-black hue, and there is an oblong white spot immediately behind the sexual organs; these organs are moderately developed, with a longitudinal transversely stri- ated septum in the middle, whose anterior extremity is directed forwards, and whose posterior extremity is much the broadest ; they are of a yellowish-brown colour, marked with dark brown at their termination. The eyes are disposed on the anterior part of the cephalothorax ; the four intermediate ones nearly form a square, the two anterior ones, which are seated on a protuberance, being slightly wider apart than the posterior ones; the eyes of each lateral pair are placed horizontally on a minute tubercle ; they are separated by a conspicuous interval, and the posterior ones are the smallest of the eight. The cephalothorax is compressed before, rounded in front and on the sides, convex, depressed be- fore, abruptly so at the base, with a narrow indentation in the medial line; it is clothed with hoary hairs, and of a yellowish- brown colour, with narrow dark brown lateral margins, and a dull yellow triangular spot at the posterior point of the cephalic region. The falces are powerful, conical, vertical, and armed with teeth on the inner surface ; the maxille are short, straight, and enlarged at the extremity; and the lip is semicircular, but somewhat pointed at the apex. These parts are of a dark brown colour, the first at the base in front, and the last two at their extremity, having a yellowish-brown hue. The sternum is heart- shaped, with small eminences on the sides opposite to the legs ; it is of a pale dull yellowish colour, with a dark brown band extending along each side; these bands meet at its posterior extremity, and have their inner margin strongly sinuous. The legs are long, provided with hairs and a few spines, and are of a yellowish-brown colour, with brown annuli, those at the extre- mity of the femora of the first, second, and fourth pairs being the broadest, and, with the genua, almost black ; the first pair is the longest, then the second, and the third pair is the shortest ; the tarsi are terminated by claws of the usual number and struc- ture. The palpi resemble the legs in colour, and have a curved pectinated claw at their extremity. Epeira gracilipes. Length of the male {th of an inch; length of the cephalo- thorax +5 ; breadth 1; breadth of the abdomen ts; length of an anterior leg 33; length of a leg of the third pair 5%. The legs are very long, slender, provided with hairs and spines, and of a pale reddish-brown colour, the femora and the extremity of the tibiz of the anterior pair and the extremity of the tibiz of the second pair having a dark brown hue; the 438 Mr. J. Blackwall on newly discovered Spiders first pair is much the longest, then the second, and the third pair is the shortest; each tarsus is terminated by claws of the usual number and structure. The palpi are short, and of a dull yellowish colour; a long slender bristle projects from the ex- tremity of the cubital joint in front; the digital joint is oval, convex and hairy externally, concave within, and with this con- cavity the dark brown palpal organs are connected; they are highly developed, prominent, not very complex in structure, subglobose at the base, from which projects a long slender pro- cess, directed obliquely downwards and outwards, whose pointed extremity is curved. The convex sides of the digital joints are directed towards each other. The cephalothorax is compressed before, rounded on the sides, thinly clothed with hairs, convex, glossy, with a shallow indentation in the medial line, and is of a dark brown colour, with a large reddish-brown triangular mark, whose vertex is directed backwards, in the cephalic region. The eyes are seated on black spots on the anterior part of the cephalothorax; the four intermediate ones form a square, the two anterior ones, which are placed on a prominence, being the largest of the eight; the eyes of each lateral pair are seated obliquely on a small tubercle, and are near to each other, but not in contact. The falces are long, conical, vertical, and of a brownish-red colour. The maxille are straight, and enlarged at the extremity ; and the lip has a short, oval form. These organs have a dark brown hue, the apex of the latter being tinged with dull yellow. The sternum is heart-shaped, and of a dull brownish- yellow colour, with dark brown lateral margins. The abdomen has an oblong-oviform figure ; it is somewhat depressed, sparingly clothed with short hairs, glossy, and projects over the base of the cephalothorax ; the upper part is of a yellowish-brown co- lour, with a dark brown band in the middle, which tapers to the spinners, and is somewhat irregular in outline; the under part has a dark brown hue, with an obscure pale yellow line extend- ing from each branchial operculum to the spinners, and on each side of those organs there are two minute spots of the same colour. Epeira mucronata. Length of the male ths of an inch; length of the cephalo- thorax ;'5; breadth ;,; breadth of the abdomen ;4; length of an anterior leg 32; length of a leg of the third pair +. The cephalothorax is compressed before, rounded on the sides, convex, glossy, with a large indentation in the medial line; the falces are conical, vertical, and armed with a few teeth on the inner surface ; the maxille are short, powerful, obliquely trun- cated at the extremity, on the outer side, and inclined towards captured in Rio Janeiro. 439 the lip, which is semicircular, but pointed at the apex; and the sternum is heart-shaped. These parts have a pale dull yellow bue, and the cephalothorax, which is rather the darkest, has a black line extending from the medial indentation towards the intermediate eyes, which gradually diminishes in breadth to its anterior extremity. The eyes are seated on black spots on the anterior part of the cephalothorax; the four intermediate ones are placed on a prominence and nearly form a square, the two posterior ones, which are the largest of the eight, being rather wider apart than the two anterior ones; the eyes of each lateral pair are the smallest ; they are seated on a minute tubercle, and are almost in contact. The legs are slender, provided with hairs and spines, and are of a brownish-yellow colour, the extremity of the joints being much the darkest ; the first pair is the longest, the second pair slightly surpasses the fourth, and the third pair is the shortest; each tarsus is terminated by the usual number of claws of the customary structure. The palpi are short, and of a pale yellow colour, with the exception of the digital joint, which has a yellowish-brown hue; the radial is stronger than the cubital joint; a long bristle projects forwards from the ex- tremity of the latter, and the former is prominent on the outer side; the digital joint is oval, with an obtuse, glossy process at its base, curved outwards; it is convex and hairy externally, concave within, comprising the palpal organs, which are highly developed, prominent, complicated in structure, with several projecting processes, and a prominent spine, originating near the middle of the inner side, which curves across towards the outer side, and then passes downwards towards the extremity ; they are of a yellowish-brown colour, intermixed with dark reddish- brown. The convex sides of the digital joints are directed to- wards each other. The abdomen is subcylindrical, somewhat convex underneath, and sparingly clothed with hairs ; from the middle of the anterior extremity of the upper part a small acute corneous spine is directed obliquely upwards and forwards, and the posterior extremity, which is slightly elevated, projects be- yond the spinners ; it is of a dull yellow colour, with three narrow white bands extending from the anterior to the posterior extre- mity of the upper part, a small cruciform black spot occurring on the latter; the medial band is fusiform, and comprises a longitudinal line of a dull yellow hue ; the colour of the spinners is dark brown, and that of the branchial opercula yellowish- brown. (To be continued. } 440 On the supposed Discovery of a minute Vertebrate Jaw. XLVIII.—Note on the supposed “ Discovery of an extremely minute Vertebrate Lower Jaw in Mud dredged at St. Helena, by Dr. Wallich, F.L.S.”. By C. Srencze Barz, F.RB.S., F.L.S. &c. No doubt every naturalist must have received with astonish- ment Dr. Wallich’s recent announcement of his discovery of the jaw of so minute a vertebrate animal as he records in the ‘ Annals’ for October last. Iam sure he will not think that I am intrusively officious in pointing out some conditions in the specimen that appear to throw considerable doubt upon its being the jaw of any animal at all. I would premise that, upon the announcement of any new or important circumstance, it is incumbent that we should first ascertain whether or not it be consistent with our present know- ledge, before the discovery be accepted as a fact. Assuming that Dr. Wallich’s figure in the ‘ Annals,’ as I have no doubt, is correct, there are two features that seem to be in- consistent with the idea of the specimen being the jaw of a vertebrate animal: I allude to the circumstance of there being no condyloid process, and the character of the teeth. I believe that I am correct in asserting that we have not a single instance of an animal having the marginal process of the jaw developed into a serrature’ such as Dr. Wallich has figured. In those reptiles where the teeth anchylose with the bone, the teeth are yet implanted in alveoli of their own. In fish (of which this cannot be a jaw), the dermal attachments of the teeth, when removed, leave the jaw smooth. The question will probably be put, If it be not the jaw of a vertebrate animal, what is it? In reply, I would state that it appears to me to be the dactylos or last joint of a leg of a small Hyperine Crustacean, and that the circumstance which has misled Dr. Wallich is that, the animal being near the period of moulting its skin, the joint exhibits, within, a second row of marginal armature, which has been mistaken for a second ramus. I have repeatedly seen specimens under such conditions as I mention, which, though not agreeing in exact detail of serrature with that figured in the ‘ Annals,’ may yet be sufficiently near to identify the group to which the part belongs. In the sketch below, I figure a leg of Phrosina longispina, as well as one in which a drawing of the supposed jaw is sub- stituted for that of the true dactylos, for comparison with Dr. Wallich’s drawing. The genus Phrosina is very abundant in the tropical and sub tropical Atlantic Ocean. : On the supposed Vertebrate Lower Jaw. 441 Of course, in making this statement, I do so with all re- servation, since I know nothing of the specimen beyond what has appeared in the ‘Annals of Natural History’ for October last. Fig. 1. Supposed vertebrate jaw ; reduced from the figure in the ‘ Annals,’ age 304. Fig. 2. Dactylos of the fourth pair of pereiopoda of Phrosina longispina. Fig. 3. Leg of ditto, with dactylos in situ, as it appears a short time pre- viously to moulting. Fig. 4. Ditto, with fig. 1 inserted instead of the true dactylos. XLIX.—On the supposed Vertebrate Lower Jaw, dredged in Mud at St. Helena. By Dr. Waxuicu, F.L.S., F.G.S. To the Editors of the Annals and Magazine of Natural History. GENTLEMEN, In the October Number of the ‘Annals’ you were good enough to insert my notice regarding the supposed discovery, in mud dredged at St. Helena, of a minute vertebrate lower jaw. That notice was more hastily penned than it should or indeed would have been, had I not been desirous of exhibiting the spe- cimen at the then approaching meeting of the British Associa- tion. Although more than one distinguished naturalist coincided in the opinion expressed by me as to its nature, there were others who at once pronounced it to be no part of a vertebrate struc- ture, but referred it, each in turn, to portions of the invertebrate division very widely removed one from the other. My own im- pression, entertained and expressed from the first, was that, if not a vertebrate jaw, the object in question formed part of an Echinoderm, this supposition being based on a faint trace of reticulated texture observable under a high power at the point answering to the angle of the right ramus in the lateral view. 442 Dr. G.C. Wallich on the supposed Vertebrate Lower Jaw. In order to show how diverse were the opinions expressed, I may mention that the specimen was pronounced to be—the mandible of a fish, a portion of the lingual ribbon of Mitra, a claw of a minute Crustacean, part of the manducatory appa- ratus of Notommata or an allied species, and, lastly, a valve of a Pedicellaria; some of the advocates of these conflicting judg- ments still retaining their views unchanged. To Mr. Busk is due the merit of pointing out the extremely close analogy between the object in question and certain Pedi- cellarize,—his intimate acquaintance with every kind of minute organic structure leading him to regard its Pedicellarian origin at all events as highly probable, if not certain. On being made aware of Mr. Busk’s opinion, I immediately examined the Pedicellariz of Echinus lividus, of which I possess a specimen obtained in the same locality. The valves, although not identical, bear a sufficient resemblance, both in configuration and detail, to satisfy me of the probable accuracy of Mr. Busk’s view ; at the same time I think it better to reserve my final determination of the structure, pending still further inquiry and comparison. The communication on the subject by Mr. C. Spence Bate (politely submitted to me, at his request, prior to its publication in the present Number of the ‘Annals’) will show how far the occurrence of pseudomorphs in the organic world should put us on our guard against hasty generalisation founded on semblances in figure alone. In the case more immediately under notice, I was by no means insensible to the facts that the appearance of minute teeth along the greater portion of each ramus of the supposed jaw might be due, in reality, to simple serrature of its margin, and that the true texture of vertebrate bone was not visible in its substance. But, on the other hand, it seemed unreasonable to assume that absolute identity in structural detail should exist between an object of such minute dimensions and the homolo- gous parts of the larger animals to which it is allied. Or, even assuming that the intimate structure must be identical in type, we might fairly suppose that minute details, observable only under the microscope in the larger orders, would become so in- ordinately reduced in size in an organism already microscopic, as to be invisible. The figure accompanying my former note, although accurate as a sketch, fails to convey the full extent of the resemblance to a jaw, the projecting digitate-like processes in the region corre- sponding to the articulation being too jagged, and the serrature too saw-like. Probably the true figure of the object, seen from above, is that Mr. G. R. Gray on a few West-African Birds. 443 of an elongated spoon, as shown in the adjoining diagrammatic woodcut, the serrature being present along the entire margin except at the broader extremity, where it takes the form of the digitations which, on a side view, constitute the most elevated portion; and anteriorly, where it is interrupted by the four large hollow teeth in the neighbourhood of the symphysis ; the intermediate mass, seen in profile in the original figure, being a a triangular and somewhat irregular flattened ridge. I remain, Gentlemen, Your most obedient Servant, G. C. WaLLicH. L.— Descriptions of a few West-African Birds. : By G. R. Gray. To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History. GENTLEMEN, The following descriptions of a few birds, which appear new to the fauna of West Africa, may interest some of your readers. They were collected on the Cameroons Mountains, at an eleva- tion of 7000 feet above the level of the sea. They were brought to this country by Mrs. Isabel Burton, the estimable lady of the distinguished traveller and Vice-Consul, Capt. Burton, and kindly presented by her to the British Museum. Pratincola salax. Pratincola salazx, Verr., Rev. et Mag. de Zool. 1851, p. 307. Cossypha Isabelle. Head black, with a shining white mark between the nostril and the middle above the eye; back olivaceous-black ; wings black, each feather margined with olivaceous ; beneath the body rufous-buff, deeper on the breast ; rump and outer tail-feathers deep rufous, with the tips of the second, third, and fourth fea- thers, and tip and outer margin of the first feather, black; the four middle feathers black, with the outer margin of the fifth near the base deep rufous. Total length, 6”; wings, 2’ 11"; tarsi, 13”; bill from gape 9". This bird is named in compliment to Mrs. Isabel Burton. AA, Mr. G. R. Gray on a few West-African Birds. Zosterops (Spetwrops) melanocephalus. Mouse-colour, washed with olivaceous; head sooty black, with a spot on each side between the nostril and eye; mentum and under wing-coverts white; beneath the body pale obscure grey, tinged with olivaceous; quills and tail fuscous-black, the former margined outwardly with grey. Bill and feet whitish horn- colour. Total length, 4” 9!; wings, 2” 5”; tarsi, 9!; bill, from gape, 7”. | Trichophorus tephrolemus. Yellowish-olive ; head and throat slate-colour, darker on the head; abdomen yellow; breast, sides, and under tail-coverts olivaceous-yellow ; quills fuscous-black, with outer webs oliva- ceous, the inner web margined near the base with buff; tail dull olivaceous, the end of the outer feather slightly tipped with yellow ; bill black; feet plumbeous. Total length, 7” 6”; wings, 3” 3”; tarsi, 10”; bill, from gape, 10". Closely allied to Trichophorus canicapillus, Hartl.; but the throat is pale ash-colour. Euplectes phenicomerus. Black ; rump and wing-coverts pale clear yellow ; under wing- coverts pale rufous-white; thighs pale brown. Like E. zanthomelas; but the yellow on the rump and wings is paler, and the thighs are pale brown instead of black. Total length, 5” 3"; wings, 2” 10"; tarsi 11!”; bill, from gape, 74!", Ligurnus* olivaceus, Hartl. Coccothraustes olivaceus, Fras., Proc. Z. S. 1842, p. 144. Adult male yellowish-olivaceous ; head and throat deep black; sides and a narrow band round the neck, rump, and beneath the body bright orange-yellow; quills black, with the tertials and larger wing-coverts margined outwardly with bright yellow, and the quills inwardly with white ; tail olivaceous-green, with each feather margined on the sides and tip with bright yellow ; bill orange ; feet pale. The female agrees with Mr. Fraser’s typical specimen, said * Ligurnus rufobrunneus. Rufous-brown, slightly darker along the shaft of each feather; wings and tail dull brown, margined with rufous-brown ; beneath the body much paler, varied in some places with darker; bill and feet horn-colour. Length, 6”; wings, 3” 5’; tarsi, 9”; bill, from gape, 7’”. This bird has been many years in the collection of the British Museum. It was brought to this country from Western Africa by Capt. (now Major- General) Sabine, R.A., and was presented by him to that institution. Mr. G. R. Gray on a few West- African Birds. 445 to have been obtained at Fernando Po, and which is now deposited in the British Museum. It is figured in the ‘ Zoologica Typica,’ pl. 47, by Mr. Fraser. Young.—Dull olivaceous-green ; beneath the body dull oliva- ceous-yellow; bill and feet blackish lead-colour. Strobilophaga Burtoni. Fuscous, varied with pale olivaceous on the sides of the plumes; wing-coverts fuscous-black, tipped with white; quills and tail fuscous-black, margined narrowly with yellow; abdomen obscure white, spotted with fuscous-black down the shaft of some of the feathers ; upper mandible horn-colour, lower mandible white ; feet plumbeous. Total length, 7” ; wings, 3” 6”; tarsi, 9'; bill, from gape, 8”. The formation of this bird agrees in every respect with the genus Pinicola or Strobilophaga. A species of this genus has not hitherto been recorded as found in Africa. To these may be added the Cosmetornis Burton. It is very similar to the Cosmetornis vezillarius (Gould),G.R.Gr., but differs in the white spot at the base of each quill being nar- rower, while the white at the tip of the second, third, fourth, and fifth quills is more prominent and slightly mottled with rufous on the outer web; the first quill longer than the second, fuscous-black, and partly margined with rufous on the outer webs ; the sixth feather is rather longer than the fifth, the seventh rather longer than the latter; both are fuscous-black, slightly mottled with pale rufous, having the bases of the inner webs white; the eighth is much longer than the first quill, and fus- cous-black, slightly mottled with pale rufous, the base of the inner web white or pale rufous; the ninth feather (or, as it has been termed, “ standard feather ”’) is the longest of all, measuring more than 17in.; it is white at the base of both inner and outer webs, but passing into pale rufous, or rufous-white mottled with black, on the outer web, while the inner is only rufous-white for its entire length from the basal white. The specimen is in an imperfect state, and only sufficient to afford the above description so as to distinguish it from the previously known species. The British Museum is indebted to the liberality of Capt. Burton, H.M. Vice-Consul, who has just sent it with other zoological specimens, all marked as from Fernando Po, and after whom I have the pleasure of naming this interesting bird. 446 Dr. G. Rolleston and Mr. C. Robertson on the Aquiferous LI. On the Aquiferous and Oviducal System in the Lamelli- branchiate Mollusks. By Grorer Rouizston, Esq., M.D., F.L.S., Linacre Professor of Anatomy; and C. Rosrrtson, Esq., Demonstrator of Anatomy, Oxford*. Very different explanations have been offered of the means by which certain of the Lamellibranchiata are enabled to distend their muscular foot until the fluid with which it is swollen up causes it to appear all but transparent. These explanations, dif- ferent as they are both in principle and in detail, admit yet of being reduced under one or other of three heads. Either they postulate the existence of a system of tubes homologous with the trachez of insects, and, like them, distinct from the animal’s blood-vessels, as necessary for the explanation of the great changes of volume observed to take place in the mollusk’s body; or they suppose these alterations of size to be effected by the agency of the blood-vascular system alone ; or, thirdly, they hold the effect in question to be due to the joint working’ of these two systems of tubes. Agassiz} refers the great distention observable in the foot of the Natica heros, of the Pyrula carica and canaliculata, and the Acephalous Mactra solidissima, to water inhaled by orifices more or less numerous, of less or greater calibre, in the muscular foot : these orifices, and the tubes in connexion with them, he speaks of as a water-vascular system, but he holds that they come into more or less direct and constant communication with the true blood-vascular system. Theodor von Hessling {, who obtained the same result of in- jecting fully the blood-vascular system, by throwing in fluid from the glandular depression in the foot of the Unio margaritifera, as Agassiz did by a similar procedure with the similar depression in the foot of the Gasteropodous Pyrule, speaks of the system (which on these grounds he holds to be continuous) as but one system and that a blood-vascular system, with certain orifices patent and communicating with the external medium in which the animal lives. Von Hessling holds also that the distention of the foot may be in part due to water inhaled through the organ of Bojanus, and mingled thus with the blood, as we shall presently describe. | M. Langer$ holds that the organ of Bojanus is the route by which the water, upon which the change of volume in the animal’s body depends, passes into it, and that this water passes into the blood-vessels, and not into any specialized water-vascular system. * From the Philosophical Transactions, Part I. for 1862, p. 29. + Zeitschrift fiir wiss. Zoologie, Pt. 7. p. 176, 1856. { Perlmuscheln und ihre Perlen. Leipzic, 1859: p. 241. § Denkschriften d. Kaiserlich. Akad. Wiss. xii. p. 55, 1856. a ee | and Oviducal System in the Lamellibranchiate Mollusks. 447 M. Lacaze-Duthiers has discovered and described* yet another route than that of the organ of Bojanus, by which, in the Den- talium and Pleurobranchus, water from without can find its way into the interior of vessels carrying blood, and carrying it in these instances towards the heart, and not towards the gills. Gegenbaur+ differs from these authors merely in postulating the existence of orifices of exit as well as of entrance for the water ; and these he holds to correspond with the puncta scat- tered over the foot-surface, and visible in great abundance occa- sionally along and near its free edge. Von Rengarten f exactly reverses the functions thus supposed to belong to the punctated foot-pores, and the passage through the organ of Bojanus severally. In a paper read by us$ before the Royal Society, February 3, 1859, we spoke of the water-vascular system as having its outlet in close approximation to the external orifice of the organ of Bojanus ; and its inlet we suggested might be indicated by the position of the parasites which are not rarely to be seen studding the foot-surface and marking out the presence of its numerous pores. Gegenbaur, we observe ||, considers that the great lia- bility of the foot to injury from the entrance of foreign bodies into these pores is an argument for regarding them as exhalant rather than inhalant orifices. Further investigations, carried on by us subsequently to the reading of that paper, showed us that our views as to the oviducal system in the Lamellibranchiata were founded in error. An exceedingly courteous notice of this mistake by M. Lacaze-Du- thiers{] in the ‘ Proceedings of the Royal Society’ rendered an earlier retractation of this part of our paper unnecessary. Our views, on the other hand, as to the permeation of the bodies of the Lamellibranchiata by a system of vessels distinct from those in which the blood is contained remain much what they were. Before stating our views, and the arguments by which we would support them, we would say that the “ perivisceral cham- ber” of the Brachiopoda, as described by Mr. Hancock** in a paper in the ‘ Philosophical Transactions,’ which was published subsequently to the reading of our paper already referred to, holds much the same relation to the circulatory and reproductive and other viscera, as the system which we have called “aqui- ferous”” in the Lamellibranchiata. As Mr. Hancock++ has * Ann. des Sciences Naturelles, tom. xi. 1859, p. 255; Ann. Nat. List. ser. 3. vol. v. p. 225. + Grundziige der vergleichenden Anatomie, p. 352, 1859. { Diss. Inaug. Dorpat, 1853, cit. Von Hessling, Joc. cit. p. 236. § Ann. Nat. Hist., ser. 3. vol. iv. p. 65. || Loc. cit. p. 352. “{ Ann. Nat. Hist., ser. 3. vol. v. p. 225. ** Philosophical Transactions for 1858. Read May 14, 1857. +t Loc. cit, p. 844. 448 Dr. G. Rolleston and Mr. C. Robertson on the Aquiferous himself pointed out the close correspondences of the two systems, we will but remark upon one point of discrepancy between them. In the Brachiopods the genitalia are packed into the main stems of the arborescent perivisceral system, in the direct course of the stream, if we may speak of it as a water-vascular system ; in the Lamellibranchiata, or, at all events, in the family Unionide, the ceca of the generative gland are appended laterally to the divergent twigs of the principal branches of the water-vascular tree; they do not lie in the direct course of the current of the aquiferous canals, and these canals, beyond and outside of them, break up into a very delicate minutely divided system of capil- lary tubes. What we shall attempt to prove is, that the orifices on either side of the foot in the Unionidee lead not only to the generative gland, the products of which may be seen to issue forth from them at the spawning-season, but also to a system of tubes widely spread through the entire foot. We do not believe that any direct communication subsists either between the blood- vascular system and this system of tubes, or between either of these systems and the punctated depressions and inlets along the foot-edge. The blood-vessels seem to us to constitute a system of tubes closed, save at one point and at one lacuna. That point and that lacuna is the pericardial space—a cavity into which, besides the blood of the animal, the water in which it lives also finds its way. As the bivalve sheil opens, it necessarily dilates this lacuna, and water is thus drawn into it through the compound sac known in the Acephala as the organ of Bojanus. The water then gains access to the interior of the blood-vessels, as we shall proceed to show, and is carried onward within them. From the blood- vessels we suppose it to transude into the system of water-tubes everywhere in apposition with them, and, under normal conditions, to find its exit by these tubes, whilst under such abnormal cir- cumstances as the sudden removal of the creature from the water, the sudden contraction of the muscular foot, causing jets of water to pour forth from the dilated semitransparent mass, may unload the infiltrated organ in a yet more expeditious manner. As to the way by which the water used by the mollusk for distend- ing its foot comes into the body, we are at one with many other writers upon this subject ; but we are not aware that our views as to the method by which the animal disencumbers itself of the ingested fluid are shared in by other authors. Our arguments will be principally based upon the results of experiments made in the way of injection. The animals we operated upon were almost exclusively of the family Unionide ; and, on account of the size of the specimens, as well as for other ~ reasons, we employed chiefiy the species Anodon cygneus and Unio margaritifera. In all our experiments we strove to repro- duce, as nearly as possible, the conditions of the animal’s na- and Oviducal System in the Laméllibranchiate Mollusks. 449 tural life: our injections were always performed under water, by which and by other means as much support was given to the animal’s body and its several parts as the water and the shell gave to it during life. Means were always adopted for securing that the animal died with its muscular system in a state of re- laxation. We found the prussian blue injecting-fluid of Prof. Beale’s * invention to possess many properties especially recom- mending it for use in our experiments, but we employed several other fluids as well. Experiment 1.—If an Anodon or Unio (size is of little conse- quence in this experiment, though large size is a convenience in most) be removed from its shell without injuring the some- what easily injured tissues which limit the secreting-structure of the organ of Bojanus, and supported in water with its foot downwards in such a manner as to put its pericardial laeuna, and the parts in connexion with it, as nearly as possible into the condition in which they may be supposed to be in in the shell during life, and if an injection be then made into the pericardial lacuna, the following results will be seen to take place. The so- called ‘reddish-brown organ of Keber” (a plexus of vessels rich in pigmentary deposit, continuous with other vessels not so coloured in the mantle and elsewhere, and bounding the pericardium on either side, and opening into it by several patent orifices at its anterior end) will become filled with the injecting- fluid first ; next the gill-vessels, and sometimes together with them, yet not invariably, the systemic veins; and lastly the external orifice of the organ of Bojanus will, on removing the animal from its prone position, be seen pouring out the injec- tion on either side of the animal’s foot. , Experiment 2.—A large Anodon was injected with a red stiffening-injection from the céntral branchial vein, a vessel readily injectible, lying as it does in the gill-cavity superiorly between the two innermost laminz of the gills, in the angle where they become continuous with each other posteriorly to the posterior edge of the foot, with the following results :—The auricle and ventricle were filled to distention, the reddish-brown organ as well, and, besides the reddish-brown organ, the rest of the mantle, up to within a quarter of inch of its free edge. No fluid, however, had penetrated into the pericardial space. The absence of penetration into the pericardium we have invariably had to recordin our numerous injections from the branchial. veins, even when the injection is noted as having been so en- tirely successful as to have passed through the aorta in such abundance as to inject in fine ramuscular divisions the edge of the muscular foot. * © How to work with the Microscope,’ p. 78, 1857. Ann, & Mag. N. Hist, Ser.3, Vol. x, 30 450 Dr. G. Rolleston and Mr. C. Robertson on the Aquiferous The former of these two experiments is so easy of perform- ance, and yet proves so much, that we cannot but express our surprise at nowhere finding any record of its having been made by any of the different experimenters who have employed in- jections as a method for investigating the economy of mollusks. We have repeated it so frequently with the same results, as to have become quite convinced that the pericardial lacuna com- municates, on the one hand, with blood going gillward, and, on the other, with the water in which the animal lies. | The uniformity with which our repetitions of Experiment 2 have led to the same. negative result inclines us to doubt the existence of any direct communication between the aquiferous pericardial lacuna and the branchial veins properly so called, We are the more disposed to accept this conclusion, as in no mollusk whatever which is possessed of branchial vessels, except the Pleurobranchus *, has the renal organ been shown to con- duct the external water into the cavity of vessels homologous, not with the afferent, but with the efferent + branchial vessels of higher-organisms. Though Experiment 2 may seem to prove that the intravas- cular blood does not set in any very free current outwards into the pericardial space, especially when coupled with the observa- tion that in multitudinous and varied injections of the different systems of blood-vessels we have never succeeded f in filling the pericardium from the blood-vessels, easy though it be, as in ‘Experiment 1, to make the injected fluid take the reverse diree- tion, more direct evidence is yet needed in support of our view of the organ of Bojanus as the channel for an inwardly-setting current of water. The following considerations seem to us to show conclusively that, though Experiment 1 shows that it is possible for intrapericardial fluid to find its way outwards through the renal organ, such is not the direction usually taken by the fluid contained in the complex aquiferous system thus consti- tuted. 1st. If we examine with the microscope the fluid contained in the pericardial space, we shall find it to contain, besides the morphological elements of blood, certain foreign bodies, such as the Aspidogaster conchicola and infusoria. Now these creatures must be supposed to have found their way inwards through the organ of Bojanus. - * M. Lacaze-Duthiers, Ann. Nat. Hist., loc. cit. + Gegenbaur, Grundziige, p. 367. | us { M. Langer’s language (Denkschriften d. Akad. Wiss. loc. cit. p. 43), in describing his success in such injections, is so qualified, “und sah, doch nicht immer,” as to allow one, without discourtesy, to give less weight to his views on this than on most other points. . < , ee ee ee a a ae a Wie ee and Oviducal System in the Lamellibranchiate Mollusks. 451. 2ndly. The external orifice of the organ of Bojanus may be seen in a living Anodon (and, from its lying exposed in the gill- cavity, with yet greater ease in a Unio margaritifera) to execute movements of alternate opening and shutting, similar in charac- ter to those executed, as has been repeatedly noticed, by the analogous organ in the Pteropoda. These movements are re- peated as frequently as once in every ten seconds (or oftener) in the Unio margaritifera; and they possess, there can be little doubt, in these as in other mollusks, the power of filling with water the cavities into which it leads. _ 8rdly. The glandular portion of the compound organ of Bojanus has its opening into the pericardium guarded by a funnel-shaped projection which acts as a valve looking heart- wards, and offers resistance consequently to fluid passing out- wards from that lacuna. Athly (Experiment 3). Fluid thrown in by the external orifice of the organ of Bojanus, as it is either artificially, as in the Anodon, or naturally, as in the Unio margaritifera, exposed in the gill-cavity, finds its way even more easily into the pericar- dium than fluid thrown, as already described, into the pericar-, dium finds its way into the gill-cavity by the reverse route. This experiment is but an imitation of what we may suppose to take place whensoever the animal by opening its valves dilates its pericardial space. As an immediate consequence of this dila- tation, water is ingested into the blood-vascular system, and is forthwith applied to the purpose of distending the foot and pro- truding it through the opening valves. _ Up to this point our views are in accordance with those adopted. by several authors, though we are not aware that our method of proof has been employed by any other observers, so far as its detailed application is concerned. We will now proceed to give our reasons for supposing that another system of tubes comes in aid of the blood-vascular system, and receives from it the fluid which that system has been the means of taking up in the manner described. Our arguments will go to show that water is transferred from the blood-vessels in the foot of the freshwater mussel to another set of vessels, the main stem of which has the additional function of outlet to the generative gland. As, however, Von Hessling* holds that the system of pores in the foot plays no inconsider- able part in the work of supplying the distending foot with water, acting in aid of, and in alliance with, the system of the organ of Bojanus, and, with Agassiz and Von Rengarten, as already cited, holds this office to be exclusively discharged by this system of pores and inlets, we will begin by stating our * Perlmuscheln und ihre Perlen, p, 238 et py Spgs 452 Dr. G. Rolleston and Mr. C. Robertson on the Aquiferous: reasons for demurring to these views, in which we ourselves at one time participated. It will be necessary to give the details of two sets of experiments, to show how we came to give up an opinion which can plead such high authorities as those we have cited for its defence. Experiment 4.—A large Anodon, having died with its foot in a semidistended state, was injected from the venous sinus which receives the blood from the systemic veins and distributes it to the renal-portal system, with the prussian-blue injection already spoken of. The injection spread over the liver and over the whole of the generative gland, and the exclusively muscular part of the foot, spreading itself in especial richness along the free edge. No pressure which we subjected the foot to, when thus fully injected, caused any of the blue injection, easily and readily though it runs, to issue forth. Subsequently to this, a stiffening injection of red colour was thrown into the foot-mass froin the oviducal outlets. This second injection spread itself very richly over the ovary, over the liver, and into the muscular foot, along the free edge of which it issued in small jets without any pressure being applied. . We will disregard, for the moment, the bearing which this experiment has upon the distinctness from the blood-vascular system of the system of tubes in the muscular foot, to which the stem opening (under the name of oviduct) into the mantle-cavity leads, and we will relate the details of another set of experiments, which led us to consider the phenomenon of the jets issuing from the foot-edge as due, in spite of the frequency with which we have seen it recur, to violence done, possibly unavoidably, to the delicate limitary tissues of these aquiferous tubes. Experiment 5.—A Unio margaritifera, which had died with its foot quite relaxed, had the blue injecting-fluid mtroduced into its aorta, its venous system, and through the oviducal ori- fices, until the foot, from a state of perfect softness, became tense and swollen up. On pressure, none of this triply-injected blue fluid could be made to issue forth from the foot-edge ; but small hernia-like projections of transparent membrane rose out like bubbles all along the foot-edge. They contained at first a trans- parent fluid, but after a little pressure they became filled with the blue injection. The thinness and transparency of these little sacs will account for the rarity of their appearance, and the comparative frequency with which jets of injected fluid have made themselves noticed in the region corresponding to the -eecal endings of tubes which these sacs must be held to repre- sent. ‘The depressions and pores which do exist in the foot of the Lamellibranchiate mollusk we believe to be glandular in character, and destitute of any direct communication with the and Oviducal System in the Lamellibranchiate Mollusks. 458 blood-vessels or other tubes in the animal’s body. Now the Unio margaritifera stands in the same relation with reference to these foot-pores to the Anodonta cygnea as the Pyrula carica and P. canaliculata do, according to Agassiz, to the Mactra; that is to say, the foot of the Unio presents us with a gigantic pore, in the shape of.a glandular depression of as much as an inch in length and two lines in diameter, whilst that of the Anodon is pierced but by microscopic inlets. Von Hessling*, by whom this organ has been very accurately described, believes that injections can be made to pass, without rupture of any limitary membrane, from its cavity into the blood-vessels ; and Agassiz holds a similar view with reference to the nearly similar struc- ture in the Pyrula. But in the Unio just spoken of as so fully injected, as well as in several others similarly treated, though the sides and walls of this glandular depression were very richly injected, none of the injection could by pressure be made to issue out into the water in which the animal was lying. We should be inclined to consider this involution or glandular de- ‘pression in the foot of the Unio as homologous with the foot- gland of the terrestrial Gasteropods; and the communication which has been held to exist between this Lamellibranchiate - organ and its vascular system we should not believe to be more direct than that which subsists between the muciparous foot- - gland of the Limaz and its venous system ft. It is not quite beside the purpose, to remark that the foot of one of the Unionide, when thoroughly distended, has a smooth bright appearance, so uniformly spread over the whole surface of its semigelatinous mass as to suggest the idea of the depressions having become everted and thus contributed to increase the size of the infiltrated organism. Though this appearance may not justify such an interpretation, yet it does seem quite inconsistent with the existence of patent pores communicating with the animal’s blood-vessels. We have repeatedly observed that, if a freshwater mussel die with its muscular foot in a state of contraction, no distention of the foot takes place, either by leaving the animal to soak in water till putrefaction sets in, or by artificial injection. We will now proceed to state our reasons for holding the exist- ence of a water-vascular system distinct from the blood-vessels of the Lamellibranchiata. Siebold{ states one of the objections urged against the existence of this system of vessels in the fol- * Loc. cit. p.238. Von Hessling, however, does not mention the occur- rence of calcareous concretions impacted in this gland’s duct. This we have observed. + Siebold, Anatomy of Invertebrata, p. 255, note 6, American edition. t Ibid, p. 213, 454 Dr. G. Rolleston and Mr. C. Robertson on the Aquiferous lowing words :—‘ The existence in these animals of a double system of lacune having this interpretation is attended with many difficulties. For then it must be admitted that one of these systems contains only water and the other blood, and it is difficult to understand how two kinds of wall-less canals can traverse the body without passing into each other.” It is, how- ever, demonstrable that in the Unionide, at all events, an all but perfectly closed system of blood-vessels exists. We have again and again, with various injecting fluids, found that they will pass from the aorta through a capillary system into a systemic-venous system, from that into what may be called the renal-portal system of the organ of Bojanus, and from that into the branchiz, without any extravasation, or the formation of any lacuna anywhere. The pericardial space is, in the strictest sense of the phrase, a blood-lacuna; but, as already detailed, fluid cannot be made to pass into it from the blood-vessels, though such communication must take place to a certain extent during the life of the animal, and though the reverse direction of current is one easily demonstrable by artificial means, and is doubtless the ordinary one under normal conditions, There are two venous sinuses, however, in the Unionide, receiving, one after the other, the systemic-venous blood, and transmitting it into the organ of Bojanus. The first of these* lies just within the muscular foot, along its superior and posterior edge ; it sub- tends the second, the only one mentioned by authors, and opens into it by an orifice more or less perfectly guarded in different species of Unionide. This second sinus lies between the two opposed organs of Bojanus; and from it the systemic-venous blood passes into the capillaries of the renal-portal system con- tained in those organs. But neither of these sinuses at all answers the character intended to be expressed by the term lacuna; they are homologous rather with the dilated great veins of certain vertebrata than with the lacunze which do exist in certain molluscan families. There is the less occasion, how- ever, to labour further at demonstrating the non-lacunar charac- ter of the blood-vascular system of the Unionide, as Von Hes- sling+, in his recent book on the Pearl Mussel, confirms in this * Into this sinus the ceca of the generative gland project somewhat freely from amongst the trabecule which run across what we call the roof of the muscular foot, from one side to the other; and it is here, we believe, that in injections from the oviducal outlets extravasation so often takes place into the blood-vessels. + Loe. cit. p. 219. Gegenbaur, in his ‘ Grundziige,’ p. 344, note, hints at some doubt still remaining in his mind as to the distinctness of these capillaries from the tissues they lie amongst. His work bears the same date (1859) as Von Hessling’s; and we suppose both to have been pub- lished subsequently to the reading of our paper, February.3, 1859, ”. and Oviducal System in the Lamellibranchiate Mollusks. 455 point the views previously enunciated by Langer, adding to them a description of the histological characters of the vessels intervening between the arterial and venous systems in the Unio, It may be considered as beyond a doubt that a system of tubes all but entirely non-lacunar exists in these Lamellibranchiata, carrying their blood from the heart through a systemic, a renal, and a branchial system. No pressure that can in fairness be applied will cause any extravasation of fluid thus injected. Such pressure we have repeatedly applied to Anodons very fully distended by injection; and though it be not rare for fluid thrown in by the oviducal outlets to find its way out, as already described, by orifices along the foot, we have never found this to take place with the blood-vascular system, In making use of the method of injections as a means for showing the independence of the several vascular trees in the Lamellibranchiate mollusks, we have sometimes injected the animal from the oviducal orifice alone, sometimes we haye injected the same animal with a differently coloured fluid from its yenous or from its arterial system, or from both ; in a word, our injections have been either single, double, or triple. There is no difficulty in causing an injection to enter the body of any large individual of the family Unionide from its oviducal orifice ; it is especially easy, however, to effect this in the Unio margaritifera, as the orifice is not in them, as in most species of the family, coyered by the inner lamina of the inner gill, but, together with the orifice of the organ of Bojanus, lies exposed and uncoyered in the gill-cayity, and, besides this, is prolonged out in such a manner as to render the introduction of the syringe-pipe a very easy matter. Experiment 6.—An injection thrown in by this orifice will spread itself oyer the whole of the viscera contained within the foot, not confining itself by any means to the ovary, but passing on beyond the area occupied by it or the male generative gland, into the exclusively muscular part of the foot, and distributing itself with especial richness along its free edge. That an injec- tion thrown in by this orifice should thus spread itself would go some way iene § showing that in the Lamellibranchiate, as in the Brachiopod mollusk, the ducts through which the generative products are extruded lead elsewhere as well as to the generative gland, were it possible to be sure that no transference of the injected fluid had taken place from tubes confessedly in con- nexion with the generative gland to another system of vessels— that, namely, which carries the blood. That such a transference does not rarely take place in one part of the blood-vascular system, we haye already mentioned*; and hence arose the * Note, p. 454. 456 Dr. G. Rolleston and Mr. C. Robertson on the Aquiferous necessity for double injections, in which the blood-vascular system was (as has been and will again be described) injected and fully distended throughout the entirety of its own ramifica- tions, before any fluid was thrown into the oviducal orifices, and by still mapping out a tree for itself showed the independence of the system it led to. Single injections, however inferior to double ones, still furnish us with strong arguments for the view we are supporting. A freshwater mussel may have its whole visceral mass perfectly injected, either from the blood-vessels or from the oviducal system; but when thus injected, a practised eye has no difficulty in seeing into which of the two systems the injection has been thrown. The blood-vascular injection is seen to be contained in coarser tubes, and to form a less close network than the aquiferous, which, though confined within fine capil- laries, gives, till closely inspected, an appearance almost of uniform diffusion, on account of the closeness of the network it forms. | Secondly, we will give the details of two double injections. Experiment 7.—A double injection from the venous system and the oviducal in the same Anodon. A stiffening size injec- tion of red colour was used for the oviducal or aquiferous system, and the prussian-blue injection, a more easily running fluid, for the venous system, with the following results. The red injection occupies the area corresponding to the generative gland, with coarse as well as with fine twigs, has imparted a faintish blush to the regions occupied by the liver and stomach, but has filled the interior of the exclusively muscular portion of the foot with so close and fine a network as to give it at a distance a uniform red appearance. The blue injection occupies much of the foot-mass in common with and interposed between the red, its larger trunks holding the same position relatively to the larger red trunks as the larger systemic veins do to the larger generative ducts, but it has spread itself into the gills, which the red fluid has not. Experiment 8.—A similar one to the preceding, but that the blood-vascular system was distended with the fluid used in Experiment 7 for the aquiferous, and vice versd. The red fluid was thrown in by the aorta, it filled a large artery running parallel with the cap of the foot, it filled both labial tentacles, and it set, as it stiffened, in bossy masses along the edge of the foot, lastly it returned to the venous sinus and filled it and the organ of Bojanus,—occupying thus the entire systemic and renal-portal vessels. The blue cold injection was thrown in by the orifices through which the generative products are extruded ; and we shall see that it, when thus thrown in, disclosed the existence of a system of vessels distinct from those already so and Oviducal System in the Lamellibranchiate Mollusks. 457 clearly marked out as coextensive with the systemic vessels. It spread itself chiefly over the ovary, but formed a fine plexus along the free edge of the foot beyond the artery described as running parallel with the edge of the foot, and figured as doing so by Langer*. | This experiment must be thought to go a considerable way towards demonstrating the existence of a system of tubes distinct from, however closely apposed to, the blood-vascular system,— this system having been, in this experiment, filled with a rigid mass, and filled with it most thoroughly, as the injection of the organ of Bojanus proves, and yet allowing the trees injectible from the aquiferous outlet to coexist side by side with it, even though the fluid they contained was so much more easily dis- placed than the stiffening size injection. Thirdly, of triple injections. The readiness with which injections pass from the arterial into the venous system make the triple injections which we have practised of less physiological value than at first sight might appear to be the case ; and consequently we will content ourselves with giving the details of one such injection. Experiment 9.—A large Anodon was injected from the venous sinus with a yellow stiffening injection; after this had been done, a blue-coloured fluid, also with size for its basis, was thrown into the aorta; and thirdly, a red injection of the same character was thrown in by the aquiferous opening. The blue fluid thrown into the arterial system drove the yellow fluid be- fore it out of the systemic veins almost entirely, but it did not follow it into the renal-portal system of the organ of Bojanus ; this organ and the gills remained richly injected with yellow, to the exclusion of both the other colours; the red fluid, finally, which was thrown in by the aquiferous opening, spread itself in couples with the arterial blue over the entire visceral mass, filling alike the areas of digestive and of reproductive organs, and spreading itself with especial richness over the exclusively muscular part of the foot, which it will be recollected is the part of the animal most preeminently distended and distensible by both natural and artificial means. Lastly, in a large individual of the freshwater-mussel family in which a stiffening or other injection has been thrown in by the orifice through which the generative products are extruded, a simple lens is sufficient to show that the tubes thus injected have the generative czeca affixed to them laterally, and pass on continuously into parts of the foot in which no generative ceca are lodged. It is most especially in that part of the muscular foot into which no viscera are packed, and which forms a belt of considerable width beyond and bounding the generative mass, * Denkschriften der K, Akad. Wiss, Wien, Bd, viii. Taf. i. fig. 1. 458 Aquiferous and Oviducal System in Lamellibranchiata, . and yet free from any admixture of its constituent elements (as. the microscope will show), that we find the capillary network (shown to be in connexion with the oviducal outlet whilst clear of the terminal ceca) of the gland to attain its maximum deve- lopment. Now this area is the area also of maximum disten- tion in the distended foot. If in a Unio which has been in- que from the blood-vascular system and from the oyiducal, oth with differently-coloured injecting-fluids, a portion of the injected tissue be taken from this area and placed under one of the higher powers of the microscope, the fluid which has been thrown in by the oviducal orifice will be seen to be contained in tubes as well and sharply defined as those of the capillaries which the other injected fluid will show to be in connexion with the blood-vessels. Whilst the analogy of the Echinodermata and many Annelids does away with any @ priori improbability which may have seemed to attach to the possession by these mollusks of the sys- tem of tubes the existence of which we have been striving to de- monstrate, the homology of the Brachiopoda furnishes us with a strong d@ priori presumption in favour of the correctness of our view. On the other hand, we cannot forbear pointing out the great improbability which must attach to a view which sup- poses a fluid of such morphological and such chemical charac- ters as is the blood of the freshwater mussel to be diluted as it must be diluted on the hypothesis of the blood-yessels being the agents by which the animal yoluntarily distends itself often to thrice its undistended bulk. How do the blood-corpuscles which we may take from the interior of the animal’s heart behave when thus mixed with water under the microscope *? But it is not upon considerations such as these that we would lay most weight, but upon the evidence which injections of the several systems furnish to the unassisted eye, and upon the confirmation of that evidence which microscopic inspection furnishes. * « Reagentien, wie ein Ueberschuss von Wasser, verdiimnte Essigsdure, losen bei der ersteren Art (Blutkorperchen) den scheinbar festen Inhalt auf, und lassen den Kern, wie die eingeschlossenen Kornchen, deutlich hervortreten. Ihre haufigen Formveranderungen, z. B. die “ spiessigen hirschgeweihahnlichen Fortsatze,”’ welche sie treiben, hangen von unvermeid- lichen Diffusionverhiltnissen ab, welchen sie bei der grossen Wassermenge gegenuber ihrer verhiltnissmassig geringen Anzahl ausgesetzt sind. Wah- rend A. Ecker dieselben durch eine Bildung von Vacuolen, in Folge deren Vergroésserung sie einreissen, zu erklaren sucht, halt Lieberkthn diese Zellenbildungen fiir Amében mit selbstindigen contractilen Bewegungen. In innigem Zusammenhang mit diesen Erscheinungen steht das leichte Aus- treten des Zelleninhalts, welcher bisweilen in hellen und hyalinen Tropfen herumschwimmt, ja nicht selten geht ein Zerfallen desselben in zahlreiche kleine Tropfehen noch innerhalb der Zellen yor sich, welche dadurch ein maulbeerartiges Ansehen bekommen, ebenso vereinigen die ausgetretenen ‘Sareodetrop en diese Korperchen zu den oben erwahnten Kltimpchen und Flackehen.,”’--Von. Hessling, loc, cit. pp.219,220. =. Rey. T..Hincks on the Production of Gonozooids. 459 LIT.—On the Production of similar Gonozooids by Hydroid Polypes belonging to different Genera*, By the Rev. THomas Hincks, B.A. [Plate IX. figs. 1 & 2.] In the course of the past summer I have had the opportunity of studying at [lfracombe the reproduction of the Staurzdia producta, a small Tubularian Zoophyte, which abounds in rock-pools and under ledges near the base of the Capstone. It was first cha- racterized by Dr. Strethill Wright (Edinb. New Phil. Journ., .N.S., for April 1858) ; but he did not observe the reproductive bodies, It has been my good fortune to meet with one or two polypes on which they were present in an advanced stage of development, and I am thus enabled to complete the history of the species. My principal object, however, in this paper is to put on record the remarkable fact that the gonozooid of the Stauridia producta is identical with that of the Coryne eximia (Allman), a member of a distinct genus, Stauridia is nearly allied to Coryne, but is distinguished from it by having tentacles dissimilar in character. The upper, which are arranged in one or more whorls, are furnished with globular tips, as in Coryne, while the lower, which form a single verticil, are filiform. The former are armed with thread-cells, and en- dowed with vigorous percussive power, and constitute offensive and prehensile instruments ; the latter are rigid, and furnished with palpocils, and seem to act as tactile organs only. The S. producta is a small, creeping, unbranched form ; the C. eximia is branched, and attains a considerable size, Yet of the life-series of these two Hydroids, thus dissimilar in general character, one term is identical. The free reproductive zooids of each are, at the time of detachment, undistinguishable from one another. A strictly analogous fact would be the production of flower-buds absolutely identical by two plants of different _ genera. | In his account of Coryne eximia (‘Annals’ for August 1859), Prof, Allman has remarked on the similarity of its gonozooid to that of another species of the same genus—the Coryne Sarsi of Lovént. He was unable to indicate any character which could be “justly considered as pointing to a specific distinction be- tween the two Medusz,” though he admits that “‘a more exact ison with the living animal” might probably result in the detection of differences not then apparent. Dr. Wright, * The substance of this paper was communicated to the Natural-History ‘Section of the British Association, at the late Cambridge Meeting, ! + The Syncoryna decipiens, of Dujardin, : 460 Rev. 'T. Hincks on the Production of similar Gonozooids who has had the opportunity of observing the. reproductive zooids of these two species, informs me that one of them has thread-cells on the umbrella, and the other not. He believes that they are present on that of C. eximia; and this opinion is confirmed by Mr. G. Hodge’s drawing (PI. IX. fig. 1). It may perhaps be doubtful whether the zooid of C. Sarsii is always destitute of them. They seem to be represented in Sars’s figure of this species (Fauna Litt. Norvegiz, tab. 1. figs. 3,4). But, at any rate, if there be a difference between the gonozooids of these two species, it is of the slightest kind. In the case of Stauridia producta and. Coryne eximia the iden- tity is complete; and it is the more remarkable as the polypes are generically distinct. The gonophores of the Stauridia are produced at the base of the lower capitate tentacles. I have not observed more than two on a polype; and of these one was in a much more advanced stage of development than the other. They are pyriform at first, very slightly pedunculate, and of a pinkish colour. The con- tained zooid gradually assumes a hemispherical form as develop- ment proceeds ; the marginal portion of the disk is folded in, and the knotted arms he in the interior. After a while, the investing sac of the gonophore appears to be ruptured by the frequent contractions of the umbrella, and by the same move- ments the involved portion of the disk bearing the tentacles is slowly forced out. In the case which came under my observa- .tion, half the margin, with two tentacles, was first pushed out ; after a few more violent spasms, the other half followed; and almost immediately the little crystal bell, with its rose-coloured manubrium and four rose-coloured tubercles, from which as many beaded arms were pendent, liberated itself and moved gracefully through the water. (Pl. IX. fig. 2.) The umbrella is studded with thread-cells, which show as bright points against a dark ground. From the centre is suspended a rose-coloured manubrium with a simple mouth. Four radiating vessels pass from the base of it to the marginal canal, and are continuous with as many tentacles. The latter origmate in four rose- coloured tubercles, on one side of which is placed a dark reddish- brown ocellus*, The arms are very extensile, and are set, along their entire length, with knot-like clusters of thread-cells, and terminate in a large group which forms a spherical bulb at the tip. I have counted about three dozen of these clusters on a single arm. There are no marginal bodies except the tentacles. A comparison of this description (which is taken from the * Dujardin describes the ocellus of Coryne Sarsii as “black ;” Sars, however, calls it ‘‘ braun-rothen.” The colour in the Stauridia is so deep that it might readily be mistaken for black. . = a ae by Hydroid Polypes belonging to different Genera. 461 Ilfracombe specimen of the Stawridia-zooid) with Prof. Allman’s account of the Medusoid of his Coryne eximia will at once show the perfect identity of the two forms. Mr. George Hodge has kindly permitted me to make use of a beautiful drawing of the latter from his own pencil (Plate IX. fig. 1), and I have placed beside it a sketch of the former by myself (fig. 2). The diversity in shape is probably due to a difference in age. The specimen from which my. figure was taken was in an immature state*. The Sarsia turricula of Prof. M‘Crady’s paper on “the Gym- nophthalmata of Charleston Harbour” (Proc. of Elliott Soc. of Nat. Hist. vol. i. p. 138, pl. 8. figs. 6-8) appears to be identical with the form which I have just described. His account, how- ever, of the Coryne from which he supposed it to proceed does not enable me to determine the species with certainty. Throughout this paper I have employed the term Gonozooid to designate the free reproductive body, instead of the more usual term Medusoid. The latter seems to me objectionable, as tending to perpetuate a false conception of the nature of the sexual zooid. It helps to keep up the idea of a distinct and absolute individuality in the latter, and to conceal its real signifi- cance, as the mere equivalent of the flower-bud in the plant. In the life-series of the Hydroid, the polype is the alimentary zooid, and the sexual element or term may be conveniently and correctly designated the gonozooid. EXPLANATION OF PLATE IX. - Gonozooid of Coryne eximia, from a drawing by Mr. G. Hodge. . Gonozooid of Stauridia producta. . Laomedea fragilis, n. sp.; natural size and magnified. . Atractylis margarica, n. sp., with its gonophore; 4 a, one of the tentacular clusters of thread-cells; 2, a single thread-cell from the above; 44, the lid of the gonophore; 4 ¢, one of the branched processes ; 4d, an ovum; 4 e, a portion of the creeping stem, with cells. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. tobe BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE. Memoir of the Rev. John Stevens Henslow, M.A. By the Rev. Leonarp Jenyns, M.A. London: Van Voorst, 1862. 12mo. Peruaps we are guilty of neglect in not having noticed the Life of Henslow sooner. Our readers must take this statement as an apo- logy, if one is necessary, the fact being that no review was required to direct the attention of our readers to this work. All of them knew the lamented Professor by reputation, many personally ; and * There are other slight differences between the figures ; but a comparison of the detailed descriptions of the two forms shows that those belong to the drawings, and not to the objects themselves, 462 —. Bibliographical Notice. none could do otherwise than highly appreciate his character and lament his death, Mr. Jenyns justly remarks that ‘‘ No man ever lived less to him- self. ...... Whatever acquirements he made in the various branches of human knowledge (and the degree to which he was master of many of them was very considerable), whatever he took in hand was done with a view to the benefit of all within his reach. There was no light hid under a bushel, there was no talent laid up in a napkin.” Htics resulted his skill as a teacher, and his distinguished success in reforming a wild and neglected parish, and promoting the moral and religious character of all persons with whom he mixed. In his own University he resided long enough to start the move- ment which is still in progress for the advancement of the natural sciences ; and he just lived to see them take their true position as a means of attaining honourable distinction and academie degree. Mr. Jenyns has entered in considerable detail upon the considera- tion of these subjects, and the mode in which Henslow’s influence was brought to bear upon them. He has said much, but not too much, of the extent of that influence. He has shown how great it must have been had the Professor been resident at Cambridge during the later years of his life; and he causes those who take an interest in the advancement of such scientific studies heavily to feel the loss which the University has sustained. Had he continued an active resident member of that body, it is probable that we should never have heard of the strong opposition which has temporarily frustrated the plan for obtaining museums and lecture-rooms for the Professors of Science. _ When he attained to the chair of Botany, it had been occupied by an eminent man who, at least thirty years previously, made one attempt to lecture on his science at Cambridge, and failing then to obtain a class, gave up the endeavour, and absented himself from the University until his death. Doubtless he had a tolerably good excuse for doing so; for then he would find all, or nearly all, the leaders of the University discouraging the study of the natural sciences to the utmost of their power. They knew nothing of those studies, and seemed to fancy not “‘omne ignotum pro magnifico,” but exactly the reverse. The study of nature was trifling, if not worse. In their estimation (and we are sorry to add, in the opinion of many good and learned men now), it was of no use as a training for the mind, and utterly worthless by the side of classics and mathematics. ‘The possibility of using it to teach exactness in thought, accuracy in observation, and correctness in language, was first shown to them by Professor Henslow. It is true that they long continued to ap the opprobrious name of “non-reading men” to the lovers of na- tural science ; but by degrees the majority of such persons have at- tained the knowledge that “‘non-reading men”’ (being naturalists) may really be hard and diligent students. It is worthy of remark that several of our most eminent naturalists and geologists of the present day were, from their preference of the study of nature, considered, — o_o a Bibliographical Notice. 463 when students, as neglecting the opportunities afforded them at Cam- bridge. We venture to say that there is not one of those men who does not now look back to the time of his residence at Cambridge as the period when, under the guidance of Henslow or Sedgwick, he acquired or largely increased the habit of mind and power of observa- tion which has rendered him what he is. Henslow was the chief founder of the now well-known Cambridge Philosophical Society, which originated from conversations with Prof. Sedgwick during a geological tour in the Isle of Wight. Not having at that time attained the degree of Master of Arts, he appeared less prominently amongst the original members of the Society than was due to his real connexion with its establishment. - Henslow commenced his study of nature with geology and minera- logy; and in 1822 he became Professor of Mineralogy in succession to the celebrated traveller, Dr. E.D. Clarke. He only held that chair for a short time; for in 1825 the Professorship of Botany became vacant, and he was elected to that office, which. he retained until his lamented death. He immediately commenced lecturing on botany, and obtained a good class at once. He also took pains to become acquainted with the students of nature, and opened his house to them on one evening in each week. This had an excellent effect, by making those men acquainted who had congenial pursuits, by help- ing them in their difficulties, and creating emulation amongst them. Henslow’s attention was soon turned to the improvement of the Botanic Garden, which was small and surrounded by houses, and utterly insufficient for the uses to which such institutions are turned in the present day, although, when founded, it was excellently suited to the wants of that time. He hoped to raise the garden to ‘*a level with some other establishments of the same kind,” and happily lived to see his wishes attained to a very considerable extent: The garden was removed to the outskirts of the town, very much extended, and an efficient curator appointed. _ He also commenced the formation of a herbarium ; for very little was left by the Martyns, and even that little in a deplorable state of decay. He took active measures, and has left an immense and valu- able accumulation of specimens in the possession of the University. When the requisite accommodation is provided for them, and his successor has been thus enabled to complete their arrangement, Cambridge will possess an excellent herbarium. Unfortunately for the University, although happily for himself and most providentially for the parish, he was in 1837 appointed to the valuable living of Hitcham in Suffolk, and permanently established himself there in 1839. From that time the University became to him necessarily the second object, his parish taking the first place. Cambridge had the advantage of his presence for only about six weeks in the year. How he converted a place notorious for crime, immorality, and ignorance into a model parish must be sought in in Mr, Jenyns’s book. It is a beautiful lesson to clergymen similarly situated, and ought to be studied by all who are intended for the Ininistry ; but it is a subject foreign to our Journal, Nevertheless 464: Zoological Society :— we may notice one of the means employed for opening the minds of the young: we mean the introduction of botany into the parish school. The study was optional, but was ultimately pursued by a considerable number of the elder children with very great suc- cess: they took an eager delight in~their botanical lessons; and one of the Inspectors of Schools states, ‘‘ that the botanical lessons did draw largely upon the intelligent powers of his little pupils’ minds there can be no question; and that these children, who out of school were much more conversable than the generality of children in rural parishes, owed a considerable share of the general develop- ment of their minds to the botanical lessons and the self-exercise connected with them.” ‘‘ Neither,’ says another inspector, ‘‘had I any reason to think that the botanical lessons interfered with a due study of the usual subjects of a national school. Independently of the botany, the Hitcham school ranked well among the better class of rural schools in the district.” But we must stop. We have no intention to give an abstract of this book, but to show that it is well deserving of perusal. As such we strongly recommend it to all our readers. PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES. ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY. May 13, 1862.—John Gould, Esq., F.R.S., in the Chair. NARRATIVE OF SEARCH AFTER Birps or PARADISE. By Aurrep R. Wauuace, F.Z.S. Having visited most of the islands inhabited by the Paradisea, in the hope of obtaining good specimens of those extraordinary birds, and some knowledge of their habits and distribution, I have thought that an outline of my several voyages, with the causes that have led to their only partial success, might not prove uninteresting. At the close of the year 1856, being then at Macassar in the island of Celebes, I was introduced to the master of a prau trading to the Aru Islands, who assured me that two sorts of Birds of Paradise were abundant there, the large yellow and the small red kinds—the Para- disee apoda and regia of naturalists. He seemed to think there was no doubt but I could obtain them either by purchase from the natives or by shooting them myself. Thus encouraged, I agreed with him for a passage there and back (his stay being six months), and made all my preparations to start by the middle of December. Our vessel was a Malay prau of about 100 tons burthen, but dif- fering widely from anything to be seen in European waters. The deck sloped downwards towards the bows, the two rudders were hung by rattans and ropes on the quarters, the masts were triangles stand- ing on the decks, and the huge mat sail, considerably longer than the vessel, with its yard of bamboos, rose upwards at a great angle, so as to make up for the lowness of the mast. In this strange vessel, Mr. A. R. Wallace’s Search after Birds of Paradise. 465 which, under very favourable circumstances, plunged along at nearly five miles an hour, and with a Buginese crew, all of whom seemed. to have a voice in cases of difficulty or danger, we made the voyage of about a thousand miles in perfect safety and very agreeably ; in fact, of all the sea voyages I have made, this was one of the pleasantest. On reaching the Bugis trading settlement of Dobbo, I found that the small island on which it is situated does not contain any Para- dise-Birds. Just as I was trying to arrange a trip to the larger island, a fleet of Magindano pirates made their appearance, commit- ting great devastations, and putting the whole place in an uproar ; and it was only after they had been some time gone that confidence began to be restored, and the natives could be persuaded to take the smallest voyage. This delayed me two months in Dobbo without seeing a Paradise-Bird. When, however, I at length reached the main island and ascended a small stream to a native village, I soon obtained a specimen of the lovely P. regia, which, when first brought me, excited greater ad- miration and delight than I have experienced on any similar occasion. The larger species was still not to be seen; and the natives assured me that it would be some months before their plumage arrived at perfection, when they were accustomed to congregate together and could be more easily obtained. This proved to be correct ; for it was about four months after my arrival at Dobbo that I obtained my first full-plumaged specimen of P. apoda. This was near the centre of the large island of Aru; and I there, with the assistance of the natives, procured the fine series which first arrived in England. While at Dobbo I had frequent conversations with the Bugis tra- ders and with the Rajah of Goram, who all assured me that in the northern parts of New Guinea I could travel with safety, and that at Mysol, Waigiou, Salwatty, and Dorey I could get all the different sorts of Paradisee. Their accounts excited me so much that I could think of nothing else; and after another excursion in Celebes I made my way to Ternate, as the best head-quarters for the Mo- luccas and New Guinea. Finding a schooner about to sail on its annual trading voyage to the north coast of New Guinea, I agreed for a passage to Dorey, and to be called for on the return of the vessel after an interval of three or four months. We arrived there, after a tedious voyage, in April 1858, and I began my second search after the Birds of Paradise. I went to Dorey in full confidence of success, and thought myself extremely fortunate in being able to visit that particular locality ; for it was there that Lesson, in the French discovery-ship ‘ Coquille,’ purchased from the natives skins of at least eight species, viz. Para- disee papuana, regia, magnifica, superba, sexsetacea, Astrapia nigra, Epimachus magnus, and Sericulus aureus. Here was a pro- spect for me! The very anticipation of it made me thrill with ex- pectation. My disappointment therefore may be imagined when, shortly after my arrival, I found all these bright hopes fade away. In vain I in- quired for the native bird-hunters ; none were to be found there ; and Ann, & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 3. Vol. x. 31 466 Zoological Society :— the inhabitants assured me that not a single Bird of Paradise of any kind was ever prepared by the Dorey people, and that only the com- mon yellow one (P. papuana) was found in the district. This turned out to be the case; for 1 could get nothing but P. papuana sparingly, a few females of P. regia, and one young.male of Seleucides alba, a spe- cies Lesson does not mention. Nevertheless Lesson did undoubtedly obtain all the birds he mentions at Dorey ; but the natives are great traders in a petty way, and are constantly making voyages along the coast and to the neighbouring islands, where they purchase Birds of Paradise and sell them again to the Bugis praus, Molucca traders, and whale-ships which annually visit Dorey harbour. Lesson must have been there at a good time, when there happened to be an accu- mulation of birds; I at a bad one, for I could not buy a single rare bird all the time I was there. I also suffered much by the visit of a Dutch surveying-steamer, which, for want of coals, lay in Dorey harbour a month; and during that time I got nothing from the natives, every specimen being taken on board the steamer, where the commonest birds and insects were bought at high prices. During this time two skins of Astrapia nigra were brought by a Bugis trader and sold to an amateur ornithologist on board; and I never had another chance of getting a skin of this rare and beautiful bird. The Dorey people all agreed that Amberbaki, about 100 miles west, was the place for Birds of Paradise, and that almost all the different sorts were to be found there. Determined to make an effort to secure them, I sent my two best men with ten natives and a large stock of goods to stay there a fortnight, with instructions to shoot and buy all they could. They returned, however, with absolutely nothing. They could not buy any skins but those of the common “P. papuana, and could not find any birds but a single specimen of P. regia. They were assured that the birds all came from two or three days’ journey in the interior, over several ridges of mountains, and were never seen near the coast. The coast people never go there themselves, nor do the mountaineers who kill and preserve them ever come to the coast, but sell them to the inhabitants of intermediate villages, where the coast people go to buy them. These sell them to the Dorey people or any other native traders; so that the specimens Lesson purchased had already passed through three or four hands. These disappointments, with a scarcity of food sometimes ap- proaching starvation, and almost constant sickness both of myself and men, one of whom died of dysentery, made me heartily glad when the schooner returned and took me away from Dorey. I had gone there with the most brilliant hopes, which I think were fully justi- fied by the facts known before my visit ; and yet, as far as my special object (the Birds of Paradise) was concerned, I had accomplished next to nothing. _ My ardour for New Guinea voyages being now somewhat abated, for the next year and a half I occupied myself in the Moluccas; but in January 1860, being joined (when at Amboyna) by my assistant Mr. Allen, I arranged a plan for the further exploration of the country of the Paradisee, by sending Mr. Allen to Mysol, while I a Mr. A. R. Wallace’s Search after Birds of Paradise. 467 myself, after making the circuit of the island of Ceram, was to visit him with stores and provisions and proceed to Waigiou, both return- ing independently to meet at Ternate in the autumn. _ [had been assured by the Goram and Bugis traders that Mysol was the very best country for the Birds of Paradise, and that they were finer and more abundant there than anywhere else. For Wai- giou I had, besides the authority of the native traders, that of Les- son also, who visited the north coast for a few days, and mentions seven species of Paradise-Birds purchased there by him. These two promising expeditions turned out unfortunately in every respect. On reaching Goram, after much difficulty and delay, I found it impossible to make the voyage I had projected without a vessel of my own. I therefore purchased a small] native prau of about 8 tons, and after spending a month in strengthening and fitting it up,-and having with great difficulty secured a native crew, paid them half their wages in advance, and overcome all the difficulties and ob- jections which every one of them made to starting when all was ready, we at length got away, and I congratulated myself on my favourable prospects. Touching at Ceramlaut, the rendezvous of the New Guinea traders, I invested all my spare cash in goods for barter with the natives, and then proceeded towards Mysol. The very next day, however, being obliged to anchor on the east coast of Ceram on account of bad weather, my erew all ran away during the night, leaving myself and my two Amboyna hunters to get on as we could. With great difficulty 1 procured other men to take us as far as Wahai, on the north coast of Ceram, opposite to Mysol, and there by a great chance succeeded in picking up a make- shift crew of four men willing to go with me to Mysol, Waigiou, and Ternate. I here found a letter from Mr. Allen, telling me he was much in want of rice and other necessaries, and was waiting my arrival to go to the north coast of Mysol, where alone the Paradt- see could be obtained. On attempting to cross the strait, seventy miles wide, between Ceram and Mysol, a strong east wind blew us out of our course ; so that we passed to the westward of that island without any possibility of getting back to it. Mr. Allen, finding it impossible to live with- out rice, had to return to Wahai, much against his will, and there was kept two months waiting a supply from Amboyna. When at length he was able to return to Mysol, he had only a fortnight at the best place on the north coast, when the last boat of the season left, and he was obliged to take his only chance of getting back to Ternate. Through this unfortunate series of accidents he was only able to get a single specimen of P. papuana, which is finer there than in most other places, a few of the Cicinnurus regius, and of P. magnifica only a native skin, though this beautiful little species is not rare in the island, and during a longer stay might easily have been obtained. My own voyage was beset with misfortunes. After passing Mysol, I lost two of my scanty crew on a little desert island, our anchor breaking while ~ ge were on shore, and a powerful ee carrying 468 Zoological Society :— us rapidly away. One of them was our pilot ; and, without a chart or any knowledge of the coasts, we had to blunder our way short-handed among the rocks and reefs and innumerable islands which surround the rocky coasts of Waigiou. Our little vessel was five times on the rocks in the space of twenty-four hours, and a little more wind or sea would in several cases have caused our destruction. "On at length reaching our resting-place on the south coast of Waigiou, I imme- diately sent a native boat after my lost sailors, which, however, re- turned in a week without them, owing to bad weather. Again they were induced to make the attempt, and this time returned with them in a very weak and emaciated condition, as they had lived a month on a mere sand-bank, about a mile in diameter, subsisting on shell- fish and the succulent shoots of a wild Bromelia. I now devoted myself to an investigation of the natural history of Waigiou, having great expectations raised by Lesson’s account, who says that he purchased the three true Paradisee, as well as P. magni- fica and P. sexsetacea, with Epimachus magnus and Sericulus aureus, in the island, and also mentions several rare Psittaci as probably found there. I soon ascertained, however, from the universal testi- mony of the inhabitants, afterwards confirmed by.my own observa- tion, that none of these species exist on the island, except P. rubra, which is the sole representative of the Paradiseide and Epimachide, and is strictly limited to this one spot. With more than the usual amount of difficulties, privations, and hunger, I succeeded in obtaining a good series of this beautiful and extraordinary bird ; and three months’ assiduous collecting produced no other species at all worthy of attention. The parrots and pigeons were all of known species ; and there was really nothing in the island to render it worth visiting by a naturalist, except the P. rubra, which can be obtained nowhere else. Our two expeditions to two almost unknown Papuan islands have thus added but one species to the Paradise@ I had before obtained. from Aru and Dorey. ‘These voyages occupied us nearly a year ; for we parted company in Amboyna in February, and met again at Ter- nate in November, and it was not till the following January that we were either of us able to start again on a fresh voyage. At Waigiou I learned that the Birds of Paradise all came from three places on the north coast, between Salwatty and Dorey—Sorong, Maas, and Amberbaki. The latter I had tried unsuccessfully from Dorey ; at Maas, the natives who procured the birds were said to live three days’ journey in the interior, and to be cannibals ; but at Sorong, which was near Salwatty, they were only about a day from the coast, and were less dangerous to visit. At Mysol, Mr. Allen had received somewhat similar information ; and we therefore resolved he should make another attempt at Sorong, where we were assured all the sorts could be obtained. The whole of that country being under the jurisdiction of the Sultan of Tidore, I obtained, through the Dutch resident at Ternate, a Tidore lieutenant and two soldiers to accompany Mr. Allen as a protection, and to facilitate his opera- tions in getting men and visiting the interior. Mr, A. R. Wallace’s Search after Birds of Paradise. 469 - Notwithstanding these precautions, Mr. Allen met with difficulties in this voyage which we had not encountered before. To understand these, it is necessary to consider that the Birds of Paradise are an article of commerce, and are the monopoly of the chiefs of the coast villages, who obtain them at a low rate from the mountaineers, and sell them to the Bugis traders. A portion is also paid every year as tribute to the Sultan of Tidore. The natives are therefore very jea- lous of a stranger, especially a European, interfering in their trade, and above all of going into the interior to deal with the mountaineers themselves. They of course think he will raise the prices in the in- terior, and lessen the demand on the coast, greatly to their disadvan- tage; they also think their tribute will be raised if a European takes back a quantity of the rare sorts; and they have besides a vague and very natural dread of some ulterior object in a white man’s coming at so much trouble and expense to their country only to get Birds of Paradise, of which they know he can buy plenty at Ternate, Macas- sar, or Singapore. It thus happened that when Mr. Allen arrived at Sorong and ex- plained his intentions of going to seek Birds of Paradise in the interior, innumerable objections were raised. He was told it was three or four days’ journey over swamps and mountains; that the mountaineers were savages and cannibals, who would certainly kill him ; and, lastly, that not a man in the village could be found who dare go with him. After some days spent in these discussions, as he still persisted in making the attempt, and showed them his au- thority from the Sultan of Tidore to go where he pleased and receive every assistance, they at length provided him with a boat to go the first part of the journey up a river; at the same time, however, they sent private orders to the interior villages to refuse to sell any pro- visions, so as to compel him to return. On arriving at the village where they were to leave the river and strike inland, the coast people returned, leaving Mr. Allen to get on as he could. Here he called on the Tidore lieutenant to assist him and procure men as guides and to carry his baggage to the villages of the mountaineers. This, however, was not so easily done; a quarrel took place, and the na- tives, refusing to obey the somewhat harsh orders of the lieutenant, got out their knives and spears to attack him and his soldiers, and. Mr. Allen himself was obliged to interfere to protect those who had come to guard him. The respect due to a white man and the timely distribution of a few presents prevailed ; and on showing the knives, hatchets, and beads he was willing to give to those who accompanied him, peace was restored, and the next day, travelling over a fright- fully rugged country, they reached the villages of the mountaineers. Here Mr. Allen remained a month, without any interpreter through whom he could understand a word or communicate a want. How- ever, by signs and presents and a pretty liberal barter he got on very well, some of them accompanying him every day in the forest to shoot, and receiving a small present when he was successful. In the grand matter of the Paradise-Birds, however, little was done. Only one additional species was found, the Seleucides alba, 470 Zoological Society :— of which he had already obtained a specimen on the island of Sal- watty on his way to Sorong; so that at this much-vaunted place in the mountains, and among the bird-catching natives, nothing fresh was obtained. The P. magnifica, they said, was found there, but was rare; the Sericulus aureus also rare; Epimachus magnus, Astrapia nigra, Parotia sexsetacea, and Lophorina superba not found there, but only much further in the interior, as well as the lovely little Lory, Charmosyna papuana. Moreover, neither at Sorong nor at Salwatty could he obtain a single native skin of the rarer species. Thus ended my search after these beautiful birds. Five voyages to different parts of the district they inhabit, each occupying in its preparation and execution the larger part of a year, have produced me only five species out of the thirteen known to exist in New Guinea. The kinds obtained are those that inhabit the districts near the coasts of New Guinea and its islands, the remainder seeming to be strictly confined to the central mountain-ranges of the northern peninsula ; and our researches at Dorey and Amberbaki, near one end of this peninsula, and at Salwatty and Sorong, near the other, enable me to decide with some certainty on the native country of these rare and lovely birds, good specimens of which have never yet been seen in Europe. It must be considered as somewhat extraordinary that during five years’ residence and travel in Celebes, the Moluccas, and New Guinea I should never have been able to purchase skins of half the species which Lesson, forty years ago, obtained during a few weeks in the same countries. I believe that all, except the common species of commerce, are now much more difficult to obtain than they were even twenty years ago; and I impute it principally to their having been sought after by the Dutch officials through the Sultan of Tidore. The chiefs of the annual expeditions to collect tribute, have had orders to get all the rare sorts of Paradise- Birds; and as they pay little or nothing for them (it being suffi- cient to say they are for the Sultan), the head men of the coast villages would for the future refuse to purchase them from the mountaineers, and confine themselves instead to the commoner spe- cies, which are less sought after by amateurs, but are to them a profitable merchandise. The same causes frequently lead the inha- bitants of uncivilized countries to, conceal any minerals or other na- tural products with which they may become acquainted, from the fear of being obliged to pay increased tribute, or of bringing upon themselves a new and oppressive labour. I have given this short sketch of my search after the Birds of Paradise, barely touching on the many difficulties and dangers I experienced, because I fear that the somewhat scanty results of my exertions may have led to the opinion that they failed for want of judgment or perseverance. I trust, however, that the mere enume- ration of my voyages will show that patience and perseverance were not altogether wanting; but I must plead guilty to having been misled, first by Lesson and then by all the native traders, it never having occurred to me (and I think it would notjhave occurred to an one), that in scarcely a single instance would the birds be found to Mr. A. R. Wallace’s Search after Birds of Paradise. 471 inhabit the districts in which they are most frequently to be pur- chased. Yet such is the case; for neither at Dorey, nor at Salwatty, nor Waigiou, nor Mysol are any of the rarer species to be found alive. Not only this, but even at Sorong, where the Waigiou chiefs go every year and purchase all kinds of Birds of Paradise, it has turned out that most of the specimens are brought from the central mountain-ranges by the natives of those places, and reach the shore. in places where it is not safe for trading praus to go, owing to the want of anchorage on an exposed rocky coast. Nature seems to have taken every precaution that these, her choicest treasures, may not lose value by being too easily obtained. First we find an open, harbourless, inhospitable coast, exposed to the full swell of the Pacific Ocean; next, a rugged and mountainous country, covered with dense forests, offering in its swamps and pre- eipices and serrated ridges an almost impassable barrier to the cen- tral regions; and lastly, a race of the most savage and ruthless character, in the very lowest stage of civilization. In such a country and among such a people are found these wonderful productions of nature. In those trackless wilds do they display that exquisite beauty and that marvellous development of plumage, calculated to excite admiration and astonishment among the most civilized and. most intellectual races of man. A feather is itself a wonderful and a beautiful thing. A bird clothed with feathers is almost necessarily a beautiful creature. How much, then, must we wonder at and admire the modification of simple feathers into the rigid, polished, wavy ribbons which adorn P. rudra, the mass of airy plumes on P. apoda, the tufts and wires of Seleucides alba, or the golden buds borne upon airy stems that spring from the tail of Cicinnurus regius ; while gems and polished metals can alone compare with the tints that adorn the breast of Parotia sexsetacea and Astrapia nigra, and the immensely developed shoulder-plumes of Hpimachus magnus. I will now point out the distribution of the species of Birds of Paradise, as far as I have been able to ascertain it. The Aru Islands contain P. apoda and P. regia; and we have no positive knowledge of P. apoda being found anywhere else. Mysol has P. papuana, P. regia, and P. magnifica; Waigiou P. rubra only. Salwatty, though so close to New Guinea, has no restricted Paradisee, but possesses P. regia, P. magnifica, Ep. albus, and Sericulus aureus. The island of Jobie, and the Mysory Islands beyond it, certainly contain true Paradisee ; but what species beyond P. papuana, is unknown. The coast districts of the northern part of New Guinea contain P. papuana and P. regia pretty generally distributed, while P. magnifica, P. alba, and Sericulus aureus are scarce and local. Lastly, the central moun- tains of the northern peninsula are alone inhabited by Lophorina superba, Parotia sexsetacea, Astrapia nigra, Epimachus magnus, and Oraspedophora magnifica; and here also probably exist the — Diphyllodes Wilsoni and Paradigalla carunculata. The most widely distributed of the Paradisee is therefore the little P. regia, which is found in every island except Waigiou. Next, and probably most abundant in individuals, comes the P. papuana, 472 —i Miscellaneous. wanting only in Aru, Salwatty, and Waigiou. The next most widely spread species is P. magnifica, occurring in two islands (Salwatty and Mysol).as well as on the mainland. ‘The other species are all found on the mainland only—with the exception of P. apoda (probably re- stricted to Aru), and P. rubra, which, being certainly confined to the small island of Waigiou, offers the most restricted range of the whole family. It is interesting to remark that all the islands on which true Pa- radisee are found are connected by banks of soundings to the main- land of New Guinea. The hundred-fathom line includes the islands of Aru, Mysol, Waigiou, and Jobie, which have probably been, at no distant geological period, connected with New Guinea; while Keé, Ceram, &c., are separated from it by deep sea, and on them no Pa- radisee exist. The island of Gilolo, on which the genus Semioptera occurs, ex- tends towards Waigiou, and has the island of Guebe exactly between the two, suggesting the probability of a connexion there; but the depth of the intervening sea is unknown. ! It may be considered as certain that every species of Paradise-Bird yet obtained from the natives has come from the north peninsula of New Guinea, that being the part most frequented by the Malay traders. The vast extent of country east of long. 136° is quite un- known; but there can be little doubt that it contains other and perhaps yet more wonderful forms of this beautiful group of birds. If we look round the whole circumference of the globe, we shall be unable to find a region at once so promising to the naturalist and so absolutely a “‘ terra incognita”’ as this great tropical land ; and it is to be hoped that our explorers and naturalists may soon be induced to direct their attention to this hitherto neglected country. MISCELLANEOUS. Remarks in reference to the Gracula pectoralis of Mr. Wallace. By G. R. Gray. Mr. Watuace has lately described an interesting bird under the appellation of Gracula pectoralis, which bird had been previously recorded by Lesson, under the name of Sericulus anais, from a spe- cimen in M. Bourcier’s collection. Lesson gives a correct description (Revue de Zool. 1839, p. 44) of the bird, so far as a mutilated New- Guinean skin would permit. The late Prince C, L. Bonaparte, in 1850, refers to Lesson’s spe- cies in his ‘Conspectus Avium,’ but in his very short notice of it he unfortunately uses the word abdomine when it ought to have been pectore, and thus this misapplication of a word has caused a difficulty in defining the bird. This mistake he also continued in the ‘Comptes Rendus,’ 1853, page 831, though he there gave a new and more lengthened description. At the same time he proposed it as the type of a new division, under the name of Melanopyrrhus. - Miscellaneous. A473 ~-In 1850, Mr. Cassin unknowingly described this bird under the new name of Pastor nigrocinctus (Proc. Acad. Philad. 1850, p. 68). The description, he informs us, was taken from two specimens—one in the Albany Museum, U.S., and the other in the Philadelphian Academy. The fact of the similarity of this species with that of Lesson was first pointed out by Dr. Sclater (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1857, p- 6). It is one of the birds which I had, in my ‘ List of Genera,’ published in 1855, ‘so quietly recapitulated,” as the learned Editor of ‘The Ibis’ (1862, p. 291) is pleased to remark, “with the dry interrogatory, ‘ Nonne avis arte facta?’ ’’ I was induced to affix this observation from the appearance presented in my drawing, which was taken from M. Bourcier’s typical specimen. It is now proved, in part at least, that I was not altogether wrong in supposing that the art of the taxidermist had been employed in endeavouring to replace by artificial means what the New-Guinean natives had de- prived the three previously known specimens of,—for example, their wings and legs. The false restoration of these organs was the cause of a wrong position being assigned to the bird in regard to the family it occupied in the system of ornithology. Mr. Wallace’s perfect specimens prove that the true wings and legs are very similar to those of the genus Gracula, both in form and colour ; and it appears to be intermediate between the genera Gracula and Basilornis, being allied to the latter in its more slender-formed bill. The name and synonyma of this fine and singularly coloured bird will now stand as follows :— Gracula (Melanopyrrhus) Anais. Sericulus Anais, Less., Rev. de Zool. 1839, p.44; Pr. Bon., Consp. Av. i. p. 349. Melanopyrrhus Anais, Pr. Bon., Compt. Rend. 1853, p.831; G. R. Gray, List of Gen. 1855, p. 46. Pastor nigrocinctus, Cass., Proc. Acad. Philad. 1850, p. 68. ?Oriolus Anais, G. R. Gray, Gen. of B. App. p. 11; id. Cat. of Birds of N, Guin. p. 26. Gracula pectoralis, Wall., Proc. Z. 8. 1862, p. 166. pl. 20. Hab. New Guinea (Wall.). The Gorilla. By Tuomas J. Moore. A statement, resting upon no reliable authority, lately appeared in the Liverpool newspapers, announcing the arrival and exhibition in this port of a young living specimen of a Gorilla. This announcement, having been copied into the ‘Times,’ and continuing to be copied into various other papers, being absolutely untrue, it becomes necessary to give it an unqualified contradiction. The so-called Gorilla is simply a Chimpanzee, standing somewhat over two feet in height, and having the large ears, flesh-coloured muzzle, with white hairs on the chin, and the deeply cleft fingers so characteristic of the species. It is a robust, lively, and amusing creature, imitating its keeper 4.74 Miscellaneous. in various ways, as in trying to unlock a cupboard and to tack pieces of list over cracks in the door. But how any one who has once seen either a Chimpanzee or a Gorilla could mistake it for the young of the latter passes comprehension. ; Mr. Bartlett and Mr. Waterhouse Hawkins, who have both seen the animal (the latter coming expressly from Wrexham, on the faith of the above public announcements, to do so), will confirm my statements, if they have not already published protests of their own. One specimen of the Gorilla has certainly been imported into Liverpool alive. This occurred in the winter of 1855-56. This individual, called “‘ Jenny,” was slightly larger, I believe, than the preceding, and was purchased by Mrs. Wombwell, in whose menagerie it lived some short time, and in which, on its subsequent arrival in Liverpool, I first saw it. A short notice of this animal was written by Mr. Waterton, and subsequently published in some local paper. It was active in its habits, and so far from being savage or ferocious, it lived with its mistress in her own special travelling carriage, about which it jumped and climbed freely. Upon its death in March 1856, it was forwarded to Mr. Waterton, in whose museum at Walton Hall the preserved skin may still be seen. The skeleton is in the museum of the Philosophical and Literary Society of Leeds, whither it was forwarded direct from Walton Hall. A young specimen, which died at the Gaboon, in the spring of this year, in the possession of Mr. R. B. Walker, may be seen, stuffed, in the museum of the Natural History Society of Manchester. This is smaller than the preceding, being, as nearly as I can remember, about the size of the young stuffed example in the British Museum. | The recent acquisition of the skin of an adult Gorilla, in first-rate condition, tempts me to make public the way in which it was pre- served. It was very carefully skinned, down even to the very tips of the fingers and toes, and the skin preserved in spirit*, The carcase . was exposed to insects for a short time, and then packed in a suitable box. By these means both skin and skeleton arrived in excellent condition, and indicate the most reliable methods of preserving future specimens for importation. They were secured for this Museum through the liberality of Mr. Henry Duckworth, F.G.S., of this town. Before concluding, I may note that an enormous skeleton of a male Gorilla, presented to this Museum by Mr. R. B. Walker, mea- sures 16% inches in the length of the femur. Free Public and Derby Museum, Liverpool, Nov. 24, 1862. * Instructions recommending this method of transmitting the skin of the Gorilla were sent to the Gaboon by Dr. J. E. Gray, of the British Museum, in 1861.—Eps. Miscellaneous. 475 Note on the Otothrix Hodgsoni. By G. R. Gray. In a late Number of ‘The Ibis,’ Mr. Blyth refers to my Otothrizx Hodgsoni (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1859, p. 101. pl. 152), and makes it ab- solutely identical with Podargus cornutus. He goes so far as to say that the former is the young of the latter species. If he had, how- ever, actually compared them together, he could never have made such an erroneous identification. In his Catalogue of Birds, Mr. Blyth doubtfully considers the Podargus cornutus as the adult of P. javanensis, while in another work (Journ. A. S. B. 1847, p- 1180) he tells us that the P. javanensis is the young dress of P. auritus (!). Mr. Blyth has, however, referred to two examples as B & C, under the head of Podargus affinis, in his Catalogue, p. 81, in these words: ‘ Head, wings, and tail of two specimens of a nearly allied but distinct species. From Darjiling.” This locality is identical with that from which the Ofothrix Hodgsoni is brought, and I be- lieve therefore that these fragments belong to my species ; so that in these he could see distinctive characters, although he now ventures to judge from the figure only, and pronounces my Hodgsoni to be no other than cornutus, young. The specimen of Otothriz Hodgsoni from which the description and figure were derived is that of an adult female, taken from the nest with its young ; and it has, among other differences, a smaller bill than that of P. cornutus, its general coloration, the extreme length of the whiskers, &c. Note on Pleuronectes sinensis, Lacép. By Dr. A. Ginruer. The generic name of Tephritis has been given by me to the Chinese Turbot, or Pleuronectes sinensis, Lacép. (Catal. Fish. iv. p. 406). Having since found it preoccupied by a geuus of insects, I propose to replace it by that of Tephrinectes. Note on the Size of a Seal at the time of Birth. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &. We have received from the Zoological Gardens the body of a Ringed Seal (Callocephalus fetidus), that had died soon after its birth. It was entirely covered with closely set, well-developed fur of a silver-grey colour, being rather browner on the upper surface. It is 2 feet 8 inches long, from the tip of the nose to the end of tail ; the fore paws are 6, and the hinder 8 inches long, and the latter are 7 inches wide when expanded. The webs of the feet are covered with hair, and the claws are well developed and black. The whiskers are white, well developed, and slightly waved.—Proc. Zool. Soc. June 10, 1862. 476 INDEX to VOL. X. Avams, A., on the animal and affi- nities of the genus Alaba, with de- scriptions of new species, 293; on new species of Scissurellide, 346 ; on the animal and float of lanthina, 417; on the animal and affinities of Scaliola, 420, Alaba, on the animal and affinities of the genus, 293. Alder, J., on anew genus and some new species of naked Mollusca, 261. Alepisaurus ferox, notes on, 317. Alepocephalus rostratus, notes on, 285. Alligators, synopsis of the species of, 327. Anatomus, new species of, 347. Andrenide, on the form of the pec- ten in, 152. Aphantochroa, new species of, 316. Apide, on the form of the pecten in, 152. Aquila Desmursii, remarks on, 390. Ascaris, new species of, 314. Astianthus, characters of the genus, 31. Astylozoon, characters of the new ge- nus, 260 Australica, new species of, 24. Baird, Dr. W., on some new species of entomostracous Crustacea, 1; on new species of Entozoa, 314; on new species of Estheria and Lim- netis, 391. Baly, J.S., on new species of Phyto- phagous Beetles, 17. Bate, C.S., on the supposed disco- very of a minute vertebrate jaw in mud dredged at St. Helena, 440. Batissa, on a species of, 415. Baur, A., on Synapta digitata and its supposed parasite, 216. Bellonella, description of the new ge- nus, 148. Beneden, P. J. van, on the transfurm- ation of Entozoa, 157. Bennett, Dr. G., on the habits of Rhinochetus jubatus, 308. Benson, W. H., on Indian and Bur- mese species of Unio, 184; on a singular shell from Southern India allied to Tanalia, with remarks on a Travancore Batissa and on the Himalayan form Tricula, 414. Berberis, on the nature of the thorns in, 373. Bignoniacez, revision of the order, Birds of Paradise, narrative of search after, 464. Blackwall, J., on newly discovered Spiders from Rio Janeiro, 348, 421. ee characters of the genus, 269. Books, new: — Babington’s British Botany, 50; Gwyn Jeffreys’s Brit- ish Conchology, 53; Hooker’s British Ferns, 140; Sclater’s Cata- logue of American Birds, 143; Stainton’s Tineina, 305; Kroyer’s Naturhistorisk Tidsskrift, 370; Wallich’s North-Atlantie Sea-bed, 380 ; Darwin’s Fertilization of the Orchids, 384 ; Jenyns’s Memoir of Henslow, 461. Bothriocephalus, new species of, 315, Bowerbank, Dr.J.S., on the anatomy ve physiology of the Spongiade, 44, . Brauer, F., on the larvee of Hypo- derma, 397 Ceenopsis, characters of the genus, 334. eer monograph of the species of, 330. - Cambridge geology, notes on, 97. Campsidium, characters of the genus, 32. Candona, new species of, 2. Caprieornus, new species of, 320. Centrolabrus trutta, notes on, 161. Cephalophus, new species of, 400. Cervus, on a new species of, 394. Charze, onthe pro-embryosof the, 321. Charrs, on the British, 228. Charybdeide, on the systematic po- sition of the, 6. INDEX. Chasmatostoma, characters of the new genus, 257. Chlorospingus, new species of, 310. Chrysomela, new species of, 20. Clark, Rey. H., on new species of Hydroporus, 173, 326. Clarke, Rev. W. B., on the age of the New South Wales coal-fields, 81. Clubiona, new species of, 426. Coal-fields of New South Wales, on the age of the, 81. Coccinella, new species of, 337. Colasposoma, new species of, 19. Coleoptera, additions to Madeiran, 287, 331. Cork, on the natural and artificial pro- duction of, in the Cork-oak, 400. Cosmetornis, new species of, 445. Cossypha, new species of, 443. Craniz, on the recent, 126. “ae description of the new genus, 263. Caan: synopsis of the species of, 265. Cyclemys, on a new species of, 157. Cynopterus, new species of, 397. Cyphagogus, description of the new genus, 299 Cypris, new species of, 3. Cythere, new fossil species of, 203. Daniell, Dr. W. F., on some Chinese condiments obtained from the Xan- thoxylaceze, 195. DeCandolle, C., on the natural and ar- tificial production of cork, 400. Delphinus, new species of, 388. Diala, new species of, 298. Didrichsen, M., on the nature of the thorns in Berberis, Ribes, and Par- kinsonia, 373. Doris, new British species of, 261. Doto, new British species of, 264. Drassus, new species of, 425. Drepanostoma, characters of the new genus, 259. Dysdera, new British species of, 240. Elditt, M., on the early stages of Microdon mutabilis, 79. Empidochanes, new species of, 312. Emys lutaria, on the discovery of an- cient remains of, in Norfolk, 224. Engelmann, T, W., on the Infusoria, 241... Entomostraca, descriptions of new, 1. Entoniscus Porcellanze, description of, dew 477 Entozoa, on the migrations of, 77, 157; new species of, 314, Epeira, new species of, 430. Ephedra, observations on, 133. Eripus, new species of, 422. Estheria, new species of, 391. Euplectes, new species of, 444. Euryope, new species of, 19. Eutriptus, new species of, 292. Fishes, on rare or little-known Ma- deiran, 161, 274; death of, in the sea during the monsoon, 320. Flower, W. H., on the brain of the Javan Loris, 150. Fregilus, new species of, 316. Furina textilis, note on, 393. Garreau, M. L., on the functions of the nitrogenous matter of plants,33,111. Gastrostyla, characters of the new genus, 259, Gastrus Equi, on the anatomy of the larva of, 372. Gonioctena, new species of, 27. _ Gonostoma denudata, notes on, 279. Gorilla, on the habits of the, 473. Gould, J., on new species of Hum-~ ming-birds, 315. Gracula pectoralis, remarks on, 472. Gray, G. R., on some West African Birds, 443; on the Gracula pecto- ralis, 472 ; on the Otothrix Hodg- soni, 475. Gray, Dr. J. E., on new species of Spoggodes and a new allied genus, 69; on claviform Pennatulide, 73 ; on a new species of Paragorgia, 125; on two new genera of Zoo- phytes, 147; on a new species of Cyclemys, 157; on the species of Crocodiles, 265 ; on a new Leopard from Japan, 320; on a new Wild Goat from the island of Formosa, 320; on the species of Alligators, 327 ; on a new species of Dolphin, 388 ; on a wingless bird, or Moho, and a Raven found in Hawaii, 389 ; on a new species of Cynopterus, 397; on the oceurrence of the King- crab on the English coast, 399; on a new species of Bosh-Buck from Natal, 400; on the size of a Seal at the time of birth, 475. Ginther, Dr. A.,on the British Charrs, 228; on a new Spider from Cochin China, 299; onthe genus Trachinus, 301; on Pleuronectes sinensis, 475, 478 Gurney, J. H., on Aquila Desmursii, 390. Gyrodactylus elegans, on the occur- rence of, in Shropshire, 77. Halcrosia, characters of the genus, 273. Halictus, on the alar hooks of the species of, 152. . Haloporphyrus lepidion, notes on, 166. Hancock, A., on a new genus and some new species of naked Mol- lusea, 261, Harpalini, observations on the, 375. Hartlaub, Dr. G.,.on a new bird from Madagascar, 396, Heliothrix, new species of, 316. Helix, new species of, 95. Helix coronula, on the discovery of, in a recent state, 93. Helops, new species of, 338. Hincks, Rev. T., on the Zoophytes of South Devon and South Cornwall, 360; on the production of similar gonozooids by Hydroid polypes be- longing to different genera, 459. Houghton, Rev. W., on the occurrence of Gyrodactylus elegans in Shrop- shire, 77; on the Unicorn of the ancients, 363, 416. Hydropori, new species of, 173, 326. Hylophilus, new species of, 310. Hypoderma, on the larvee of, 397. — on the animal and float of, 417. Infusoria, contributions to the natural history of the, 241. Jacare, characters of the genus, 328. Jeffreys, J. G., on the animal of Zo- nites excavatus, 76 ; on aspecies of Limopsis now living in the British seas, with remarks on the genus, 343. Johnston, J. Y., on rare and litile- known Madeiran fishes, 161, 274; on Alepisaurus ferox, 317. Kirkby, J., on species common to Car- boniferous and Permian strata, 202. Krefft, G., on Furina textilis, 393. Kroyer, Dr. H., on new species of Mysidee and other Crustacea, 370. Laparocerus, new species of, 332. Lema, new species of, 17. Leopard, on a new, from Japan, 320. Leptopogon, new species of, 311. Lernzeodiscus Porcellanz, observa- tions on, 44, INDEX. Leucohimatium, new species of, 290. Ligurnus, new species of, 444. —— new British species of, Limulus Polyphemus, on the occur- rence of, on the English coast, 399. Limnetis, new species of, 393. Limopsis, remarks on the genus, 343. Lipaugus, new species of, 80. Lituaria, observations on the genus, Lixus, new species of, 331. Longitarsus, new species of, 336. Lowe, Rev. R. T., on the discovery of the fossil Helix coronula recent, and of other new land-Mollusea, 93. Lycosa, new species of, 349. Macrourus ccelorynchus and levis, notes on, 169. ee characters of the genus, 273. Mecocerculus, new species of, 313. Megascolex czruleus, on the habits of, 146. Meinert, M., on the anatomy of the Jarva of Gastrus Equi, 372. Metophthalmus, new species of, 290. Microdon mutabilis, on the early stages of, 79. Microthorax, characters of the new genus, 258. Miers, J., on Ephedra, 133. Molinia, characters of the genus, 272. Mollusca, on the aquiferous and ovi- ducal system in the lamellibran- chiate, 446, Moore, T. J., on the Gorilla, 473. Morchellana, description of the new genus, 69. Mormolyce, on a new species of, 96. Miiller, F’., on the systematic position of the Charybdeide, 6; on the Rhizocephala, 44 ; on a new para- sitic Isopod Crustacean, 87. Mygale, new British species of, 240. Myiobius, new species of, 312. Myside, contributions to the history of the, 370. Newton, A., on the discovery of an-° cient remains of Emys lutaria in Norfolk, 224. Nudibranchiata, new British, 261. Ochthceca, new species of, 313. Oopholis, characters of the genus, 267. Orbiculze, on the recent, 126. Otothrix Hodgsoni, note on, 475. INDEX. Owen, Prof., on the Hyracotherian character of the lower molars of the supposed Macacus from the Eocene sand of Suffolk, 240. Paleozoic rocks, on the discovery of microscopic organisms in the sili- ceous nodules of the, 160. Palinia, characters of the genus, 270. —— rgia, on a second species of, Paralepis coregonoides, notes on, 283. Parkinsonia, on the nature of the thorns in, 373. Pentastoma, new species of, 314. Permian strata, on ies common to Carboniferous and, 205. Peters, W., on a new genus of Tree- frogs, 159. Philydor, new species of, 311. | Phycis blennoides, notes on, 274. Eeyarhenwes Beetles, new species of, Plagiodera, new species of, 25. Plants, on the functions of the nitro- genous matter of, 33, 111. Plectromantis, description of the new genus, 159. - Pleuronectes sinensis, note on, 475. Polypes, Hydroid, on the production of similar gonozooids by different genera of, 459. Polythalamia, on the phenomena of motion in the pseudopodia of the, 405. Pouchet, M., on the migrations of the Entozoa, 77. Prestwich, J., on the drift deposits containing flint instruments, 57. Pringsheim, M., on the pro-embryos of the Charee, 321. Prion, new species of, 317. Reeve, J., on the recent Craniz and Orbiculz, 126. Regalecus, on the anatomy of a species of, 13. Reichert, Prof., on the phenomena of motion in the pseudopodia of the Rhizopoda, 401. Rhinochetus jubatus, on the habits of, 308. Rhizocephala, on the, 44. Rhizopoda, on the phenomena of mo- tion in the pseudopodia of the, 401. a on the nature of the thorns in, 373, 479 Robertson, C., on the aquiferous and oviducal system in the lamellibran- chiate Mollusca, 446. Robertson, J., on the occurrence of Dysdera erythrina in Sussex, 240. Rolleston, Dr. G., on the aquiferous and oviducal system in the lamelli- branchiate Mollusca, 446, Royal Society, proceedings of the, 57, 144. Be ad ampullaceus, notes on, —e purpurea, observations on, Salmo, new British species of, 238, Salticus, new species of, 351. Scaliola, on the animal and affinities of, 420. Schjodte, Prof., on the Harpalini, 375. Scissurellidee, new species of, 346. Sclater, Dr. P. L., on a new species of Lipaugus, 80; on new species of birds, 309; on the Deer of For- mosa, 394, ) Sclerostoma, new species of, 314. Scopelus Bonapartii, notes on, 281. Seal, on the size of a, at the time of birth, 475. Seeley, H., on the Elsworth rock and associated strata, 97. Seemann, Dr. B., on the natural or- der Bignoniacez, 29. Solenocaulon, description of the new genus, 147. Sparassus, new species of, 423. Sphasus, new species of, 350. Sphecodes, on the alar hooks of the species of, 152. Spiders, description of new, 299, 348, 421. Spoggodes, new species of, 69. Spongiadze, on the anatomy and phy- siology of the, 144. Staveley, Miss E. F., on the form of the comb in different Andrenidze and Apide, and on the alar hooks of the species of Sphecodes and Halictus, 152, Stenops javanicus, on the brain of the, 150 Strobilophaga, new species of, 445, Styliferina, new species of, 299. Synapta digitata and its supposed pa- rasite, on, 216. Popelie on a singular shell allied to, 480. Tarphius, new species of, 289. Tennent, Sir J. E., on the gigantic earth-worm from Ceylon, 146. Tetrarhynchus, new species of, 314, Theridion, new species of, 429. Thomisus, new species of, 421. Trachinus, remarks on the genus, 301. Trechus, new species of, 287. Trichophorus, new species of, 444. Tricula, remarks on the subgenus, 415. Turdus, new species of, 309. Tylas, description of the new genus, Unicorn of the ancients, on the, 363, 416. Unio, new species of, 184. Uraleptus Maraldi, notes on, 165. Urochroma, new species of, 313. Veretillum, on some species of, 74, Verrier, M., on the migrations of the Entozoa, 77. Walker, R., on the anatomy of a spe- cies of Regalecus, 13. INDEX. Wallace, A. R., on the habitats of the Birds of Paradise, 464. Wallich, Dr., on the discovery of a mi- nute vertebrate jaw in mud dredged at St. Helena, 304, 441. Westwood, J. O., on a new species of Mormolyce, 96. White, Dr. M. C., on the discovery of microscopic organisms in the si- liceous nodules of the Palzeozoic rocks, 160. . Wollaston, T. V., on new Madeiran Coleoptera, 287, 331. Xanthoxylacez, on some Chinese con- diments obtained from the, 195. Xanthoxylum, new species of, 201. Zonites excavatus, on the animal of, Zoological Society, proceedings of the, 69, 146, 228, 308, 388, 464, Zoophytes, on two new genera of, 147; of South Devon and South Corn- wall, on the, 360. . Zosterops, new species of, 444, END OF THE TENTH VOLUME. PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET. MOLT or 3 Vol € Sé st, 4 Th Nat “NM ag. Ann& a ee) ee ee en a - se - - - Oe Oe eee W. West, tmp. Pitter Wast ad nat, del. se. YAS Tee? em ee 3.Vol.10, Plate ZZ. a St ZL Ann. &Mag. Nat rs) es GOS OOS oN : LF of y ~O ~ “29 aghbo 9.9" — Vol.10.7lavze JV. Ann.& Mag Nat Hist. 5.3. J Baswre sc. imeteeeene —————— J WEirithy del. CARBONIFEROUS AND PERMIAN. = ; ‘My 5 7 - t t ; a y xt - wa ; oe fn ‘ P 5 7 —— RE 5 AEs ¢ s * ; Nis re Tee a t Deo = at? S 4 a? 5 Arn g Mag Nat Hist S-3 VobIO POM. Garmin delhel sc. ‘Duen 28 OY) I, wrseeeseter™ eccsecnorrr? Ann. Mag Nat Mist. 5.3 VAL0 PUVY. S : Ss % § mer Ee a ete | Arn.&Mag.Nat.Hist, S.3.Vol10 Pl. VAL J Basire se. GH. Ford del, Sa ne tee 1 Be ds Ann. & Mag Nat Hist. S.3.VoAl0. PULX. uv J Basire.sc > oe MAPS re want Vw ae BT pa Lis Ma LUE | AL LE BAA Py Senay ; 5 PST } : , - i | | | | | | | eee +h * - + a3 ' “* ( | . : ae : : , w 2 a - . ed ‘ ‘ Ps ¥ : | ; % ' . t nf | | a ad i , - “s | Y | | | . af 4 r my | ; d 7 : ; ‘ r Fa * ef Wed Fie pucatel ‘ : i « | i . . . 4 ; : | . . 4 | | _ + i d 2 d ty, C . ‘le +; f | ~* . bs a | : | A t us i re j ,, . he re . . . * ; ; * aie > . Bae i ; 4 ° : f * " . “* 4 > bs Af % BINDING SECT. JUN 12 1972 QH The Annals & magazine of Z. natural history A6 ser.3 v.10 Biological — & Medical Serials PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE CARDS OR SLIPS FROM THIS POCKET UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO LIBRARY STORAGE yale 1 EO te, bot Sites wea te Hed te ‘ ERA thos ‘x Fi Pr SA 5s ie he? at gills 4 ee eM, oak Ap penbe lt M3 (ee aed Bs von sete a Sis ae i 3 eM Mire + Ls Fs: epi Laiatié: EY ek $2 Sul No tyee phe WIM Resrg ry as pee cing LA: et ea as Par . a q x pes the ee pias Boe easel ryt eh Sa 2 a j PFA By el rt ers, Siig RAS a AN ee Nea. SKY iN ok ‘A ? +4 NRE BE ae . ~ yA Ry Ay ie evi iia B Marsovty “a . any ae iB OCA BE a te sie: me